The surgions directorie, for young practitioners, in anatomie, wounds, and cures, &c. shewing, the excellencie of divers secrets belonging to that noble art and mysterie. Very usefull in these times upon any sodaine accidents. And may well serve, as a noble exercise for gentle-women, and others; who desire science in medicine and surgery, for a generall good. Divided into X. parts. (Whose contents follow in the next page.) / Written by T. Vicary, Esquire, chyrurgion to Hen 8. Edw. 6. Q. Mary. Q. Eliz.
         Vicary, Thomas, d. 1561.
      
       
         
           1651
        
      
       Approx. 425 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 177 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A95902
         Wing V335
         Thomason E1265_1
         ESTC R210472
         99869270
         99869270
         121645
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A95902)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 121645)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Thomason Tracts ; 253:E1265[1])
      
       
         
           
             The surgions directorie, for young practitioners, in anatomie, wounds, and cures, &c. shewing, the excellencie of divers secrets belonging to that noble art and mysterie. Very usefull in these times upon any sodaine accidents. And may well serve, as a noble exercise for gentle-women, and others; who desire science in medicine and surgery, for a generall good. Divided into X. parts. (Whose contents follow in the next page.) / Written by T. Vicary, Esquire, chyrurgion to Hen 8. Edw. 6. Q. Mary. Q. Eliz.
             Vicary, Thomas, d. 1561.
          
           [16], 332 p.
           
             Printed by T. Fawcet dwelling in Shoo-Lane, at the signe of the Dolphin. 1651. And are to be sold by J. Nuthall, at his shop in Fleetstreet at the signe of Herculus Pillers,
             London :
             [1651]
          
           
             Title page printed in red and black.
             Annotation on Thomason copy: "May. 11.".
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Human anatomy -- Early works to 1800.
           Medicine -- Formulae, receipts, prescriptions -- Early works to 1800.
           Surgery -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2007-02 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-02 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-03 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-03 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           THE
           SURGIONS
           DIRECTORIE
           ,
           〈◊〉
           Young
           Practitioners
           ,
           〈…〉
           SHEWING
           ,
           〈◊〉
           Excellencie
           of
           divers
           〈◊〉
           belonging
           to
           that
           noble
           Art
           and
           〈◊〉
           Very
           usefull
           in
           these
           Times
           upon
           any
           sodaine
           Accidents
           .
           And
           may
           well
           serve
           ,
           As
           a
           noble
           〈…〉
           for
           Gentle
           women
           ,
           and
           others
           ;
           who
           desire
           Science
           in
           Medicine
           and
           Surgery
           ,
           for
           a
           generall
           Good.
           〈…〉
           (
           Whose
           Contents
           follow
           in
           the
           next
           Page
           .
           )
           Written
           by
           〈…〉
           Esquire
           ,
           Chyrurgion
           to
           
             Hen.
             8.
             
             Edw.
             6.
             
             Q.
             Mary
             .
             Q.
             Eliz.
             
          
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           〈…〉
           dwelling
           in
           Shoo-Lane
           ,
           at
           the
           Signe
           of
           the
           Dolphin
           .
           1651.
           
           And
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           by
           
             J.
             Nuthall
          
           ,
           at
           his
           Shop
           in
           〈…〉
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           〈…〉
           Pillers
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           THE
           CONTENTS
           OF
           THIS
           Booke
           ,
           with
           its
           severall
           Parts
           .
        
         
           viz.
           
        
         
           
             PART
             .
             I.
             Of
             Chyrurgerie
             ,
             and
             Anatomy
             
               of
               Mans
               body
               ,
               &c.
               By
            
             T.
             Vicary
             
               Esquire
               .
               And
               published
               by
            
             W.
             Clowes
             ,
             W.
             Beton
             Rich.
             Story
             ,
             and
             Ed.
             Baily
             ,
             
               Chyrurgions
               ▪
               to
               St.
            
             Bartholmewes
             Hospitall
             ,
             London
             .
          
           
             II.
             Of
             the
             Theorick
             and
             Practicke
             parts
             ,
             and
             observations
             for
             letting
             of
             Blood.
             
          
           
             III.
             Of
             the
             Judgement
             of
             divers
             Urines
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             IV.
             The
             Definition
             of
             Wounds
             in
             severall
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             their
             Cures
             .
          
           
             V.
             Of
             the
             making
             of
             severall
             Emplaisters
             .
          
           
             VI.
             The
             making
             of
             divers
             Unguents
             .
          
           
             VII
             .
             Distilling
             and
             making
             of
             Waters
             ,
             with
             their
             severall
             vertues
             and
             uses
             .
          
           
             VIII
             .
             The
             Excellency
             of
             our
             English
             Bathes
             ,
             and
             the
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             Written
             by
             D.
             Turner
             ,
             Doct.
             of
             Physicke
             ,
             and
             Published
             by
             
               W.
               Bremer
               ▪
            
             Practitioner
             in
             Physick
             and
             Surgery
             ,
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             poorer
             sort
             of
             people
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             IX
             .
             For
             perbreaking
             and
             Flux
             .
             As
             also
             ,
             the
             g●eat
             operation
             and
             vertue
             of
             severall
             
               Herbes
               ,
               Plants
            
             ,
             and
             Drugs
             &c.
             for
             divers
             uses
             in
             Physick
             and
             Surgery
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             X.
             Of
             
               Medicines
               ,
               Remedies
            
             and
             Cures
             ,
             belonging
             to
             severall
             Diseases
             and
             Infirmities
             ,
             incident
             to
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             of
             Man
             &c.
             
             As
             also
             Remedies
             for
             the
             French
             P.
             otherwise
             called
             
               Morbus
               Galicus
            
             ;
             And
             ,
             Preservatives
             to
             bee
             used
             against
             the
             Plague
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             divers
             Visitation
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           ALL
           THE
           VERTUOUS
           LADYES
           and
           GENTLEVVOMEN
           ,
           of
           this
           Common-wealth
           of
           England
           ,
           whose
           Goodnesse
           surpassing
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           desires
           to
           Exercise
           themselves
           (
           as
           nursing
           Mothers
           )
           in
           the
           Art
           of
           Medicine
           and
           Surgery
           ,
           (
           especially
           in
           the
           remote
           parts
           of
           this
           Kingdome
           )
           w
           ere
           is
           neyther
           Physitian
           nor
           Surgion
           to
           bee
           had
           when
           ●od●ine
           Accidents
           happen
           ;
           whereby
           the
           poorer
           sort
           of
           People
           many
           times
           perish
           for
           want
           of
           Advice
           .
        
         
           
             Courteous
             Ladyes
             ,
             and
             Gentlewomen
             ,
          
        
         
           AS
           this
           little
           Treatise
           is
           a
           Messelin
           of
           divers
           hidden
           Secrets
           ;
           So
           likewise
           you
           must
           observe
           the
           use
           of
           them
           in
           Practice
           .
           As
           first
           ,
           the
           use
           and
           knowledge
           of
           the
           severall
           Parts
           of
           Anatomie
           ;
           so
           likewise
           doe
           of
           the
           rest
           ,
           as
           
           
             Physicke
             ,
             Surgerie
             ,
             Medicine
             ,
             Waters
             ,
             Vnguents
             ,
             Emplaisters
             ,
             Remedies
             ,
          
           &c.
           
           The
           rare
           vertue
           of
           our
           English
           Bathes
           ,
           the
           Iudgement
           of
           divers
           Vrines
           ;
           the
           vertue
           and
           operation
           of
           divers
           
             Herbes
             ,
             Plants
          
           ,
           and
           Drugs
           ,
           &c.
           
           All
           tending
           to
           the
           benefit
           and
           use
           of
           man
           ;
           yet
           various
           and
           different
           in
           their
           effects
           and
           workings
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           severall
           humours
           and
           dispositions
           of
           men
           in
           their
           Cures
           .
           For
           as
           St.
           Paul
           doth
           say
           ,
           
             The
             guift
             of
             Healing
             is
             the
             guift
             of
             the
             Holy
             Spirit
             .
          
           Which
           thing
           may
           partly
           satisfie
           any
           rationall
           judgement
           from
           despising
           of
           all
           for
           the
           failings
           of
           some
           ,
           it
           being
           the
           gleanings
           of
           divers
           who
           made
           tryall
           of
           them
           for
           good
           ,
           and
           hath
           left
           them
           to
           Posterity
           .
           Thus
           leaving
           you
           Ladies
           and
           Gentlewomen
           ,
           to
           your
           charitable
           acting
           and
           doing
           good
           when
           need
           shall
           require
           ,
           the
           Lord
           no
           doubt
           will
           requite
           you
           or
           yours
           with
           a
           blessing
           .
        
         
           
             Farewell
             .
             T.
             F.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           TABLE
           TO
           FIND
           the
           severall
           Contents
           of
           this
           Booke
           .
        
         
           
             PART
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             COntaining
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             Mans
             body
             ,
             &c.
             Chap
             Folio
             .
             1
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             simple
             Members
             ,
             Folio
             .
             9
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             compound
             Members
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             17
          
           
             Of
             five
             things
             contained
             within
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             22
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Face
             ,
             Folio
             .
             27
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Necke
             ,
             Folio
             .
             44
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Shoulders
             and
             Armes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             48
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             Folio
             .
             60
          
           
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Haunches
             and
             their
             Parts
             ,
             Folio
             .
             75
          
           
             The
             Ana●omy
             of
             the
             Thighes
             ,
             Legs
             ,
             and
             Feet
             .
             Folio
             .
             8●
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             2
          
           
             OF
             severall
             things
             belong
             ng
             to
             yong
             Practitioners
             in
             Surgery
             ,
             to
             have
             in
             a
             readinesse
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             96
             ,
             97
          
           
             Times
             convenient
             for
             ●etting
             of
             B
             lood
             ,
             Folio
             .
             101
          
           
             Dyet
             after
             Blee●ing
             ,
             Folio
             .
             104
          
           
             Of
             the
             Nine
             Tastes
             .
             Folio
             .
             105
          
           
             Signes
             of
             Sicknesse
             by
             Egestion
             ,
             Folio
             .
             108
          
           
             Signes
             of
             Life
             or
             Death
             by
             the
             Pulses
             ,
             Folio
             .
             109
          
           
             Of
             the
             foure
             Humours
             ,
             Folio
             .
             111
             ▪
          
           
             1.
             
             Signes
             of
             Sicknesse
             by
             Blood
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             2.
             
             Signes
             of
             Melancholy
             sicknesses
             ,
             Folio
             .
             112
          
           
             3.
             
             Signes
             of
             Cholerick
             diseases
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             4.
             
             Signes
             of
             Flegmatick
             diseases
             .
             Folio
             .
             113
          
           
             Cer●aine
             Observations
             for
             Women
             .
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             114
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             3.
             
          
           
             OF
             Vrines
             ,
             A
             briefe
             Treatise
             of
             Vrines
             ,
             aswell
             of
             Mans
             vrine
             as
             of
             Womans
             ,
             and
             to
             judge
             by
             the
             Colour
             which
             betokeneth
             Health
             ,
             and
             which
             betokeneth
             Weaknesse
             ,
             and
             also
             Death
             .
             Folio
             115
          
        
         
           
           
             Part.
             4.
             
          
           
             Definition
             of
             Wounds
             by
             their
             causes
             ,
             Folio
             121
          
           
             An
             the
             Curing
             of
             greene
             Wounds
             consists
             a
             five-fold
             scope
             o●
             intention
             ,
             Folio
             .
             124
          
           
             How
             man
             should
             Dyet
             himselfe
             being
             Wounded
             .
             Folio
             .
             126
          
           
             O●
             Wounds
             and
             their
             Cures
             happening
             in
             severall
             places
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             Folio
             .
             127
          
           
             Of
             infirmities
             incident
             to
             Souldiers
             in
             a
             Campe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             rare
             〈◊〉
             the
             which
             this
             Author
             did
             send
             to
             a
             very
             friend
             of
             his
             being
             in
             the
             Warres
             :
             the
             which
             helpeth
             all
             wounds
             eyther
             by
             Cut
             ,
             Thrust
             ,
             galling
             with
             Arrowes
             ,
             or
             Hargubush
             shot
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             Folio
             .
             129
          
           
             Of
             Wounds
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             with
             fracture
             of
             the
             Bone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             130
          
           
             Wounds
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             where
             the
             Bone
             is
             not
             offended
             .
          
           
             Of
             Concussions
             or
             Bruises
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             the
             Head
             as
             any
             other
             place
             ,
             Folio
             .
             132
          
           
             Of
             Wounds
             in
             the
             Necke
             ,
             and
             the
             order
             to
             be
             used
             in
             curing
             ●hem
             .
             Folio
             .
             133
          
           
             Of
             Wounds
             in
             the
             Armes
             ,
             and
             their
             importances
             and
             Medicines
             ,
             Folio
             .
             134
          
           
             Of
             Wounnds
             in
             the
             Legs
             ,
             and
             their
             parts
             ,
             Folio
             .
             135
          
           
             A
             Discourse
             upon
             old
             Wounds
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             thorowly
             healed
             ,
             with
             their
             Remedies
             ,
             Folio
             .
             136
          
           
             A
             rare
             secre●●o
             heale
             Wounds
             of
             Gunshot
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             137
          
           
             To
             heale
             a
             Wound
             quickly
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             Heale
             a
             Wound
             quickly
             ,
             that
             is
             in
             danger
             of
             any
             Accidents
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             stay
             the
             fluxe
             of
             Bloud
             in
             Wounds
             ,
             Folio
             .
             138
          
           
             A
             defence
             to
             be
             laid
             upon
             Wounds
             ,
             Folio
             .
             140
          
           
             A
             secret
             Powder
             for
             wounds
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Composition
             of
             great
             vertue
             against
             all
             Vlcers
             and
             Sores
             ▪
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Note
             of
             a
             certaine
             Spanyard
             ,
             wounded
             in
             the
             head
             at
             Naples
             .
             Folio
             .
             141
          
           
             
             For
             to
             heale
             Hurts
             and
             Wounds
             ,
             Folio
             .
             141
          
           
             To
             stanch
             the
             Blood
             of
             a
             Cut
             ,
             Folio
             .
             142
          
           
             For
             to
             staunch
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             Wound
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             healing
             Salve
             for
             any
             greene
             Wound
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             The
             Lord
             Capel
             salve
             for
             Cuts
             or
             Rancklings
             comming
             of
             Rubbings
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             143
          
           
             For
             to
             draw
             and
             heale
             a
             Cut
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
             ▪
          
           
             A
             Salve
             for
             fresh
             Wounds
             .
             Folio
             .
             144
          
           
             A
             Salve
             that
             cleanseth
             a
             Wound
             and
             healeth
             it
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             kill
             dead
             Flesh
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Playster
             for
             old
             Sores
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             ,
             Fistula
             ,
             or
             Wounds
             ,
             new
             or
             old
             ,
             Folio
             .
             145
          
           
             A
             Salve
             for
             any
             Wound
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             helpe
             the
             Ach
             of
             a
             Wound
             ,
             Folio
             .
             146
          
           
             To
             heale
             Wounds
             without
             Plaister
             ,
             Tent
             or
             Oyntment
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             heale
             a
             Wound
             that
             no
             scarre
             or
             print
             thereof
             shall
             be
             seene
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             5.
             
          
           
             Emplaisters
             ,
             Folio
             60
          
           
             Of
             severall
             Emplaisters
             .
             From
             folio
             147
             ,
             to
             169.
             
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             Vnguents
             ,
             Folio
             50.
             
          
           
             Of
             severall
             Vnguents
             .
             From
             folio
             169.
             to
             185.
             
          
        
         
           
             Part.
             7.
             
          
           
             Waters
             ,
             Folio
             40.
             
          
           
             Of
             severall
             Waters
             .
             From
             folio
             185
             ,
             to
             folio
             206.
             
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             THe
             vertue
             and
             Excellency
             of
             our
             English
             Bathes
             ,
             written
             by
             D.
             Turner
             Doctor
             of
             Physicke
             ,
             &c.
             From
             folio
             207
             ,
             to
             folio
             228.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             Part
             ,
             9.
             
          
           
             OF
             Herbes
             ,
             and
             Drugs
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             229
          
           
             The
             vertue
             of
             certaine
             Herbes
             ,
             and
             Drugs
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             230
          
           
             The
             excellent
             vertues
             of
             Cardus
             Benedictus
             ,
             Folio
             .
             241
          
           
             A
             good
             Drinke
             to
             strengthen
             the
             heart
             and
             all
             the
             members
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             to
             drinke
             halfe
             an
             Egge
             shell
             full
             of
             it
             Morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             with
             as
             much
             good
             wine
             ,
             Folio
             .
             243
          
           
             A
             speciall
             Medicine
             to
             cause
             sleepe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             discourse
             concerning
             Cornes
             in
             the
             feet
             ,
             or
             elsewhere
             with
             their
             remedies
             ,
             Folio
             .
             144
          
        
         
           
             Part
             ,
             10.
             
             Medicines
             .
          
           
             OF
             Medicines
             ,
             Remedies
             ,
             and
             Cures
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             145
          
           
             The
             cause
             of
             our
             Sciatica
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             help
             it
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             Hoarsnesse
             ,
             Folio
             .
             146
          
           
             If
             a
             man
             stand
             in
             feare
             of
             the
             Palsie
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Goute
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             Stubbes
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Goute
             ,
             Folio
             .
             147
          
           
             Another
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Goute
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             a
             pricke
             of
             a
             Thorne
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             thing
             ,
             Folio
             .
             248
          
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             burning
             and
             Scalding
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             kill
             a
             Tetter
             or
             Ring●worme
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             a
             winde
             or
             a
             Collicke
             in
             the
             belly
             ,
             Folio
             .
             249
          
           
             Against
             the
             Shingles
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             heale
             a
             wound
             in
             ten
             dayes
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             heale
             scalding
             with
             water
             ,
             or
             other
             liquor
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             250
          
           
             To
             heale
             the
             Itch
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             heale
             Sores
             or
             Tetters
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             hardnesse
             of
             Hearing
             ,
             Folio
             .
             251
          
           
             An
             easie
             Remedy
             for
             the
             Tooth-ache
             ▪
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             swelling
             in
             the
             Throat
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             
             To
             cause
             a
             Womans
             speedy
             deliverance
             ,
             Folio
             252
          
           
             To
             make
             a
             womans
             Milke
             increase
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             Rickets
             and
             weakne●se
             of
             Children
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             fasten
             the
             Gums
             or
             loose
             Teeth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             one
             that
             cannot
             hold
             his
             Water
             ,
             Folio
             .
             253
          
           
             For
             the
             Dropsie
             by
             
               D.
               Adryan
            
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             stinging
             of
             Waspes
             and
             Bees
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             falling
             downe
             of
             the
             Tull
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             swelling
             of
             the
             Legges
             ,
             Folio
             .
             254
          
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             make
             the
             Face
             faire
             and
             cleare
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Remedy
             to
             qualifie
             the
             coppered
             Face
             ,
             Folio
             .
             254
          
           
             A
             speciall
             good
             dyet
             for
             all
             fiery
             Faces
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             An
             easie
             Remedy
             to
             make
             the
             Teeth
             white
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             stinking
             of
             the
             mouth
             ▪
             Folio
             .
             254
          
           
             A
             Remedy
             ,
             for
             sore
             Eyes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
             ▪
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             the
             bleeding
             at
             the
             nose
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             Against
             a
             stinking
             Breath
             ,
             Folio
             .
             255
          
           
             For
             an
             evill
             breath
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             Head
             ache
             ,
             and
             clensing
             of
             the
             fame
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             heale
             a
             swolne
             Face
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             make
             an
             aking
             Tooth
             fall
             out
             of
             himselfe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             256
          
           
             To
             kill
             Lice
             and
             Nits
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             257
          
           
             To
             helpe
             Blood
             shotten
             eyes
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
             Folio
             .
             258
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             to
             purge
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             scald
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             259
          
           
             For
             the
             Head
             ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             paine
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             deafenesse
             in
             the
             Eares
             ,
             Folio
             .
             260
          
           
             To
             make
             Honey
             of
             Roses
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             Pockes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             A
             true
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Iaundies
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             
             For
             the
             Liver
             that
             is
             corrupted
             and
             wasted
             ,
             Folio
             261
          
           
             For
             heate
             in
             the
             Liver
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid.
             
          
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Collicke
             ,
             Folio
             .
             262
          
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             most
             excellent
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Colick
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             263
          
           
             For
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             264
          
           
             For
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Remedy
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Powder
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             265
          
           
             To
             make
             the
             Stone
             slip
             downe
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Posset
             drinke
             against
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             266
          
           
             To
             make
             haire
             g●ow
             ▪
             Folio
             .
             267
          
           
             For
             to
             take
             away
             Haire
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             make
             a
             barren
             woman
             beare
             Children
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             make
             a
             woman
             have
             a
             quicke
             Birth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             all
             manner
             of
             Lamene●●e
             of
             swellings
             ,
             Folio
             .
             268
          
           
             For
             to
             stay
             the
             Laxe
             or
             Fluxe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             sweating
             of
             Sicknesse
             ,
             Folio
             .
             269
          
           
             For
             him
             that
             pi●●eth
             Blood
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             Mouth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             powder
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             know
             the
             Fester
             and
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             272
          
           
             For
             Canker
             in
             the
             body
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             in
             a
             womans
             Pappes
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             good
             powder
             ●or
             the
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             271
          
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Canker
             or
             Marmo●e
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             Mouth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             272
          
           
             To
             make
             red
             Water
             to
             kill
             the
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             273
          
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             powder
             for
             the
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             good
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Canker
             and
             Sores
             ,
             Folio
             .
             274
          
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             old
             or
             new
             ,
             or
             Marmole
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             ,
             Folio
             .
             275
          
           
             
             For
             a
             Canker
             in
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             275
          
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Head
             ache
             ,
             and
             Tooth-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             267
          
           
             A
             D●inke
             for
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             He●●-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             276
          
           
             To
             cleanse
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             277
          
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             comming
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             Folio
             .
             280
          
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             principall
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             man
             that
             is
             diseased
             in
             the
             Liver
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             281
          
           
             A
             Drinke
             to
             be
             used
             after
             this
             Oyntment
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Spleene
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Spleene
             ,
             Folio
             .
             282
          
           
             To
             dissolve
             the
             hardnesse
             of
             the
             Spleene
             ,
             Folio
             .
             283
          
           
             A
             soveraigne
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Spleene
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             stay
             the
             Backe
             ,
             and
             helpe
             a
             Consumption
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             284
          
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Reynes
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             285
          
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             and
             Legges
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Bladder
             and
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             286
          
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             all
             Diseases
             ,
             in
             the
             Backe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             paine
             in
             the
             bladder
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             287
          
           
             Against
             running
             of
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Syrope
             for
             the
             Backe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             288
          
           
             Remedies
             to
             provoke
             Menstruum
             Mulieris
             ,
             Folio
             .
             289
          
           
             To
             stop
             white
             Menstruum
             and
             red
             ,
             Folio
             .
             291
          
           
             Another
             for
             the
             white
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             The
             vertue
             of
             Fearne
             ,
             Folio
             .
             292
          
           
             To
             take
             away
             heate
             and
             inflamation
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Locion
             for
             a
             sore
             Mouth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             293
          
           
             A
             preparative
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             make
             Vergent
             milke
             by
             D.
             Y●xley
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             
             A
             comfortable
             Powder
             for
             the
             Heart
             ,
             Folio
             294
          
           
             A
             Remedy
             that
             breaketh
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Another
             remedy
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibd
          
           
             A
             proved
             Medicine
             to
             avoid
             the
             Vrine
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             29●
          
           
             A
             very
             good
             water
             for
             the
             stone
             proved
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ib●●
          
           
             To
             breake
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Doctor
             Argentines
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Divers
             Medicines
             for
             the
             Stone
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             296
          
           
             Excellent
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Stone
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             297
          
           
             For
             the
             Stone
             in
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             or
             Bladder
             ,
             Folio
             .
             298
          
           
             An
             Injection
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             any
             evill
             in
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Powder
             to
             breake
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             299
          
           
             To
             ●ase
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Against
             the
             new
             Ague
             ,
             by
             Doctor
             Langdon
             ,
             Folio
             .
             301
          
           
             For
             an
             ague
             .
             By
             Doctor
             Turner
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             very
             good
             Drinke
             for
             an
             ague
             ,
             if
             one
             shake
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             cold
             ague
             ,
             Folio
             .
             301
          
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             take
             away
             the
             Ague
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             303
          
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Palsie
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             remedy
             for
             the
             Dropsie
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Against
             stopping
             of
             the
             Pipes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Against
             Hoarsenesse
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ●04
          
           
             For
             the
             yellow
             Iaundise
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             Wormes
             in
             the
             Bellie
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             proved
             Remedy
             for
             a
             Womans
             Throvves
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             305
          
           
             A
             Powder
             for
             the
             Strangury
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Megrim
             in
             the
             Head.
             Folio
             .
             i●●d
          
           
             For
             the
             Tooth-ache
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ●06
          
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Brest
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             fore
             eye
             that
             burneth
             and
             is
             watrie
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             to
             stoppe
             the
             Bloody
             Fluxe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             
             A
             Remedy
             for
             a
             Fellon
             ,
             Folio
             .
             307
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             well
             proved
             for
             the
             Megrim
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             to
             heale
             a
             sore
             Eye
             ,
             hurt
             with
             small
             Pocks
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Eye
             with
             a
             Pinne
             or
             a
             Web
             ,
             Folio
             .
             308
          
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Eye
             that
             Itcheth
             and
             pricketh
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Sciatica
             or
             Ache
             in
             the
             Bones
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             Sore
             Eyes
             ▪
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             stoppe
             a
             great
             Laske
             ,
             Folio
             .
             309
          
           
             To
             cause
             one
             to
             make
             Water
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Wind
             Collicke
             .
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             to
             make
             a
             Water
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             Folio
             .
             310
          
           
             For
             to
             bind
             one
             from
             the
             Laske
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             to
             skin
             a
             sore
             Finger
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             vehement
             Cough
             in
             young
             Children
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             broken
             Head
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             Chilblaines
             in
             the
             Feete
             or
             Hands
             ,
             Folio
             .
             311
          
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Tooth-ache
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Stitch
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             an
             ache
             or
             a
             Bruise
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibd
          
           
             To
             make
             white
             Teeth
             .
             Folio
             .
             312
          
           
             For
             a
             swelling
             in
             the
             Cheeke
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             make
             a
             Perfume
             suddenly
             in
             a
             Chamber
             where
             a
             sicke
             man
             lyeth
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             make
             a
             cleere
             voyce
             ,
             Folio
             .
             313
          
           
             For
             the
             Mother
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Stitch
             or
             Bruise
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             bloody
             Fluxe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             314
          
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             I●c●
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             kill
             Lice
             or
             Itch
             ,
             Folio
             .
             315
          
           
             To
             cure
             the
             Crampe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             paine
             or
             swelling
             in
             the
             Privie
             parts
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Remedies
             for
             Burning
             or
             Scalding
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Piles
             ,
             Folio
             .
             316
          
           
             
             To
             cure
             the
             Cappes
             ,
             Folio
             316
          
           
             To
             kill
             a
             Tetter
             or
             Ring-worme
             ,
             Folio
             .
             317
          
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Shingles
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             Fgr
             griping●
             in
             the
             Belly
             ,
             Folio
             .
             318
          
           
             A
             Pla●ster
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Scurfe
             in
             the
             body
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             wilde
             running
             Scab
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             a
             Timpany
             ,
             Folio
             .
             319
          
           
             For
             one
             in
             a
             Consumption
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             one
             tha●
             is
             broken
             bellied
             ,
             Folio
             .
             320
          
           
             For
             the
             shrinking
             of
             the
             Sinewes
             ,
             Folio
             .
             321
          
           
             For
             the
             staying
             of
             the
             fluxe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             sore
             Throat
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             weaknesse
             in
             the
             Backe
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             the
             Carbunckle
             or
             Impostume
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             322
          
           
             To
             take
             w●y
             Pock-holes
             ,
             or
             any
             spot
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             For
             faintnesse
             in
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             or
             the
             Morphew
             ,
             Folio
             .
             ibid
          
           
             To
             Care
             the
             French
             Pox
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             323
          
           
             Preservatives
             against
             the
             Plague
             ,
             &c.
             Folio
             .
             327
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         THE
         SVRGIONS
         DIRECTORY
         :
         OR
         ,
         
           An
           Exercise
           for
           Gentlewomen
        
         .
      
       
         
           PART
           .
           I.
           Containing
           the
           Anatomie
           of
           mans
           Body
           ,
           compiled
           by
           
             T.
             V.
          
           Esquire
           ,
           for
           the
           use
           and
           benefit
           of
           all
           unlearned
           Practitioners
           in
           the
           Art
           and
           Mystery
           of
           Chyrurgerie
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 To
                 kn●w
                 what
                 Chyrurgerie
                 is
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 How
                 a●
                 hyrurgion
                 should
                 be●
                 chosen
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 With
                 what
                 Properties
                 hee
                 should
                 be
                 indued
                 .
              
            
          
           
             FOr
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             know
             what
             Chyrurgerie
             is
             .
             Herein
             J
             doe
             note
             the
             saying
             of
             Lanfranke
             ,
             whereas
             hee
             saith
             ;
             All
             things
             that
             man
             would
             know
             ,
             may
             be
             knowne
             by
             one
             of
             these
             three
             things
             :
             That
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             by
             his
             Name
             ,
             or
             by
             his
             
             Working
             ;
             or
             else
             by
             his
             very
             being
             and
             shewing
             of
             his
             owne
             Properties
             .
             So
             then
             it
             followeth
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             we
             may
             know
             what
             Chyrurgery
             is
             ,
             by
             three
             things
             .
             First
             ,
             by
             his
             Name
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             the
             Interpreters
             write
             ,
             that
             Chirurgerie
             is
             derived
             out
             of
             these
             words
             .
          
           
             Apo
             tes
             chiros
             ,
             cai
             tou
             ergou
             ▪
          
           
             That
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             :
             A
             hand-working
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             may
             be
             taken
             for
             all
             handy
             Arts
             :
             But
             Noble
             Hypocrates
             saith
             ,
             that
             Chirurgerie
             is
             hand-working
             in
             Mans
             body
             ,
             for
             the
             very
             end
             and
             profit
             of
             Chirurgerie
             is
             hand-working
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             second
             manner
             of
             knowing
             what
             thing
             Chyrurgerie
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             saying
             of
             Avicen
             ;
             To
             be
             knowne
             by
             his
             Being
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             verily
             a
             Medicinall
             Science
             .
             And
             as
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             He
             that
             will
             know
             the
             certainty
             of
             a
             thing
             ,
             let
             him
             not
             busie
             himselfe
             to
             know
             onely
             the
             name
             of
             that
             thing
             ,
             but
             also
             the
             working
             and
             the
             effect
             of
             the
             same
             thing
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             third
             way
             to
             know
             what
             thing
             Chirurgerie
             is
             ,
             it
             is
             also
             to
             be
             knowne
             by
             his
             being
             or
             declaring
             of
             his
             own
             Properties
             ,
             the
             which
             teacheth
             us
             to
             worke
             in
             mans
             Body
             with
             hands
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             In
             cutting
             and
             opening
             those
             parts
             that
             be
             whole
             ,
             and
             in
             healing
             those
             parts
             that
             be
             broken
             or
             cut
             ,
             and
             in
             taking
             away
             that
             that
             is
             superfluous
             ,
             as
             Warts
             ,
             Wennes
             ,
             Skurfulas
             ,
             and
             other
             of
             like
             effect
             .
          
           
           
             But
             further
             ,
             to
             declare
             what
             Galen
             saith
             Chirurgery
             is
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             last
             Instrument
             of
             Medicine
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Dyet
             ,
             Potion
             ,
             and
             Chirurgery
             :
             of
             the
             which
             three
             saith
             he
             ,
             Dyet
             is
             the
             noblest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             vertuous
             :
             and
             thus
             he
             saith
             .
             Whereas
             a
             man
             may
             be
             cured
             with
             Diet
             onely
             ,
             let
             there
             be
             given
             no
             manner
             of
             Medicine
             .
             The
             second
             Instrument
             ,
             is
             Potion
             :
             for
             and
             if
             a
             man
             may
             be
             cured
             with
             Diet
             and
             Potion
             ,
             let
             there
             not
             be
             ministred
             any
             Chirurgery
             ,
             through
             whose
             vertue
             and
             goodnesse
             ,
             is
             removed
             and
             put
             away
             many
             grievous
             Infirmities
             and
             Diseases
             ,
             which
             might
             not
             have
             beene
             removed
             nor
             yet
             put
             away
             ,
             neither
             with
             Diet
             nor
             with
             Potion
             .
             And
             by
             these
             three
             meanes
             ,
             it
             is
             knowne
             what
             thing
             Chirurgery
             is
             .
             And
             this
             sufficeth
             us
             for
             that
             point
             .
          
           
             Now
             it
             is
             knowne
             what
             thing
             Chirurgerie
             is
             ,
             there
             must
             also
             be
             chosen
             a
             Man
             apt
             and
             meete
             to
             minister
             Chirurgery
             ▪
             or
             to
             be
             a
             Chirurgion
             .
             And
             in
             this
             point
             all
             Authors
             doe
             agree
             ,
             that
             a
             Chirurgion
             should
             be
             chosen
             by
             his
             Complexion
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             complexion
             bee
             very
             temperate
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             members
             well
             proportioned
             .
             For
             Rasis
             saith
             :
             Whose
             face
             is
             not
             seemely
             ,
             it
             is
             vnpossible
             for
             him
             to
             have
             good
             manners
             .
             And
             Aristotle
             the
             great
             Philospher
             ,
             writeth
             in
             his
             Epistles
             to
             the
             Noble
             King
             Alexander
             )
             as
             in
             those
             Epistles
             
             more
             plainly
             doth
             appeare
             )
             how
             he
             should
             choose
             all
             such
             persons
             as
             should
             serve
             him
             ,
             by
             the
             forme
             and
             shape
             of
             the
             face
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             body
             .
             And
             furthermore
             they
             say
             ,
             hee
             that
             is
             of
             an
             evill
             Complexion
             ,
             there
             must
             needs
             follow
             like
             Conditions
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             it
             agreeth
             ,
             that
             he
             that
             will
             take
             upon
             him
             to
             practice
             as
             a
             Chyrurgion
             ,
             must
             be
             both
             of
             a
             good
             and
             temperate
             Complexion●
             as
             is
             afore
             rehearsed
             :
             and
             principally
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             a
             good
             liver
             ,
             and
             a
             keeper
             of
             the
             holy
             Commandements
             of
             God
             ,
             of
             whom
             commeth
             all
             cunning
             and
             grace
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             body
             be
             not
             quaking
             ,
             and
             his
             hands
             stedfast
             ,
             his
             fingers
             long
             and
             small
             ▪
             and
             not
             trembling
             :
             and
             that
             his
             left
             hand
             be
             as
             ready
             as
             his
             right
             ,
             with
             all
             his
             limmes
             ,
             able
             to
             fulfill
             the
             good
             work●s
             of
             the
             soule
             .
             Now
             as
             here
             is
             a
             man
             meete
             to
             be
             made
             a
             Chirurgion
             :
             (
             and
             though
             he
             have
             all
             those
             good
             qualities
             before
             rehearsed
             )
             yet
             is
             he
             no
             good
             Chirurgion
             ,
             but
             a
             man
             very
             fit
             and
             meete
             for
             the
             practice
             .
          
           
             Now
             then
             to
             know
             what
             Properties
             and
             conditions
             this
             man
             must
             have
             before
             he
             be
             a
             perfect
             Chirurgion
             .
             J
             doe
             note
             foure
             things
             most
             specially
             ,
             that
             every
             Chirurgion
             ought
             for
             to
             have
             :
             The
             first
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             Learned
             :
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             Expert
             :
             The
             third
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             Ingenious
             :
             
             The
             fourth
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             well
             mannered
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             (
             J
             said
             )
             he
             ought
             to
             be
             learned
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             know
             his
             principles
             ,
             not
             onely
             in
             Chirurgery
             ,
             but
             also
             in
             Physicke
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             the
             better
             defend
             his
             Chirurgery
             ;
             also
             hee
             ought
             to
             be
             seene
             in
             naturall
             Philosophy
             ,
             and
             in
             Grammar
             ,
             that
             he
             speake
             congruity
             in
             Logicke
             ,
             that
             teacheth
             him
             to
             prove
             his
             proportions
             with
             good
             reason
             :
             In
             Rhetoricke
             ,
             that
             teacheth
             him
             to
             speake
             seemely
             and
             eloquently
             :
             also
             in
             Theoricke
             ,
             that
             teacheth
             him
             to
             know
             things
             naturall
             ,
             and
             not
             naturall
             ,
             and
             things
             against
             Nature
             .
             Also
             he
             must
             know
             the
             Anatomie
             :
             for
             all
             Authors
             write
             against
             those
             Chirurgions
             that
             worke
             in
             mans
             body
             ,
             not
             knowing
             the
             Anatomy
             :
             For
             they
             be
             likened
             to
             a
             blind
             man
             ,
             that
             cutteth
             in
             a
             Vine
             tree
             ,
             for
             he
             taketh
             more
             or
             lesse
             then
             he
             ought
             to
             doe
             .
             And
             here
             note
             well
             the
             sayings
             of
             Galen
             ,
             the
             Prince
             of
             Philosophers
             ,
             in
             his
             Estoris
             ,
             That
             it
             is
             as
             possible
             for
             a
             Chyrurgion
             (
             not
             knowing
             the
             Anatomy
             )
             to
             worke
             in
             mans
             body
             without
             error
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             for
             a
             blind
             man
             to
             carve
             an
             Jmage
             and
             make
             it
             perfect
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             J
             said
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             expert
             :
             For
             Rasus
             saith
             :
             He
             ought
             to
             know
             and
             to
             see
             other
             men
             worke
             ,
             and
             after
             to
             have
             use
             and
             exercise
             .
             The
             third
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             ingenious
             and
             witty
             :
             for
             all
             things
             belonging
             to
             Chirurgery
             may
             not
             be
             written
             ▪
             nor
             with
             letters
             
             set
             forth
             .
             The
             fourth
             ,
             J
             said
             ,
             that
             he
             must
             be
             well
             mannered
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             have
             all
             these
             good
             conditions
             here
             following
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             no
             Spouse-breaker
             ,
             nor
             no
             Drunkard
             .
             For
             the
             Philosophers
             say
             ,
             amongst
             all
             other
             things
             ,
             beware
             of
             those
             persons
             that
             follow
             Drunkennesse
             ,
             for
             they
             be
             accounted
             for
             no
             men
             ,
             because
             they
             live
             a
             life
             bestiall
             :
             wherefore
             amongst
             all
             other
             sorts
             of
             people
             ,
             they
             ought
             to
             bee
             sequestred
             from
             the
             ministring
             of
             Medicine
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             a
             Chirurgion
             must
             take
             heed
             that
             he
             deceive
             no
             man
             with
             his
             vaine
             promises
             ,
             for
             to
             make
             of
             a
             small
             matter
             a
             great
             ▪
             because
             he
             would
             be
             accounted
             the
             more
             famous
             .
             And
             amongst
             other
             things
             ,
             they
             may
             neither
             be
             Flatterers
             nor
             Mockers
             ,
             nor
             privie
             Back-biters
             of
             other
             men
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             they
             must
             not
             be
             Proud
             ,
             nor
             presumptuous
             :
             nor
             detracters
             of
             other
             men
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             they
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             Covetous
             ,
             nor
             no
             niggard
             ,
             and
             namely
             amongst
             their
             friends
             ,
             or
             men
             of
             Worship
             ,
             but
             let
             them
             be
             honest
             ,
             courteous
             ,
             and
             free
             both
             in
             word
             and
             deed
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             they
             shall
             give
             no
             counsell
             except
             they
             be
             asked
             ,
             and
             then
             give
             their
             advice
             by
             good
             deliberation
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             be
             well
             advised
             before
             they
             speake
             ,
             chiefly
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             wise
             men
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             they
             must
             be
             as
             privie
             and
             as
             secret
             as
             any
             Confessor
             ,
             of
             all
             things
             that
             they
             shall
             either
             heare
             or
             
             see
             in
             the
             house
             of
             their
             Patient
             .
             They
             shall
             not
             ta
             ke
             into
             their
             Cure
             any
             manner
             of
             person
             ,
             except
             hee
             will
             be
             obedient
             vnto
             their
             precepts
             :
             for
             he
             cannot
             be
             called
             a
             Patient
             ,
             unlesse
             he
             be
             a
             sufferer
             .
             Also
             that
             they
             doe
             their
             diligence
             as
             well
             to
             the
             poore
             as
             to
             the
             rich
             .
             They
             shall
             never
             discomfort
             their
             Patient
             ,
             and
             shall
             command
             all
             that
             be
             about
             him
             that
             they
             doe
             the
             same
             ,
             but
             to
             his
             friends
             speake
             truth
             as
             the
             case
             standeth
             .
             They
             must
             also
             be
             bold
             in
             those
             things
             whereof
             they
             be
             certaine
             ,
             and
             as
             dreadfull
             in
             all
             perils
             .
             They
             may
             not
             chide
             with
             the
             Sicke
             ,
             but
             be
             alwayes
             pleasant
             and
             merry
             .
             They
             must
             not
             covet
             any
             W
             oman
             by
             way
             of
             villany
             ,
             and
             specially
             in
             the
             house
             of
             their
             Patient
             .
             They
             shall
             not
             for
             covetousnesse
             of
             money
             ,
             taken
             in
             hand
             those
             Cures
             that
             be
             uncurable
             ,
             nor
             never
             set
             any
             certaine
             day
             of
             the
             sicke
             mans
             health
             ,
             for
             it
             lyeth
             not
             in
             their
             power
             :
             following
             the
             distinct
             conusell
             of
             Galen
             ,
             in
             the
             Aphorisme
             of
             
               Hypocrat●s
               ▪
            
             saying
             :
             
               Oporter
               seipsum
               non
               solum
               .
            
          
           
             By
             this
             Galen
             meaneth
             ,
             that
             to
             the
             Cure
             of
             every
             sore
             ,
             there
             belongeth
             foure
             things
             :
             of
             which
             ,
             the
             first
             and
             principall
             belongeth
             to
             God
             :
             the
             second
             ,
             to
             the
             Surgion
             :
             the
             third
             ,
             to
             the
             Medicine
             :
             and
             the
             fourth
             ,
             to
             the
             Patient
             .
             Of
             the
             which
             foure
             ,
             if
             any
             one
             doe
             faile
             ,
             the
             
             Pa●ient
             cannot
             be
             healed
             :
             then
             they
             to
             whom
             belongeth
             but
             the
             fou●th
             part
             ,
             shall
             not
             promise
             the
             whole
             but
             be
             first
             well
             advised
             .
             They
             must
             al●o
             be
             gracious
             and
             good
             to
             the
             Poore
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             rich
             take
             liberally
             for
             both
             .
             And
             see
             they
             never
             praise
             themselves
             ,
             for
             that
             redoundeth
             more
             to
             their
             shame
             and
             discredit
             ,
             then
             to
             their
             fame
             and
             worship
             .
             For
             a
             cunning
             and
             skilfull
             Chirurgion
             ,
             need
             not
             vaunt
             of
             his
             doings
             ,
             for
             his
             works
             will
             ever
             get
             credit
             enough
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             that
             they
             dispi●e
             no
             other
             Chirurgion
             without
             a
             great
             cause
             :
             for
             it
             is
             meete
             ,
             that
             one
             Chirurgion
             should
             love
             another
             ,
             as
             Christ
             loveth
             vs
             all
             .
          
           
             And
             in
             thus
             doing
             ,
             they
             shall
             increase
             both
             in
             vertue
             and
             cunning
             ,
             to
             the
             honor
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             worldly
             fame
             .
          
           
             Thus
             farre
             for
             his
             Parts
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Of
             the
             Anatomie
             .
             CHAP.
             II.
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             simple
             Members
             .
          
           
             ANd
             if
             it
             bee
             asked
             you
             how
             many
             simple
             Members
             there
             be
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             answered
             ,
             Eleven
             ,
             and
             two
             that
             be
             but
             superfluities
             of
             Members
             :
             and
             these
             be
             they
             ,
             Bones
             ,
             Cartilages
             ,
             Nerves
             ,
             Pannicles
             ,
             Ligaments
             ,
             Cordes
             ,
             Arteirs
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Fatnesse
             ,
             Flesh
             and
             Skinne
             :
             and
             the
             superfluities
             bee
             the
             Haires
             and
             Nailes
             .
             J
             shall
             begin
             at
             the
             Bone
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             the
             Foundation
             and
             the
             hardest
             Member
             of
             all
             th●
             Body
             .
             The
             Bone
             is
             a
             consimile
             Member
             ,
             simple
             and
             spermaticke
             ,
             and
             cold
             and
             dry
             of
             Complexion
             ,
             insensible
             ,
             and
             inflexible
             :
             and
             hath
             divers
             formes
             in
             Mans
             body
             ,
             for
             the
             diversity
             of
             helpings
             .
             The
             cause
             why
             there
             be
             many
             Bones
             in
             mans
             body
             ,
             is
             this
             :
             Sometime
             it
             is
             needfull
             that
             one
             member
             or
             one
             limbe
             should
             move
             without
             another
             :
             another
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             some
             defend
             the
             principall
             Members
             ,
             as
             both
             the
             Bone
             of
             the
             Brest
             ▪
             and
             of
             the
             Head
             :
             and
             some
             to
             bee
             the
             Foundation
             of
             divers
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             as
             the
             
             Bones
             of
             the
             ridge
             and
             of
             the
             Legges
             :
             and
             some
             to
             fulfill
             the
             hollow
             places
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Hands
             and
             Feet
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Gristle
             is
             a
             member
             simple
             and
             Spermaticke
             ,
             next
             in
             hardnesse
             to
             the
             Bone
             ▪
             and
             is
             of
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             insensible
             .
             The
             Gristle
             was
             ordained
             for
             sixe
             causes
             or
             profits
             that
             J
             find
             in
             it
             :
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             continuall
             moving
             of
             the
             hard
             Bone
             might
             not
             be
             done
             in
             a
             juncture
             ,
             but
             that
             the
             Gristle
             should
             be
             a
             meane
             betweene
             the
             Ligament
             and
             him
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             time
             of
             concussion
             or
             oppression
             ,
             the
             soft
             members
             or
             limbes
             should
             not
             be
             hurt
             of
             the
             hard
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             extremity
             of
             Bones
             and
             Joynts
             that
             be
             grisly
             ,
             might
             the
             easier
             be
             foulded
             and
             moved
             together
             ,
             without
             hurt
             .
             The
             fourth
             is
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             is
             necessary
             in
             some
             meane
             places
             ,
             to
             put
             a
             Gristle
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             throat-bowle
             for
             the
             sound
             .
             The
             fifth
             is
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             is
             needfull
             that
             some
             members
             be
             holden
             up
             with
             a
             Gristle
             ,
             as
             the
             lids
             of
             the
             Eyes
             .
             The
             sixt
             is
             ,
             that
             some
             Limbes
             have
             a
             sustaining
             and
             a
             drawing
             abroad
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Nose
             and
             the
             Eares
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Ligament
             is
             a
             member
             consimple
             ,
             simple
             ,
             and
             spermaticke
             ,
             next
             in
             hardnesse
             to
             the
             Gristle
             ,
             and
             of
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             is
             flexible
             and
             insensible
             ,
             and
             bindeth
             the
             Bones
             together
             .
             
             The
             cause
             why
             hee
             is
             flexible
             and
             insensible
             ,
             is
             this
             :
             If
             it
             had
             beene
             sensible
             ,
             he
             might
             not
             have
             suffered
             the
             labour
             and
             moving
             of
             the
             joynts
             :
             and
             if
             it
             had
             not
             beene
             flexible
             of
             his
             bowing
             ,
             one
             Limme
             should
             not
             have
             moved
             without
             another
             .
             The
             second
             profit
             is
             that
             he
             be
             joyned
             with
             sinewes
             ,
             for
             to
             make
             Cordes
             and
             Brawnes
             .
             The
             third
             helpe
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             a
             resting
             place
             to
             some
             sinewes
             .
             The
             fourth
             profit
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             him
             the
             members
             that
             be
             within
             the
             Bone
             be
             sustained
             ,
             as
             the
             Matrix
             and
             Kidneys
             ,
             and
             divers
             other
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Sinew
             ,
             is
             a
             consimilier
             member
             ,
             simple
             and
             spermatick
             ,
             a
             meane
             betweene
             hard
             and
             soft
             ,
             and
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             both
             flexible
             and
             sensible
             ,
             strong
             and
             tough
             ,
             having
             his
             beginning
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             or
             from
             Mynuca
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Marrow
             of
             the
             backe
             .
             And
             from
             the
             braine
             commeth
             seaven
             paire
             of
             Nerves
             sensative
             ,
             and
             from
             Mynuca
             commeth
             thirty
             paire
             of
             Nerves
             motive
             ,
             and
             one
             that
             is
             by
             himselfe
             ,
             that
             springeth
             of
             the
             last
             spondell
             .
             All
             these
             sinewes
             have
             both
             feeling
             and
             moving
             ,
             in
             some
             more
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             lesse
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             A
             Corde
             or
             Tendon
             ,
             is
             a
             consimple
             or
             officiall
             member
             compound
             and
             spermaticke
             ,
             sinewie
             ,
             strong
             and
             tough
             ,
             meanely
             betweene
             hardnesse
             and
             softnesse
             ,
             and
             meanly
             sensible
             and
             flexible
             
             and
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             .
             And
             the
             Corde
             or
             Tendon
             is
             thus
             made
             :
             The
             sinewes
             that
             come
             from
             the
             braine
             and
             from
             Mynuca
             ,
             and
             goe
             to
             move
             the
             members
             ,
             is
             intermingled
             with
             the
             Lygaments
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             sinewes
             and
             Lygaments
             are
             intermingled
             together
             ,
             then
             is
             made
             a
             Corde
             .
             And
             for
             three
             causes
             J
             perceive
             why
             the
             Cordes
             were
             made
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Sinew
             alone
             is
             so
             sensible
             ,
             that
             hee
             may
             not
             suffer
             the
             great
             labour
             and
             travell
             of
             moving
             ,
             without
             the
             fellowship
             and
             strength
             of
             the
             Ligament
             that
             is
             insensible
             ,
             and
             that
             letteth
             his
             great
             feeling
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             him
             to
             a
             perfit
             temperance
             .
             And
             so
             the
             Cordes
             move
             the
             limbes
             to
             the
             will
             of
             the
             soule
             .
             And
             this
             Corde
             is
             associated
             with
             a
             simple
             flesh
             ,
             and
             so
             thereof
             is
             made
             a
             Brawne
             or
             a
             Muskle
             ,
             on
             whom
             he
             might
             rest
             after
             his
             travell
             :
             and
             this
             Brawne
             is
             called
             a
             Muskle
             .
             Then
             when
             this
             Corde
             is
             entred
             into
             this
             Brawne
             ,
             he
             is
             departed
             into
             many
             small
             threeds
             ,
             the
             which
             be
             called
             Will
             :
             and
             this
             Will
             hath
             three
             properties
             :
             The
             first
             ,
             is
             in
             length
             ,
             by
             whose
             vertue
             that
             draweth
             it
             hath
             might
             .
             The
             second
             in
             breadth
             ,
             by
             whom
             the
             vertue
             that
             casteth
             out
             hath
             might
             .
             The
             third
             ,
             in
             thwartnes
             ,
             in
             whom
             the
             vertue
             that
             holdeth
             hath
             might
             :
             and
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Brawne
             those
             threeds
             be
             gathered
             together
             to
             make
             another
             Muskle
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
           
             Now
             J
             will
             begin
             at
             the
             Arteir
             .
             This
             Arteir
             is
             a
             member
             consimile
             ,
             ●imple
             and
             spermaticke
             ,
             hollow
             and
             sinowie
             ,
             having
             his
             springing
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             bringing
             from
             the
             heart
             to
             every
             member
             ,
             blood
             and
             spirit
             of
             life
             .
             It
             is
             of
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             .
             And
             all
             these
             Arteirs
             have
             two
             coates
             ,
             except
             one
             that
             goeth
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             he
             hath
             but
             one
             coate
             that
             spreadeth
             abroad
             in
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             with
             him
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             blood
             with
             the
             spirit
             of
             life
             to
             nourish
             the
             Lungs
             withall
             :
             And
             also
             that
             Arteir
             bringeth
             with
             him
             from
             the
             Lungs
             ayre
             to
             temper
             the
             fumous
             heate
             that
             is
             in
             the
             heart
             .
             And
             this
             Arteir
             is
             he
             that
             is
             called
             
               Arteria
               Venalis
            
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             but
             one
             coate
             as
             a
             veyne
             ,
             and
             is
             more
             obedient
             to
             be
             delated
             abroad
             through
             all
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             because
             that
             the
             blood
             might
             the
             sooner
             sweat
             through
             him
             :
             whereas
             all
             other
             Arteirs
             have
             two
             coates
             ,
             because
             one
             coate
             may
             not
             withstand
             the
             might
             and
             power
             of
             the
             spirit
             of
             life
             .
             Divers
             other
             causes
             there
             be
             ,
             which
             shall
             be
             declared
             in
             the
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             breast
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Veyne
             is
             a
             simple
             member
             ,
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             spermaticke
             ,
             like
             to
             the
             Arteir
             ▪
             having
             his
             beginning
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             from
             the
             Liver
             nutritiue
             blood
             ,
             to
             nourish
             every
             member
             of
             the
             body
             with
             .
             And
             it
             is
             so
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             more
             difference
             
             betweene
             these
             two
             vessels
             of
             blood
             ,
             but
             that
             the
             Arteir
             is
             a
             vessell
             of
             blood
             spirituall
             or
             vitall
             .
             And
             the
             Veyne
             is
             a
             vessell
             of
             blood
             nutrimentall
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             Veynes
             ,
             there
             is
             noted
             two
             most
             principall
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             ,
             one
             is
             called
             
               Vena
               Porta
            
             :
             the
             other
             is
             called
             
               Vena
               celis
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             it
             is
             too
             much
             to
             treat
             of
             now
             ,
             untill
             we
             come
             to
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Flesh
             ,
             is
             a
             consimile
             member
             ,
             simple
             ,
             not
             spermaticke
             ,
             and
             is
             ingendred
             of
             blood
             congealed
             by
             heat
             ,
             and
             is
             in
             complexion
             hot
             and
             moyst
             .
             Of
             the
             which
             is
             noted
             three
             kinds
             of
             Fleshes
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             one
             is
             soft
             and
             pure
             flesh
             :
             the
             second
             is
             Musculus
             ,
             or
             hard
             and
             brawny
             flesh
             :
             the
             third
             is
             Glandulus
             ,
             knotty
             ,
             or
             kurnelly
             flesh
             .
             Also
             the
             commodities
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             be
             indifferent
             ,
             or
             ●ome
             be
             common
             to
             every
             kinde
             of
             flesh
             ,
             and
             some
             be
             proper
             to
             one
             manner
             of
             flesh
             alone
             .
             The
             profits
             of
             the
             flesh
             be
             many
             ,
             for
             some
             defend
             the
             body
             from
             cold
             as
             doth
             cloathes
             :
             also
             it
             defendeth
             the
             body
             from
             hard
             things
             comming
             against
             it
             :
             so
             through
             his
             moysture
             he
             rectifyeth
             the
             Body
             in
             Summer
             ,
             in
             time
             of
             great
             heate
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             it
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             ,
             what
             profitablenesse
             is
             in
             every
             kind
             of
             flesh
             by
             himselfe
             .
             And
             first
             of
             simple
             and
             pure
             flesh
             ,
             which
             fulfilleth
             the
             concavities
             of
             voyd
             places
             ,
             and
             causeth
             
             good
             forme
             and
             shape
             :
             and
             this
             flesh
             is
             found
             betweene
             the
             teeth
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             end
             of
             the
             yard
             .
             The
             profits
             of
             the
             Brawny
             flesh
             or
             Musculus
             flesh
             ,
             shall
             be
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Armes
             .
             The
             profits
             of
             the
             Glandulus
             flesh
             are
             these
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             it
             turneth
             the
             blood
             into
             a
             colour
             like
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             as
             doth
             the
             flesh
             of
             a
             womans
             pappes
             turne
             the
             menstruall
             Blood
             into
             milke
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             the
             Glandulus
             flesh
             of
             the
             Testikles
             ,
             turneth
             the
             blood
             into
             Sparme
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             the
             Glandulus
             flesh
             of
             the
             cheekes
             ,
             that
             engendreth
             the
             spettle
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             next
             is
             of
             Fatnesse
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             J
             find
             three
             kinds
             .
             The
             first
             is
             Pinguedo
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             a
             consimiler
             member
             ,
             not
             spermaticke
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             made
             of
             a
             subtill
             portion
             of
             Blood
             congealed
             by
             colde
             :
             and
             it
             is
             of
             complexion
             cold
             and
             moyst
             ,
             insensible
             ,
             and
             is
             intermingled
             amongst
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             flesh
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             is
             Adeppes
             ,
             and
             is
             of
             the
             same
             kind
             as
             is
             Pinguedo
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             departed
             from
             the
             flesh
             besides
             the
             Skin
             and
             it
             is
             as
             an
             Oyle
             heating
             and
             moystning
             the
             Skin
             .
             The
             third
             is
             Auxingia
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             of
             kind
             as
             the
             others
             be
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             departed
             from
             the
             flesh
             within
             foorth
             about
             the
             Kidneyes
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             and
             it
             helpeth
             both
             the
             Kidneyes
             and
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             from
             drying
             by
             his
             unctiosity
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Then
             come
             wee
             to
             the
             Skin
             .
             The
             Skin
             is
             a
             
             consimile
             member
             or
             officiall
             ,
             partly
             spermatick
             ,
             strong
             and
             tough
             ,
             flexible
             and
             sensible
             ,
             thin
             and
             temperate
             :
             whereof
             there
             be
             two
             kinds
             :
             One
             is
             the
             Skin
             that
             covereth
             the
             outward
             members
             :
             and
             the
             other
             the
             inner
             members
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             a
             Pannicle
             ,
             the
             profitablenesse
             of
             whom
             ,
             was
             ●poken
             in
             the
             last
             lesson
             :
             but
             the
             Skin
             is
             properly
             woven
             of
             Threeds
             ,
             Nerves
             .
             Veynes
             ,
             and
             Arteirs
             .
             And
             he
             is
             made
             temperate
             ,
             because
             he
             should
             be
             a
             good
             redeemer
             of
             heate
             from
             cold
             ,
             and
             of
             moystnesse
             from
             drynesse
             ,
             that
             there
             should
             nothing
             annoy
             or
             hurt
             the
             Body
             ,
             but
             it
             giveth
             warning
             to
             the
             common
             wits
             thereof
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             haires
             of
             every
             part
             of
             mans
             Body
             ,
             are
             but
             superfluity
             of
             members
             ,
             made
             of
             the
             grosse
             ●ume
             or
             smoake
             passing
             out
             of
             the
             viscous
             matter
             ,
             thickned
             to
             the
             forme
             of
             haire
             .
             The
             profitablenesse
             of
             him
             is
             declared
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Nayles
             likewise
             ,
             are
             a
             superfluity
             of
             members
             ▪
             engendred
             of
             great
             earthly
             smoke
             or
             fume
             resolved
             through
             the
             naturall
             heate
             of
             humors
             ,
             and
             is
             softer
             then
             the
             Bone
             ,
             and
             harder
             then
             the
             Flesh
             .
             In
             complexion
             they
             be
             cold
             and
             dry
             ▪
             and
             are
             alwayes
             waxing
             in
             the
             extremity
             of
             the
             fingers
             and
             toes
             .
             The
             utility
             of
             them
             are
             ,
             that
             by
             them
             a
             man
             shall
             take
             the
             better
             hold
             :
             also
             
             they
             helpe
             to
             claw
             the
             body
             when
             it
             needeth
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             they
             helpe
             to
             divide
             things
             for
             lacke
             of
             other
             tooles
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             compound
             Members
             ,
             and
             first
             of
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             BEcause
             the
             Head
             of
             man
             is
             the
             habitation
             or
             dw●lling
             place
             of
             the
             reasonable
             soule
             of
             man
             ,
             therefore
             with
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             J
             shall
             first
             speake
             of
             the
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             head
             .
          
           
             Galen
             saith
             in
             the
             second
             Chapter
             
               De
               juvamentes
            
             ,
             and
             Avicen
             rehearseth
             the
             same
             in
             his
             first
             Proposition
             and
             third
             Chapter
             ,
             proving
             that
             the
             Head
             of
             man
             was
             made
             neither
             for
             wits
             ,
             nor
             yet
             for
             the
             Braines
             ,
             but
             onely
             for
             the
             Eyes
             .
             For
             beasts
             that
             have
             no
             heads
             ,
             have
             the
             organs
             or
             instruments
             of
             wits
             in
             their
             breasts
             .
             Therefore
             God
             and
             Nature
             have
             reared
             up
             the
             head
             of
             man
             onely
             for
             the
             eyes
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             the
             highest
             member
             of
             man
             :
             and
             as
             a
             Beholder
             or
             Watchman
             standeth
             in
             a
             high
             Tower
             to
             give
             warning
             of
             the
             Enemies
             ,
             so
             doth
             the
             Eye
             of
             man
             give
             warning
             vnto
             the
             common
             Wittes
             ,
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             our
             purpose
             .
             If
             the
             question
             be
             asked
             ▪
             how
             many
             things
             be
             there
             contained
             on
             the
             Head
             ,
             
             and
             how
             many
             things
             contained
             within
             the
             head
             ?
             As
             it
             is
             rehearsed
             by
             Guydo
             ,
             there
             be
             five
             containing
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             contained
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             The
             haire
             ,
             the
             skin
             ,
             the
             flesh
             ,
             the
             Pannicles
             ,
             and
             the
             Bone
             ;
             neither
             rehearsing
             Veine
             nor
             Artier
             .
             The
             which
             Anatomy
             cannot
             be
             truly
             without
             them
             both
             ,
             as
             thou
             shalt
             well
             perceive
             both
             in
             this
             but
             especially
             in
             the
             next
             .
             And
             now
             in
             this
             Lesson
             J
             shall
             speake
             but
             of
             Haire
             ,
             Skin
             ,
             Flesh
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Pannicles
             ,
             and
             Bones
             ,
             what
             profit
             they
             doe
             to
             man
             ,
             every
             of
             them
             in
             his
             kind
             .
             Of
             the
             haire
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             (
             whose
             creation
             is
             knowne
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             simple
             Members
             )
             J
             doe
             note
             foure
             utilities
             why
             it
             was
             ordained
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             defendeth
             the
             braine
             from
             too
             much
             heat
             ,
             and
             too
             much
             cold
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             outward
             noyances
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             it
             maketh
             the
             forme
             or
             shape
             of
             the
             Head
             to
             seeme
             more
             seemelyer
             or
             beautifuller
             .
             For
             if
             the
             Head
             were
             not
             haired
             ,
             the
             Face
             and
             the
             Head
             should
             seeme
             but
             one
             thing
             ,
             and
             therefore
             the
             haire
             formeth
             and
             shapeth
             the
             Head
             from
             the
             Face
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             colour
             of
             the
             haire
             ,
             is
             witnessed
             and
             knowne
             the
             complexion
             of
             the
             Braine
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             fumosities
             of
             the
             Braine
             might
             ascend
             and
             passe
             lightlyer
             out
             by
             them
             .
             
             For
             if
             there
             were
             a
             sad
             thing
             ,
             as
             the
             skinne
             ,
             or
             other
             of
             the
             same
             nature
             ,
             as
             the
             Haire
             is
             ,
             the
             fumosities
             of
             the
             Braine
             might
             not
             have
             passed
             through
             it
             so
             lightly
             ,
             as
             it
             doth
             by
             the
             Haire
             .
          
           
             The
             Skin
             of
             the
             head
             is
             more
             Lazartus
             ,
             thicker
             ,
             and
             more
             Porrus
             ,
             then
             any
             other
             Skinne
             of
             any
             other
             member
             of
             the
             body
             .
             And
             two
             causes
             J
             note
             why
             ;
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             keepeth
             or
             defendeth
             the
             Braine
             from
             too
             much
             heat
             and
             cold
             as
             doth
             the
             Haire
             .
             The
             other
             ,
             that
             it
             discusseth
             to
             the
             common
             wits
             of
             all
             things
             that
             noyet
             h
             outwardly
             ,
             for
             the
             haire
             is
             insensible
             .
             The
             third
             cause
             why
             the
             skinne
             of
             the
             head
             is
             more
             thicker
             then
             any
             other
             skinne
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             is
             this
             ;
             that
             it
             keepeth
             the
             braine
             the
             more
             warme
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             better
             fence
             for
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             it
             bindeth
             and
             keepeth
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             head
             the
             faster
             together
             .
          
           
             Next
             followeth
             the
             Flesh
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             all
             Musculus
             or
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             lying
             upon
             Pericranium
             without
             meane
             .
             And
             it
             is
             made
             of
             subtill
             Will
             ,
             and
             of
             simple
             flesh
             ,
             Sinewes
             ,
             Veynes
             and
             Arteirs
             .
             And
             why
             the
             flesh
             that
             is
             all
             Musculus
             or
             Lazartus
             in
             every
             member
             of
             a
             mans
             body
             was
             made
             ,
             is
             for
             three
             causes
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             his
             thicknesse
             ▪
             he
             should
             comfort
             the
             digestion
             of
             other
             members
             that
             lye
             by
             him
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             through
             him
             every
             member
             is
             
             made
             is
             the
             formelier
             ,
             and
             taketh
             the
             better
             shape
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             his
             meanes
             every
             member
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             drawing
             to
             him
             nourishing
             ,
             the
             which
             others
             with-hold
             to
             put
             forth
             from
             them
             ,
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             more
             plainlyer
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Wombe
             .
          
           
             Next
             followeth
             Pericranium
             ,
             or
             the
             covering
             of
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Head.
             But
             here
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             a
             Veyne
             and
             an
             Arteir
             that
             commeth
             betweene
             the
             Flesh
             and
             this
             Pericranium
             ,
             that
             nourisheth
             the
             utter
             part
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             so
             entreth
             privily
             thorow
             the
             Commissaries
             of
             the
             Skull
             bearing
             to
             the
             Braine
             and
             to
             his
             Pannicles
             nourishing
             :
             Of
             whose
             substance
             ,
             is
             made
             both
             Duramater
             ,
             and
             also
             Pericranium
             ,
             as
             shall
             be
             declared
             in
             the
             parts
             contayned
             in
             the
             Head.
             Here
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             this
             Pannicle
             Pericranium
             ,
             that
             it
             bindeth
             or
             compasseth
             all
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             vnto
             whom
             is
             adjoyned
             Duramater
             ,
             and
             is
             also
             a
             part
             of
             his
             substance
             ,
             howbeit
             they
             be
             separated
             ,
             for
             Duramater
             is
             neerer
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             is
             vnder
             the
             Skull
             ▪
          
           
             This
             Pericranium
             was
             made
             principally
             for
             two
             causes
             :
             one
             is
             ,
             that
             for
             his
             strong
             binding
             together
             ,
             hee
             should
             make
             firme
             and
             stable
             the
             feeble
             Commissaries
             or
             seames
             of
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Head.
             The
             other
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             be
             a
             meane
             betweene
             the
             hard
             bone
             and
             the
             soft
             .
             flesh
             .
          
           
           
             Next
             ,
             is
             the
             Bone
             of
             the
             Pot
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             keeping
             in
             the
             Braines
             ,
             of
             which
             it
             were
             too
             long
             to
             declare
             their
             names
             after
             all
             Authors
             ,
             as
             they
             number
             them
             and
             their
             names
             ,
             for
             some
             name
             them
             after
             the
             Greeke
             tongue
             ,
             and
             some
             after
             the
             Arabian
             :
             but
             in
             conclusion
             all
             this
             to
             our
             purpose
             .
             And
             they
             be
             numbred
             seven
             bones
             in
             the
             pan
             or
             Skull
             of
             the
             head
             .
             The
             first
             is
             called
             the
             Coronall
             bone
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             the
             Orbits
             or
             holes
             of
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             it
             reacheth
             from
             the
             browes
             unto
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             meeteth
             with
             the
             second
             bone
             called
             Occipissiall
             ,
             a
             bone
             of
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             head
             called
             the
             Noddle
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             which
             two
             bones
             Coronall
             and
             Occipissiall
             ,
             be
             divided
             by
             the
             Commissaries
             ,
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             Head.
             The
             third
             and
             fourth
             Bones
             be
             called
             Parietales
             ,
             and
             they
             be
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             sideling
             parts
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             they
             be
             divided
             by
             the
             Commissaries
             ,
             both
             from
             the
             foresaid
             Coronall
             and
             Occipissiall
             .
             The
             fift
             and
             sixt
             bones
             be
             called
             ,
             
               Pet
               rosa
            
             or
             Medosa
             :
             and
             these
             two
             bones
             lye
             over
             the
             bones
             called
             ,
             Parietales
             ,
             on
             every
             side
             of
             the
             head
             one
             ,
             like
             Skales
             ,
             in
             whom
             be
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             Eares
             .
             The
             seventh
             and
             last
             of
             the
             head
             is
             called
             Paxillarie
             or
             Bazillarie
             ,
             the
             which
             Bone
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             wedge
             vnto
             all
             the
             other
             seaven
             Bones
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             doth
             fasten
             them
             together
             .
             And
             thus
             
             be
             all
             numbred
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             the
             Coronall
             Bone
             :
             the
             second
             ,
             is
             the
             Occipissiall
             :
             the
             third
             and
             the
             fourth
             ,
             is
             Parietales
             :
             the
             fifth
             and
             the
             sixth
             is
             Petrosa
             ,
             or
             Mendosa
             .
             And
             the
             seventh
             is
             Paxillarie
             ,
             or
             Bazillarie
             .
             And
             this
             sufficeth
             for
             the
             seven
             bones
             containing
             the
             Head.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IIII.
             In
             this
             Chapter
             is
             decl●red
             the
             sive
             things
             contayned
             within
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             NExt
             under
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Head
             within
             forth
             ,
             the
             first
             thing
             that
             appeareth
             is
             Duramater
             ,
             then
             is
             Piamater
             ,
             then
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             then
             
               Vermi
               formes
            
             and
             Letemirabile
             .
             But
             first
             we
             are
             to
             speake
             of
             Duramater
             ,
             whereof
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             is
             sprung
             and
             made
             :
             First
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             the
             Veyne
             and
             Arteire
             that
             was
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             last
             Chapter
             before
             ,
             how
             privily
             they
             entered
             through
             the
             Commissaries
             ,
             or
             seames
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             there
             by
             their
             Union
             together
             ,
             they
             doe
             not
             onely
             bring
             and
             give
             the
             spirit
             of
             Life
             and
             nutriment
             ,
             but
             also
             doe
             weave
             themselves
             so
             together
             ,
             that
             they
             make
             this
             Pannicle
             Duramater
             .
             It
             is
             holden
             up
             by
             certaine
             threeds
             of
             himselfe
             ,
             comming
             through
             the
             said
             Commissaries
             ,
             running
             into
             Pericranium
             or
             Pannicle
             that
             covereth
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Head.
             
             And
             with
             the
             foresaid
             Veine
             and
             Artier
             ,
             and
             these
             threeds
             ,
             comming
             from
             Duramater
             ,
             is
             woven
             and
             made
             this
             Pericranium
             .
          
           
             And
             why
             this
             Pannicle
             Duramater
             is
             set
             from
             the
             Skull
             ,
             J
             note
             two
             causes
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             Duramater
             should
             have
             touched
             the
             Skull
             ,
             it
             should
             lightly
             have
             beene
             hurt
             with
             the
             hardnesse
             of
             the
             Bone.
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             matter
             that
             commeth
             of
             wounds
             made
             in
             the
             Head
             piercing
             the
             Skull
             ,
             should
             by
             it
             the
             better
             be
             defended
             and
             kept
             from
             Piamater
             ,
             and
             hurting
             of
             the
             Braine
             .
             And
             next
             unto
             this
             Pannicle
             ,
             there
             is
             another
             Pannicle
             called
             Piamater
             ,
             or
             Meek-mother
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             soft
             and
             tender
             unto
             the
             Braine
             .
             Of
             whose
             creation
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             as
             of
             Duramater
             :
             For
             the
             originall
             of
             their
             first
             creation
             is
             of
             one
             kind
             ,
             both
             from
             the
             Heart
             and
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             is
             Mother
             of
             the
             very
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             .
             Why
             it
             is
             called
             Piamater
             ,
             is
             for
             because
             it
             is
             soft
             and
             tender
             to
             the
             Braine
             ,
             that
             it
             nourisheth
             the
             Braine
             and
             feedeth
             it
             ,
             as
             doth
             a
             loving
             Mother
             ,
             unto
             her
             tender
             Childe
             or
             Babe
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             not
             so
             tough
             and
             hard
             as
             is
             Duramater
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Pannicle
             Piamater
             is
             much
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             the
             great
             number
             of
             Veines
             and
             Arteirs
             that
             are
             planted
             ,
             ramefying
             throughout
             all
             his
             substance
             ,
             giving
             to
             the
             Braine
             both
             spirit
             and
             life
             .
             And
             this
             Pannicle
             doth
             circumvolue
             or
             lay
             all
             
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             :
             and
             in
             some
             plaec
             of
             the
             Braine
             ▪
             the
             Veynes
             and
             the
             Artiers
             goe
             forth
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             enter
             into
             the
             divisions
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             there
             drinketh
             of
             the
             Braines
             substance
             into
             them
             ,
             asking
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             to
             them
             the
             spirit
             of
             life
             or
             breath
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Liver
             nutriment
             .
             And
             the
             aforesaid
             spirit
             or
             breath
             taketh
             a
             further
             disgestion
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             made
             animall
             by
             the
             elaboration
             of
             the
             spirit
             vitall
             ,
             and
             is
             turned
             and
             made
             animall
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             why
             there
             be
             no
             more
             Pannicles
             over
             the
             Braine
             then
             one
             ,
             is
             this
             :
             If
             there
             had
             beene
             but
             one
             Pannicle
             onely
             ,
             either
             it
             must
             have
             beene
             hard
             or
             soft
             ,
             or
             meane
             ,
             betweene
             both
             :
             If
             it
             had
             beene
             hard
             ,
             it
             should
             have
             hurt
             the
             Braine
             by
             his
             hardnesse
             .
             If
             it
             had
             beene
             soft
             ,
             it
             should
             have
             beene
             hurt
             of
             the
             hard
             Bone.
             And
             if
             it
             had
             beene
             but
             meanly
             ,
             neyther
             hard
             nor
             soft
             ,
             it
             should
             have
             hurt
             the
             Braine
             by
             his
             roughnesse
             ,
             and
             also
             have
             beene
             hurt
             of
             the
             hard
             Bone.
             Therefore
             God
             and
             Nature
             hath
             ordained
             two
             Pannicles
             ,
             the
             one
             hard
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             soft
             ,
             the
             harder
             to
             be
             a
             meane
             betweene
             the
             soft
             and
             the
             Bone
             :
             and
             the
             softer
             to
             be
             a
             meane
             betweene
             the
             harder
             and
             the
             Braine
             it selfe
             .
             Also
             these
             Pannicles
             be
             cold
             and
             dry
             of
             complexion
             ,
             and
             ●permaticke
             .
          
           
             Next
             is
             the
             Braine
             ,
             of
             which
             it
             is
             marvellously
             
             to
             be
             considered
             and
             noted
             ,
             how
             this
             Piamater
             divideth
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             lappeth
             it
             into
             certaine
             selles
             or
             divisions
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             The
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             is
             divided
             into
             three
             parts
             or
             ventricles
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             foremost
             part
             is
             the
             most
             .
             The
             second
             or
             middlemost
             is
             lesse
             :
             the
             third
             or
             hindermost
             is
             the
             least
             .
             And
             from
             each
             one
             to
             another
             be
             issues
             or
             passages
             that
             are
             called
             Meates
             ,
             through
             whom
             passeth
             the
             spirit
             of
             life
             to
             and
             fro
             .
             But
             here
             ye
             shall
             note
             ,
             that
             every
             Ventricle
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             parts
             ,
             and
             in
             every
             part
             God
             hath
             ordained
             and
             set
             singular
             and
             severall
             vertues
             ,
             as
             thus
             ;
             First
             ,
             in
             the
             foremost
             Ventricle
             ,
             God
             hath
             founded
             and
             set
             the
             common
             wittes
             ,
             otherwise
             ,
             called
             the
             five
             Wits
             ,
             as
             Hearing
             ,
             Seeing
             ,
             Feeling
             ,
             Smelling
             ,
             and
             Tasting
             .
             And
             also
             there
             is
             one
             part
             of
             this
             Ventricle
             ,
             the
             vertue
             that
             is
             called
             Fantasie
             ,
             and
             he
             taketh
             all
             the
             formes
             or
             ordinances
             that
             be
             disposed
             of
             the
             five
             Wittes
             ,
             after
             the
             meaning
             of
             sensible
             things
             .
             In
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             same
             Ventricle
             ,
             is
             ordained
             and
             founded
             the
             Imaginative
             vertue
             ,
             the
             which
             receiveth
             of
             the
             common
             Wittes
             the
             forme
             or
             shape
             of
             sensitive
             things
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             received
             of
             the
             common
             Wittes
             without-forth
             ,
             representing
             their
             owne
             shape
             and
             ordinances
             unto
             the
             memorative
             vertue
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             Sell
             or
             Ventricle
             ,
             there
             is
             
             founded
             and
             ordained
             the
             Cogitative
             or
             estimative
             vertue
             :
             for
             he
             rehearseth
             ,
             sheweth
             ,
             declareth
             ,
             and
             deemeth
             those
             things
             that
             be
             offered
             vnto
             him
             ,
             by
             the
             other
             that
             were
             spoken
             of
             before
             .
             In
             the
             third
             Ventricle
             and
             last
             ,
             there
             is
             founded
             and
             ordained
             the
             vertue
             Memorative
             :
             in
             this
             place
             is
             registred
             and
             kept
             those
             things
             that
             are
             done
             and
             spoken
             with
             the
             sences
             and
             keepe
             them
             in
             his
             treasury
             vnto
             the
             putting
             forth
             of
             the
             five
             or
             common
             Wittes
             ,
             or
             Organes
             ,
             or
             Instruments
             of
             animall
             workes
             ,
             out
             of
             whose
             extremities
             or
             lower
             parts
             springeth
             Mynuca
             ,
             or
             Marrow
             of
             the
             Spondels
             :
             of
             whom
             it
             shall
             be
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Neck
             and
             back
             .
          
           
             Furthermore
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             foremost
             Ventricle
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             springeth
             seven
             paire
             of
             sentative
             or
             feeling
             Sinewes
             ,
             the
             which
             ●e
             produced
             to
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             the
             Eares
             ,
             the
             Nose
             ,
             the
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             and
             to
             divers
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             :
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             declared
             in
             their
             Anatomies
             .
             Also
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             about
             the
             middle
             Ventricle
             is
             the
             place
             of
             Vermiformis
             ,
             with
             kurnelly
             flesh
             that
             filleth
             ,
             and
             Retemirabile
             ,
             a
             wonderfull
             Cau●e
             vnder
             the
             Pannicles
             ,
             is
             set
             or
             bounded
             with
             Arteirs
             onely
             which
             come
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             vitall
             spirit
             by
             his
             great
             labour
             ,
             is
             turned
             and
             made
             animall
             .
             And
             yee
             shll
             understand
             ,
             that
             
             these
             two
             be
             the
             best
             kept
             parts
             of
             all
             the
             Body
             :
             for
             a
             man
             shall
             rather
             dye
             ,
             than
             any
             of
             these
             should
             suffer
             any
             manner
             of
             griefes
             from
             without
             forth
             ,
             and
             therefore
             God
             hath
             set
             them
             farre
             from
             the
             Heart
             .
          
           
             Heere
             J
             note
             the
             saying
             of
             
               Haly
               Abba
            
             ,
             of
             the
             comming
             of
             small
             Artiers
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             of
             whom
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             is
             made
             a
             marvellous
             Net
             or
             Caule
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             Caule
             is
             inclosed
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             place
             is
             laid
             the
             spirit
             of
             Feeling
             ,
             from
             that
             place
             hath
             the
             spirit
             of
             Feeling
             his
             first
             creation
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             passeth
             other
             members
             ,
             &c.
             
             Furthermore
             yee
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             the
             Brain
             is
             a
             member
             cold
             and
             moist
             of
             complexion
             ,
             thin
             ,
             and
             meanly
             viscous
             ,
             and
             ●
             principal
             member
             ,
             and
             an
             officiall
             member
             and
             spermaticke
             .
             And
             first
             ,
             why
             he
             is
             a
             principall
             member
             ,
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             the
             governour
             or
             the
             treasury
             of
             the
             five
             Wittes
             :
             And
             why
             he
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             the
             effect
             of
             feeling
             and
             stirring
             :
             And
             why
             he
             is
             cold
             and
             moyst
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             by
             his
             coldnesse
             and
             moystnesse
             ,
             abate
             and
             temper
             the
             exceeding
             heate
             and
             drought
             that
             commeth
             from
             the
             Heart
             .
             And
             why
             it
             is
             moyst
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             be
             the
             more
             indifferenter
             and
             abler
             to
             every
             thing
             that
             should
             be
             reserved
             or
             gotten
             into
             him
             .
             And
             why
             it
             is
             soft
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             give
             place
             and
             favour
             to
             the
             vertue
             of
             stirring
             .
             
             And
             why
             it
             is
             meanly
             viscous
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             his
             sinewes
             should
             not
             be
             letted
             in
             their
             working
             ,
             through
             his
             overmuch
             hardnesse
             .
          
           
             Heere
             Galen
             demandeth
             a
             question
             ,
             which
             is
             this
             :
             Whether
             that
             Feeling
             and
             moving
             be
             brought
             to
             Nerves
             by
             one
             or
             by
             divers
             ?
             Or
             whether
             the
             aforesaid
             thing
             be
             brought
             substantially
             or
             rather
             judicially
             ?
             The
             matter
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             is
             so
             hard
             to
             search
             and
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             it
             were
             much
             better
             to
             let
             it
             alone
             and
             passe
             over
             it
             .
          
           
             Aristotle
             intreating
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             saith
             :
             The
             Braine
             is
             a
             member
             continually
             moving
             and
             ruling
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             giving
             unto
             them
             both
             Feeling
             and
             moving
             :
             for
             if
             the
             Braine
             be
             let
             ,
             all
             other
             members
             be
             let
             :
             and
             if
             the
             Braine
             be
             well
             ,
             then
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             body
             be
             the
             better
             disposed
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             the
             Braine
             hath
             this
             property
             ,
             that
             it
             moveth
             and
             followeth
             the
             moving
             of
             the
             Moone
             :
             For
             in
             the
             waxing
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             the
             Braine
             followeth
             upwards
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             wane
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             the
             Braine
             discendeth
             downewards
             ,
             and
             vanisheth
             in
             substance
             of
             vertue
             :
             for
             then
             the
             Braine
             shrinketh
             together
             in
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             is
             not
             so
             fully
             obedient
             to
             the
             spirit
             of
             Feeling
             .
             And
             this
             is
             proved
             in
             men
             that
             be
             Lunaticke
             and
             Mad
             ,
             and
             also
             in
             men
             that
             be
             Epulenticke
             or
             having
             
             the
             Falling
             sicknesse
             ,
             that
             be
             most
             grieved
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             new
             Moone
             and
             in
             the
             latter
             quarter
             of
             the
             Moone
             .
             Wherefore
             (
             saith
             Aristotle
             )
             when
             it
             happeneth
             that
             the
             Braine
             is
             either
             too
             dry
             or
             too
             moyst
             ,
             then
             can
             it
             not
             worke
             his
             kind
             ,
             for
             then
             is
             the
             Body
             made
             cold
             :
             then
             are
             the
             spirits
             of
             Life
             melted
             and
             resolved
             away
             :
             and
             then
             followeth
             feeblenesse
             of
             the
             Wittes
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             last
             Death
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             The
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Face
             .
          
           
             THe
             Front
             or
             the
             Forehead
             ,
             containeth
             nothing
             but
             the
             Skin
             and
             Musculus
             flesh
             ,
             for
             the
             Pannicle
             underneath
             ,
             it
             is
             of
             Pericranium
             ,
             and
             the
             Bone
             is
             of
             the
             Coronall
             bone
             .
             Howbeit
             there
             it
             is
             made
             broad
             as
             if
             there
             were
             a
             double
             bone
             ,
             which
             maketh
             the
             forme
             of
             the
             browes
             .
             It
             is
             called
             the
             Forehead
             or
             Front
             ,
             from
             one
             eare
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             rootes
             of
             the
             eares
             of
             the
             head
             ▪
             before
             unto
             the
             Browes
             .
             But
             the
             cause
             why
             the
             browes
             were
             set
             and
             reared
             up
             ,
             was
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             defend
             the
             eyes
             from
             noyance
             without-foorth
             :
             and
             they
             be
             ordained
             with
             haire
             ,
             to
             put
             by
             the
             humor
             or
             sweat
             that
             commeth
             from
             the
             head
             .
             Also
             the
             browes
             doe
             helpe
             the
             
             eye-liddes
             ,
             and
             doe
             beautifie
             and
             make
             faire
             the
             face
             ,
             for
             he
             that
             hath
             not
             his
             browes
             haired
             ,
             is
             not
             seemely
             .
          
           
             And
             Aristotle
             sayth
             ,
             that
             over-measurable
             Browes
             betokeneth
             an
             envious
             man.
             Also
             high
             browes
             and
             thicke
             ,
             betokeneth
             cowardise
             :
             and
             meanly
             ,
             signifieth
             gentlenesse
             of
             heart
             .
             Incisions
             about
             this
             part
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             done
             according
             to
             the
             length
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             for
             there
             the
             Muscle
             goeth
             from
             one
             Eare
             to
             the
             other
             .
             And
             there
             if
             any
             incision
             should
             be
             made
             with
             the
             length
             of
             the
             Muscle
             ,
             it
             might
             happen
             the
             brow
             to
             hang
             over
             the
             eye
             without
             remedy
             ▪
             as
             it
             is
             many
             times
             seene
             ,
             the
             more
             pitty
             .
             The
             Browes
             are
             called
             Supercilium
             in
             Latine
             ,
             and
             under
             is
             the
             eye-lids
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             Cilium
             ,
             and
             is
             garnished
             with
             haires
             .
             Two
             causes
             J
             find
             why
             the
             eye-lids
             were
             ordained
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             keepe
             and
             defend
             the
             Eye
             from
             Dust
             and
             other
             outward
             noyances
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             eye
             is
             weary
             or
             heavie
             ,
             then
             they
             should
             be
             covered
             and
             take
             rest
             nnderneath
             them
             .
             Why
             the
             haires
             were
             ordained
             in
             them
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             them
             is
             addressed
             the
             formes
             or
             similitudes
             of
             visible
             things
             vnto
             the
             Apple
             of
             the
             Eye
             .
             The
             Eare
             is
             a
             member
             seemely
             and
             gristly
             ,
             able
             to
             be
             holden
             without
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             Organ
             or
             Instrument
             of
             Hearing
             :
             It
             is
             of
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             .
             But
             why
             the
             
             Eare
             was
             set
             up
             out
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             is
             this
             ,
             that
             the
             sounds
             that
             be
             very
             fugitive
             ,
             should
             lurke
             and
             abide
             under
             his
             shadow
             ,
             till
             it
             were
             taken
             of
             the
             Instruments
             of
             Hearing
             .
             Another
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             keepe
             the
             hole
             that
             it
             standeth
             over
             ,
             from
             things
             falling
             in
             that
             might
             hinder
             the
             Hearing
             .
             The
             Sinewes
             that
             are
             the
             Organs
             or
             Instruments
             of
             Hearing
             ,
             spring
             each
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             from
             whence
             the
             seven
             paire
             of
             Sinewes
             doe
             spring
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             hole
             of
             the
             Eare
             ,
             there
             they
             writhe
             like
             a
             Winepresse
             :
             and
             at
             the
             ends
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             be
             like
             the
             head
             of
             a
             Worme
             ,
             or
             like
             a
             little
             teate
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             received
             the
             sound
             ,
             and
             so
             carryed
             to
             the
             common
             wits
             .
             The
             Eyes
             be
             next
             of
             nature
             unto
             the
             Soule
             :
             for
             in
             the
             Eye
             is
             seene
             and
             knowne
             the
             disturbances
             and
             griefes
             ,
             gladnesse
             and
             joyes
             of
             the
             Soule
             ;
             as
             Love
             ,
             Wrath
             ,
             and
             other
             passions
             .
             The
             Eyes
             be
             the
             Instruments
             of
             sight
             .
             And
             they
             be
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             ten
             things
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ▪
             of
             seven
             Tunicles
             or
             Coates
             ,
             and
             of
             three
             humours
             .
             Of
             the
             which
             (
             sayth
             Galen
             )
             the
             Braine
             and
             the
             Head
             were
             made
             for
             the
             Eye
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             be
             in
             the
             highest
             as
             a
             Beholder
             in
             a
             Tower
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             rehearsed
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Head.
             But
             divers
             men
             hold
             divers
             opinions
             of
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             
             Eyes
             :
             for
             some
             men
             account
             but
             three
             Tunicles
             ,
             and
             some
             sixe
             .
             But
             in
             conclusion
             ,
             they
             meane
             all
             one
             thing
             .
             For
             the
             very
             truth
             is
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             counted
             and
             reckoned
             seven
             Tunicles
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               Selirotica
               ,
               Secondina
               ,
               Retyna
               ,
               Vnia
               ,
               Cornua
               ,
               Araniae
               ,
            
             and
             Conjunctiva
             :
             and
             these
             three
             humours
             .
             That
             is
             ,
             to
             say
             ,
             Humor
             ,
             Virtus
             ,
             Humor
             Albigynus
             ,
             and
             Humor
             Chrystallinus
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             to
             bee
             knowne
             how
             and
             after
             what
             manner
             they
             spring
             :
             You
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             there
             springeth
             of
             the
             Braine
             substance
             of
             his
             foremost
             Ventricles
             ,
             two
             Sinewes
             ,
             the
             one
             from
             the
             right
             ●ide
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             from
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             they
             bee
             called
             the
             first
             paire
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             Anatomie
             ,
             they
             be
             the
             first
             paire
             of
             Sinewes
             that
             appeare
             of
             all
             seven
             .
             And
             it
             is
             shewed
             by
             Galen
             ,
             that
             these
             Sinewes
             be
             hollow
             as
             a
             Reede
             ▪
             for
             two
             causes
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             visible
             spirit
             might
             passe
             freely
             to
             the
             Eyes
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             forme
             of
             visible
             things
             might
             freely
             be
             presented
             to
             the
             common
             wittes
             .
          
           
             Now
             marke
             the
             going
             forth
             of
             these
             sinewes
             .
             When
             these
             sinewes
             goe
             out
             from
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             he
             commeth
             through
             the
             Piamater
             ,
             of
             whose
             substance
             he
             taketh
             a
             Pannicle
             or
             a
             Coate
             :
             and
             the
             cause
             why
             he
             
             taketh
             that
             Pannicle
             ▪
             is
             to
             keepe
             him
             from
             anoying
             ,
             and
             before
             they
             enter
             into
             the
             Skull
             ,
             they
             meete
             and
             are
             united
             into
             one
             sinew
             the
             length
             of
             halfe
             an
             inch
             :
             and
             then
             they
             depart
             againe
             into
             two
             ,
             and
             each
             goeth
             into
             one
             Eye
             ,
             entring
             through
             the
             Braine-panne
             ,
             and
             these
             sinewes
             be
             called
             
               Nervi
               optici
            
             .
             And
             three
             causes
             J
             finde
             why
             these
             Nerves
             are
             joyned
             in
             one
             before
             they
             passe
             into
             the
             Eye
             .
             First
             ,
             if
             it
             happen
             any
             diseases
             in
             one
             Eye
             ,
             the
             other
             should
             receive
             all
             the
             visible
             spirit
             that
             before
             came
             to
             both
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             all
             things
             that
             we
             see
             should
             not
             seeme
             two
             :
             for
             if
             they
             had
             not
             beene
             joyned
             together
             ,
             every
             thing
             should
             have
             seemed
             two
             ,
             as
             it
             doth
             to
             a
             Worme
             ,
             and
             to
             other
             Beasts
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             sinew
             might
             stay
             and
             helpe
             the
             other
             .
             But
             hereupon
             Lanfranke
             accordeth
             much
             :
             saying
             ,
             that
             these
             two
             sinewes
             came
             together
             to
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             Pannicle
             both
             of
             Piamater
             and
             of
             Duramater
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             enter
             into
             the
             Orbit
             of
             the
             Eye
             ,
             there
             the
             extremities
             are
             spread
             abroad
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             made
             of
             three
             substances
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             of
             Duramater
             ,
             of
             Piamater
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Nervi
               optici
            
             .
             There
             be
             engendred
             three
             Tunicles
             or
             Coates
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             Of
             the
             substance
             
             that
             is
             taken
             from
             Duramater
             ,
             is
             engendred
             the
             first
             Coate
             that
             is
             called
             Secondina
             :
             and
             of
             
               Nervi
               optici
            
             ,
             is
             engendred
             the
             third
             Coate
             ,
             that
             is
             called
             Retina
             :
             and
             each
             of
             them
             is
             more
             subtiller
             then
             other
             ,
             and
             goeth
             about
             the
             humours
             without
             meane
             .
             And
             it
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             each
             of
             these
             three
             Tunicles
             be
             divided
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             make
             sixe
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ▪
             three
             of
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             braine
             ,
             and
             three
             of
             the
             parts
             outwards
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             Pericranium
             ,
             that
             covereth
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             Conjunctiva
             .
          
           
             And
             thus
             you
             may
             perceive
             the
             springing
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             Of
             Duramater
             springeth
             Clirotica
             and
             Cornua
             .
             Of
             Piamater
             ,
             springeth
             Secondina
             and
             Vnia
             .
             And
             of
             
               Nervi
               Optici
            
             ,
             springeth
             Conjunctiva
             .
             Now
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             Humours
             which
             be
             three
             ,
             and
             their
             places
             are
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Eyes
             ;
             of
             the
             which
             ,
             the
             first
             is
             Humor
             Vltrus
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             like
             glasse
             ,
             in
             colour
             very
             cleere
             ,
             red
             ,
             liquid
             ,
             or
             thin
             ,
             and
             hee
             is
             in
             the
             inward
             side
             next
             unto
             the
             Braine
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             thin
             ,
             because
             the
             nutritive
             blood
             of
             the
             Christaline
             might
             passe
             ,
             as
             water
             through
             a
             spunge
             should
             bee
             clensed
             and
             made
             pure
             ,
             and
             also
             that
             the
             visible
             spirit
             might
             the
             lightlier
             passe
             through
             him
             from
             the
             Braine
             .
             And
             he
             goeth
             about
             the
             Christaline
             humour
             ,
             untill
             he
             
             meet
             with
             Albuginus
             humour
             ,
             which
             is
             set
             in
             the
             ●ttermost
             part
             of
             the
             Eye
             .
             And
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             these
             humours
             ,
             Vltrus
             and
             Albiginus
             ,
             is
             set
             the
             Chrystaline
             humour
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             set
             principally
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Eye
             .
             And
             these
             Humours
             be
             separated
             and
             involved
             with
             the
             Pannicles
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             betweene
             every
             humour
             a
             Pannicle
             ;
             and
             thus
             is
             the
             Eye
             compound
             and
             made
             .
             But
             to
             speake
             of
             every
             Humour
             and
             every
             Pannicle
             in
             his
             due
             order
             and
             course
             ,
             it
             would
             aske
             a
             long
             progresse
             ,
             and
             a
             long
             Chapter
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             sufficient
             for
             a
             Chyrurgion
             ,
             at
             present
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             begin
             at
             the
             Nose
             ;
             You
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             Braine
             there
             commeth
             two
             Sinewes
             to
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             Braine-pan
             ,
             where
             beginneth
             the
             concavity
             of
             the
             Nose
             ,
             and
             these
             two
             be
             not
             properly
             Sinewes
             ,
             but
             Organs
             or
             Instruments
             of
             smelling
             ,
             and
             have
             heads
             like
             teats
             or
             paps
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             received
             the
             vertue
             of
             Smelling
             ,
             and
             representing
             it
             to
             the
             common
             wits
             :
             Over
             these
             two
             ,
             is
             set
             Colatorium
             t
             hat
             which
             wee
             call
             the
             Nosthrils
             ;
             and
             is
             set
             betweene
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             under
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             Nose
             .
             And
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             this
             concavity
             or
             ditch
             was
             made
             for
             two
             causes
             ;
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             ayre
             that
             bringeth
             forth
             the
             spirit
             of
             Smelling
             might
             rest
             in
             it
             ,
             till
             
             it
             were
             taken
             of
             the
             Organs
             or
             Instrument
             of
             smelling
             .
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             superfluities
             of
             the
             Braine
             might
             be
             hidden
             under
             it
             ,
             untill
             it
             were
             clensed
             :
             and
             from
             this
             concavity
             there
             goeth
             two
             holes
             down
             into
             themouth
             ,
             of
             which
             there
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             three
             benefits
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             when
             a
             mans
             mouth
             is
             close
             ,
             or
             when
             he
             eateth
             or
             sleepeth
             ,
             that
             then
             the
             ayre
             might
             come
             through
             them
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             or
             else
             a
             mans
             mouth
             should
             alwayes
             bee
             open
             .
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             helpe
             to
             the
             relation
             of
             the
             forme
             of
             the
             Nose
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             a
             man
             speaketh
             in
             his
             Nose
             ,
             when
             any
             of
             these
             holes
             be
             stopped
             .
             The
             third
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             concavity
             might
             bee
             clensed
             by
             them
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             snuffeth
             the
             Nose
             ,
             or
             draweth
             into
             his
             mouth
             inwardly
             .
             The
             Nose
             is
             a
             member
             consimple
             or
             official
             ,
             appearing
             without
             the
             face
             ,
             somewhat
             plyable
             ,
             because
             it
             should
             the
             better
             be
             clensed
             .
             And
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             perceived
             ▪
             that
             it
             is
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             Skin
             and
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             and
             of
             two
             Bones
             standing
             in
             manner
             tryangle-wise
             ,
             whose
             extremities
             bee
             joyned
             in
             one
             part
             of
             the
             Nose
             with
             the
             Coronall
             bone
             ,
             and
             the
             nether
             extremities
             are
             joyned
             with
             two
             Gristles
             ,
             and
             another
             that
             divideth
             the
             Nosthrils
             within
             ,
             and
             holdeth
             up
             the
             Nose
             .
          
           
           
             Also
             there
             be
             two
             concavities
             or
             holes
             ,
             that
             if
             one
             were
             stopped
             the
             other
             should
             serve
             ;
             Also
             there
             is
             in
             the
             Nose
             two
             Muscles
             to
             help
             the
             working
             of
             his
             office
             .
          
           
             And
             Gal●n
             saith
             ,
             that
             the
             Nose
             shapeth
             the
             Face
             most
             ;
             for
             where
             the
             Nose
             lacketh
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             face
             is
             the
             more
             unseemly
             .
             The
             Nose
             should
             be
             of
             a
             meane
             bignesse
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             exceed
             in
             length
             or
             bredth
             ,
             nor
             in
             highnesse
             .
             For
             Aristotle
             saith
             ,
             If
             the
             Nostrils
             be
             too
             thin
             or
             too
             wide
             ,
             by
             great
             drawing
             in
             of
             ayre
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             great
             straitnesse
             of
             heart
             ,
             and
             indignation
             of
             thought
             .
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             shape
             of
             the
             Members
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             betokeneth
             and
             judgeth
             the
             affections
             and
             will
             of
             the
             Soule
             of
             man
             ,
             as
             the
             Philosopher
             saith
             ,
             the
             Temples
             are
             called
             the
             members
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             that
             name
             because
             of
             continuall
             moving
             .
             And
             as
             the
             Science
             of
             the
             Anatomie
             meaneth
             ,
             the
             spirit
             vitall
             is
             sent
             from
             the
             heart
             to
             the
             braine
             by
             Arteirs
             ,
             and
             by
             Veynes
             and
             nutrimentall
             blood
             ,
             where
             the
             vessels
             Pulsatives
             in
             the
             Temples
             be
             lightly
             hurt
             .
             Also
             ,
             the
             Temples
             have
             dents
             or
             holes
             inwardly
             ,
             wherein
             he
             taketh
             the
             humour
             that
             commeth
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             the
             Eyes
             a
             sleepe
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             said
             holes
             or
             dents
             bee
             pressed
             and
             wrung
             ,
             then
             by
             
             trapping
             of
             the
             humour
             that
             continueth
             ,
             hee
             maketh
             the
             teares
             to
             fall
             from
             the
             Eye
             .
          
           
             The
             Cheekes
             are
             the
             sideling
             parts
             of
             the
             Face
             ,
             and
             they
             containe
             in
             them
             Musculus
             flesh
             ,
             with
             Veynes
             and
             Arteirs
             ,
             and
             about
             these
             parts
             be
             many
             Muscles
             .
             Guido
             maketh
             mention
             of
             seaven
             about
             the
             Cheekes
             and
             over-lip
             .
          
           
             And
             Haly-Abbas
             saith
             ,
             there
             be
             twelue
             Muscles
             that
             move
             the
             neither
             Jaw
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             in
             opening
             ,
             and
             other
             some
             in
             closing
             or
             shutting
             ,
             passing
             under
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Temples
             :
             and
             they
             be
             called
             Temporales
             :
             And
             they
             be
             the
             right
             noble
             and
             sensatiue
             ,
             of
             whose
             hurt
             is
             much
             perill
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             there
             bee
             other
             Muscles
             for
             to
             grinde
             and
             to
             chew
             .
             And
             to
             all
             these
             Muscles
             commeth
             Nerves
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             to
             give
             them
             feeling
             and
             moving
             .
             And
             also
             there
             commeth
             to
             them
             ,
             many
             Arteirs
             and
             Veynes
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             about
             the
             Temples
             ,
             and
             the
             angles
             or
             corners
             of
             the
             Eyes
             and
             the
             Lips.
             And
             as
             the
             Philosophers
             say
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             beauty
             in
             man
             is
             in
             the
             Cheekes
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             complexion
             of
             man
             is
             most
             knowne
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             If
             they
             be
             full
             ,
             ruddy
             ,
             and
             medled
             with
             temperate
             whitenesse
             ,
             and
             not
             fat
             in
             substance
             ,
             but
             meanely
             fleshie
             ▪
             it
             betokeneth
             hot
             and
             moyst
             
             of
             complexion
             :
             that
             is
             ,
             Sanguine
             and
             temperate
             in
             colour
             .
             And
             if
             they
             be
             white
             coloured
             ,
             without
             medling
             of
             rednesse
             ,
             and
             in
             substance
             fat
             and
             soft
             ,
             quavering
             ▪
             it
             betokeneth
             ,
             excesse
             and
             superfluity
             of
             cold
             and
             moyst
             :
             that
             is
             Flegmaticke
             .
             And
             if
             they
             be
             browne
             in
             colour
             or
             cytron
             ,
             yellow
             ,
             redde
             and
             thinne
             ,
             and
             leane
             in
             substance
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             great
             drying
             and
             heate
             :
             that
             is
             cholericke
             .
             And
             if
             they
             be
             as
             it
             were
             blowne
             in
             colour
             ,
             and
             of
             little
             flesh
             in
             substance
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             excesse
             and
             superfluity
             of
             drynesse
             and
             cold
             :
             that
             is
             Melancholy
             .
             And
             as
             Avicen
             saith
             ,
             the
             Cheekes
             doe
             not
             onely
             shew
             the
             diversities
             of
             complexions
             ,
             but
             also
             the
             affection
             and
             will
             of
             the
             Heart
             :
             for
             by
             the
             affection
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             by
             suddaine
             joy
             or
             dread
             ,
             he
             waxeth
             either
             pale
             or
             red
             .
          
           
             The
             bones
             or
             bony
             parts
             ,
             first
             of
             the
             Cheekes
             be
             two
             :
             of
             the
             Nose
             outwardly
             two
             :
             of
             the
             upper
             Mandible
             ,
             two
             :
             within
             the
             Nose
             three
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             One
             deviding
             the
             Nosthrils
             within
             ,
             and
             in
             each
             Nosthrill
             one
             ,
             and
             they
             seeme
             to
             be
             rowled
             like
             a
             wafer
             ,
             and
             have
             a
             hollownesse
             in
             them
             ,
             by
             which
             th●
             ayre
             is
             respired
             and
             drawne
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             the
             superfluity
             of
             the
             Braine
             is
             purged
             into
             the
             mouthwards
             ,
             as
             is
             before
             rehearsed
             .
             But
             Guido
             and
             
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             in
             the
             face
             nine
             bones
             ,
             yet
             J
             cannot
             find
             that
             the
             nether
             Mandible
             should
             be
             of
             the
             number
             of
             those
             nine
             :
             for
             the
             nether
             Mandible
             accounted
             there
             ,
             proveth
             them
             to
             be
             Ten
             in
             number
             :
             Of
             which
             thing
             J
             will
             hold
             no
             argument
             ,
             but
             remit
             it
             to
             the
             sight
             of
             your
             Eyes
             .
             The
             parts
             of
             the
             mouth
             are
             five
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Lippes
             ,
             the
             Teeth
             ▪
             the
             Tongue
             ,
             the
             Uvila
             ,
             and
             the
             Pallet
             of
             the
             mouth
             .
             And
             first
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             Lips
             ,
             they
             are
             members
             consimile
             or
             officiall
             ,
             full
             of
             Musculus
             flesh
             ,
             as
             is
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             ordained
             for
             two
             causes
             ,
             one
             is
             ;
             that
             they
             should
             be
             to
             the
             mouth
             as
             a
             doore
             to
             a
             house
             ,
             and
             to
             keepe
             the
             mouth
             close
             till
             the
             meat
             were
             kindly
             chewed
             .
             The
             other
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             be
             helpers
             to
             the
             pronouncing
             of
             the
             speech
             .
             The
             Teeth
             are
             members
             consimile
             or
             officiall
             ,
             spermaticke
             ,
             and
             hardest
             of
             any
             other
             members
             ,
             and
             are
             fastned
             in
             the
             Cheeke
             bones
             ,
             and
             were
             ordained
             for
             three
             causes
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             chew
             a
             mans
             meate
             ,
             ere
             it
             should
             passe
             downe
             ▪
             that
             it
             might
             be
             the
             sooner
             digested
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             be
             a
             helpe
             to
             the
             speech
             :
             for
             they
             that
             lacke
             their
             teeth
             ,
             doe
             not
             perfectly
             pronounce
             their
             words
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             serve
             to
             beasts
             
             as
             weapons
             .
             The
             number
             of
             them
             is
             uncertaine
             :
             for
             some
             men
             haue
             more
             ,
             and
             some
             lesse
             :
             they
             that
             have
             the
             whole
             number
             ,
             have
             two
             and
             thirty
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             ●ixteene
             above
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             beneath
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             two
             Dwallies
             ,
             two
             Quadripulles
             ,
             two
             Canniens
             ,
             eight
             Morales
             ,
             two
             Causales
             ,
             the
             Tongue
             is
             a
             carnous
             member
             ,
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             many
             Nerves
             .
             Ligaments
             ,
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             ordained
             principally
             for
             three
             causes
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             when
             a
             man
             eateth
             ,
             the
             Tongue
             might
             helpe
             to
             turne
             the
             meat
             till
             it
             were
             well
             chewed
             .
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             him
             is
             received
             the
             tast
             of
             sweete
             and
             sowre
             ,
             and
             presented
             by
             him
             to
             the
             common
             Wittes
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             him
             is
             pronounced
             every
             speech
             .
             The
             fleshie
             part
             of
             the
             Tongue
             is
             white
             ,
             and
             hath
             in
             him
             nine
             Muscles
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             roote
             of
             him
             ,
             is
             Glandulus
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             be
             two
             welles
             ,
             and
             they
             be
             ever
             full
             of
             spettle
             to
             temper
             and
             keepe
             moyst
             the
             Tongue
             ,
             or
             else
             it
             would
             waxe
             dry
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             labour
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             Uvila
             is
             a
             member
             made
             of
             spongeous
             flesh
             ,
             hanging
             downe
             from
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Pallet
             over
             the
             gullet
             of
             the
             throat
             ,
             and
             is
             a
             member
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             oftentimes
             when
             there
             falleth
             rawnesse
             or
             much
             
             moystnesse
             into
             it
             from
             the
             Head
             ,
             then
             it
             hangeth
             downe
             in
             the
             throate
             ,
             and
             letteth
             a
             man
             to
             swallow
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             broad
             at
             the
             upper
             end
             ,
             and
             small
             at
             the
             nether
             .
             It
             was
             ordained
             for
             divers
             causes
             .
             One
             is
             ▪
             that
             by
             him
             is
             holpen
             the
             sound
             of
             speech
             :
             for
             where
             the
             Uvila
             is
             wanting
             ,
             there
             lacketh
             the
             perfect
             sound
             of
             speech
             .
             Another
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             helpe
             the
             prolation
             of
             vomits
             .
             Another
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             him
             is
             tempered
             and
             abated
             the
             distemperance
             of
             the
             ayre
             that
             passeth
             to
             the
             Lungs
             .
             Another
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             him
             is
             guided
             the
             superfluities
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             that
             commeth
             from
             the
             coletures
             of
             the
             Nose
             ,
             or
             the
             superfluities
             would
             fall
             downe
             suddenly
             into
             the
             mouth
             ,
             the
             which
             were
             a
             displeasure
             .
             The
             Pallet
             of
             the
             mouth
             containeth
             nothing
             else
             but
             a
             carnous
             Pannicle
             ,
             and
             the
             Bones
             that
             bee
             underneath
             it
             hath
             two
             divisions
             ,
             one
             along
             the
             Pallet
             from
             the
             division
             of
             the
             Nose
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             opening
             of
             the
             other
             Mandible
             under
             the
             nether
             end
             of
             the
             Pallet
             ,
             lacking
             halfe
             an
             inch
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             divideth
             overthwart
             ,
             and
             the
             first
             division
             is
             of
             the
             Mandible
             :
             and
             the
             second
             ,
             is
             of
             the
             Bone
             called
             Pixillary
             or
             Bazillary
             ,
             that
             sustaineth
             and
             bindeth
             all
             other
             Bones
             of
             the
             head
             together
             .
             The
             Skinne
             of
             the
             Pallet
             of
             the
             mouth
             is
             ,
             of
             the
             inner
             part
             of
             the
             ●tomacke
             and
             of
             
             Myre
             ,
             and
             of
             Isofagus
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             way
             of
             the
             meate
             into
             the
             Stomacke
             .
             The
             way
             how
             to
             know
             that
             such
             a
             Pannicle
             is
             of
             that
             part
             of
             the
             stomack
             ,
             may
             be
             knowne
             when
             that
             a
             man
             is
             touched
             within
             the
             mouth
             ,
             anon
             he
             beginneth
             to
             tickle
             in
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             the
             neerer
             that
             he
             shall
             couch
             unto
             the
             throat
             ,
             the
             more
             it
             abhorreth
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             oftentimes
             it
             caufeth
             the
             stomacke
             to
             yeeld
             from
             him
             that
             is
             within
             him
             ,
             as
             when
             a
             man
             doth
             vomit
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             in
             the
             mouth
             is
             ended
             the
             uppermost
             extremity
             of
             the
             Wesand
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             Myre
             ,
             or
             Isofagus
             :
             And
             with
             him
             is
             contayned
             
               Trachia
               arteria
            
             :
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             way
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             whose
             holes
             be
             covered
             with
             a
             lap
             like
             a
             tongue
             ,
             and
             is
             griftly
             ,
             that
             the
             meat
             and
             drinke
             might
             slide
             ov
             er
             him
             into
             Isofagus
             :
             the
             which
             gristle
             when
             a
             man
             speaketh
             is
             reared
             up
             ,
             and
             covereth
             the
             way
             of
             the
             meate
             ,
             and
             when
             a
             man
             swalloweth
             the
             meate
             ,
             then
             it
             covereth
             the
             way
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             so
             that
             when
             the
             one
             is
             covered
             ,
             the
             other
             is
             uncovered
             .
             For
             if
             a
             man
             open
             the
             way
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             when
             he
             swalloweth
             ,
             if
             there
             fall
             a
             crum
             into
             it
             ,
             hee
             shall
             never
             cease
             coughing
             untill
             it
             be
             up
             againe
             .
             And
             this
             sufficeth
             for
             the
             Face
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Necke
             .
          
           
             THE
             Necke
             followeth
             next
             to
             be
             spoken
             of
             .
             Galen
             proveth
             ,
             that
             the
             Necke
             was
             made
             for
             no
             other
             cause
             but
             for
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             for
             all
             things
             that
             have
             no
             Lungs
             ,
             have
             neyther
             Necke
             nor
             voyce
             ,
             except
             Fish
             .
             And
             you
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             the
             necke
             is
             all
             that
             is
             contayned
             betweene
             the
             head
             and
             the
             shoulders
             ,
             and
             betweene
             the
             chin
             and
             the
             breast
             .
             It
             is
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             foure
             things
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             of
             Spondillis
             ,
             of
             Servicibus
             ,
             of
             Gula
             ,
             and
             of
             Gutture
             ,
             the
             which
             shall
             be
             declared
             more
             plainly
             hereafter
             :
             and
             through
             these
             passe
             the
             way
             of
             the
             meate
             and
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             but
             they
             be
             not
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Necke
             .
          
           
             The
             Spondels
             of
             the
             Necke
             be
             seaven
             :
             The
             first
             is
             joyned
             unto
             the
             lower
             part
             of
             the
             head
             called
             Paxillary
             ,
             or
             Bazillary
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             same
             wise
             are
             joyned
             every
             Spondell
             with
             other
             ,
             and
             the
             last
             of
             the
             seaven
             ,
             with
             the
             first
             of
             the
             Backe
             or
             Ridge
             :
             and
             the
             Lygaments
             that
             keepe
             these
             Spondels
             together
             ,
             are
             not
             so
             hard
             and
             tough
             as
             those
             of
             the
             backe
             :
             for
             why
             ?
             those
             of
             the
             necke
             bee
             more
             feebler
             and
             subtiller
             .
             The
             cause
             is
             this
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             necessary
             
             other
             while
             that
             the
             Head
             move
             wtthout
             the
             necke
             ,
             and
             the
             Necke
             without
             the
             Head
             ,
             the
             which
             might
             not
             well
             ▪
             have
             beene
             done
             if
             they
             had
             beene
             strong
             and
             boystrous
             .
             Of
             these
             aforesaid
             seaven
             Spondels
             of
             the
             Necke
             ,
             there
             springeth
             seaven
             paire
             of
             Sinewes
             ,
             the
             which
             be
             divided
             into
             the
             head
             and
             into
             the
             visage
             ,
             to
             the
             Shoulders
             and
             to
             the
             Armes
             .
             From
             the
             hole
             of
             the
             first
             Spondell
             springeth
             the
             first
             paire
             of
             Sinewes
             ,
             between
             the
             first
             Spondell
             and
             the
             second
             ,
             and
             so
             forth
             of
             all
             the
             rest
             in
             like
             manner
             as
             of
             these
             .
             Also
             these
             Sinewes
             receive
             subtill
             will
             of
             the
             sinewes
             of
             the
             braine
             :
             of
             which
             the
             Will
             ,
             and
             Sinewes
             ,
             and
             Flesh
             ,
             with
             a
             Pannicle
             ,
             make
             the
             composition
             of
             Muscles
             Lazartes
             ,
             and
             Brawnes
             ,
             the
             which
             three
             things
             are
             all
             one
             ,
             and
             be
             the
             Instruments
             of
             voluntary
             moving
             every
             member
             .
             The
             Muscles
             of
             the
             Necke
             after
             Galen
             ,
             are
             numbred
             to
             be
             twenty
             ,
             moving
             the
             Head
             and
             the
             Necke
             .
             Likewise
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             there
             bee
             three
             manner
             of
             fleshes
             in
             the
             Necke
             :
             the
             first
             is
             Pixwex
             ,
             or
             Servisis
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             called
             of
             Children
             ,
             Goldhaire
             ,
             or
             yeallow
             haire
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             certaine
             Longitudinals
             ,
             lying
             on
             the
             ●ides
             of
             the
             Spondels
             ,
             from
             the
             head
             downe
             to
             the
             latter
             Spondell
             .
             And
             they
             are
             ordained
             for
             this
             
             cause
             ,
             that
             when
             the
             Sinewes
             be
             weary
             of
             overmuch
             labour
             with
             moving
             and
             travell
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             rest
             upon
             them
             as
             upon
             a
             Bed.
             
          
           
             The
             second
             Flesh
             is
             Musculus
             ,
             from
             whom
             springeth
             the
             Tendons
             and
             Cords
             that
             move
             the
             Head
             and
             the
             Necke
             ,
             which
             be
             numbred
             twenty
             ,
             as
             is
             before
             declared
             .
             The
             third
             Flesh
             replenisheth
             the
             void
             places
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             third
             part
             of
             the
             Necke
             ,
             is
             called
             Gutture
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             standing
             out
             of
             the
             throat
             boll
             .
             The
             fourth
             part
             is
             called
             Gula
             ,
             and
             the
             hinder
             part
             Cervix
             and
             hath
             that
             name
             of
             the
             Philosophers
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             Marrow
             comming
             to
             the
             Ridgebones
             .
             It
             is
             so
             called
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             servant
             to
             the
             Braine
             :
             For
             the
             Necke
             receiveth
             and
             taketh
             of
             the
             braine
             ,
             influence
             of
             vertue
             of
             moving
             ,
             and
             sendeth
             it
             by
             sinewes
             to
             the
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             downewards
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             members
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             Here
             you
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             the
             way
             of
             the
             Meat
             ,
             Mire
             ,
             or
             Isofagus
             ,
             is
             all
             one
             thing
             :
             and
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             it
             stretcheth
             from
             the
             Mouth
             to
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             by
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             necke
             inwardly
             fastned
             to
             the
             Spondels
             of
             the
             Neck
             ,
             untill
             he
             come
             to
             the
             first
             Spondell
             ,
             and
             there
             hee
             leaveth
             the
             Spondell
             and
             stretcheth
             till
             he
             come
             to
             the
             foremost
             part
             of
             the
             
             Breast
             ,
             and
             passeth
             through
             Diafragma
             ,
             till
             hee
             come
             to
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             is
             ended
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             that
             this
             Weasand
             is
             compound
             ,
             and
             made
             of
             two
             Tunicles
             or
             Coates
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             of
             the
             inner
             and
             of
             the
             outer
             .
             The
             outer
             Tunicle
             is
             but
             simple
             ,
             for
             he
             needeth
             no
             Retention
             but
             onely
             for
             his
             owne
             nourishing
             :
             but
             the
             inner
             Tunicle
             is
             compound
             ,
             and
             made
             of
             Musculus
             Longitudinall
             Will
             ,
             by
             which
             he
             may
             draw
             the
             meate
             from
             the
             mouth
             into
             the
             stomack
             ,
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             more
             plainly
             declared
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             stomacke
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             
               Cana
               Pulmonis
               ,
               via
               ,
               trachia
               ,
               Arteria
               ,
            
             all
             these
             be
             one
             thing
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             the
             Throat-boll
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             set
             within
             the
             Neck
             ,
             besides
             the
             Wesand
             ,
             towards
             Gula
             ,
             and
             is
             compound
             of
             the
             Gristle
             ,
             knit
             each
             with
             other
             ▪
             And
             the
             Pannicle
             that
             is
             meane
             betweene
             the
             Wesand
             ,
             and
             the
             Throat-boll
             ,
             is
             called
             I●mon
             .
          
           
             Also
             yee
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             the
             great
             Veynes
             which
             ramefie
             by
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             Necke
             ,
             to
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             is
             of
             some
             men
             called
             Gwidege
             ,
             and
             of
             others
             ,
             
               Venae
               organices
            
             :
             the
             incision
             of
             whom
             is
             perillous
             .
             And
             thus
             it
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             ,
             that
             the
             neck
             of
             man
             is
             compound
             ▪
             and
             made
             of
             skinny
             Flesh
             ,
             Ligaments
             ,
             and
             bones
             :
             and
             this
             susficeth
             for
             the
             Neck
             and
             the
             Throat
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Shoulders
             and
             Armes
             .
          
           
             ANd
             first
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             Bones
             :
             It
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             Shoulder
             there
             be
             two
             Bones
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             the
             Shoulder-bone
             ,
             and
             the
             Kannell-bone
             ,
             and
             also
             the
             Adjutor
             bone
             of
             the
             Arme
             ,
             are
             joyned
             with
             the
             Shoulder-bones
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             numbred
             amongst
             them
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             not
             numbred
             amongst
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Armes
             .
             In
             the
             composition
             of
             the
             Shoulder
             ,
             the
             first
             Bone
             is
             ;
             
               Os
               Spatula
            
             ,
             or
             Shoulder-blade
             ,
             whose
             hinder
             part
             is
             declined
             towards
             the
             Chine
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             end
             it
             is
             broad
             and
             thin
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             upper
             part
             it
             is
             round
             ,
             in
             whose
             roundnesse
             is
             a
             Concavity
             which
             is
             called
             the
             Box
             or
             coope
             of
             the
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             which
             entreth
             the
             Adjutor
             bones
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             a
             binding
             together
             with
             strong
             flexible
             Sinewes
             ,
             and
             are
             contained
             fast
             with
             each
             Bone
             called
             Clavicula
             ,
             or
             the
             Cannel-bone
             .
             And
             this
             Cannell
             bone
             stretcheth
             to
             both
             the
             shoulders
             ;
             one
             end
             to
             the
             one
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             another
             to
             the
             other
             ▪
             and
             there
             they
             make
             the
             composition
             of
             the
             shoulders
             .
             The
             bones
             of
             the
             great
             Arme
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             from
             the
             shoulders
             to
             the
             fingers
             ends
             ,
             bee
             Thirty
             ;
             
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             the
             Adjutor
             bone
             ,
             whose
             upper
             end
             entreth
             into
             the
             concavitie
             or
             Box
             of
             the
             shoulder
             bone
             :
             It
             is
             but
             one
             Bone
             (
             having
             no
             fellow
             )
             and
             it
             is
             hollow
             and
             full
             of
             Marrow
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             also
             crooked
             ,
             because
             it
             should
             be
             the
             more
             able
             to
             gripe
             things
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             hollow
             ,
             because
             it
             should
             be
             lighter
             and
             more
             obedient
             to
             the
             stirring
             or
             moving
             of
             the
             Brawnes
             .
          
           
             Furthermore
             ,
             this
             Bone
             hath
             two
             eminencies
             ,
             or
             two
             knobs
             in
             his
             nether
             extremity
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             juncture
             of
             the
             Elbow
             (
             of
             the
             which
             ,
             the
             one
             is
             more
             rising
             then
             the
             other
             )
             and
             are
             made
             like
             unto
             a
             Pulley
             to
             draw
             water
             with
             ,
             and
             the
             ends
             of
             these
             Bones
             enter
             into
             a
             Concavitie
             proportioned
             in
             the
             uppermost
             ends
             of
             thetwo
             Focklebones
             ,
             of
             which
             two
             bones
             ,
             the
             lesse
             goeth
             from
             the
             Elbow
             to
             the
             Thumbe
             ,
             by
             the
             uppermost
             part
             of
             the
             arme
             ,
             and
             the
             greater
             is
             the
             nether
             bone
             from
             the
             Elbow
             to
             the
             little
             Finger
             .
             And
             these
             two
             bones
             be
             contained
             with
             the
             Adjutor
             bone
             ,
             and
             be
             bound
             with
             strong
             Ligaments
             ,
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             with
             the
             bones
             of
             the
             Hand
             .
             The
             which
             bones
             be
             numbred
             Eight
             ,
             the
             foure
             uppermost
             bee
             joyned
             with
             the
             foure
             nethermost
             towards
             the
             Hands
             :
             and
             in
             the
             third
             ward
             of
             Bones
             be
             five
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             called
             
               Ossa
               Patinis
            
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             in
             the
             Palme
             of
             the
             hand
             .
             And
             to
             
             them
             be
             joyned
             the
             bones
             of
             the
             Fingers
             and
             the
             Thumbes
             ,
             as
             thus
             ;
             in
             every
             finger
             three
             bones
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Thumbe
             two
             bones
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             the
             Fingers
             and
             Thumb
             of
             every
             hand
             fourteen
             ,
             called
             
               Ossa
               digitorum
            
             :
             In
             the
             Palme
             of
             the
             hand
             five
             ,
             called
             Patinis
             ;
             and
             between
             the
             Hand
             and
             the
             Wrist
             eight
             ,
             called
             Rasete
             :
             and
             from
             the
             Wrist
             to
             the
             Shoulder
             ,
             three
             bones
             :
             all
             which
             being
             accounted
             together
             ,
             yee
             shall
             find
             Thirty
             bones
             in
             each
             Hand
             and
             Arme.
             To
             speake
             of
             Sinewes
             ,
             Ligaments
             ,
             Cords
             ,
             and
             Brawnes
             :
             here
             first
             ye
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             there
             commeth
             from
             Mynuea
             ,
             through
             the
             Spondels
             of
             the
             Necke
             ,
             foure
             sinewes
             ,
             which
             most
             plainly
             doe
             appeare
             in
             sight
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             one
             commeth
             into
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             Arme
             ,
             another
             into
             the
             nether
             part
             ,
             and
             one
             into
             the
             inner
             side
             ,
             and
             another
             into
             the
             outer
             side
             of
             the
             Arme
             ,
             and
             they
             bring
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             from
             Mynuca
             ,
             both
             feeling
             and
             moving
             into
             the
             Armes
             ,
             as
             thus
             :
             The
             sinewes
             that
             come
             from
             the
             Braine
             and
             from
             the
             Marrow
             of
             the
             Backe
             that
             is
             called
             Mynuca
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             juncture
             of
             the
             shoulder
             ,
             there
             they
             are
             mixed
             with
             the
             Ligaments
             of
             the
             same
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Ligaments
             receive
             both
             Feeling
             and
             moving
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             also
             in
             their
             mingling
             together
             ,
             
             they
             are
             made
             a
             Cord
             or
             a
             Tendon
             .
          
           
             Three
             causes
             J
             find
             why
             the
             finewes
             were
             mingled
             with
             the
             Lygaments
             .
             The
             first
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             littlenesse
             of
             the
             Sinewes
             ,
             which
             many
             wayes
             bee
             made
             weary
             by
             their
             continuall
             moving
             ,
             should
             bee
             repressed
             by
             the
             insensiblenesse
             of
             the
             Ligaments
             :
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             littlenesse
             of
             the
             Sinewes
             should
             bee
             through
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             Ligaments
             :
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             the
             feeblenesse
             of
             the
             Sinew
             ,
             that
             is
             in
             sufficient
             ,
             and
             too
             feeble
             to
             use
             his
             Office
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             strength
             and
             hardnesse
             of
             the
             Ligaments
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             declare
             what
             a
             Cord
             is
             ,
             what
             a
             Ligament
             ,
             and
             what
             a
             Muscle
             ,
             or
             a
             Brawne
             ,
             it
             is
             enough
             rehearsed
             in
             the
             Chapter
             of
             the
             simple
             Members
             :
             but
             if
             you
             will
             through
             the
             commandement
             of
             the
             Will
             or
             the
             Soule
             ,
             draw
             the
             Arme
             to
             the
             hinder
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             then
             the
             outer
             Brawne
             is
             drawne
             together
             and
             the
             inner
             inlarged
             ,
             and
             likewise
             inwards
             ,
             when
             the
             one
             Brawne
             doth
             draw
             inwards
             ,
             the
             other
             doth
             stretch
             :
             and
             when
             the
             Arme
             is
             stretched
             in
             length
             ,
             then
             the
             Cords
             be
             lengthened
             :
             but
             when
             they
             passe
             the
             juncture
             of
             the
             Shoulder
             and
             of
             the
             Elbow
             ,
             by
             three
             fingers
             breadth
             or
             thereabout
             ▪
             then
             it
             is
             divided
             by
             subtill
             Will
             ,
             and
             mingled
             with
             the
             simple
             
             flesh
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             is
             made
             of
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Brawne
             .
             And
             three
             causes
             J
             finde
             ,
             why
             that
             the
             simple
             flesh
             is
             mingled
             with
             the
             Chord
             in
             the
             composition
             of
             the
             Brawne
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             aforesaid
             Will
             might
             draw
             in
             quiet
             through
             the
             temperance
             of
             the
             flesh
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             temper
             and
             abate
             the
             drought
             of
             the
             Chord
             with
             his
             moystnesse
             ,
             the
             which
             drought
             he
             getteth
             thorow
             his
             manifold
             moving
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             forme
             of
             the
             Brawne
             members
             should
             be
             the
             more
             faire
             ,
             and
             of
             better
             shape
             :
             wherefore
             God
             and
             Nature
             hath
             cloathed
             it
             with
             a
             Pannicle
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             the
             better
             bee
             kept
             :
             And
             it
             is
             called
             of
             the
             Philosophers
             ,
             Musculus
             ,
             because
             it
             hath
             a
             forme
             like
             unto
             a
             Mouse
             .
             And
             when
             these
             Brawnes
             come
             neere
             a
             Joynt
             ,
             then
             the
             Chordes
             spring
             forth
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             are
             mingled
             with
             the
             Ligaments
             againe
             ,
             and
             so
             moveth
             that
             Joynt
             .
             And
             so
             yee
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             alwayes
             betweene
             every
             two
             Joynts
             ,
             is
             engendred
             a
             Brawne
             ,
             proportion●d
             to
             the
             same
             member
             and
             place
             ,
             unto
             the
             last
             extremity
             of
             the
             fingers
             ,
             so
             that
             as
             well
             the
             least
             juncture
             hath
             a
             proper
             feeling
             and
             moving
             when
             it
             needeth
             ,
             as
             hath
             the
             greatest
             .
             And
             after
             Guido
             ,
             there
             be
             numbred
             thirteene
             in
             the
             
             Arme
             and
             Hand
             ,
             as
             thus
             ;
             foure
             in
             the
             Adjutor
             ,
             moving
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             Arme
             ;
             and
             foure
             in
             the
             Fockles
             moving
             the
             fingers
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             speake
             somewhat
             of
             the
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             of
             the
             arme
             :
             It
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             that
             from
             Venakelis
             there
             commeth
             two
             branches
             ,
             the
             one
             commeth
             to
             the
             one
             Arme-pit
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             commeth
             to
             the
             other
             .
             And
             now
             marke
             their
             spreading
             ,
             for
             as
             it
             is
             of
             the
             one
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             as
             thus
             ;
             when
             the
             branch
             is
             in
             the
             Arme-pit
             ,
             there
             it
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             branches
             :
             The
             one
             branch
             goeth
             along
             in
             the
             inner-side
             of
             the
             arme
             ,
             untill
             it
             come
             to
             the
             bough
             of
             the
             arme
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             called
             Bazilica
             ,
             or
             Epatica
             ,
             and
             so
             goeth
             downe
             the
             arme
             till
             it
             come
             to
             the
             Wrist
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             turned
             to
             the
             back
             of
             the
             Hand
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             found
             betweene
             the
             little
             finger
             and
             the
             next
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             called
             Salvatella
             .
             Now
             to
             the
             other
             branch
             that
             is
             in
             the
             Arme-hole
             ,
             which
             spreadeth
             to
             the
             outer
             side
             of
             the
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             divideth
             into
             two
             ,
             the
             one
             goeth
             spreading
             up
             into
             the
             carnous
             part
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             after
             descendeth
             through
             the
             bone
             into
             the
             Braine
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             declared
             in
             the
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Head.
             The
             other
             branch
             goeth
             on
             the
             outward
             side
             of
             the
             Arme
             ,
             and
             there
             hee
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             also
             ,
             the
             one
             part
             is
             ended
             at
             the
             hand
             ,
             
             and
             the
             other
             part
             is
             folded
             about
             the
             arme
             ,
             till
             it
             appeare
             in
             the
             bought
             of
             the
             arme
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             called
             Sephalica
             ,
             from
             thence
             it
             goeth
             to
             the
             backe
             of
             the
             hand
             ,
             and
             appeareth
             betweene
             the
             Tumbe
             and
             the
             foremost
             finger
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             called
             
               Sephalica
               Ocularis
            
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             Branches
             that
             J
             speake
             of
             ,
             which
             be
             divided
             in
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             shoulders
             ,
             from
             each
             of
             these
             two
             (
             J
             say
             springeth
             one
             )
             and
             those
             two
             meete
             together
             and
             make
             one
             Veyne
             which
             appeareth
             in
             the
             bough
             of
             the
             Arme
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             is
             called
             Mediana
             ,
             or
             Cordialis
             ,
             or
             Commine
             .
             And
             thus
             it
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             of
             
               Vena
               Sephalica
            
             ,
             springeth
             
               Vena
               Ocularis
            
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Vena
               Bazilica
            
             ,
             springeth
             
               Vena
               Mediana
            
             ,
             and
             in
             ramefying
             from
             these
             five
             principall
             Veynes
             springeth
             innumerable
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             a
             Chyrurgion
             hath
             no
             great
             charge
             :
             for
             it
             sufficeth
             us
             to
             know
             the
             principals
             .
          
           
             To
             speake
             of
             Arteirs
             ,
             you
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             wheresoever
             there
             is
             found
             a
             Veyne
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             Arteir
             under
             him
             :
             and
             if
             there
             be
             found
             a
             great
             Veyne
             ,
             there
             is
             found
             a
             great
             Artier
             ,
             and
             whereas
             is
             a
             little
             Veyne
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             little
             Artier
             :
             for
             wheresoever
             there
             goeth
             a
             Veyne
             to
             give
             nutriment
             ,
             there
             goeth
             an
             Artier
             to
             bring
             the
             spirit
             of
             life
             .
             Wherefore
             it
             is
             
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             Artiers
             lye
             more
             deeper
             in
             the
             flesh
             then
             the
             Veynes
             doe
             :
             for
             they
             carry
             and
             keepe
             in
             them
             more
             precious
             blood
             then
             doth
             the
             Veyne
             ,
             and
             therefore
             hee
             hath
             need
             to
             bee
             further
             from
             dangers
             outwardly
             :
             and
             therefore
             ,
             God
             and
             Nature
             have
             ordained
             for
             him
             to
             be
             closed
             in
             two
             Coates
             ,
             where
             the
             Veyne
             hath
             but
             one
             .
          
           
             The
             Breast
             or
             Thorax
             ,
             is
             the
             Arke
             or
             Chest
             of
             the
             spirituall
             members
             of
             man
             ,
             as
             saith
             the
             Philosopher
             :
             where
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             foure
             things
             containing
             ,
             and
             eight
             contained
             ,
             as
             thus
             .
             The
             foure
             containing
             ,
             are
             ,
             the
             Skinne
             ,
             Musculus
             flesh
             ,
             the
             Pappes
             and
             the
             Bones
             .
             The
             parts
             contained
             ,
             are
             ,
             the
             Heart
             ,
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             Pannicles
             ,
             Ligaments
             ,
             Nerves
             Veynes
             ,
             Artiers
             ,
             Myre
             ,
             or
             Isofagus
             .
             Now
             the
             Skin
             and
             the
             flesh
             are
             knowne
             in
             their
             Anatomie
             .
             It
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             flesh
             of
             the
             Pappes
             differeth
             from
             the
             other
             flesh
             of
             the
             body
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             white
             ,
             glandulus
             ,
             and
             spongeous
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             in
             them
             both
             Nerves
             ,
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             and
             by
             them
             ▪
             they
             have
             Coliganes
             with
             the
             Heart
             ,
             the
             Liver
             ,
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             the
             Generative
             members
             .
             Also
             ,
             there
             is
             in
             the
             Breast
             (
             as
             old
             Authors
             make
             mention
             )
             Lxxx
             ,
             or
             XC
             .
             Muscles
             ;
             for
             some
             of
             them
             be
             common
             to
             the
             Neck
             ,
             some
             to
             the
             Shoulders
             ,
             
             and
             to
             the
             Spades
             ;
             some
             to
             Diafragma
             or
             the
             Midriffe
             ;
             some
             to
             the
             Ribs
             ,
             some
             to
             the
             Back
             ,
             and
             some
             to
             the
             Breast
             it selfe
             .
             But
             J
             find
             a
             certaine
             profitablenesse
             in
             the
             creation
             of
             the
             Pappes
             ,
             aswell
             in
             man
             as
             in
             woman
             ;
             for
             in
             Man
             it
             defendeth
             the
             spirituals
             from
             annoyance
             outwardly
             ,
             and
             another
             by
             their
             thicknesse
             they
             comfort
             the
             naturall
             heate
             in
             defiance
             of
             the
             spirits
             .
             And
             in
             Women
             ,
             there
             is
             the
             generation
             of
             Milke
             ;
             for
             in
             women
             there
             commeth
             from
             the
             Matrix
             into
             their
             breasts
             many
             Veynes
             which
             bring
             into
             them
             menstruall
             blood
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             turned
             through
             the
             digestive
             vertue
             ,
             from
             red
             colour
             into
             white
             ,
             like
             the
             colour
             of
             the
             Paps
             even
             as
             Chilley
             comming
             from
             the
             stomack
             to
             the
             Liver
             is
             turned
             into
             the
             colour
             of
             the
             Liver
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             brest
             :
             they
             be
             said
             to
             be
             triple
             or
             three-fold
             ,
             and
             they
             be
             numbred
             to
             the
             seaven
             in
             the
             Brest
             before
             ,
             and
             their
             length
             is
             according
             to
             the
             bredth
             of
             the
             Brest
             ,
             and
             their
             extremities
             or
             ends
             be
             gristly
             as
             the
             Ribbes
             be
             .
             And
             in
             the
             upper
             end
             of
             Thorax
             is
             a
             hole
             or
             a
             concavity
             in
             which
             is
             set
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Fockle-bone
             or
             Cannel-bone
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             nether
             end
             of
             Thorax
             ,
             against
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             stomack
             ,
             hangeth
             a
             Gristle
             called
             Ensiforme
             ,
             and
             this
             Gristle
             was
             ordained
             for
             
             two
             causes
             .
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             defend
             the
             Stomack
             from
             hurt
             outwardly
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             time
             of
             fulnesse
             it
             should
             give
             place
             to
             the
             stomack
             in
             time
             of
             need
             when
             it
             desireth
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Now
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             Backe
             here
             following
             ;
             there
             bee
             twelve
             Spondels
             through
             whom
             passeth
             Mynuca
             ,
             of
             whom
             springeth
             twelve
             paire
             of
             Nerves
             ,
             that
             bringeth
             both
             feeling
             and
             moving
             to
             the
             Muscles
             of
             the
             Brest
             aforesaid
             .
             And
             here
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             in
             every
             side
             there
             bee
             twelve
             Ribs
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             seaven
             true
             and
             five
             falfe
             ,
             because
             these
             five
             be
             not
             so
             long
             as
             the
             other
             seaven
             be
             :
             and
             therefore
             called
             false
             Ribs
             ,
             as
             it
             may
             be
             perceived
             by
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Eye
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             of
             the
             parts
             that
             bee
             inwardly
             ,
             and
             first
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             because
             hee
             is
             the
             principall
             of
             all
             other
             members
             and
             the
             beginning
             of
             Life
             :
             hee
             is
             set
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             Brest
             severally
             by
             himselfe
             ,
             as
             Lord
             and
             King
             of
             all
             members
             .
             And
             as
             a
             Lord
             or
             a
             King
             ought
             to
             bee
             served
             of
             his
             subjects
             that
             have
             their
             living
             of
             him
             ;
             so
             are
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             subjects
             to
             the
             Heart
             :
             for
             they
             receive
             their
             living
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             they
             all
             doe
             service
             many
             wayes
             unto
             him
             againe
             .
             The
             substance
             of
             the
             Heart
             is
             as
             it
             were
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             spermatick
             ,
             
             and
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             and
             the
             beginning
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             hee
             giveth
             to
             every
             member
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             both
             blood
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             spirit
             of
             breath
             ,
             and
             heate
             :
             for
             if
             the
             Heart
             were
             of
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             his
             moving
             and
             stirring
             should
             be
             voluntary
             and
             not
             naturall
             ,
             but
             the
             contrary
             is
             true
             :
             for
             it
             were
             impossible
             that
             the
             Heart
             should
             be
             ruled
             by
             Will
             onely
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             Nature
             .
             The
             Heart
             hath
             the
             shape
             and
             forme
             of
             a
             Pine-apple
             ,
             and
             the
             broad
             end
             thereof
             is
             upwards
             ,
             and
             the
             sharpe
             end
             is
             downewards
             :
             depending
             a
             little
             towards
             the
             left
             side
             .
          
           
             And
             heere
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             Heart
             hath
             blood
             in
             his
             substance
             ,
             whereas
             all
             other
             members
             have
             it
             but
             in
             their
             Veynes
             and
             Arteries
             :
             Also
             the
             Heart
             is
             bound
             with
             certaine
             Ligaments
             to
             the
             backe
             part
             of
             the
             Breast
             ,
             but
             these
             Lygaments
             touch
             not
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             over-part
             they
             spring
             forth
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             is
             fastened
             as
             is
             aforesaid
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             the
             Heart
             hath
             two
             Ventricles
             ,
             or
             Concavities
             ,
             and
             the
             left
             is
             higher
             then
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             the
             cause
             of
             his
             hollownesse
             ,
             is
             this
             :
             For
             to
             keepe
             the
             blood
             for
             his
             nourishing
             ,
             and
             the
             ayre
             to
             abate
             and
             temper
             the
             great
             heate
             that
             hee
             is
             in
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             kept
             in
             Concavities
             .
             Now
             heere
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             to
             the
             right
             Ventrickle
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             commeth
             a
             
             Veyne
             from
             the
             great
             Veyne
             called
             Venakelis
             ,
             that
             receiveth
             all
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             blood
             from
             the
             Liver
             .
             And
             this
             Veyne
             that
             commeth
             from
             Venakelis
             ,
             entreth
             into
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             right
             Ventricle
             ,
             as
             J
             said
             before
             ,
             and
             in
             him
             is
             brought
             a
             great
             portion
             of
             the
             thickest
             blood
             to
             nourish
             the
             heart
             with
             ,
             and
             the
             residue
             that
             is
             left
             of
             this
             ,
             is
             made
             subtill
             through
             the
             vertue
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             then
             this
             Blood
             is
             sent
             into
             a
             Concavity
             or
             pit
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             betweene
             the
             two
             Ventricles
             ,
             and
             therein
             it
             is
             made
             hot
             and
             purified
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             passeth
             into
             the
             left
             Ventricle
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             ingendred
             in
             it
             ,
             a
             Spirit
             ,
             that
             is
             cleerer
             ,
             brighter
             ,
             and
             subtiller
             ,
             then
             any
             Corporall
             or
             Bodily
             thing
             ,
             that
             is
             engendred
             of
             the
             foure
             Elements
             :
             For
             it
             is
             a
             thing
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             meane
             betweene
             the
             Body
             and
             the
             Soule
             .
             Wherefore
             it
             is
             likened
             of
             the
             Philosophers
             to
             be
             more
             liker
             heavenly
             things
             ,
             then
             earthly
             things
             .
          
           
             Also
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             left
             Ventricle
             of
             the
             heart
             springeth
             two
             Arteirs
             :
             the
             one
             having
             but
             one
             Coate
             ,
             and
             therefore
             is
             called
             
               Arteria
               Venalis
            
             :
             And
             this
             Arteir
             carryeth
             Blood
             from
             the
             Heart
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             the
             which
             Blood
             is
             vaporous
             ,
             that
             is
             tryed
             and
             and
             left
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             is
             brought
             by
             this
             Artery
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             to
             give
             him
             Nutriment
             ,
             
             and
             there
             he
             receiveth
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ayre
             ,
             and
             bringeth
             it
             to
             the
             heart
             to
             refresh
             him
             with
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             that
             hee
             findeth
             that
             mans
             Heart
             is
             naturall
             and
             friendly
             to
             the
             Lungs
             :
             For
             hee
             giveth
             him
             of
             his
             owne
             Nutrimentall
             to
             nourish
             him
             with
             ,
             and
             the
             Lungs
             rewards
             him
             with
             ayre
             to
             refresh
             him
             with
             againe
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             other
             Artier
             that
             hath
             two
             Coats
             ,
             is
             called
             
               Vena
               Arterialis
            
             ,
             or
             the
             great
             Artery
             ,
             that
             ascendeth
             and
             descendeth
             ,
             and
             of
             him
             springeth
             all
             the
             other
             Artiers
             that
             spread
             to
             every
             member
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             for
             by
             him
             is
             united
             and
             quickned
             all
             the
             members
             of
             the
             body
             .
             For
             the
             Spirit
             that
             is
             retained
             in
             them
             ,
             is
             the
             instrument
             or
             treasure
             of
             all
             the
             vertue
             of
             the
             Soule
             .
             And
             thus
             it
             passeth
             untill
             it
             come
             to
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             there
             hee
             is
             turned
             into
             a
             further
             digestion
             ,
             and
             there
             he
             taketh
             another
             Spirit
             and
             so
             is
             made
             animall
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             Liver
             nutrimentall
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             Testicles
             generative
             :
             and
             thus
             it
             is
             made
             a
             spirit
             of
             every
             kind
             ,
             so
             that
             hee
             being
             the
             meane
             of
             all
             manner
             of
             operations
             and
             workings
             ,
             taketh
             effect
             .
             Two
             causes
             J
             find
             ,
             why
             these
             Artiers
             have
             two
             coates
             .
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             one
             coat
             is
             not
             sufficient
             nor
             able
             to
             withstand
             the
             violent
             moving
             and
             stirring
             of
             the
             spirit
             of
             Life
             ,
             that
             is
             carried
             in
             them
             .
          
           
           
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             thing
             that
             is
             carried
             about
             from
             place
             to
             place
             ,
             is
             of
             so
             precious
             a
             Treasure
             that
             it
             had
             the
             more
             need
             of
             good
             keeping
             .
             And
             of
             some
             Doctors
             ,
             this
             Artier
             is
             called
             the
             
               Pulsative
               veyne
            
             ,
             or
             the
             beating
             Veyne
             ;
             for
             by
             him
             is
             perceived
             the
             pow●r
             and
             might
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             &c.
             
             Wherefore
             God
             and
             Nature
             have
             ordained
             ,
             that
             the
             Artiers
             have
             two
             coates
             .
             Also
             ,
             there
             is
             in
             the
             Heart
             three
             Pellikles
             ,
             opening
             and
             closing
             the
             going
             in
             of
             the
             Heart
             blood
             and
             spirit
             in
             convenient
             time
             .
             Also
             ,
             the
             Heart
             hath
             two
             little
             Eares
             ,
             by
             whom
             commeth
             in
             and
             passeth
             out
             the
             ayre
             that
             is
             prepared
             for
             the
             Lungs
             .
             There
             is
             also
             found
             in
             the
             heart
             a
             Cartilaginous
             auditament
             to
             helpe
             and
             strengthen
             the
             same
             Heart
             .
             The
             Heart
             is
             covered
             with
             a
             strong
             Pannicle
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             of
             some
             
               Capsula
               Cordes
            
             ,
             or
             Pericordium
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             a
             strong
             case
             ,
             unto
             whom
             commeth
             Nerves
             as
             to
             other
             inward
             members
             .
             And
             this
             Pannicle
             Pericordium
             ,
             springeth
             of
             the
             upper
             Pannicle
             of
             the
             Midriffe
             .
             And
             of
             him
             springeth
             another
             Pannicle
             called
             Mediastinum
             ,
             the
             which
             separateth
             the
             Brest
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             keepeth
             it
             that
             the
             Lungs
             fall
             not
             over
             the
             Heart
             .
             There
             is
             also
             another
             Pannicle
             that
             covereth
             the
             Ribbes
             inwardly
             ,
             that
             is
             called
             Plura
             ,
             of
             whom
             the
             
             Midriffe
             taketh
             his
             beginning
             .
             And
             it
             is
             said
             of
             many
             Doctors
             ,
             that
             Duramater
             is
             the
             Originall
             of
             all
             the
             Pannicles
             within
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             thus
             one
             taketh
             of
             another
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Lungs
             .
          
           
             THe
             Lungs
             is
             a
             member
             Spermatick
             of
             the
             first
             creation
             ,
             and
             his
             naturall
             Complexion
             is
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             accidentall
             complexion
             hee
             is
             cold
             and
             moyst
             ,
             wrapped
             in
             a
             nervous
             Pannicle
             ,
             because
             it
             should
             gather
             together
             the
             softer
             substance
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Lungs
             might
             feele
             by
             the
             meanes
             of
             the
             Pannicle
             ,
             that
             which
             hee
             might
             not
             feele
             in
             himselfe
             .
             Now
             to
             prove
             the
             Lungs
             to
             bee
             cold
             and
             dry
             of
             kind
             ,
             it
             appeareth
             by
             his
             swift
             stirring
             ,
             for
             hee
             lyeth
             ever
             waving
             over
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             heart
             .
             And
             that
             hee
             is
             cold
             and
             moyst
             in
             operation
             ,
             it
             appeareth
             in
             that
             hee
             receiveth
             of
             the
             Braine
             many
             cold
             matters
             ,
             as
             Catarres
             and
             Rheumes
             ▪
             whose
             substance
             is
             thin
             .
             Also
             ,
             J
             find
             in
             the
             Lungs
             three
             kinds
             of
             substance
             .
             One
             is
             a
             Veyne
             comming
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             bringing
             with
             him
             the
             crude
             or
             raw
             part
             of
             the
             Chylle
             to
             feed
             the
             Lungs
             .
             Another
             is
             ,
             
               Arteria
               venealis
            
             comming
             from
             
             the
             Heart
             ,
             bringing
             with
             him
             the
             spirit
             of
             Life
             to
             nourish
             him
             with
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             
               Trachia
               Arteria
            
             ,
             that
             bringeth
             in
             ayre
             to
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             it
             passeth
             through
             all
             the
             left
             part
             of
             them
             to
             doe
             his
             office
             .
          
           
             The
             Lungs
             is
             divided
             into
             five
             Lobbes
             or
             Pellikles
             ,
             or
             five
             portions
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             three
             in
             the
             right
             side
             ,
             and
             two
             in
             the
             left
             side
             .
             And
             this
             was
             done
             for
             this
             cause
             ,
             that
             if
             there
             fell
             any
             hurt
             in
             the
             one
             part
             ,
             the
             others
             should
             serve
             and
             doe
             their
             office
             .
             And
             three
             causes
             J
             find
             ,
             why
             the
             Lungs
             were
             principally
             ordained
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             draw
             cold
             wind
             and
             refresh
             the
             heart
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             change
             and
             alter
             ,
             and
             purifie
             the
             ayre
             before
             it
             come
             to
             the
             Heart
             ,
             lest
             the
             heart
             should
             be
             hurt
             and
             annoyed
             with
             the
             quantity
             of
             the
             ayre
             .
             The
             third
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             receive
             from
             the
             Heart
             the
             fumous
             superfluities
             that
             hee
             putteth
             forth
             with
             his
             breathing
             &c.
             
          
           
             Behind
             the
             Lungs
             towards
             the
             Spondels
             ,
             passeth
             Myre
             or
             Isofagus
             ,
             of
             whom
             it
             is
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             Anatomic
             of
             the
             Neck
             .
             And
             also
             there
             passeth
             both
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             and
             all
             these
             with
             
               Trachia
               Arteria
            
             ,
             doe
             make
             a
             Stoke
             ,
             replete
             unto
             the
             Gullet
             with
             the
             Pannicles
             ,
             and
             strong
             Ligaments
             ,
             and
             Glandulus
             
             flesh
             to
             fulfill
             the
             voyd
             places
             .
             And
             last
             of
             all
             ,
             is
             the
             Midriffe
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             made
             of
             two
             Pannicles
             and
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             and
             his
             place
             is
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             body
             overthwart
             ,
             or
             in
             bredth
             under
             the
             region
             of
             the
             Spirituall
             members
             ,
             separating
             them
             from
             the
             Matrix
             .
          
           
             And
             three
             causes
             J
             find
             ,
             why
             the
             Midriffe
             was
             ordained
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             divide
             the
             Spirituals
             from
             the
             Nutrates
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             keepe
             the
             vitall
             colour
             or
             heat
             to
             descend
             downe
             to
             the
             Nutrates
             .
             The
             last
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             malicious
             fumes
             reared
             up
             from
             the
             Nutrates
             ,
             should
             not
             annoy
             the
             Spirituals
             or
             vitals
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Wombe
             is
             the
             region
             or
             the
             City
             of
             all
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             the
             which
             reacheth
             from
             the
             Midriffe
             downe
             unto
             the
             Share
             inwardly
             ,
             and
             outwardly
             from
             the
             Reines
             or
             Kidnies
             ,
             downe
             to
             the
             bone
             Peeten
             about
             the
             privie
             parts
             .
             And
             this
             Wombe
             is
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             two
             things
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             of
             Syfac
             ,
             and
             
               Myrac
               ;
               Syfac
            
             is
             a
             Pannicle
             and
             a
             member
             spermatick
             ,
             officiall
             ,
             sensible
             ,
             Sinewie
             ,
             compound
             of
             subtill
             Will
             ,
             and
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             having
             his
             beginning
             in
             the
             inner
             Pannicle
             of
             the
             Midriffe
             .
             And
             it
             was
             ordained
             ,
             because
             it
             should
             containe
             and
             bind
             together
             all
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             
             and
             that
             he
             defend
             the
             Musculus
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             oppresse
             not
             the
             Naturall
             members
             .
             And
             that
             he
             is
             strong
             and
             tough
             ,
             it
             is
             because
             he
             should
             not
             be
             lightly
             broken
             ,
             and
             not
             those
             things
             that
             are
             contained
             goe
             not
             forth
             ,
             as
             it
             happeneth
             to
             them
             that
             are
             broken
             ,
             &c.
             
             Myrac
             is
             compound
             ,
             and
             made
             of
             foure
             things
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             of
             Skinne
             outwardly
             ,
             of
             Fatnesse
             ,
             of
             a
             Carnous
             Pannicle
             ,
             and
             of
             Musculus
             Flesh
             .
             And
             that
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             understood
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             whole
             from
             Syfac
             outward
             ,
             is
             called
             Myrac
             ,
             it
             appeareth
             well
             (
             by
             the
             words
             of
             Galen
             )
             where
             hee
             commandeth
             ,
             that
             in
             all
             wounds
             of
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             to
             sewe
             the
             Syfac
             ,
             with
             the
             Mirac
             ,
             and
             by
             that
             it
             proveth
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             nothing
             without
             the
             Syfac
             but
             Mirac
             .
             And
             in
             this
             Mirac
             ,
             or
             outer
             part
             of
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             there
             is
             noted
             eight
             Muscles
             ;
             two
             Longitudinals
             ,
             proceeding
             from
             the
             shield
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             unto
             
               Os
               Pecten
            
             :
             two
             Latitudinals
             comming
             from
             the
             back-wards
             to
             the
             Wombe
             :
             and
             foure
             Transverse
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             ,
             two
             of
             them
             spring
             from
             the
             Ribbes
             on
             the
             right
             side
             ,
             and
             goe
             to
             the
             left
             side
             ,
             to
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Hanches
             ,
             or
             of
             Pecten
             :
             and
             the
             other
             two
             spring
             from
             the
             Ribs
             on
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             come
             over
             the
             wombe
             to
             the
             right
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             other
             before
             doth
             .
          
           
           
             Heere
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             vertue
             of
             the
             subtill
             will
             that
             is
             in
             the
             Musculus
             Longitudinall
             ,
             is
             made
             perfect
             the
             vertue
             attractiue
             :
             and
             by
             the
             Musculus
             Transverse
             ,
             is
             made
             the
             vertue
             retentive
             :
             and
             by
             the
             Musculus
             Latitudinall
             ,
             is
             made
             the
             vertue
             expulsive
             .
             It
             is
             thus
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             vertue
             attractive
             ,
             is
             drawne
             downe
             into
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             all
             superfluities
             ,
             both
             water
             ,
             winde
             ,
             and
             dyet
             .
             By
             the
             vertue
             retentive
             ,
             all
             things
             are
             with-holden
             and
             kept
             ,
             untill
             Nature
             have
             wrought
             his
             kind
             .
             And
             by
             the
             vertue
             expulsive
             is
             put
             forth
             all
             things
             ,
             when
             Nature
             provoketh
             any
             thing
             to
             be
             done
             .
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             that
             Wounds
             or
             Incisions
             be
             more
             perilous
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             wombe
             ,
             then
             about
             the
             sides
             ;
             for
             there
             the
             parts
             be
             more
             tractable
             then
             any
             other
             parts
             bee
             .
             Also
             he
             saith
             ,
             that
             in
             wounds
             piercing
             the
             wombe
             ,
             there
             shall
             not
             bee
             made
             good
             incarnation
             ,
             except
             Sifac
             be
             sewed
             with
             Mirac
             .
             Now
             to
             come
             to
             the
             parts
             contained
             within
             :
             First
             ,
             that
             which
             appeareth
             next
             under
             the
             Sifac
             is
             Omentum
             ,
             or
             Zirbus
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             a
             Pannicle
             covering
             the
             stomacke
             and
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             implanted
             with
             many
             Veynes
             and
             Arteirs
             ,
             and
             not
             a
             little
             fatnesse
             ordained
             to
             keepe
             moyst
             the
             inward
             parts
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Zirbus
             is
             an
             osficiall
             member
             ,
             and
             is
             compound
             of
             a
             Veyne
             and
             an
             Arteir
             ,
             the
             which
             entreth
             and
             maketh
             a
             line
             of
             the
             outer
             Tunicle
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             unto
             which
             Tunicle
             hangeth
             the
             Zirbus
             ,
             and
             covereth
             all
             the
             Guts
             downe
             to
             the
             share
             .
          
           
             Two
             causes
             J
             find
             ,
             why
             they
             were
             ordained
             .
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             defend
             the
             Nutratives
             outwardly
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             through
             his
             owne
             power
             and
             vertue
             ,
             he
             should
             strengthen
             and
             comfort
             the
             digestion
             of
             all
             the
             Nutrates
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             more
             feebler
             then
             other
             members
             bee
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             but
             a
             thinne
             wombe
             or
             Skin
             ,
             &c.
             
             Next
             Zirbus
             appeareth
             the
             Intrails
             or
             guts
             ,
             of
             which
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             that
             the
             Guts
             were
             ordained
             in
             the
             first
             Creation
             to
             convey
             the
             drosse
             of
             the
             meate
             and
             drinke
             ▪
             and
             to
             clense
             the
             body
             of
             superfluities
             .
             And
             here
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             fixe
             portions
             of
             one
             whole
             Gutte
             ,
             which
             both
             in
             man
             and
             Beast
             beginneth
             at
             the
             nether
             mouth
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             so
             containeth
             forth
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Fundament
             .
             Neverthelesse
             hee
             hath
             divers
             shapes
             and
             formes
             ,
             and
             divers
             operations
             in
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             therefore
             he
             hath
             divers
             names
             .
             And
             hereupon
             the
             Philosophers
             say
             ,
             that
             the
             lower
             wombe
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             is
             like
             unto
             the
             
             wombe
             of
             a
             Swine
             .
             And
             like
             as
             the
             stomacke
             hath
             two
             Tunicles
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             have
             all
             the
             Guts
             two
             Tunicles
             .
             The
             first
             portion
             of
             the
             Guts
             is
             called
             Duodenum
             ;
             for
             he
             is
             12.
             
             Inches
             of
             length
             ,
             and
             covereth
             the
             nether
             part
             of
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             and
             receiveth
             all
             the
             drosse
             of
             the
             stomacke
             :
             The
             second
             portion
             of
             the
             Guts
             is
             called
             Iejunium
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             evermore
             empty
             ,
             for
             to
             him
             lyeth
             evermore
             the
             Chest
             of
             the
             Gall
             ,
             beating
             him
             sore
             ,
             and
             draweth
             forth
             of
             him
             all
             the
             drosse
             ,
             and
             clenseth
             him
             cleane
             :
             the
             third
             portion
             or
             Gut
             ,
             is
             called
             Yleon
             ,
             or
             small
             Gut
             ,
             and
             is
             in
             length
             fifteene
             or
             sixteene
             Cubits
             .
             In
             this
             Gut
             oftentimes
             falleth
             a
             disease
             called
             
               Yleaea
               Passio
            
             .
             The
             fourth
             Gut
             is
             called
             Monoculus
             ,
             or
             blind
             Gut
             ,
             and
             it
             seemeth
             to
             have
             but
             one
             hole
             or
             mouth
             ,
             but
             it
             hath
             two
             ,
             one
             neere
             unto
             the
             other
             ,
             for
             by
             the
             one
             all
             things
             goe
             in
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             other
             they
             goe
             out
             againe
             .
             The
             fift
             is
             called
             Colon
             ,
             and
             receiveth
             all
             the
             drosse
             deprived
             from
             all
             profitablenesse
             ,
             and
             therefore
             there
             commeth
             not
             to
             him
             any
             Veynes
             Miseraices
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             other
             .
             The
             sixt
             and
             last
             ,
             is
             called
             Rectum
             or
             Longaon
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             ended
             in
             the
             Fundament
             ,
             and
             hath
             in
             his
             nether
             end
             foure
             Muscles
             ,
             to
             hold
             ,
             to
             open
             ,
             to
             shut
             ,
             and
             to
             put
             out
             ,
             &c.
             
             Next
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             
             senterium
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             nothing
             else
             but
             a
             texture
             of
             innumerable
             Veynes
             Miseraices
             ,
             ramefied
             of
             one
             Veyne
             called
             
               Porta
               Epates
            
             ,
             covered
             and
             defended
             of
             Pannicles
             nnd
             Lygaments
             comming
             to
             the
             Intrails
             ,
             with
             the
             back
             full
             of
             fatnesse
             and
             Glandulus
             flesh
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Stomacke
             is
             a
             member
             compound
             and
             Spermaticke
             ,
             sinnowy
             and
             sensible
             ,
             and
             therein
             is
             made
             perfect
             the
             first
             digestion
             of
             Chile
             .
             This
             is
             a
             necessary
             member
             to
             all
             the
             Body
             ,
             for
             if
             it
             faile
             in
             his
             working
             ,
             all
             the
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             shall
             corrupt
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             Galen
             sayth
             ,
             that
             the
             Stomacke
             was
             ordained
             principally
             for
             two
             causes
             .
             The
             first
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             be
             to
             all
             the
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             as
             the
             earth
             is
             to
             all
             that
             are
             ingendred
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             desire
             sufficient
             meate
             for
             all
             the
             whole
             Body
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             stomacke
             should
             bee
             a
             sacke
             or
             Chest
             to
             all
             the
             Body
             for
             the
             meate
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             Cooke
             to
             all
             the
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             .
             The
             stomacke
             is
             made
             of
             two
             Pannicles
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             inner
             is
             Nerveous
             ,
             and
             the
             outer
             Carneous
             .
             This
             inner
             Pannicle
             hath
             Musculus
             Longitudinals
             ,
             that
             stretcheth
             along
             from
             the
             stomacke
             to
             the
             mouth
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             he
             draweth
             to
             him
             meate
             and
             drinke
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             hands
             .
             And
             hee
             hath
             Transverse
             
             will
             ,
             for
             to
             with-hold
             or
             make
             retention
             .
             And
             also
             the
             outer
             Pannicle
             hath
             Latitudinall
             will
             ▪
             to
             expulse
             and
             put
             out
             :
             and
             that
             by
             his
             heate
             he
             should
             keepe
             the
             digestive
             vertue
             of
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             by
             other
             heates
             given
             by
             his
             Neighbours
             ,
             as
             thus
             .
             It
             hath
             the
             Liver
             on
             the
             right
             side
             ,
             chasing
             and
             beating
             him
             with
             his
             lobes
             or
             figures
             :
             and
             the
             Splene
             on
             the
             left
             side
             ,
             with
             his
             fatnesse
             and
             Veynes
             ,
             sending
             to
             him
             Melancholy
             ,
             to
             exercise
             his
             appetites
             :
             and
             about
             him
             is
             the
             heart
             ,
             quickning
             him
             with
             his
             Artiers
             :
             Also
             the
             Braine
             sending
             to
             him
             a
             Branch
             of
             Nerves
             to
             give
             him
             feeling
             .
             And
             he
             hath
             on
             the
             hinder
             part
             ,
             descending
             from
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             backe
             many
             Lygaments
             ,
             with
             the
             Artiers
             joyned
             to
             the
             Spondels
             of
             the
             Backe
             .
             The
             forme
             or
             figure
             of
             this
             Stomack
             is
             long
             ,
             in
             likenesse
             of
             a
             Goord
             ,
             crooked
             :
             and
             that
             both
             holes
             bee
             in
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             body
             of
             it
             ,
             because
             there
             should
             be
             no
             going
             out
             of
             it
             unadvisedly
             of
             those
             things
             which
             are
             received
             into
             it
             .
             The
             quantity
             of
             the
             stomack
             commonly
             holdeth
             two
             Pitchers
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             it
             may
             suffer
             many
             passions
             ,
             and
             the
             nether
             mouth
             of
             the
             stomacke
             is
             narrower
             then
             the
             upper
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             three
             causes
             .
             The
             first
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             upper
             receiveth
             meate
             great
             and
             boysterous
             in
             
             substance
             ,
             that
             there
             being
             made
             subtill
             ,
             it
             might
             passe
             into
             the
             nether
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             for
             by
             him
             passeth
             all
             the
             meates
             ,
             with
             their
             chilosity
             from
             the
             stomacke
             to
             the
             Liver
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             for
             that
             through
             him
             passeth
             all
             the
             drosse
             of
             the
             stomack
             to
             the
             guts
             .
             And
             this
             sufficeth
             for
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Liver
             is
             a
             principal
             member
             ,
             and
             official
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             first
             creation
             spermatick
             ,
             complete
             in
             quantity
             of
             blood
             ,
             of
             himself
             insensible
             ,
             but
             by
             accidence
             he
             is
             insensible
             ,
             &
             in
             him
             is
             made
             the
             second
             digestion
             ,
             &
             is
             lapped
             in
             a
             sinowie
             Pannicle
             .
             And
             that
             he
             is
             a
             principal
             member
             ,
             it
             appeareth
             onely
             by
             the
             Philosophers
             ,
             by
             Avicen
             and
             Galen
             .
             And
             it
             is
             officiall
             as
             is
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             of
             spermatick
             matter
             ,
             and
             sinowie
             of
             the
             which
             is
             ingendred
             his
             Veines
             .
             And
             because
             it
             was
             like
             in
             quantity
             ,
             Nature
             hath
             added
             to
             it
             cruded
             blood
             ,
             to
             the
             accomplishment
             of
             sufficient
             quantity
             ,
             and
             is
             lapped
             in
             a
             sinowie
             Pannicle
             .
             And
             why
             the
             Liver
             is
             crudded
             ,
             is
             because
             the
             Chile
             which
             commeth
             from
             the
             Stomacke
             to
             the
             Liver
             ,
             should
             should
             be
             turned
             into
             the
             colour
             of
             blood
             .
          
           
             And
             why
             the
             Liver
             was
             ordained
             ,
             was
             because
             that
             all
             the
             nutrimentall
             blood
             be
             engendred
             in
             him
             .
             The
             proper
             place
             of
             the
             Liver
             is
             under
             the
             false
             Ribbes
             in
             the
             right
             
             side
             .
             The
             forme
             of
             the
             Liver
             is
             gibbous
             or
             bunchie
             on
             the
             backe
             side
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             somewhat
             hollow
             like
             the
             inside
             of
             an
             hand
             .
             And
             why
             it
             is
             so
             shapen
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             bee
             plyable
             to
             the
             stomacke
             (
             like
             as
             a
             hand
             doth
             to
             an
             Apple
             )
             to
             comfort
             her
             digestion
             ,
             for
             his
             heate
             is
             to
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             as
             the
             heate
             of
             the
             fire
             is
             to
             the
             Pot
             or
             Cauldron
             that
             hangeth
             over
             it
             .
          
           
             Also
             the
             Lungs
             is
             bound
             with
             his
             Pellikles
             to
             the
             Diafragma
             ,
             and
             with
             strong
             Ligaments
             .
             And
             also
             hee
             hath
             Coliganes
             with
             the
             stomacke
             and
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             Heart
             and
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             the
             Testikles
             and
             other
             members
             .
             And
             there
             are
             in
             him
             five
             Pellikles
             ,
             like
             five
             fingers
             .
             Galen
             calleth
             the
             Liver
             
               Messa
               Sanguinaria
            
             ,
             containing
             in
             it selfe
             foure
             substances
             ,
             Naturall
             and
             Nutrimentall
             .
             The
             Naturals
             is
             sent
             with
             the
             blood
             to
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             to
             be
             engendred
             and
             nourished
             .
             And
             the
             Nutrimentals
             be
             sequestrate
             and
             sent
             to
             places
             ordained
             for
             some
             helpings
             .
             These
             are
             the
             places
             of
             the
             Humours
             ,
             the
             blood
             in
             the
             Liver
             ,
             Choller
             in
             the
             Chest
             or
             Gall
             ,
             Melancholy
             to
             the
             Splene
             ,
             Flegme
             to
             the
             Lungs
             and
             the
             Junctures
             ▪
             the
             watery
             superfluities
             to
             the
             Reynes
             and
             Vesike
             .
             And
             they
             goe
             with
             the
             Blood
             ,
             and
             sometime
             they
             putrifie
             and
             make
             Fevers
             ,
             and
             some
             bee
             put
             out
             to
             the
             
             Skinne
             ,
             and
             be
             resolved
             by
             sweat
             ,
             or
             by
             Scabs
             ,
             by
             Pushes
             ,
             or
             by
             Impostumes
             .
          
           
             And
             these
             foure
             naturall
             Humours
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             Sanguine
             ,
             Choler
             ,
             Melancholy
             ,
             and
             Flegme
             ,
             be
             engendred
             and
             distributed
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             First
             ,
             yee
             shall
             understand
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             Spermaticke
             matter
             of
             the
             Liver
             inwardly
             ,
             there
             is
             engendred
             two
             great
             Veynes
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             ,
             the
             first
             and
             the
             greatest
             is
             called
             Porta
             ,
             and
             commeth
             from
             the
             concavity
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             of
             whom
             springeth
             all
             the
             small
             Veynes
             Miseraices
             :
             and
             these
             Miseraices
             ,
             be
             to
             
               Vena
               Porta
            
             ,
             as
             the
             branches
             of
             a
             Tree
             bee
             to
             the
             stocke
             of
             a
             Tree
             .
             For
             some
             of
             them
             bee
             contained
             with
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             stomacke
             :
             some
             with
             Duodenum
             ,
             some
             with
             Jejunium
             ,
             some
             with
             Yleon
             ,
             and
             some
             with
             Monoculus
             ,
             or
             Saccus
             .
             And
             from
             all
             these
             Guts
             they
             bring
             to
             
               Vena
               Porta
            
             ,
             the
             succosity
             of
             Chiley
             ,
             going
             from
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             distribute
             it
             into
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Liver
             .
             And
             these
             Veynes
             Miseraices
             ,
             be
             innumerable
             .
             And
             in
             these
             Veynes
             begins
             the
             second
             Digestion
             and
             endeth
             in
             the
             Liver
             ,
             like
             as
             it
             doth
             in
             the
             stomacke
             the
             first
             Digestion
             .
          
           
             So
             it
             proveth
             that
             
               Vena
               Porta
            
             ,
             and
             
               Vena
               Miseraices
            
             ,
             serve
             to
             bring
             all
             the
             succosity
             of
             all
             the
             meat
             and
             drinke
             that
             passeth
             the
             Stomacke
             
             to
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             they
             spread
             themselves
             thorough
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Liver
             inwardly
             ,
             and
             all
             they
             stretch
             towards
             the
             gibous
             (
             or
             bowing
             part
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             )
             and
             there
             they
             meete
             ,
             and
             goe
             all
             into
             one
             Unity
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             second
             great
             Veyne
             ,
             called
             
               Vena
               Vlis
            
             ,
             or
             Concava
             ,
             or
             
               Vena
               Ramosa
            
             :
             all
             is
             one
             ,
             and
             hee
             with
             his
             Roots
             draweth
             out
             all
             the
             bloud
             engendred
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             branches
             Ramefying
             upwards
             and
             downewards
             ,
             carryeth
             and
             conveyeth
             it
             to
             all
             other
             Members
             of
             the
             Body
             to
             bee
             nourished
             with
             ,
             where
             is
             made
             perfect
             the
             third
             digestion
             .
             And
             also
             there
             goeth
             from
             the
             Liver
             Veynes
             ,
             bearing
             the
             superfluites
             of
             the
             third
             Digestion
             to
             their
             proper
             places
             ,
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             declared
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             Gall
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Chest
             of
             the
             Gall
             :
             It
             is
             an
             osficiall
             member
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             supermaticke
             and
             sinowie
             ,
             and
             hath
             in
             it
             a
             subtill
             Will
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             a
             purse
             or
             a
             Panniculer
             Vesikle
             in
             the
             hollownesse
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             about
             the
             middle
             Pericle
             or
             Lobe
             ,
             ordained
             to
             receive
             the
             Cholericke
             superfluities
             which
             are
             engendred
             in
             the
             Liver
             :
             The
             which
             purse
             or
             bagge
             hath
             three
             holes
             or
             Neckes
             ;
             By
             the
             first
             he
             draweth
             to
             him
             from
             the
             Liver
             the
             Choller
             ,
             that
             the
             Blood
             be
             not
             
             hurt
             by
             the
             Choler
             .
             By
             the
             second
             Necke
             hee
             sendeth
             to
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             stomacke
             Choler
             ,
             to
             further
             the
             Digestion
             of
             the
             stomacke
             .
             And
             by
             the
             third
             Necke
             hee
             sendeth
             the
             Choler
             regularly
             from
             one
             Gut
             to
             another
             ,
             to
             clense
             them
             of
             their
             superfluities
             and
             Drosse
             :
             and
             the
             quantity
             of
             the
             purse
             ,
             may
             containe
             in
             it
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             And
             next
             is
             the
             Splene
             ,
             or
             the
             Milte
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             a
             spermaticke
             member
             ,
             as
             are
             other
             members
             :
             and
             osficiall
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             receptory
             of
             the
             Melancholious
             superfluities
             that
             are
             engendred
             in
             the
             Liver
             :
             and
             his
             place
             is
             on
             the
             left
             side
             ,
             transversly
             linked
             to
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             his
             substance
             is
             thinne
             .
             And
             two
             causes
             J
             ▪
             find
             ,
             why
             hee
             was
             ordained
             there
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             Melancholious
             superfluities
             which
             are
             engendred
             of
             the
             Liver
             which
             hee
             draweth
             to
             him
             ,
             hee
             is
             nourished
             with
             .
             The
             second
             cause
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             nutritive
             Blood
             should
             by
             him
             be
             made
             the
             more
             purer
             ,
             and
             cleane
             ,
             from
             the
             Drosse
             and
             thickning
             of
             the
             Melancholy
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             And
             next
             of
             the
             Reynes
             and
             Kidneyes
             :
             It
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             within
             the
             Region
             of
             the
             Nutrites
             backwards
             ,
             are
             ordained
             the
             Kidneyes
             to
             clense
             the
             Blood
             from
             the
             watry
             superfluities
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             each
             of
             them
             two
             
             passages
             or
             holes
             ,
             or
             neckes
             ;
             by
             the
             one
             is
             drawne
             the
             water
             from
             Venakelis
             ,
             by
             two
             Veynes
             which
             are
             called
             
               Vencae
               Aemulg●ntes
            
             ,
             the
             length
             of
             the
             ●inger
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             issueth
             from
             the
             Liver
             :
             and
             by
             the
             other
             is
             sent
             the
             same
             water
             to
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             is
             called
             
               P●ros
               Vrithides
            
             .
          
           
             The
             substance
             of
             the
             Kidneyes
             is
             Lazartus
             flesh
             ,
             having
             Longitudinall
             will
             ,
             and
             their
             place
             is
             behind
             on
             each
             side
             of
             the
             Spondels
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             two
             in
             number
             ,
             and
             the
             right
             Kidney
             lyeth
             somewhat
             higher
             then
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             is
             bound
             fast
             to
             the
             back
             with
             Lygaments
             ▪
             The
             Philosopher
             saith
             ,
             that
             mans
             Kidneyes
             are
             like
             the
             Kidneyes
             of
             a
             Cow
             ,
             full
             of
             hard
             concavities
             ;
             and
             therefore
             the
             Sores
             of
             them
             are
             hard
             to
             cure
             .
             Also
             ,
             they
             are
             more
             harder
             in
             substance
             ,
             then
             any
             other
             fleshly
             member
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             two
             causes
             .
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             hee
             be
             not
             much
             hurt
             of
             the
             sharpnesse
             of
             the
             Urine
             .
             The
             other
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             same
             Urine
             that
             passeth
             from
             him
             ,
             might
             the
             better
             bee
             altered
             and
             clensed
             through
             the
             same
             .
             Also
             ,
             there
             commeth
             from
             the
             Heart
             to
             each
             of
             the
             Kidneyes
             ,
             an
             Artier
             that
             bringeth
             with
             him
             Blood
             ,
             heat
             ,
             spirit
             ,
             Life
             .
             And
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             there
             commeth
             a
             Veyne
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             that
             bringeth
             blood
             to
             nourish
             the
             Kidneyes
             ,
             called
             Blood
             nutrimentall
             .
          
           
           
             The
             grease
             of
             the
             Kidneyes
             or
             Fatnesse
             ,
             is
             as
             of
             other
             members
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             made
             of
             thin
             Blood
             ,
             congealed
             and
             cruded
             through
             cold
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             ordained
             the
             greater
             quantity
             in
             his
             place
             ;
             because
             it
             should
             receive
             and
             temper
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             Kidneyes
             ,
             which
             they
             have
             of
             the
             byting
             sharpnesse
             of
             the
             water
             .
          
           
             Now
             by
             the
             Kidneyes
             upon
             the
             Spondels
             passeth
             Venakelis
             ,
             or
             Venacua
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Veyne
             of
             great
             substance
             ;
             for
             hee
             receiveth
             all
             the
             Nutrimentall
             blood
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             from
             him
             passeth
             many
             small
             Pipes
             on
             every
             side
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             Spondell
             betweene
             the
             shoulders
             ,
             hee
             divideth
             himselfe
             whole
             in
             two
             great
             branches
             ,
             the
             one
             goeth
             into
             the
             one
             arme
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             into
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             there
             they
             devide
             themselves
             into
             many
             Veynes
             and
             branches
             ,
             as
             is
             declared
             in
             the
             Armes
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Haunches
             and
             their
             parts
             .
          
           
             THe
             Haunches
             are
             the
             lower
             part
             of
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             joyning
             to
             the
             Thighes
             and
             the
             secret
             members
             .
             And
             three
             things
             there
             are
             to
             be
             noted
             thereof
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             of
             the
             parts
             containing
             :
             
             the
             second
             is
             of
             the
             parts
             contained
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             is
             of
             the
             parts
             proceeding
             outwards
             .
             The
             parts
             containing
             outwardly
             ,
             be
             Myrac
             and
             Syfac
             ,
             the
             Zirbus
             and
             the
             bones
             .
             The
             part
             contained
             outwardly
             ,
             are
             the
             Vezike
             ,
             or
             Bladder
             :
             the
             Spermaticke
             vessels
             ,
             the
             Matrix
             in
             women
             ,
             Longaon
             ,
             Nerves
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             descending
             downewards
             ;
             The
             parts
             proceeding
             outwards
             ,
             are
             the
             Buttocks
             and
             the
             Muscles
             ,
             descending
             to
             the
             Thighes
             ,
             of
             which
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             spoken
             of
             in
             order
             .
             And
             first
             of
             the
             parts
             containing
             :
             as
             of
             
               Myrac
               ,
               Syfac
            
             ,
             and
             Zirbus
             ,
             there
             is
             enough
             spoken
             of
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Wombe
             .
             But
             as
             for
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Hanches
             ,
             there
             bee
             in
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             back
             three
             Spondels
             of
             
               Ossa
               sacri
            
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Hanches
             :
             and
             three
             Cartaliginis
             Spondels
             of
             
               Ossa
               Cande
            
             ,
             called
             the
             Taile-bone
             .
          
           
             And
             thus
             it
             is
             proved
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             in
             every
             man
             thirty
             Spondels
             ,
             and
             thus
             they
             are
             to
             be
             numbred
             :
             in
             the
             Necke
             seaven
             ,
             in
             the
             Ridge
             twelue
             ▪
             in
             the
             Reynes
             five
             :
             and
             in
             the
             Hanches
             sixe
             :
             And
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             that
             every
             Spondell
             is
             hollow
             in
             the
             middest
             :
             through
             which
             hollownesse
             passeth
             Nuca
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             or
             the
             Marrow
             of
             the
             Backe
             .
             And
             some
             Authors
             say
             ,
             that
             Mynuca
             is
             of
             the
             substance
             
             that
             the
             Braine
             is
             of
             :
             For
             it
             is
             like
             in
             substance
             ,
             and
             in
             it self
             giveth
             to
             the
             Nerves
             both
             the
             vertue
             of
             Moving
             and
             Feeling
             .
          
           
             And
             also
             every
             Spondell
             is
             holden
             on
             every
             side
             ,
             through
             the
             which
             holes
             ,
             both
             Artiers
             and
             Veynes
             doe
             bring
             from
             the
             Heart
             and
             the
             Liver
             both
             Life
             and
             nourishment
             ,
             like
             as
             they
             doe
             to
             the
             Braine
             ;
             and
             from
             the
             Pannicle
             of
             Mynuca
             ,
             or
             the
             Marrow
             of
             the
             back
             ,
             through
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             Spondels
             ,
             springeth
             forth
             Nerves
             motives
             ,
             and
             there
             they
             intermingle
             themselves
             with
             the
             strong
             Lygaments
             that
             be
             insensible
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Lygaments
             receive
             that
             feeling
             of
             the
             Nerves
             ,
             which
             the
             Nerves
             taketh
             of
             Mynuca
             .
             And
             by
             this
             reason
             many
             Authors
             prove
             ,
             that
             Mynuca
             is
             of
             the
             same
             substance
             that
             the
             Braine
             is
             of
             ,
             and
             the
             Pannicles
             of
             the
             Nuca
             is
             of
             the
             same
             substance
             of
             the
             Pannicles
             of
             the
             Braine
             ,
             &c.
             
             And
             each
             of
             these
             Spondels
             bee
             bound
             fall
             one
             with
             another
             ,
             so
             that
             one
             of
             them
             may
             not
             well
             bee
             named
             without
             another
             .
             And
             so
             all
             these
             Spondels
             together
             ,
             contained
             one
             by
             another
             are
             called
             the
             Ridge-bone
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             foundation
             of
             all
             the
             shape
             of
             the
             Body
             .
             They
             with
             the
             la●t
             Spondell
             be
             contained
             or
             joyned
             to
             the
             Bones
             of
             the
             Haunches
             ,
             and
             they
             be
             the
             upholders
             of
             all
             the
             Spondels
             .
             And
             these
             
             Bones
             bee
             small
             towards
             the
             Taile-bone
             ,
             and
             broad
             towards
             the
             Hanches
             ,
             and
             before
             they
             joyne
             and
             make
             
               Os
               Pectinis
            
             .
             And
             so
             they
             bee
             broad
             in
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             Jles
             ,
             and
             therefore
             some
             Authors
             calleth
             it
             Ylea
             .
             And
             each
             of
             these
             two
             Bones
             towards
             the
             Liver
             hath
             a
             great
             round
             hole
             ,
             into
             which
             is
             received
             the
             Bone
             called
             Vertebra
             ,
             or
             the
             Whorlebone
             .
             Also
             besides
             that
             place
             there
             is
             a
             great
             hole
             or
             way
             ,
             thorow
             the
             which
             passeth
             from
             above
             Musculus
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             and
             goe
             into
             the
             Thighes
             .
             And
             thus
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             of
             this
             Bone
             Pecten
             ,
             and
             the
             Bone
             Vertebra
             ,
             is
             made
             the
             juncture
             of
             the
             Thigh
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             speake
             of
             the
             parts
             contained
             ,
             the
             first
             thing
             that
             commeth
             to
             sight
             is
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             compound
             of
             two
             Nervous
             Pannicles
             ,
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             ,
             whose
             Necke
             is
             carnous
             ,
             and
             hath
             Muscles
             to
             with-hold
             ,
             and
             to
             let
             goe
             :
             and
             in
             man
             it
             is
             long
             ,
             and
             is
             contained
             with
             the
             yard
             ,
             passing
             through
             Peritoneum
             ,
             but
             in
             women
             it
             is
             shorter
             ,
             and
             is
             contained
             with
             the
             Vulva
             .
             The
             place
             of
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             is
             betweene
             the
             bone
             of
             the
             Share
             and
             the
             Tayle-gut
             ,
             called
             Longaon
             ,
             and
             in
             women
             ,
             it
             is
             betweene
             the
             aforesaid
             bone
             and
             the
             Matrix
             .
          
           
             And
             in
             it
             is
             implanted
             two
             long
             vessels
             
             comming
             from
             the
             Kidneyes
             ,
             who●e
             names
             be
             
               Porri
               Vrikcides
            
             ,
             bringing
             with
             them
             the
             Urine
             or
             water
             from
             the
             Kidneys
             to
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             which
             privily
             entreth
             into
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             Pannicles
             of
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             by
             a
             naturall
             moving
             betweene
             Tunicle
             and
             Tunicle
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Urine
             findeth
             the
             hole
             of
             the
             nether
             Tunicle
             ,
             and
             there
             it
             entreth
             privily
             into
             the
             concavity
             of
             the
             bladder
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             that
             the
             Bladder
             is
             filled
             with
             Urine
             ,
             the
             straiter
             bee
             the
             two
             Pannicles
             comprised
             together
             ;
             for
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             Tunicles
             ,
             be
             not
             even
             one
             against
             another
             ;
             and
             therefore
             if
             the
             bladder
             be
             never
             so
             full
             ,
             there
             may
             none
             goe
             backe
             againe
             .
             The
             forme
             of
             it
             is
             round
             ,
             the
             quantity
             of
             it
             is
             a
             Pitcher
             full
             ,
             in
             some
             more
             ,
             in
             some
             lesse
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Also
             there
             is
             found
             two
             other
             vessels
             ,
             called
             
               Vaza
               Seminaria
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Spermaticke
             Vessels
             .
             And
             they
             come
             from
             Venakelis
             ,
             bringing
             blood
             to
             the
             Testikles
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             Man
             ,
             as
             in
             Woman
             ,
             the
             which
             by
             his
             further
             digestion
             it
             is
             made
             sperme
             or
             nature
             in
             men
             :
             they
             be
             put
             outward
             for
             the
             Testikles
             be
             without
             ▪
             but
             in
             women
             it
             abideth
             within
             ,
             for
             their
             .
             Testikles
             stand
             within
             :
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             declared
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             Next
             followeth
             the
             Matrix
             in
             women
             :
             the
             
             Matrix
             in
             women
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             compound
             and
             Nerveous
             ,
             and
             in
             complexion
             cold
             and
             dry
             :
             and
             it
             is
             the
             field
             of
             mans
             generation
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             an
             instrument
             susceptive
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             a
             thing
             receiving
             or
             taking
             :
             and
             her
             proper
             place
             is
             betweene
             the
             Bladder
             and
             the
             Gut
             Longaon
             ,
             the
             likenesse
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             yard
             reversed
             and
             turned
             inward
             ,
             having
             Testikles
             likewise
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             Also
             the
             Matrix
             hath
             two
             Concavities
             or
             Selles
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             ,
             but
             all
             Beasts
             have
             as
             many
             Selles
             as
             they
             have
             Pappes-heads
             .
             Also
             it
             hath
             a
             long
             Necke
             like
             an
             Urinall
             ,
             and
             in
             every
             Necke
             it
             hath
             a
             mouth
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             one
             within
             ,
             and
             another
             without
             .
             The
             inner
             in
             the
             time
             of
             conception
             is
             shut
             ,
             and
             the
             outer
             part
             is
             open
             as
             it
             was
             before
             :
             and
             it
             hath
             in
             the
             middest
             a
             Lazartus
             Pannicle
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             in
             Latine
             Tengit●
             :
             And
             in
             the
             creation
             of
             this
             Pannicle
             ,
             is
             found
             two
             utilities
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             by
             it
             goeth
             forth
             the
             Urine
             ,
             or
             else
             it
             should
             bee
             shed
             throughout
             all
             the
             Vulva
             :
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             when
             a
             woman
             doth
             set
             her
             Thighs
             abroad
             ▪
             it
             altereth
             the
             ayre
             that
             commeth
             ▪
             to
             the
             Matrix
             for
             to
             temper
             the
             heate
             .
          
           
             Furthermore
             ,
             the
             Necke
             that
             is
             betweene
             these
             two
             aforesaid
             mouthes
             ,
             in
             her
             concavity
             
             hath
             many
             involusions
             and
             pleates
             ,
             joyned
             together
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             Rose-leaves
             before
             they
             be
             fully
             spread
             or
             ripe
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             be
             shut
             together
             as
             a
             purse
             mouth
             ,
             so
             that
             nothing
             may
             passe
             forth
             but
             urine
             ,
             untill
             the
             time
             of
             Childing
             .
             Also
             about
             the
             middle
             of
             this
             necke
             be
             certaine
             Veynes
             in
             Maydens
             ,
             the
             which
             in
             time
             of
             deflowring
             ,
             be
             corrupted
             and
             broken
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             in
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             outer
             mouth
             ,
             are
             two
             Testicles
             or
             Stones
             ,
             and
             also
             two
             vessels
             of
             Sperme
             ,
             shorter
             then
             mans
             vessels
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             of
             Coyt
             the
             Womans
             sperme
             is
             shead
             downe
             in
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             Matrix
             .
             Also
             from
             the
             Liver
             there
             commeth
             to
             the
             Matrix
             many
             Veynes
             ,
             bringing
             to
             the
             Child
             nourishing
             at
             the
             time
             of
             a
             womans
             being
             with
             Child
             :
             and
             those
             Veynes
             ,
             at
             such
             time
             as
             the
             Matrix
             is
             voyd
             ,
             bring
             thereto
             superfluities
             from
             certaine
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             whereof
             are
             engendred
             womans
             Flowers
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             And
             forasmuch
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             pleased
             Almighty
             God
             to
             give
             the
             knowledge
             of
             these
             his
             Misteries
             and
             Workes
             unto
             his
             Creatures
             in
             this
             present
             World.
             Heere
             J
             suppose
             to
             declare
             what
             thing
             Embreon
             is
             ,
             and
             his
             Creation
             .
             The
             noble
             Philosophers
             ,
             as
             
               Galen
               ,
               Avicen
               ,
               Bartholmeus
               ▪
            
             and
             divers
             others
             ,
             writing
             upon
             this
             matter
             ,
             say
             :
             That
             Embreon
             is
             a
             thing
             engendred
             
             in
             the
             Mothers
             wombe
             ,
             the
             origin
             all
             whereof
             is
             ,
             the
             Sperme
             of
             the
             Man
             and
             of
             the
             Woman
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             is
             made
             by
             the
             might
             and
             power
             of
             GOD
             ,
             in
             the
             mothers
             wombe
             a
             Child
             :
             as
             hereafter
             more
             at
             large
             shall
             bee
             declared
             .
             First
             ,
             the
             field
             of
             Generation
             called
             the
             Matrix
             ,
             or
             the
             Mother
             ,
             is
             knowne
             in
             the
             Anatomy
             ,
             whose
             place
             is
             properly
             (
             betwixt
             the
             Bladder
             and
             Longaon
             )
             in
             the
             Woman
             ,
             in
             which
             place
             is
             sowne
             by
             the
             Tillage
             of
             man
             ,
             a
             covenable
             matter
             of
             kindly
             heate
             :
             For
             kindly
             heate
             is
             cause
             efficient
             both
             of
             doing
             and
             working
             ,
             and
             Spirit
             that
             giveth
             vertue
             to
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             governeth
             and
             ruleth
             that
             vertue
             :
             the
             which
             Seed
             of
             generation
             commeth
             from
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             both
             of
             the
             Man
             and
             Woman
             ,
             with
             consent
             and
             will
             of
             all
             Members
             ,
             and
             is
             shead
             in
             the
             place
             of
             Conceiving
             ,
             where
             thorow
             the
             vertue
             of
             Nature
             ,
             it
             is
             gathered
             together
             in
             the
             Celles
             of
             the
             Matrix
             or
             the
             Mother
             ,
             in
             whom
             by
             the
             way
             of
             the
             working
             of
             mans
             Seede
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             way
             of
             suffering
             of
             the
             Womans
             Seed
             mixt
             together
             ,
             so
             that
             each
             of
             them
             worketh
             in
             other
             ,
             and
             suffereth
             in
             other
             ,
             there
             is
             engendred
             Embreon
             .
             And
             further
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             this
             Sperme
             that
             commeth
             both
             to
             man
             and
             woman
             ,
             is
             made
             and
             gathered
             of
             the
             
             most
             best
             and
             purest
             drops
             of
             Blood
             in
             all
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             labour
             and
             chafing
             of
             the
             Testikles
             or
             Stones
             ,
             this
             Blood
             is
             turned
             into
             another
             kind
             ,
             and
             is
             made
             Sperme
             .
             And
             in
             man
             it
             is
             hot
             ,
             white
             ,
             and
             thicke
             :
             wherefore
             it
             may
             not
             spread
             nor
             runne
             abroad
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             but
             runneth
             and
             taketh
             temperance
             of
             the
             Womans
             sperme
             which
             hath
             contrary
             qualities
             :
             For
             the
             womans
             sperme
             is
             thinner
             ,
             colder
             ,
             and
             feebler
             .
          
           
             And
             as
             some
             Authors
             hold
             opinion
             ,
             when
             this
             matter
             is
             gathered
             into
             the
             right
             side
             of
             the
             Matrix
             ,
             then
             it
             happeneth
             a
             Male-kind
             ,
             and
             likewise
             on
             the
             left
             the
             Female
             ,
             and
             where
             the
             vertue
             is
             most
             ,
             there
             it
             favoureth
             most
             .
             And
             further
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             like
             as
             the
             Renet
             of
             the
             Cheese
             hath
             by
             himselfe
             the
             way
             or
             vertue
             of
             working
             ,
             so
             hath
             the
             Milke
             by
             way
             of
             suffering
             :
             and
             as
             the
             Renet
             and
             milke
             make
             the
             Cheese
             ,
             so
             doth
             the
             sperme
             of
             Man
             and
             Woman
             make
             the
             generation
             of
             Embreon
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             thing
             springeth
             (
             by
             the
             vertue
             of
             kindly
             heate
             )
             a
             certaine
             Skin
             or
             Caule
             ,
             into
             the
             which
             it
             lappeth
             it selfe
             in
             ,
             wherewith
             afterwards
             it
             is
             tyed
             to
             the
             Mothers
             wombe
             ,
             the
             which
             covering
             commeth
             forth
             with
             the
             byrth
             of
             the
             Childe
             :
             and
             if
             it
             happen
             that
             any
             of
             the
             Skinne
             remaine
             after
             
             the
             byrth
             of
             the
             Child
             ,
             then
             is
             the
             Woman
             in
             perill
             of
             her
             life
             .
          
           
             Furthermore
             ,
             (
             it
             is
             said
             )
             that
             of
             this
             Embreon
             is
             ingendred
             the
             Heart
             ,
             the
             Liver
             ,
             the
             Braynes
             ,
             Nerves
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Arteirs
             ,
             Chords
             ,
             Lygaments
             ,
             Skins
             ,
             Gristles
             ,
             and
             Bones
             ,
             receiving
             to
             them
             by
             kindly
             vertue
             the
             menstruall
             blood
             ,
             of
             which
             is
             engendred
             both
             flesh
             and
             fatnesse
             .
             And
             as
             Writers
             say
             ,
             the
             first
             thing
             that
             is
             shapen
             ,
             be
             the
             principals
             :
             as
             is
             the
             Heart
             ,
             Liver
             ,
             and
             Braine
             .
             For
             of
             the
             Heart
             springeth
             the
             Artiers
             :
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             the
             Veines
             :
             and
             of
             the
             Brain
             ,
             the
             Nerves
             :
             and
             when
             these
             are
             made
             ,
             Nature
             maketh
             and
             shapeth
             both
             Bones
             and
             Gristles
             to
             keepe
             and
             save
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             bones
             of
             the
             head
             for
             the
             Brain
             :
             the
             Breast
             Bones
             ,
             and
             the
             Ribbes
             ,
             for
             the
             Heart
             and
             the
             Liver
             .
             And
             after
             these
             springeth
             all
             other
             members
             one
             after
             another
             :
             and
             thus
             is
             the
             Child
             bred
             forth
             in
             foure
             degrees
             ,
             as
             thus
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             said
             Sperme
             or
             Seed
             is
             at
             the
             first
             as
             it
             were
             Milke
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             turned
             from
             that
             kind
             into
             another
             kind
             ,
             is
             yet
             but
             as
             a
             lumpe
             of
             Blood
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             called
             of
             
               Hypocrates
               ,
               Fettus
            
             .
             The
             third
             degree
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             principals
             be
             shapen
             ,
             as
             the
             Heart
             ,
             Liver
             ,
             and
             Braine
             .
             The
             fourth
             and
             last
             ,
             as
             when
             all
             the
             other
             members
             
             bee
             perfectly
             shapen
             ,
             then
             it
             receiveth
             the
             Soule
             ,
             with
             Life
             and
             Breath
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             beginneth
             to
             move
             it selfe
             alone
             .
             Now
             in
             these
             foure
             degrees
             aforesaid
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             as
             Milke
             ,
             it
             continueth
             seven
             dayes
             ▪
             in
             the
             second
             as
             Fettus
             ,
             nine
             dayes
             :
             in
             the
             third
             ,
             as
             a
             lumpe
             of
             Flesh
             engendring
             the
             principals
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             nine
             dayes
             :
             and
             in
             the
             fourth
             ,
             unto
             the
             time
             of
             full
             perfection
             of
             all
             the
             whole
             members
             ,
             is
             the
             space
             of
             eighteene
             dayes
             :
             So
             is
             there
             fixe
             and
             forty
             dayes
             from
             the
             day
             of
             Conception
             ,
             unto
             the
             day
             of
             full
             perfection
             and
             receiving
             of
             the
             Soule
             ,
             as
             God
             best
             knoweth
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             come
             againe
             to
             the
             Anatomy
             of
             the
             Haunches
             :
             Then
             come
             wee
             to
             Longaon
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             the
             Taile-gut
             ,
             whose
             substance
             is
             Pannicular
             ,
             as
             of
             all
             the
             other
             Bowels
             :
             the
             length
             of
             it
             is
             of
             a
             span
             long
             stretching
             nigh
             to
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             his
             nether
             part
             is
             called
             Annis
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             )
             the
             Towell
             :
             and
             about
             him
             is
             found
             two
             Muscles
             ,
             the
             one
             to
             open
             ▪
             the
             other
             to
             shut
             .
             Also
             there
             is
             found
             in
             him
             five
             Ve●nes
             or
             Branches
             of
             Veynes
             ,
             called
             
               Venae
               Emoraidales
            
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             Colliganes
             with
             the
             Bladder
             :
             whereof
             they
             are
             partners
             in
             their
             grieves
             .
          
           
             And
             when
             this
             Longaon
             is
             raised
             up
             ,
             then
             ye
             may
             see
             the
             Veynes
             and
             Artiers
             ,
             and
             Sinewes
             ,
             
             how
             they
             bee
             branched
             and
             bound
             down
             to
             the
             nether
             parts
             :
             the
             parts
             proceeding
             outwardly
             ,
             are
             
               Didimus
               Peritoneum
            
             ,
             the
             Yard
             ,
             the
             Testikles
             ,
             and
             Buttocks
             .
             And
             first
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             spoken
             of
             the
             Yard
             ,
             or
             of
             mans
             generative
             members
             ,
             the
             which
             dureth
             unto
             that
             part
             that
             is
             called
             Peritoneum
             ,
             the
             which
             place
             is
             from
             the
             Coddes
             ,
             unto
             the
             Fundament
             ,
             whereupon
             is
             a
             seame
             .
             Wherefore
             saith
             the
             Philosopher
             ,
             mans
             Yard
             is
             in
             the
             end
             and
             terme
             of
             the
             share
             .
          
           
             The
             Yard
             is
             an
             officiall
             member
             ,
             and
             the
             Tiller
             of
             mans
             generation
             ,
             compound
             ,
             and
             made
             of
             Skin
             ,
             Brawnes
             ,
             Tendons
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Arteirs
             ,
             Sinewes
             ,
             and
             great
             Lygaments
             :
             and
             it
             hath
             in
             it
             two
             passages
             ,
             or
             principall
             issues
             ,
             one
             for
             the
             Sperme
             ,
             and
             another
             for
             the
             Urine
             .
             And
             as
             the
             Philosophers
             say
             ,
             the
             quantity
             of
             a
             common
             yard
             ,
             is
             eight
             or
             nine
             Inches
             ,
             with
             measurable
             bignesse
             proportioned
             to
             the
             quantity
             of
             the
             Matrix
             .
          
           
             This
             member
             hath
             (
             as
             Avicen
             saith
             )
             three
             holes
             ,
             through
             one
             passeth
             insensible
             polisions
             and
             wind
             ,
             that
             causeth
             the
             Yard
             to
             rise
             :
             the
             other
             two
             holes
             is
             declared
             before
             .
             Also
             the
             yard
             hath
             a
             Skinne
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             head
             thereof
             ,
             it
             is
             double
             ,
             and
             that
             men
             call
             Praeputium
             ;
             and
             this
             Skinne
             is
             moveable
             ,
             for
             through
             his
             
             consecration
             the
             Spermaticke
             matter
             is
             the
             better
             ,
             and
             sooner
             gathered
             together
             ,
             and
             sooner
             cast
             forth
             from
             the
             Testikles
             ;
             for
             by
             him
             ,
             is
             had
             the
             most
             delectation
             in
             the
             doing
             .
             And
             the
             foremost
             part
             of
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Yard
             before
             ,
             is
             made
             of
             a
             brawny
             flesh
             ,
             the
             which
             if
             it
             bee
             once
             lost
             ,
             it
             is
             never
             restored
             againe
             ,
             but
             it
             may
             be
             well
             skinned
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Coddes
             is
             a
             compound
             member
             ,
             and
             an
             officiall
             ,
             and
             though
             it
             bee
             counted
             amongst
             the
             generative
             members
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             called
             a
             principall
             member
             ,
             because
             of
             generation
             .
             This
             Purse
             was
             ordained
             for
             the
             custody
             and
             comfort
             of
             the
             Testikles
             and
             other
             Spermaticke
             vessels
             :
             and
             it
             is
             also
             made
             of
             two
             parts
             ,
             of
             inner
             and
             of
             the
             outer
             .
          
           
             The
             outer
             is
             compound
             and
             made
             of
             Skinne
             ,
             and
             Lazartus
             .
             Longitudinall
             and
             Transversall
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             as
             the
             Myrac
             .
             The
             inner
             part
             of
             the
             Cods
             is
             of
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Sifac
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             similitude
             as
             two
             pockets
             drawne
             together
             by
             themselves
             ,
             and
             they
             differ
             not
             from
             the
             Syfac
             :
             and
             there
             bee
             two
             ,
             because
             if
             there
             fall
             any
             hurt
             to
             the
             one
             ,
             the
             other
             should
             serve
             .
             The
             Testikles
             or
             stones
             bee
             two
             ,
             made
             of
             Glandulus
             flesh
             ,
             or
             Curnelly
             flesh
             .
             And
             furthermore
             ,
             through
             the
             Didimus
             ,
             commeth
             the
             Testikles
             from
             the
             
             Braine
             ,
             Sinewes
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             Heart
             Artiers
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             Liver
             Veynes
             ,
             bringing
             unto
             them
             both
             feeling
             and
             stirring
             ,
             Life
             ,
             and
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             Nutrimentall
             blood
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             purest
             blood
             of
             all
             other
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             whereof
             is
             made
             the
             Sperme
             by
             the
             labour
             of
             the
             Testikles
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             put
             forth
             in
             due
             time
             ,
             as
             is
             before
             rehearsed
             .
          
           
             The
             Groynes
             bee
             knowne
             :
             they
             bee
             the
             empty
             Junctures
             ,
             or
             purging
             place
             unto
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             curnelly
             flesh
             in
             the
             plying
             or
             bowing
             of
             the
             Thighes
             .
             The
             Hippes
             have
             great
             brawny
             flesh
             on
             them
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             descend
             downwards
             ,
             Brawns
             ,
             Chords
             ,
             and
             Lygaments
             ,
             moving
             and
             binding
             together
             the
             Thighes
             ,
             with
             the
             Haunches
             themselues
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             The
             Anatomie
             of
             the
             Thighes
             ,
             Legges
             ,
             and
             Feet
             .
          
           
             THE
             Legge
             reacheth
             from
             the
             Joynt
             of
             the
             Thigh
             unto
             the
             extremity
             of
             the
             Toes
             ,
             and
             J
             will
             divide
             it
             in
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             Armes
             were
             divided
             .
             One
             part
             is
             called
             Coxa
             ,
             or
             Thigh
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             all
             that
             is
             contained
             from
             the
             joynt
             of
             the
             Haunch
             unto
             the
             Knee
             .
             The
             second
             part
             is
             called
             Tibia
             ,
             and
             that
             reacheth
             
             from
             the
             Knee
             to
             the
             Ankle
             .
             The
             third
             is
             the
             little
             foot
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             from
             the
             Anckle
             ,
             unto
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Toes
             .
             And
             heere
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             the
             Thigh
             ,
             Legge
             ,
             and
             foot
             ,
             are
             compound
             ,
             and
             made
             as
             the
             great
             Arme
             or
             hand
             ,
             with
             Skin
             ,
             Flesh
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Artiers
             ,
             Sinewes
             ,
             Brawnes
             ,
             Tendons
             ,
             and
             Bones
             whereof
             they
             are
             to
             be
             spoken
             of
             in
             order
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Skinne
             and
             Flesh
             there
             is
             enough
             spoken
             of
             before
             .
             And
             as
             of
             Veynes
             and
             Arteirs
             in
             their
             descending
             downwards
             ,
             at
             the
             last
             Spondels
             they
             bee
             divided
             into
             two
             parts
             ,
             whereof
             the
             one
             part
             goeth
             into
             the
             right
             Thigh
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             into
             the
             Left
             :
             And
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             Thigh
             ,
             they
             be
             divided
             in
             other
             two
             great
             Branches
             :
             the
             one
             of
             them
             spreadeth
             into
             the
             inner
             side
             of
             the
             Legge
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             spreadeth
             into
             the
             outer
             side
             ,
             and
             so
             branching
             ,
             descend
             downe
             to
             the
             Legge
             ,
             to
             the
             Anckles
             ,
             and
             Feet
             ,
             and
             bee
             brought
             into
             foure
             Veynes
             ,
             which
             be
             commonly
             used
             in
             letting
             Blood
             ,
             as
             hereafter
             followeth
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             them
             is
             under
             the
             inner
             Ankle
             toward
             the
             heel
             ,
             called
             Soffena
             ,
             and
             another
             under
             the
             outer
             Ankle
             ,
             called
             Siarica
             ,
             and
             another
             under
             the
             Hamme
             ,
             called
             Poplitica
             ,
             the
             fourth
             ,
             betweene
             the
             little
             Toe
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             ,
             called
             Renalis
             .
             And
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             of
             these
             foure
             
             great
             Veynes
             in
             the
             Legges
             ,
             of
             the
             manifold
             dangers
             that
             might
             fall
             of
             them
             as
             oft
             it
             happeneth
             .
             There
             bee
             many
             other
             branches
             which
             a
             Chirurgion
             needeth
             not
             much
             to
             passe
             upon
             .
             The
             Sinewes
             spring
             of
             the
             last
             Spondell
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Os
               Sacrum
            
             ,
             and
             passeth
             through
             the
             hole
             of
             the
             bone
             of
             the
             Hippe
             ,
             and
             descendeth
             to
             the
             Brawnes
             ,
             and
             moveth
             the
             Knee
             and
             the
             Hamme
             ,
             and
             these
             descend
             downe
             to
             the
             Ankle
             ,
             and
             move
             the
             Foot
             ,
             and
             the
             brawnes
             of
             the
             Feet
             move
             the
             Toes
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             as
             is
             declared
             in
             the
             bones
             of
             the
             Hand
             .
             The
             first
             is
             called
             Coxa
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             Thigh-bone
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             without
             a
             fellow
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             full
             of
             Marrow
             ,
             and
             is
             round
             at
             either
             end
             .
             The
             roundnesse
             that
             is
             at
             the
             upper
             end
             ,
             is
             called
             Vertebrum
             ,
             or
             Whyrlebone
             ,
             and
             boweth
             inwards
             ,
             and
             is
             received
             into
             the
             Concavities
             of
             the
             bone
             of
             the
             Legge
             at
             the
             Knee
             ,
             called
             the
             great
             Fossels
             .
             There
             is
             also
             at
             the
             Knee
             a
             round
             bone
             ,
             called
             the
             Knee-panne
             .
             Then
             followes
             the
             Legge
             ,
             wherein
             is
             two
             bones
             ,
             called
             
               Focile
               Major
            
             ,
             and
             
               Focile
               Minor
            
             ,
             the
             bigger
             of
             them
             passeth
             before
             making
             the
             shape
             of
             the
             shinne
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             called
             the
             Shin-bone
             ,
             and
             passeth
             downe
             ,
             making
             the
             inner
             ankle
             .
             The
             lesse
             passeth
             from
             the
             Knee
             backwards
             ,
             descending
             downe
             to
             the
             outer
             Anckle
             ,
             and
             there
             formeth
             that
             
             Ankle
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             bones
             of
             the
             Feet
             are
             sixe
             and
             twenty
             :
             as
             thus
             .
             First
             ,
             next
             the
             Ankle
             bone
             ,
             is
             one
             called
             in
             Latine
             Orabalistus
             :
             Next
             under
             that
             ,
             towards
             the
             Heele
             is
             one
             ,
             called
             Galeani
             :
             and
             betweene
             them
             is
             another
             bone
             ,
             called
             
               Os
               Nauculare
            
             .
             In
             the
             second
             ward
             there
             be
             foure
             bones
             called
             Raceti
             ,
             as
             be
             in
             the
             hands
             .
             In
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             wards
             be
             foureteene
             ,
             called
             Digitori
             :
             and
             five
             called
             Pectens
             ,
             at
             the
             extremities
             of
             the
             Toes
             ,
             next
             to
             the
             Nailes
             .
             And
             thus
             be
             there
             in
             the
             Foot
             ,
             sixe
             and
             twenty
             bones
             ,
             with
             the
             Legge
             from
             the
             Ankle
             to
             the
             Knee
             ,
             two
             in
             the
             knee
             ,
             and
             one
             round
             and
             flat
             bone
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Thigh
             ,
             one
             .
             And
             thus
             you
             shall
             find
             in
             the
             whole
             Leg
             and
             Foot
             thirty
             bones
             .
             And
             this
             may
             serve
             for
             young
             Practitioners
             in
             the
             Anatomie
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Veynes
                
                 
                   in
                   Mans
                   body
                   perfect
                   ,
                   is
                   —
                
                 
                   365.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Bones
                
                 
                   217.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Teeth
                
                 
                   32.
                   
                
              
            
          
           
             
               For
               that
               in
               us
               all
               things
               may
               vaine
               appeare
               ,
            
             
               A
               Veyne
               wee
               have
               for
               each
               day
               in
               the
               Yeare
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           For
           Practice
           .
           It
           is
           necessary
           to
           know
           what
           Letchcraft
           and
           Chyrurgerie
           is
           ,
           with
           their
           severall
           parts
           thereto
           belonging
           in
           the
           Theorick
           and
           Practick
           .
           Very
           usefull
           for
           young
           Practitioners
           .
           PART
           .
           II.
           
        
         
           
             Letchcraft
             is
             Chyrurgerie
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             heale
             a
             man
             of
             all
             manner
             of
             Sicknesse
             and
             to
             keepe
             him
             whole
             ,
             so
             farre
             as
             craft
             may
             .
          
           
             KNow
             that
             in
             Letchcraft
             ,
             is
             contayned
             two
             things
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             both
             Physicke
             and
             Chyrurgerie
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             ,
             Letchcraft
             and
             Chyrurgerie
             ,
             hath
             each
             of
             them
             two
             Parts
             ,
             viz.
             Theoricke
             ,
             and
             Practicke
             .
             Theorick
             to
             know
             ,
             and
             Practicke
             to
             worke
             .
             The
             ground
             of
             the
             
             Theoricke
             ,
             is
             to
             know
             the
             Elements
             ,
             and
             Humours
             that
             proceedeth
             from
             them
             ,
             which
             is
             for
             mans
             health
             or
             against
             it
             .
          
           
             Letchcraft
             ,
             teaches
             us
             Causes
             ,
             effects
             ,
             and
             Signes
             :
             Signes
             to
             know
             the
             causes
             and
             effects
             ;
             and
             therefore
             J
             treat
             of
             signes
             ,
             and
             many
             signes
             doth
             belong
             to
             Physicke
             and
             Chyrurgerie
             ,
             as
             Crisses
             ,
             Urine
             ,
             Pounces
             ,
             Vomits
             ,
             Sege
             ,
             and
             other
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Chyrurgerie
             ,
             is
             in
             Wounds
             ,
             Impostumes
             ,
             and
             Algebra
             ;
             and
             Chyrurgerie
             holdeth
             foure
             parts
             ,
             
               viz.
               Wounds
            
             ,
             and
             
               Impostumes
               ,
               Algebra
            
             ,
             and
             Anatomie
             .
             And
             Antidotary
             is
             the
             fift
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             Salves
             against
             all
             kind
             of
             Sores
             that
             belongeth
             to
             Chyrurgerie
             .
          
           
             Algebra
             is
             broken
             Bones
             ,
             and
             bones
             out
             of
             joynt
             .
          
           
             Antidotary
             of
             Chyrurgerie
             ,
             is
             in
             Waters
             ,
             Powders
             ,
             Oyles
             ,
             Oyntments
             ,
             and
             Emplaisters
             most
             principall
             ,
             some
             must
             bee
             repercussive
             ,
             some
             Moleficative
             ,
             some
             Maturative
             ,
             some
             generative
             ,
             and
             some
             Corosive
             .
          
           
             Anotomie
             is
             to
             know
             the
             Body
             of
             man
             throughout
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             Members
             within
             and
             without
             .
             Two
             members
             hath
             every
             manner
             of
             man
             ,
             viz.
             Principall
             ,
             and
             Officiall
             ;
             and
             foure
             principall
             every
             man
             hath
             ,
             viz.
             Braine
             ,
             Heart
             ,
             Liver
             ,
             and
             Stones
             ;
             the
             Braine
             hath
             the
             
             head
             and
             necke
             :
             the
             Heart
             ,
             hath
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             Brest
             ,
             and
             Midriffe
             :
             the
             Liver
             hath
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             other
             members
             downe
             to
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             as
             Guts
             ,
             Gall
             ,
             and
             the
             Kelle
             veyne
             ,
             and
             Milt
             ,
             the
             Milt
             upon
             the
             left
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             gall
             upon
             the
             Liver
             :
             the
             Stones
             ,
             hath
             Reynes
             ,
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             other
             Privities
             :
             and
             these
             are
             the
             foure
             principall
             members
             ,
             Braine
             ,
             Heart
             ,
             Liver
             ,
             and
             Stones
             ;
             and
             without
             Braine
             ,
             Heart
             and
             Liver
             ,
             no
             man
             can
             live
             ;
             and
             without
             Stones
             can
             no
             man
             engender
             ,
             three
             things
             in
             the
             Stones
             is
             cause
             of
             engendring
             ;
             Heat
             ,
             Wind
             and
             humours
             ,
             Heat
             commeth
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             Spirit
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             humours
             from
             the
             Braines
             that
             man
             is
             made
             of
             ,
             if
             any
             of
             these
             foure
             be
             faulty
             ,
             that
             man
             can
             not
             as
             he
             should
             kindly
             engender
             .
          
           
             These
             sixe
             vertues
             are
             rooted
             in
             the
             Liver
             ,
             viz.
             Attractive
             ,
             Digestive
             ,
             Diminusive
             ,
             Expulsive
             ,
             Retentive
             ,
             and
             a
             Simulative
             ,
             that
             is
             in
             our
             English
             tongue
             ;
             Drawing
             ,
             and
             breaking
             out
             ,
             putting
             ,
             holding
             ,
             and
             liking
             :
             For
             first
             ,
             Nature
             draweth
             in
             that
             which
             it
             needeth
             to
             live
             by
             ,
             and
             then
             all
             to
             breake
             it
             ;
             and
             then
             departeth
             the
             good
             from
             the
             bad
             ,
             and
             holdeth
             to
             it
             the
             good
             ,
             and
             then
             dispierseth
             the
             good
             to
             all
             the
             members
             of
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             Officiall
             members
             bee
             those
             that
             have
             certaine
             
             offices
             in
             mans
             Body
             ,
             where
             ever
             they
             be
             ;
             as
             the
             Eye
             to
             see
             ,
             the
             Eare
             to
             heare
             ,
             the
             Hand
             to
             touch
             ,
             the
             Mouth
             to
             speake
             ,
             the
             Feet
             to
             goe
             ,
             and
             many
             such
             other
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Also
             such
             are
             called
             members
             as
             branches
             from
             the
             principall
             to
             the
             officiall
             ,
             as
             the
             Arme
             ,
             or
             Legge
             ,
             that
             rooteth
             in
             the
             principall
             and
             brancheth
             to
             the
             officials
             :
             And
             so
             
               Nerves
               ,
               Artiers
            
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             Lygaments
             ,
             Chords
             ,
             Bones
             ,
             Pannicles
             ,
             and
             Gristles
             ,
             Flesh
             and
             Skin
             to
             teach
             them
             ▪
             their
             Office
             :
             But
             Nerves
             ,
             Veynes
             ,
             and
             Artiers
             bee
             most
             needfull
             ,
             for
             they
             bee
             Wells
             and
             Rootes
             of
             all
             other
             Nerves
             comming
             from
             the
             Braine
             ,
             and
             Artiers
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             Veynes
             from
             the
             Liver
             into
             all
             the
             body
             :
             Nerves
             giveth
             to
             the
             Body
             feeling
             ,
             and
             moving
             ,
             and
             Artiers
             leaving
             ,
             and
             Veynes
             increasing
             .
             A
             Veyne
             hath
             but
             one
             Tunacle
             ,
             and
             an
             Artier
             hath
             two
             ,
             in
             the
             one
             runneth
             Bloud
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             other
             spirits
             ,
             and
             all
             beating
             Veynes
             bee
             Artiers
             ,
             the
             which
             J
             call
             Pulses
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             be
             simple
             Veynes
             ;
             and
             all
             such
             members
             saving
             Flesh
             alone
             are
             melancholious
             ,
             and
             their
             nature
             is
             Sperme
             ,
             but
             flesh
             is
             Sanguine
             ;
             and
             therefore
             it
             may
             be
             sodered
             be
             it
             never
             so
             much
             cut
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             said
             members
             because
             their
             matter
             is
             Sperme
             ,
             may
             never
             be
             sodered
             if
             they
             be
             much
             cue
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Now
             will
             J
             speake
             of
             Wounds
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             second
             part
             of
             Chyrurgerie
             .
          
           
             ONe
             of
             these
             intentions
             hath
             every
             Surgion
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             to
             containe
             that
             ,
             that
             i●
             evill
             ,
             loosed
             ;
             the
             second
             is
             ,
             to
             loose
             that
             ,
             that
             is
             evill
             contained
             ;
             the
             third
             is
             ,
             to
             take
             away
             that
             ,
             that
             is
             too
             much
             ;
             the
             fourth
             is
             ,
             to
             increase
             that
             ,
             that
             is
             too
             little
             .
          
           
             In
             these
             foure
             entents
             standeth
             all
             Chirurgery
             .
             The
             first
             is
             in
             Wounds
             ,
             the
             second
             is
             Impostumes
             ,
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             Alg●br●
             holdeth
             .
             Wounds
             be
             in
             many
             manners
             Simple
             ,
             and
             Compound
             :
             Simple
             in
             the
             flesh
             alone
             ,
             and
             compound
             in
             seven
             manners
             .
             There
             be
             seven
             things
             that
             letteth
             a
             wound
             not
             lightly
             to
             heale
             ,
             viz.
             Empostumes
             discrased
             ,
             hollownesse
             ,
             or
             bitten
             by
             a
             venemous
             Beast
             ;
             and
             these
             letteth
             a
             Chirurgion
             suddenly
             to
             heale
             a
             wound
             ;
             and
             if
             a
             Sinew
             bee
             cut
             or
             pricked
             ,
             or
             wounded
             to
             the
             Bone
             ,
             or
             if
             the
             wound
             bee
             hollow
             ,
             or
             else
             discrased
             with
             a
             Fever
             ,
             or
             bruised
             ,
             or
             made
             by
             venemous
             Beasts
             ,
             then
             mayest
             thou
             not
             as
             thou
             wouldest
             close
             up
             a
             wound
             .
             And
             if
             a
             wound
             lacke
             all
             these
             seven
             things
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             simple
             .
          
           
             Thus
             Medicine
             is
             Letchcraft
             ;
             that
             is
             both
             
             Physicke
             and
             Chirurgery
             .
             and
             every
             one
             of
             them
             hath
             first
             his
             Theoricke
             ,
             perfectly
             to
             know
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             his
             Practique
             ,
             cunningly
             to
             worke
             :
             the
             grounds
             of
             both
             which
             Qualities
             ,
             are
             Elements
             ,
             and
             Humours
             ,
             and
             ●●●nes
             most
             needfull
             both
             of
             Urine
             and
             Pulses
             .
          
           
             Thus
             much
             for
             the
             Theoricke
             .
          
        
         
           
             Divers
             things
             very
             necessary
             for
             every
             Practitioner
             in
             Surgerie
             to
             have
             in
             a
             readinesse
             .
          
           
             
               And
               first
               ,
               for
               Instruments
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     NOvacula
                     .
                  
                   
                     Sp●●ill●●
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     S●alp●ll●●
                     .
                  
                   
                     Lat●●
                     Sp●●ill●●
                     ▪
                  
                
                 
                   
                     For●icis
                     .
                  
                   
                     Stylu●
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Volsell●
                     .
                  
                   
                     Acu●
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Ca●●li●ula
                     Forata
                     .
                  
                   
                     Fas●i●
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   Hab●●●
                   ad
                   membra
                   laqu●●
                   intepcipi●●d●
                   .
                
                 
                   Panni●uli
                   linei
                   ad
                   v●l●●ra
                   abliga●●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Lint●a
                   conc●rpta
                   .
                   A●ris●alpiu●●
                   .
                
                 
                   Forcip●s
                   ad
                   d●●tes
                   ●v●ll●nd●s
                   .
                
                 
                   Ferra●entu●
                   qu●●r●●i
                   d●ntes
                   ,
                   ●rad●●tur
                   .
                
                 
                   ●n●inus
                   ,
                   or
                   (
                   as
                   C●lsu●
                   calleth
                   it
                   ,
                   )
                   Hamul●●●●●●sum
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               2.
               
               For
               sodaine
               Accidents
               .
            
             
               HE
               must
               have
               in
               readinesse
               ,
               Powders
               ,
               Unguents
               ,
               and
               Emplasters
               ;
               They
               serve
               to
               stop
               Bleeding
               ,
               to
               conglutinate
               Wounds
               ,
               to
               clense
               foule
               and
               rotten
               Ulcers
               ,
               to
               mollifie
               hardnesse
               ,
               to
               produce
               a
               Cicatrix
               ,
               and
               Skinne
               ,
               to
               remove
               away
               all
               excrescent
               and
               corrupt
               Flesh
               ,
               to
               cease
               paine
               ,
               to
               strengthen
               Fractures
               and
               Luxations
               .
            
          
           
             
               3.
               
               For
               Powders
               .
            
             
               THey
               are
               of
               three
               sorts
               :
               The
               first
               ,
               is
               to
               stay
               ▪
               Bleeding
               ,
               as
               that
               which
               is
               framed
               of
               
                 Bolus
                 ▪
                 Armoniae
              
               ,
               of
               Rosis
               ,
               of
               Mastickes
               ,
               and
               Pollin
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               is
               ,
               for
               Fractures
               of
               the
               Scull
               ,
               and
               hurts
               of
               other
               Bones
               ,
               and
               is
               called
               
                 Pulvis
                 Cephalicus
              
               ,
               and
               is
               framed
               of
               
                 Radicibus
                 ir●os
              
               ,
               of
               Arist●l●●●iae
               ,
               of
               Myrrhe
               ,
               Aloes
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               is
               ,
               to
               remove
               away
               excrescent
               and
               corrupt
               Flesh
               ;
               as
               
                 Alumen
                 ustu●
              
               ,
               of
               
                 Pul
                 ▪
                 prae●ipit
                 .
                 Mer●urii
              
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               4.
               
               For
               Vnguents
               .
            
             
               HE
               must
               have
               
                 Vnguentum
                 Basilicon
              
               ,
               which
               doth
               humect
               ,
               digest
               ,
               and
               cease
               paine
               .
            
             
               
                 Vnguentum
                 album
                 ▪
                 Rhasis
              
               ,
               which
               doth
               Refrigerate
               ,
               coole
               and
               dry
               .
            
             
               
                 Vnguentum
                 Aureum
              
               called
               of
               some
               Regis
               ,
               which
               doth
               Incarnate
               and
               conglutinate
               Wounds
               together
               .
            
             
               
                 Vnguentum
                 Dialthea
                 simplex
              
               ,
               which
               doth
               Calefie
               ,
               soften
               ,
               humect
               ,
               and
               also
               cease
               paine
               .
            
             
               
                 Vnguentum
                 Apostolorum
              
               ,
               which
               doth
               deterge
               ,
               mollifie
               ,
               dry
               ,
               and
               remove
               away
               corrupt
               and
               superfluous
               Flesh
               :
               And
               of
               like
               faculty
               almost
               is
               
                 Mundificativum
                 ex
                 api●
              
               ,
               and
               Aegyptiacum
               .
            
          
           
             
               5.
               
               For
               Emplasters
               .
            
             
               
                 DIachilon
                 compositum
              
               ,
               which
               doth
               ripen
               Apostumes
               ,
               and
               doth
               mollifie
               and
               resolve
               hardnesse
               ,
               and
               doth
               digest
               ,
               and
               also
               absterge
               .
            
             
               Diacalciteos
               ,
               commonly
               called
               Diapalma
               ,
               which
               doth
               conglutinate
               Ulcers
               ,
               produceth
               Cicatrix
               and
               skinne
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               the
               opinion
               of
               Galen
               ,
               is
               very
               fit
               for
               the
               curing
               of
               Phlegme
               .
            
             
               
                 Emplastrum
                 de
                 Betonica
              
               ,
               which
               is
               also
               called
               
                 De
                 Janua
              
               ,
               it
               doth
               unite
               and
               joyne
               together
               
               the
               fractures
               of
               the
               skull
               ,
               it
               covereth
               the
               bones
               with
               flesh
               ,
               it
               draweth
               out
               Spels
               and
               splinters
               of
               bones
               ,
               it
               doth
               also
               absterge
               ,
               digest
               and
               dry
               ,
               with
               the
               like
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               five
               H●arbes
               which
               a
               good
               Chyrurgion
               ought
               alwayes
               to
               have
               .
            
             
               THere
               be
               five
               Herbes
               that
               a
               good
               Chirurgion
               ought
               to
               have
               all
               the
               yeare
               ,
               and
               they
               be
               good
               for
               wounded
               men
               ;
               and
               these
               Herbes
               must
               be
               dryed
               and
               made
               into
               powder
               ,
               and
               so
               kept
               all
               the
               yeare
               ,
               viz.
               Mouse-eare
               ,
               Pimpernell
               ,
               Avence
               ,
               Valerian
               ,
               and
               Gentian
               ,
               of
               each
               a
               like
               quantity
               ,
               but
               take
               of
               Mouse-eare
               the
               weight
               of
               all
               the
               other
               hearbes
               ,
               when
               they
               be
               dryed
               ,
               take
               d●mi
               .
               spoonfull
               in
               untiment
               ,
               or
               in
               some
               other
               liquor
               which
               is
               according
               to
               the
               sicknesse
               ,
               and
               let
               him
               drinke
               it
               ,
               and
               the
               Medicine
               is
               as
               good
               as
               a
               Salve
               for
               any
               wounded
               man
               ,
               as
               may
               be
               had
               for
               to
               heale
               him
               .
               Also
               the
               herbes
               that
               draweth
               the
               wound
               ,
               are
               
                 O●●ulus
                 Christi
              
               ,
               Mather
               ,
               Buglosse
               ,
               red
               Coleworts
               ,
               and
               Orpine
               .
            
             
               These
               be
               the
               soveraigne
               pepper
               hearbes
               for
               the
               Fester
               ,
               h●arbe
               Robert
               ,
               Buglosse
               ,
               Sannacle
               ,
               Hempropes
               ,
               Morrell
               ,
               Rew
               ,
               and
               Savorie
               ,
               but
               sake
               good
               heed
               of
               these
               hearbes
               in
               the
               use
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               yee
               shall
               worke
               the
               better
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Some
             Physicall
             observations
             tending
             to
             Physicke
             and
             Surgerie
             ,
             and
             times
             convenient
             for
             letting
             of
             Blood.
             
          
           
             
               To
               preserve
               Health
               .
            
             
               IF
               a
               man
               will
               observe
               ,
               hee
               may
               governe
               himselfe
               at
               foure
               times
               in
               the
               Yeare
               ,
               so
               that
               hee
               shall
               have
               little
               need
               of
               Let●hcraft
               ,
               as
               thus
               ▪
            
             
               In
               the
               Spring
               ,
               from
               March
               till
               May
               at
               which
               time
               increaseth
               the
               good
               sweet
               ▪
               〈…〉
               Blood
               ,
               through
               good
               meates
               and
               〈…〉
               good
               wholsome
               savours
               .
            
             
               In
               Summer
               ,
               from
               May
               till
               June
               ,
               at
               which
               time
               beginneth
               the
               bitter
               juyce
               of
               Choller
               ▪
               then
               use
               coole
               meats
               ,
               and
               drinkes
               ,
               and
               bee
               not
               violent
               in
               exercise
               ,
               and
               forbeare
               women
               .
            
             
               In
               Harvest
               ,
               from
               June
               till
               November
               ,
               at
               which
               time
               increaseth
               Melancholy
               ;
               then
               bee
               purged
               by
               a
               Medicine
               Laxative
               ,
               and
               afterward
               use
               light
               Meats
               and
               drinkes
               ,
               such
               as
               will
               increase
               good
               Blood.
               
            
             
               In
               Winter
               ,
               from
               November
               till
               
                 Mar●h
                 ▪
              
               
               at
               which
               time
               increaseth
               Flegme
               ,
               through
               weaknesse
               of
               Humours
               ,
               and
               corruption
               of
               ayre
               ;
               Then
               the
               Pose
               beginneth
               to
               grow
               ,
               then
               heat
               is
               in
               the
               Veynes
               ,
               then
               is
               pricking
               in
               the
               sides
               ,
               then
               is
               time
               to
               use
               hot
               Meats
               and
               good
               drinkes
               ▪
               and
               spices
               ,
               as
               Pepper
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               &c.
               but
               doe
               not
               wash
               thy
               Head.
               
            
             
               For
               as
               a
               learned
               Physitian
               saith
               ;
               Hee
               that
               taketh
               much
               Physick
               when
               he
               is
               young
               ,
               will
               much
               repent
               it
               when
               he
               is
               old
               .
            
          
           
             
               For
               letting
               of
               Blood.
               
            
             
               AS
               in
               all
               other
               parts
               of
               Physicke
               so
               great
               care
               ought
               to
               be
               had
               in
               letting
               of
               Blood.
               First
               ,
               skilfully
               and
               circumspectly
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               and
               certainly
               knowne
               the
               cause
               .
               As
               whether
               it
               be
               needfull
               and
               good
               for
               the
               Patient
               ,
               to
               purge
               his
               body
               of
               some
               unnaturall
               and
               naughty
               ,
               and
               superfluous
               humour
               .
               For
               otherwise
               ,
               letting
               of
               Bloud
               is
               very
               dangerous
               ,
               and
               openeth
               the
               way
               to
               many
               grievous
               Infirmities
               .
               And
               note
               generally
               ▪
               that
               it
               is
               not
               convenient
               ,
               eyther
               for
               a
               very
               leane
               and
               weake
               man
               ,
               or
               for
               a
               very
               fat
               and
               grosse
               man
               to
               be
               let
               bloud
               ,
               neither
               for
               a
               Child
               under
               14.
               yeares
               of
               age
               ,
               nor
               an
               old
               man
               above
               56.
               
               Especially
               ,
               in
               decrepit
               old
               age
               .
            
             
             
               Now
               there
               remaineth
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               how
               it
               standeth
               with
               the
               patient
               inwardly
               ,
               for
               his
               Complexion
               and
               Age
               ,
               and
               outwardly
               ,
               for
               the
               time
               of
               the
               Yeare
               ,
               time
               of
               the
               Day
               ,
               and
               also
               for
               Dyet
               .
            
          
           
             
               For
               Complexion
               .
            
             
               Let
               bloud
               the
               Phlegmatick
               ,
               the
               Moone
               being
               in
               Aries
               or
               Sagitarius
               .
            
             
               Let
               bloud
               the
               Melancholick
               ,
               the
               Moone
               in
               Libra
               or
               Aquarius
               .
            
             
               Let
               bloud
               the
               Cholerick
               ,
               the
               Moone
               being
               in
               Cancer
               or
               Pisces
               .
            
             
               Let
               blood
               the
               Sanguine
               ,
               the
               Moone
               in
               eyther
               of
               the
               aforesaid
               Signes
               .
            
          
           
             
               For
               Age.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Let
                   blood
                   Youth
                   ;
                   from
                   the
                   Change
                   to
                   the
                   second
                   quarter
                   .
                
                 
                   Middle-age
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   2.
                   quarter
                   to
                   the
                   full
                   .
                
                 
                   Elder-age
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   full
                   to
                   the
                   last
                   quarter
                   .
                
                 
                   Old-age
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   last
                   quart
                   ▪
                   to
                   the
                   change
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               Time
               of
               the
               Yeare
               .
            
             
               Spring
               good
               .
               Autumne
               different
               .
            
          
           
             
               Time
               of
               the
               Moneth
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   Let
                   not
                   blood
                   ,
                   The
                   Moone
                   in
                   
                     Taurus
                     ,
                     Gemini
                     ,
                     Leo
                     ,
                     Virgo
                     ,
                  
                   or
                   Capric●rne
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   day
                   before
                   nor
                   after
                   the
                   change
                   and
                   full
                   .
                
                 
                   Twelve
                   houres
                   before
                   and
                   after
                   the
                   quarters
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Moone
                   with
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   or
                   Mars
                   ,
                   evill
                   aspected
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Time
               of
               the
               Day
               .
            
             
               Morning
               after
               sun-rising
               fasting
               ;
               Afternoon
               ,
               after
               perfect
               digestion
               ;
               the
               ayre
               temperate
               ,
               the
               wind
               not
               South
               ,
               if
               it
               may
               be
               .
            
          
           
             
               Dyet
               after
               Bleeding
               .
            
             
               
                 Sl●●pe
                 not
                 presently
                 ,
                 Stirre
                 not
                 violently
                 ;
              
               
                 Vse
                 no
                 venery
                 ,
                 Feed
                 ,
                 thou
                 warily
                 .
              
            
             
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               for
               the
               Phrensie
               ,
               the
               Pestilence
               ,
               the
               Squinancy
               ,
               the
               Plurisie
               ,
               the
               Apoplexi●
               ,
               or
               a
               continuall
               Head-ach
               growing
               of
               cholerick
               blood
               ,
               a
               hot
               burning
               Feaver
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               extreame
               paine
               ;
               In
               this
               case
               ,
               a
               man
               may
               not
               tarry
               a
               chosen
               time
               ,
               but
               incontinently
               with
               all
               convenient
               speed
               ▪
               hee
               is
               to
               seek
               for
               remedy
               ;
               but
               then
               Blood
               is
               not
               to
               bee
               let
               in
               so
               great
               a
               quantity
               ,
               as
               if
               that
               a
               chosen
               and
               fit
               time
               were
               to
               be
               obtained
               .
            
          
           
             
               Good
               to
               —
            
             
               
                 
                   Prepare
                   humours
                   ,
                   the
                   Moon
                   in
                   
                     Gemini
                     ,
                     Libra
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Aquarius
                   .
                
                 
                   Vomit
                   ,
                   the
                   Moon
                   in
                   
                     Aries
                     ,
                     Taurus
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Capr.
                   
                
                 
                   Purge
                   by
                   Neezing
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     Le●
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Virgo
                   .
                
                 
                   Take
                   Clysters
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   
                     Aries
                     ,
                     Librae
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Scorpio
                   .
                
                 
                   Take
                   Gargarismes
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   Cancer
                   ,
                   or
                   
                   Stop
                   rheumes
                   and
                   Flux
                   ,
                   the
                   Moon
                   in
                   
                     Taurus
                     ,
                     Virgo
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Capric●rn●
                   .
                
                 
                   Bathe
                   for
                   cold
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   
                     Aries
                     ,
                     L●●
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Sagitarius
                   .
                
                 
                   Bathe
                   for
                   hot
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     Scorpio
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Pisces
                   .
                
                 
                   Purge
                   with
                   Electuaries
                   ,
                   the
                   Moon
                   in
                   Cancer
                   .
                
                 
                   Purge
                   with
                   Potions
                   ,
                   the
                   Moone
                   in
                   Scorpio
                   .
                
                 
                   Purge
                   with
                   Pilles
                   ,
                   the
                   Moon
                   in
                   Pisces
                   .
                
              
            
             
               For
               an
               Unguent
               or
               Plaister
               ,
               is
               best
               to
               bee
               applyed
               ,
               when
               the
               Moone
               is
               in
               the
               imaginary
               Sig●e
               attributed
               to
               the
               members
               whereunto
               it
               is
               applyed
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Nine
               Tastse
               .
            
             
               SAlt
               ,
               Sharpe
               ,
               and
               Bitter
               ,
               Sower
               ,
               Savory
               ,
               and
               Eager
               ,
               Sweet
               ,
               Walloweth
               ,
               and
               Fatty-Three
               of
               them
               bee
               of
               Heat
               ,
               three
               of
               Cold
               ,
               and
               the
               last
               three
               be
               of
               temperature
               .
               A
               cut
               chafeth
               ,
               heateth
               ,
               and
               fleyeth
               :
               Temperature
               delighteth
               ,
               Lycorise
               ,
               Annis
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               Wormewood
               ,
               and
               Suger
               :
               these
               bee
               Examples
               :
               a
               cut
               raweth
               ,
               heateth
               ,
               and
               fleyeth
               ,
               and
               Nature
               there
               against
               ripeth
               ,
               and
               twineth
               ,
               and
               putteth
               out
               :
               make
               your
               Medicine
               such
               ,
               that
               for
               one
               putting
               out
               ,
               double
               twining
               ,
               and
               foure
               riping
               .
            
             
               Melancholy
               is
               dry
               and
               cold
               ,
               sower
               and
               
               earthly
               coloured
               ,
               his
               Urine
               is
               thinne
               and
               discoloured
               ,
               his
               Pulse
               is
               straight
               ,
               and
               short
               in
               digestion
               ,
               and
               a
               full
               stomacke
               ,
               loathsomenesse
               ,
               and
               sower
               belching
               ,
               a
               swelling
               wombe
               ,
               and
               sides
               ,
               heavie
               ,
               dead
               ,
               and
               sluggish
               limbes
               ,
               and
               melancholious
               Urine
               commeth
               of
               a
               young
               wench
               that
               faileth
               in
               her
               flowers
               ,
               or
               have
               them
               not
               as
               shee
               ought
               to
               have
               .
            
             
               Fleame
               ,
               cold
               and
               moyst
               ,
               white
               ,
               and
               weake
               in
               colours
               ,
               his
               Urine
               is
               discoloured
               and
               thicke
               ,
               his
               Pulse
               is
               short
               and
               broad
               ;
               raw
               stomacke
               ;
               and
               full
               ,
               loathsome
               ,
               and
               unlusty
               ,
               watry
               mouth
               ,
               much
               spitting
               ,
               heavy
               head
               ,
               sluggie
               ,
               and
               slumbry
               ,
               with
               cold
               hands
               and
               feete
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               in
               the
               Night
               .
            
             
               Sanguine
               is
               moyst
               ,
               and
               hot
               ,
               sweet
               ,
               and
               ruddy
               coloured
               ,
               alway
               his
               Body
               is
               full
               of
               heate
               ,
               namely
               in
               the
               Veynes
               ,
               and
               they
               bee
               swelling
               ,
               and
               of
               face
               he
               is
               ruddy
               ,
               and
               in
               sleepe
               hee
               seemeth
               fiery
               :
               Medicine
               for
               him
               is
               bloud
               let
               upon
               the
               Currall
               or
               Liver
               Veyne
               ,
               and
               simple
               dyet
               ,
               as
               Tyson
               ,
               Water
               Grewell
               ,
               and
               sower
               bread
               .
            
             
               Choller
               is
               hot
               ,
               and
               dry
               ,
               yellow
               ,
               greene
               and
               bitter
               ,
               Urine
               is
               discoloured
               ,
               and
               thinne
               ,
               his
               Pulse
               is
               long
               and
               straight
               ,
               much
               watch
               ,
               heavy
               head
               ache
               ,
               and
               thirst
               ,
               bitter
               mouth
               ,
               and
               dry
               ,
               singing
               cares
               ,
               and
               much
               gnawing
               in
               the
               
               Wombe
               ,
               and
               other
               while
               costiffenesse
               ,
               and
               burned
               Sege
               ,
               and
               vomit
               ,
               both
               yellow
               and
               greene
               ,
               as
               is
               that
               colour
               .
            
             
               Each
               Humour
               may
               cause
               a
               Fever
               or
               an
               Impostume
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               Urine
               is
               more
               coloured
               ,
               and
               the
               liquour
               thinner
               :
               and
               ever
               as
               that
               sicknesse
               defieth
               ,
               the
               Urine
               waxeth
               thicker
               ,
               and
               the
               colour
               lower
               ,
               till
               it
               come
               to
               Cytrin
               or
               subrufe
               .
            
             
               Melancholy
               causeth
               a
               Quartaine
               ,
               and
               Fleame
               a
               Quotidian
               .
               Sinec
               and
               Causon
               have
               ever
               Continues
               ,
               the
               other
               three
               may
               be
               so
               ,
               and
               otherwhile
               Interpolate
               ,
               continue
               ever
               holdeth
               on
               ,
               and
               Interpolate
               resteth
               otherwhile
               ;
               continue
               is
               with
               the
               Veynes
               ,
               and
               Interpolate
               is
               without
               the
               Veynes
               ,
               both
               two
               wayes
               may
               bee
               simple
               and
               also
               compound
               ,
               simple
               of
               one
               matter
               ,
               and
               one
               place
               ,
               or
               compound
               of
               divers
               places
               .
            
             
               The
               Tertians
               of
               these
               Fevers
               be
               such
               ,
               as
               the
               same
               humors
               be
               of
               ,
               and
               also
               Urine
               and
               Pulse
               :
               All
               saving
               they
               bee
               stronger
               in
               Fevers
               and
               Impostumes
               then
               they
               be
               without
               ,
               and
               therefore
               their
               Medicine
               must
               bee
               more
               discreet
               ,
               but
               generally
               Dyet
               thus
               :
               Sowre
               bread
               ,
               and
               Water-grewell
               ,
               and
               Tyson
               ,
               and
               fleyed
               Fish
               and
               Wine
               ,
               and
               Almond
               milke
               ,
               and
               all
               white
               meate
               saving
               whay
               ,
               generall
               digestive
               in
               
               Summer
               ,
               and
               in
               hot
               time
               ,
               as
               in
               Oxizacia
               ;
               and
               generall
               digestive
               in
               Winter
               and
               all
               cold
               time
               ,
               as
               Oxcineil●
               :
               And
               generall
               expulsive
               is
               ,
               
                 d●
                 s●cca
                 r●sarum
              
               ,
               a
               cut
               with
               Turbit
               ,
               and
               Scamony
               ,
               ana
               .
               Scruple
               two
               ,
               and
               generall
               dormitary
               is
               insquiamany
               ,
               and
               double
               medled
               with
               Populions
               ,
               and
               foment
               him
               with
               
                 Roses
                 ,
                 ●●a
              
               ,
               double
               Sugar
               flaketh
               thir●●
               .
            
          
           
             
               Signes
               of
               Sicknesse
               by
               Eg●stion
               .
            
             
               IF
               the
               meat
               come
               from
               a
               man
               in
               manner
               as
               hee
               did
               eate
               it
               ,
               the
               Stomack
               is
               weake
               ,
               and
               the
               Bowels
               be
               lubricated
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evill
               signe
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               looke
               like
               Earth
               ,
               it
               is
               ●
               s●gne
               of
               death
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               doe
               not
               stinke
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evill
               signe
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               doe
               looke
               like
               lead
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evill
               signe
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               bee
               blacke
               as
               Inke
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evill
               signe
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               bee
               blacke
               ,
               and
               looke
               like
               Sheepes
               trickles
               ,
               there
               is
               abundance
               of
               adu●●
               Choller
               ,
               and
               paine
               in
               the
               Spleene
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               be
               yellow
               ,
               and
               no
               Saffron
               eaten
               before
               ,
               the
               body
               is
               r●pleat
               with
               Choller
               and
               Cytren
               water
               .
            
             
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               have
               straines
               of
               bloud
               ,
               there
               is
               impediment
               in
               the
               Liver
               and
               the
               Bowels
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               bee
               bloudish
               ,
               there
               is
               ulceration
               in
               the
               Guts
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Egestion
               looke
               like
               shaving
               of
               Guts
               ,
               beware
               then
               of
               an
               extreame
               Fluxe
               and
               debility
               of
               the
               Body
               .
            
             
               If
               a
               man
               be
               too
               Laxative
               it
               is
               not
               good
               ,
               for
               in
               such
               persons
               can
               be
               no
               strength
               but
               much
               weaknesse
               .
            
             
               If
               a
               man
               be
               costive
               and
               cannot
               have
               a
               naturall
               egestion
               once
               a
               day
               ,
               he
               cannot
               be
               long
               without
               Sicknesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               Signes
               of
               Life
               or
               Death
               by
               the
               Pulses
               .
            
             
               Spigm●s
               is
               named
               the
               Pulses
               ,
               and
               there
               be
               twelue
               Pulses
               the
               which
               doe
               take
               their
               Originall
               at
               the
               Vitall
               spirits
               :
               Three
               of
               which
               belong
               to
               the
               Heart
               ,
               the
               one
               is
               under
               the
               left
               Pap
               ,
               the
               other
               two
               doe
               lye
               in
               the
               Wrists
               of
               the
               armes
               directly
               against
               the
               Thumbs
               .
            
             
               The
               Braine
               hath
               respect
               to
               seaven
               Pulses
               ,
               foure
               be
               principall
               ;
               and
               three
               be
               Minors
               ,
               the
               foure
               principall
               are
               thus
               scituate
               ;
               in
               the
               Temples
               two
               ,
               and
               one
               going
               under
               the
               Bone
               called
               the
               right
               Furkcle
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               doth
               lye
               in
               the
               corner
               of
               the
               right
               side
               of
               the
               Nose
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               
               three
               Minor
               Pulses
               in
               the
               corner
               of
               the
               left
               side
               of
               the
               Nose
               :
               And
               the
               other
               two
               lye
               upon
               the
               Mandibles
               of
               the
               two
               Jawes
               ,
               the
               Liver
               hath
               respect
               to
               the
               two
               Pulses
               which
               lye
               upon
               the
               Feet
               .
            
             
               By
               these
               Pulses
               ,
               expert
               Physitians
               and
               Chyrurgions
               by
               their
               knocking
               and
               clapping
               ,
               doe
               judge
               what
               principall
               member
               is
               diseased
               or
               whether
               the
               Patient
               be
               in
               danger
               .
            
             
               If
               any
               of
               the
               principall
               Pulses
               doe
               beate
               truely
               ,
               keeping
               an
               equall
               course
               as
               the
               minute
               of
               a
               clocke
               ,
               then
               there
               is
               no
               perill
               in
               the
               Patient
               ,
               so
               be
               it
               they
               keepe
               a
               true
               course
               ;
               or
               pulse
               without
               any
               pause
               or
               stopping
               ;
               which
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               if
               the
               Pulse
               give
               five
               knockes
               and
               cease
               at
               the
               sixth
               knocke
               :
               or
               else
               seven
               and
               pause
               at
               eight
               ,
               or
               else
               knocke
               tenne
               and
               lea●e
               over
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               and
               begin
               at
               the
               twelfth
               ,
               the
               Patient
               is
               in
               perill
               ,
               else
               not
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               not
               in
               the
               agility
               ,
               as
               too
               swift
               or
               tardie
               beating
               of
               the
               Pulse
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               pausing
               of
               the
               same
               contrary
               to
               its
               course
               ,
               that
               the
               Patient
               is
               in
               perill
               .
            
             
               In
               such
               causes
               let
               the
               Physitian
               be
               circumspect
               ,
               and
               carefull
               ,
               for
               Sincopies
               in
               the
               Patient
               ,
               let
               him
               sit
               upright
               in
               his
               Bed
               with
               Pillowes
               ,
               and
               let
               one
               sit
               at
               his
               backe
               to
               give
               him
               drinke
               ,
               and
               let
               the
               Patient
               smell
               to
               Amber
               greece
               or
               Rosewater
               and
               Vin●ger
               ,
               or
               else
               rub
               the
               Pulse
               with
               
                 Aqua
                 Vitae
              
               .
            
             
             
               Also
               ,
               when
               you
               touch
               the
               Pulse
               ,
               marke
               under
               which
               finger
               it
               strikes
               most
               strongest
               ,
               as
               thus
               ;
               If
               the
               Pulse
               under
               the
               little
               finger
               ,
               be
               feeble
               and
               weake
               ,
               and
               under
               the
               rest
               more
               weake
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               token
               of
               Death
               :
               But
               contrariwise
               ,
               if
               under
               the
               little
               finger
               strong
               ,
               and
               under
               every
               finger
               stronger
               it
               is
               a
               good
               signe
               .
            
             
               And
               if
               you
               feele
               the
               Pulse
               under
               the
               fore-finger
               strike
               untill
               the
               eleventh
               stroke
               and
               it
               faile
               in
               it
               ,
               is
               a
               good
               signe
               ,
               but
               if
               he
               beate
               swift
               and
               unorderly
               ,
               an
               evill
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Of
             the
             foure
             Humours
             .
          
           
             
               1.
               
               Signes
               of
               Sicknesse
               by
               Blood.
               
            
             
               SLownesse
               ,
               Idlenesse
               ,
               Dulnesse
               ,
               yawning
               or
               gaping
               ,
               stretching
               forth
               the
               armes
               ,
               no
               delight
               or
               pleasure
               ,
               sweet
               spittle
               mingled
               with
               bitternesse
               ,
               much
               heavie
               sleepe
               with
               dreames
               of
               red
               colour
               ,
               or
               bearing
               of
               burthens
               great
               and
               heavie
               ,
               perturbation
               of
               the
               sences
               ,
               red
               face
               with
               much
               sweat
               ,
               little
               or
               no
               appetite
               to
               meat
               with
               red
               grosse
               stinking
               Urine
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               Signes
               are
               knowne
               ,
               stinking
               Feavers
               ,
               Pestilence
               ,
               Squinancie
               ,
               and
               Bloody-fluxe
               .
            
             
             
               For
               Remedy
               ,
               if
               the
               Blood
               be
               distempered
               ,
               helpe
               it
               with
               things
               cold
               and
               dry
               ;
               for
               blood
               is
               moist
               ,
               hot
               ,
               and
               sweet
               .
            
          
           
             
               2.
               
               Signes
               of
               Melancholy
               sicknesses
               .
            
             
               PAle
               colour
               in
               the
               Face
               ,
               sowrenesse
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               belching
               wind
               ,
               little
               sleepe
               ,
               that
               horrible
               ,
               and
               infernall
               dreames
               ,
               much
               thought
               ,
               pensivenesse
               and
               care
               ,
               a
               desperate
               mind
               ,
               more
               leaner
               then
               before
               in
               the
               body
               ,
               straitnesse
               in
               the
               stomack
               ▪
               Elvishnesse
               in
               countenance
               ,
               snappish
               in
               words
               ;
               starting
               ,
               coldnesse
               ,
               and
               fearefull
               ,
               white
               and
               thin
               Urine
               .
            
             
               These
               signes
               testifie
               ▪
               Quartaine
               ,
               Morphew
               ,
               Lepre
               ,
               Canker
               ,
               Madnesse
               ,
               and
               hardnesse
               of
               the
               Spleene
               .
            
             
               For
               Remedy
               ,
               if
               it
               bee
               of
               red
               Choller
               ,
               give
               things
               cold
               ,
               moist
               and
               sweet
               ;
               for
               red
               choller
               is
               bitter
               and
               fiery
               .
            
          
           
             
               3.
               
               Signes
               of
               Cholerick
               diseases
               .
            
             
               YEllow
               colour
               in
               the
               Skin
               ,
               bitterness
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               pricking
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               stomacke
               ,
               supernaturall
               heat
               ,
               loathsomnesse
               to
               meat
               ,
               lamentation
               or
               great
               griefe
               of
               mind
               .
               Drinesse
               ,
               coveting
               drinke
               of
               divers
               kinds
               ,
               Vomits
               
               of
               yellow
               and
               greene
               ,
               small
               or
               no
               sleepe
               ,
               but
               fearefull
               and
               fiery
               dreames
               of
               strife
               .
            
             
               These
               bee
               signes
               of
               the
               Jaundies
               ,
               Tertians
               ,
               Plurisies
               ,
               Madnesse
               ,
               and
               Collicks
               .
            
             
               For
               Remedy
               ,
               if
               it
               bee
               of
               blacke
               Choller
               ,
               or
               Melancholy
               ,
               give
               things
               hot
               and
               moyst
               ,
               and
               sweet
               ;
               for
               adust
               choller
               is
               sharpe
               and
               cold
               .
            
          
           
             
               4.
               
               Signes
               of
               Flegmatick
               diseases
               .
            
             
               SLuggishnesse
               and
               dulness
               of
               Memory
               ,
               forgetfulnesse
               ,
               much
               spitting
               ,
               〈…〉
               ,
               paines
               in
               the
               Head
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               hinder
               part
               ,
               swelling
               in
               the
               Face
               and
               cheeks
               ,
               evill
               digestion
               ▪
               white
               Dropsie-like
               in
               colour
               ,
               patience
               with
               doltishnesse
               ,
               lacking
               lively
               quickne●se
               ,
               dreaming
               of
               going
               naked
               ,
               drowning
               ,
               or
               of
               Snow
               .
            
             
               The
               diseases
               ,
               Quotidians
               ,
               Dropsies
               ,
               Palsey
               ,
               and
               the
               Falling
               sicknesse
               .
            
             
               For
               Remedy
               ,
               if
               the
               Disease
               be
               of
               salt
               Flegme
               give
               things
               sweet
               ,
               hot
               and
               dry
               ,
               thus
               saith
               Soramis
               .
               And
               thus
               much
               for
               Remedies
               against
               the
               distemperance
               of
               each
               humour
               .
            
             
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               where
               there
               is
               abundance
               of
               cold
               Flegme
               not
               mixt
               with
               Choller
               ,
               there
               things
               very
               sharpe
               and
               hot
               bee
               most
               convenient
               ;
               as
               tart
               Vineger
               with
               hot
               Roses
               and
               seeds
               ,
               
               or
               Wines
               ,
               strong
               and
               rough
               Honey
               ,
               being
               boyled
               in
               the
               one
               and
               in
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               Or
               where
               Choller
               is
               mixt
               with
               Flegme
               ,
               sirrop
               made
               with
               Vineger
               and
               Suger
               ,
               boyled
               sometimes
               with
               Seeds
               ,
               Herbes
               ,
               and
               Rootes
               ,
               which
               may
               dissolve
               Flegme
               and
               digest
               it
               is
               very
               good
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Certaine
             Observations
             for
             Women
             .
          
           
             WHen
             Womens
             brests
             diminish
             being
             with
             Child
             ,
             is
             a
             token
             the
             child
             is
             dead
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             woman
             with
             Child
             bee
             sodainly
             taken
             with
             any
             grievous
             sicknesse
             ,
             her
             life
             is
             in
             great
             danger
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             woman
             with
             Child
             be
             let
             Blood
             ,
             it
             killeth
             the
             child
             ,
             the
             nearer
             the
             birth
             the
             greater
             is
             the
             danger
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             perilous
             for
             a
             Woman
             with
             Child
             to
             have
             a
             great
             Lax
             ,
             or
             loosenesse
             .
          
           
             A
             woman
             having
             a
             Convultion
             in
             temperate
             times
             of
             her
             termes
             ,
             is
             perilous
             .
          
           
             The
             C●alx
             of
             Egge-shels
             ministred
             in
             broth
             asswageth
             the
             paine
             and
             griping
             in
             a
             woman
             ,
             after
             her
             deliverance
             of
             child
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           OF
           URINES
           .
           A
           briefe
           Treatise
           of
           Urines
           ,
           aswell
           of
           Mans
           urine
           as
           of
           Womans
           ,
           to
           judge
           by
           the
           Colour
           which
           betokeneth
           Health
           ,
           and
           which
           betokeneth
           Weaknesse
           ,
           and
           also
           Death
           .
           PART
           .
           III.
           
        
         
           
             Of
             Bubbles
             resident
             in
             Vrine
             .
          
           
             IT
             is
             shewed
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             fore-parts
             of
             the
             Body
             dwelleth
             Sicknesse
             and
             Health
             :
             That
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             in
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             in
             what
             manner
             thou
             maist
             know
             their
             properties
             and
             thereof
             mayest
             learne
             to
             judge
             the
             better
             .
          
           
             When
             Bubbles
             doe
             swim
             on
             the
             top
             of
             Urine
             ,
             they
             proceed
             of
             windy
             matter
             included
             in
             viscous
             humidity
             ,
             and
             signifie
             rawnesse
             and
             indigestion
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             Belly
             ,
             Sides
             ,
             Reynes
             ,
             and
             parts
             thereabouts
             ,
             for
             in
             these
             especially
             ,
             
             hu●ours
             are
             multiplied
             and
             doe
             ascend
             to
             make
             paine
             ▪
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             Re●ident
             Bubbles
             doth
             signifie
             ventositie
             in
             the
             Body
             ,
             or
             else
             a
             Sicknesse
             that
             hath
             continued
             long
             and
             will
             continue
             ,
             unlesse
             remedy
             be
             found
             ;
             but
             Bubbles
             not
             Resident
             but
             doth
             breake
             quickly
             ,
             signifieth
             Debility
             or
             Weaknesse
             .
          
           
             Bubbles
             cleaving
             to
             the
             Urinall
             ,
             signifieth
             the
             body
             to
             be
             repleat
             with
             evill
             humours
             .
          
           
             Bubbles
             doth
             also
             signifie
             the
             Stone
             in
             the
             Reynes
             of
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             A
             Circle
             which
             is
             greene
             of
             colour
             of
             Urine
             ,
             doth
             signifie
             wavering
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             burning
             in
             the
             stomacke
             .
             This
             colour
             in
             a
             Feaver
             doth
             signifie
             paine
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             comming
             of
             Choller
             .
             And
             if
             it
             continue
             it
             will
             cause
             an
             Impostume
             ,
             the
             which
             will
             ingender
             the
             Frenzi●
             .
          
           
             A
             blacke
             circle
             in
             Urine
             ,
             signifieth
             Mortification
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             filthy
             matter
             doe
             appeare
             in
             the
             Urine
             ,
             it
             commeth
             from
             the
             Lungs
             and
             sometimes
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             it
             may
             come
             from
             breaking
             of
             some
             Impostume
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             most
             part
             it
             commeth
             from
             the
             Vlcers
             of
             the
             Bladder
             or
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             or
             from
             the
             passages
             of
             the
             Urine
             ,
             then
             the
             urine
             is
             troubled
             in
             the
             bottome
             
             and
             stinketh
             ,
             he
             hath
             a
             paine
             in
             his
             lower
             parts
             and
             especially
             in
             the
             parts
             aforesaid
             ,
             when
             he
             maketh
             water
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             yard
             ,
             and
             commonly
             there
             is
             with
             this
             the
             Strangurie
             which
             is
             hardly
             to
             be
             cured
             ,
             unlesse
             it
             be
             in
             the
             beginning
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             come
             from
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             there
             is
             paine
             in
             the
             Loynes
             ,
             the
             Backe
             and
             the
             Flanke
             .
          
           
             If
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             the
             paine
             is
             onely
             in
             the
             right
             side
             .
          
           
             If
             in
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             the
             paine
             is
             from
             the
             Brest
             with
             a
             cough
             and
             the
             breath
             stinketh
             .
          
           
             If
             from
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             the
             paine
             is
             about
             the
             share
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             mans
             urine
             be
             white
             at
             morning
             ,
             and
             red
             before
             meate
             ,
             and
             white
             after
             meate
             ,
             he
             is
             whole
             :
             and
             if
             it
             be
             fat
             and
             thicke
             it
             is
             not
             good
             .
             And
             if
             the
             Vrine
             be
             meanly
             thicke
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             good
             to
             like
             :
             and
             if
             it
             be
             thicke
             as
             spice
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             Head
             ache
             .
          
           
             Vrine
             that
             is
             two
             dayes
             red
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             tenth
             day
             white
             ,
             betokeneth
             very
             good
             health
             .
          
           
             Vrine
             that
             is
             fat
             ,
             white
             ,
             and
             moyst
             ,
             betokeneth
             the
             Fever
             Quartaine
             .
          
           
             Vrine
             that
             is
             bloody
             ,
             betokeneth
             that
             the
             Bladder
             is
             hurt
             by
             some
             rotting
             that
             is
             within
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             Vrine
             all
             Fleshie
             ,
             betokeneth
             wasting
             of
             the
             Reynes
             :
             and
             who
             pisseth
             Bloud
             
             without
             sicknesse
             ,
             he
             hath
             some
             Veyne
             broken
             in
             his
             Reynes
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             is
             ponderous
             ,
             betokeneth
             that
             the
             bladder
             is
             hurt
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             is
             bloody
             in
             sicknesse
             ,
             betokeneth
             great
             evill
             in
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             namely
             in
             the
             bladder
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             falleth
             by
             drops
             ,
             above
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             great
             boules
             ,
             betokeneth
             great
             sicknesse
             and
             long
             .
          
           
             If
             white
             gravell
             doth
             issue
             forth
             with
             Vrine
             ,
             it
             doth
             signifie
             that
             the
             Patient
             hath
             or
             shall
             have
             the
             Stone
             ingendred
             in
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             paine
             about
             those
             parts
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             gravell
             be
             red
             ,
             the
             Stone
             is
             ingendred
             in
             the
             Reynes
             of
             the
             Backe
             and
             Kidneyes
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             great
             paine
             in
             the
             small
             of
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             gravell
             be
             blacke
             ,
             it
             is
             ingendred
             of
             a
             Melancholly
             humour
             .
          
           
             Note
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             gravell
             goe
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             Patient
             find
             no
             ease
             ,
             it
             sheweth
             that
             the
             Stone
             is
             confirmed
             .
             Also
             know
             yee
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             gravell
             goe
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             paine
             goe
             away
             likewise
             ,
             it
             signifieth
             that
             the
             Stone
             is
             broken
             and
             voydeth
             away
             .
          
           
             Womens
             Vrine
             that
             is
             cleare
             and
             shyning
             in
             the
             Vrinall
             like
             silver
             ,
             if
             shee
             cast
             oft
             ,
             and
             if
             she
             have
             no
             talent
             to
             meate
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             she
             is
             with
             Child
             .
          
           
           
             Womens
             Urine
             that
             is
             strong
             and
             white
             and
             also
             stinking
             ,
             betokeneth
             sicknesse
             in
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             in
             her
             secret
             receipts
             ,
             and
             her
             chambers
             is
             full
             of
             evill
             humours
             ,
             and
             sicknesse
             of
             her selfe
             .
          
           
             Womens
             Vrine
             that
             is
             bloody
             and
             cleere
             as
             water
             underneath
             ,
             betokeneth
             Head-ache
             .
          
           
             Womens
             urine
             that
             is
             like
             to
             Gold
             ,
             cleere
             and
             mighty
             ,
             betokeneth
             that
             she
             hath
             lust
             to
             man.
             
          
           
             Womens
             urine
             that
             hath
             colour
             of
             stable
             cleansing
             ,
             betokeneth
             her
             to
             have
             the
             Fever
             Quartaine
             ,
             and
             shee
             to
             be
             in
             danger
             of
             death
             .
          
           
             Womens
             urine
             that
             appeareth
             as
             colour
             of
             Lead
             ,
             if
             shee
             bee
             with
             Child
             ,
             betokeneth
             that
             it
             is
             dead
             within
             her
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             know
             a
             Mans
             urine
             from
             a
             Womans
             ,
             and
             a
             womans
             or
             mans
             from
             a
             Beast
             urine
             .
          
           
             First
             a
             Mans
             water
             the
             nearer
             you
             hold
             it
             to
             the
             eye
             the
             thicker
             it
             doth
             shew
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             hold
             it
             further
             off
             the
             thinner
             it
             doth
             appeare
             ;
             but
             in
             beasts
             Urines
             it
             is
             not
             so
             ;
             for
             the
             nearer
             you
             hold
             it
             to
             the
             sight
             the
             thinner
             it
             is
             ,
             and
             the
             further
             the
             sight
             the
             thicker
             ,
             also
             beast
             water
             is
             more
             salter
             and
             of
             a
             stronger
             savour
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             more
             simple
             Complection
             ,
             and
             smelleth
             more
             raw
             ,
             then
             the
             urine
             of
             a
             man
             ;
             also
             mixe
             the
             water
             of
             a
             Beast
             with
             wine
             and
             they
             will
             part
             a
             sunder
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Hereafter
             followeth
             all
             the
             Vrines
             that
             betokeneth
             Death
             ,
             as
             well
             the
             Vrine
             of
             Man
             as
             of
             Woman
             .
          
           
             IN
             a
             hot
             Axes
             ,
             one
             part
             red
             ,
             another
             blacke
             another
             greene
             ,
             another
             blew
             ,
             betokeneth
             ,
             Death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             in
             hot
             axes
             ,
             blacke
             ,
             and
             little
             in
             quantity
             ,
             betokeneth
             Death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             coloured
             all
             over
             a●
             Leade
             ,
             betokeneth
             the
             prolonging
             of
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             shineth
             raw
             and
             right
             bright
             ,
             if
             the
             Skin
             in
             the
             bottome
             shine
             not
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             in
             substance
             having
             fleeting
             above
             as
             it
             were
             a
             darke
             Sky
             ,
             signifieth
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             darkly
             shyning
             ,
             and
             darke
             with
             a
             blacke
             Skin
             within
             ,
             betokeneth
             a
             prolonging
             of
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             is
             the
             colour
             of
             water
             ,
             if
             it
             have
             a
             darke
             Sky
             in
             an
             Axes
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             that
             hath
             dregges
             in
             the
             bottome
             medled
             with
             blood
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             death
             .
          
           
             Urine
             blacke
             and
             thicke
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             sicke
             loath
             when
             he
             goeth
             to
             the
             stoole
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             speaketh
             overthwart
             ,
             or
             that
             he
             understandeth
             not
             aright
             ,
             and
             these
             sicknesses
             goeth
             not
             from
             him
             ,
             it
             betokeneth
             death
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Of
           VVounds
           ▪
           PART
           .
           IV.
           
        
         
           
             A
             Definition
             of
             Wounds
             by
             their
             causes
             .
          
           
             A
             Wound
             is
             a
             solution
             ,
             seperation
             and
             recent
             breach
             of
             unity
             ,
             of
             that
             that
             before
             was
             a
             continuity
             with
             out
             putrified
             matter
             ,
             which
             corruption
             giveth
             the
             name
             of
             an
             Ulcer
             to
             the
             solution
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             a
             Wound
             .
          
           
             The
             causes
             of
             Wounds
             are
             duall
             ,
             viz.
             First
             by
             the
             violence
             of
             bodies
             without
             life
             ,
             as
             we
             simply
             call
             an
             Incised
             wound
             ,
             as
             when
             it
             is
             caused
             by
             edged
             Instruments
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             we
             call
             it
             a
             Stab
             or
             puncture
             ,
             caused
             by
             theforce
             of
             Daggers
             and
             the
             like
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             we
             call
             those
             Contused
             wounds
             ,
             caused
             by
             violent
             use
             of
             the
             object
             ,
             being
             some
             weighty
             thing
             (
             cast
             as
             a
             Stone
             ,
             or
             stroake
             with
             a
             Staffe
             ,
             or
             their
             similies
             )
             against
             the
             subject
             receiving
             their
             forces
             ,
             differing
             in
             their
             appellations
             by
             the
             diversity
             of
             their
             causes
             .
          
           
           
             Or
             secondly
             ,
             wounds
             are
             caused
             by
             living
             things
             ,
             as
             a
             wound
             that
             is
             of
             Biting
             ,
             scratching
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             and
             for
             these
             causes
             they
             differ
             in
             their
             appellatious
             .
          
           
             Also
             the
             differencie
             of
             Wounds
             ,
             are
             taken
             eyther
             from
             their
             causes
             by
             which
             they
             are
             inflicted
             ,
             or
             from
             their
             accidents
             ,
             viz.
             the
             indication
             of
             the
             place
             wherein
             they
             are
             scituated
             .
             Also
             ,
             the
             place
             maketh
             difference
             thus
             :
             eyther
             they
             happen
             in
             the
             similar
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             Flesh
             ,
             Artery
             ,
             Veyne
             ,
             &c.
             or
             in
             the
             organicall
             or
             instrumentall
             parts
             ,
             as
             some
             intire
             and
             whole
             bulke
             ,
             truncke
             ,
             or
             fully
             compleat
             member
             ,
             or
             limbe
             ,
             viz.
             The
             Head
             ,
             Necke
             ,
             Brest
             ,
             Belly
             ,
             &c.
             
             Wounds
             of
             the
             Head
             grow
             more
             particular
             ,
             because
             that
             parts
             belonging
             thereto
             be
             of
             more
             note
             ;
             as
             the
             Face
             ,
             Nose
             ,
             Lippes
             ,
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             Eares
             :
             wounds
             of
             the
             limbes
             ,
             arc
             of
             the
             Shoulders
             ,
             Armes
             ,
             Thighes
             ,
             and
             Legs
             .
             Of
             the
             similar
             parts
             also
             ,
             some
             are
             Sanguine
             ,
             as
             the
             flesh
             ,
             whose
             wounds
             are
             eyther
             simple
             ,
             deepe
             ,
             hollow
             ,
             plaine
             ,
             or
             proud
             with
             flesh
             .
             The
             Spermaticke
             likewise
             ,
             are
             eyther
             hard
             or
             soft
             ;
             the
             soft
             parts
             ,
             as
             the
             Veynes
             ,
             Arteries
             ,
             and
             Sinewes
             ,
             being
             wounded
             ,
             we
             call
             them
             wounds
             of
             the
             hurt
             part
             ;
             the
             hard
             are
             the
             Bones
             ,
             a
             breach
             of
             which
             ,
             we
             call
             a
             wound
             in
             the
             Bone.
             
          
           
           
             So
             Wounds
             derive
             their
             Nominations
             from
             the
             cause
             ,
             place
             and
             simisitudes
             thereof
             .
          
           
             
               What
               Wounds
               are
               .
            
             
               WOunds
               are
               these
               ,
               Which
               in
               Latine
               are
               called
               Vulnus
               ,
               of
               the
               vulgar
               Vulner
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               of
               two
               kinds
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               Simple
               and
               Compound
               :
               the
               simple
               are
               those
               ,
               that
               are
               onely
               in
               the
               Flesh
               :
               the
               compound
               are
               those
               ,
               where
               are
               cut
               Sinewes
               ,
               Veynes
               ,
               Muscles
               ,
               and
               Bones
               ,
               and
               these
               are
               of
               divers
               and
               sundry
               kinds
               ,
               and
               the
               difference
               that
               is
               among
               them
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               variety
               of
               the
               place
               where
               they
               are
               wounded
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               weapon
               wherewith
               they
               were
               hurt
               .
               For
               some
               goe
               right
               ,
               some
               overthwart
               ,
               that
               offend
               divers
               places
               of
               the
               body
               :
               The
               simple
               are
               of
               small
               importance
               ,
               if
               they
               keepe
               them
               cleane
               and
               close
               shut
               Nature
               will
               heale
               ,
               them
               ,
               without
               any
               kind
               of
               medecine
               :
               but
               those
               where
               veynes
               are
               cut
               ,
               had
               neede
               of
               some
               Art
               or
               Practise
               ,
               with
               the
               which
               they
               must
               stop
               the
               blood
               ,
               and
               in
               any
               wise
               not
               to
               suffer
               the
               wound
               to
               remaine
               open
               but
               to
               sow
               it
               up
               very
               close
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               veyne
               may
               heale
               ,
               and
               those
               where
               sinewes
               are
               hurt
               are
               of
               great
               importance
               ,
               and
               would
               be
               healed
               with
               great
               speed
               ,
               so
               the
               Sinewes
               
               may
               joyne
               with
               more
               ●ase
               .
               But
               those
               where
               bones
               are
               hurt
               ,
               are
               of
               great
               importance
               ,
               for
               if
               the
               Bone
               be
               seperated
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               of
               necessity
               it
               must
               be
               taken
               forth
               before
               the
               Wound
               be
               healed
               :
               So
               that
               by
               this
               meanes
               every
               one
               may
               know
               ,
               what
               Wounds
               are
               and
               their
               kinds
               .
            
          
           
             
               In
               the
               Curing
               of
               greene
               Wounds
               consists
               a
               five-fold
               scope
               or
               intention
               .
            
             
               THe
               first
               ,
               is
               to
               draw
               out
               that
               which
               is
               sent
               into
               the
               Body
               ,
               whether
               by
               Bullet
               ,
               Wood
               ,
               Bone
               ,
               or
               Stone
               ;
               or
               Arrowes
               ,
               Darts
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               ,
               is
               a
               Conjunction
               and
               united
               of
               parts
               divided
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               ,
               is
               a
               retaining
               of
               those
               parts
               united
               in
               their
               proper
               ▪
               seate
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               ,
               is
               a
               Conservation
               of
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               substance
               .
            
             
               The
               fifth
               ,
               is
               a
               Prohibition
               and
               mitigation
               of
               accidents
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               first
               intention
               ,
               it
               is
               performed
               eyther
               with
               fit
               and
               convenient
               Instruments
               ,
               or
               with
               attractive
               Medicines
               ,
               whereby
               things
               that
               are
               infixed
               are
               drawne
               out
               .
               Which
               Medicines
               are
               these
               .
            
             
             
               
                 
                   
                     Radix
                     Aristolochiae
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Ammoniacum
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Arundis
                     .
                  
                   
                     Saga
                     Poenum
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Anagallis
                     .
                  
                   
                     Dictamnum
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Thapsia
                     .
                  
                   
                     Ranae
                     combustae
                     ,
                     Or
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 Emplastrum
                 Avicennae
              
               ,
               so
               much
               commended
               by
               Guyd●
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               and
               third
               intention
               ,
               is
               performed
               by
               binding
               and
               Ligature
               ,
               if
               the
               Wound
               be
               simple
               and
               small
               ,
               and
               in
               a
               place
               where
               it
               may
               fitly
               be
               performed
               ,
               yea
               ,
               although
               it
               be
               large
               ,
               so
               it
               may
               be
               easily
               bound
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Muscles
               of
               the
               Arme
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ;
               but
               if
               it
               happen
               that
               Ligatute
               will
               not
               serve
               ,
               then
               must
               be
               added
               the
               helpe
               of
               the
               Needle
               ,
               being
               very
               carefull
               to
               handle
               the
               party
               gently
               ,
               and
               to
               place
               it
               in
               his
               due
               seate
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               intention
               ,
               is
               performed
               and
               accomplished
               ,
               by
               appointing
               of
               a
               fit
               and
               convenient
               Dyet
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               strength
               of
               the
               Patient
               ,
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               affect
               and
               disposition
               of
               the
               whole
               body
               :
               for
               a
               thin
               Dyet
               and
               cold
               ,
               doth
               very
               much
               availe
               in
               resisting
               of
               Symptoms
               ,
               we
               also
               adde
               Blood-letting
               and
               Purging
               of
               humors
               to
               avoide
               accidents
               ,
               also
               the
               part
               is
               to
               be
               contained
               in
               his
               due
               place
               ,
               and
               a
               Cataplasme
               framed
               with
               the
               whites
               of
               Egges
               ,
               and
               other
               cooling
               things
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               applyed
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               to
               be
               fomented
               with
               astringed
               Wine
               .
            
             
             
               The
               fifth
               intention
               ,
               is
               the
               correcting
               of
               accidents
               ,
               which
               is
               Flux
               of
               blood
               ,
               Dolour
               ,
               Tumor
               ,
               Paralysis
               ,
               Convulsion
               ,
               Fever
               ,
               Syncope
               ,
               Delerium
               ,
               and
               Itching
               .
            
             
               But
               this
               is
               to
               observed
               in
               the
               Fluxe
               of
               blood
               :
               whether
               it
               hath
               flowne
               sufficiently
               or
               no
               ;
               if
               otherwise
               the
               Fluxe
               is
               to
               be
               suffered
               ;
               for
               after
               a
               sufficient
               Fluxe
               ,
               the
               wound
               doth
               remaine
               dry
               ,
               and
               is
               so
               much
               the
               neerer
               cured
               and
               the
               lesse
               Symptomes
               follow
               ,
               as
               Phlegmon
               and
               such
               like
               :
               and
               if
               the
               wound
               bleed
               not
               sufficient
               ,
               we
               must
               open
               a
               veyne
               for
               revulsion
               ▪
               according
               to
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               affect
               ,
               and
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               wound
               :
               especially
               when
               through
               paine
               or
               other
               cause
               wee
               feare
               inflamation
               or
               a
               Feaver
               .
            
          
           
             
               How
               a
               sicke
               man
               should
               Dyet
               himselfe
               being
               Wounded
               .
            
             
               A
               Wounded
               man
               ,
               or
               a
               man
               sore
               beaten
               being
               sicke
               ,
               must
               be
               kept
               from
               Milke
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               Cheese
               ,
               Hearbes
               ,
               Fruites
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               (
               except
               fre●h-water
               Fish
               )
               Women
               ,
               Garlicke
               ,
               Onions
               ,
               Leekes
               ,
               Peason
               ,
               &c.
               
               Also
               divers
               sorts
               of
               meats
               must
               he
               not
               eate
               ,
               as
               fresh
               Beefe
               ,
               water
               Fowles
               ,
               Goose
               ,
               or
               Duck
               ,
               nor
               drinke
               too
               much
               strong
               Wine
               .
               But
               he
               may
               eate
               Porke
               ,
               Mutton
               ,
               Chicken
               ,
               Henne
               ,
               or
               Capon
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Of
             Wounds
             and
             their
             Cures
             happening
             in
             severall
             places
             of
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             
               And
               first
               ,
               of
               infirmities
               incident
               to
               Souldiers
               in
               a
               Campe.
               
            
             
               COmmonly
               ,
               there
               are
               three
               Infirmities
               that
               offend
               Souldiers
               in
               a
               Campe
               above
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               the
               which
               are
               these
               :
               Feavers
               ,
               Wounds
               ,
               and
               Fluxes
               of
               the
               body
               ▪
               the
               which
               thou
               mayst
               helpe
               in
               this
               order
               following
               with
               these
               Medicines
               .
               Quintessence
               of
               Wine
               ,
               
                 Balsamo
                 ,
                 Magno
                 Licore
                 ,
                 Quintessentia
                 ,
              
               and
               Spice
               Imperiall
               ;
               and
               as
               for
               the
               order
               to
               use
               them
               is
               thus
               .
               When
               any
               hath
               a
               Feaver
               or
               Flux
               ,
               then
               presently
               when
               the
               Disease
               beginneth
               ,
               let
               him
               Blood
               in
               one
               of
               the
               two
               veynes
               underneath
               the
               Tongue
               ,
               cutting
               it
               overthwart
               ,
               and
               this
               thou
               shalt
               doe
               in
               the
               Evening
               ,
               then
               the
               next
               morning
               ,
               take
               a
               Doze
               of
               your
               Imperiall
               powder
               mixt
               with
               Wine
               ,
               and
               this
               you
               may
               doe
               without
               any
               Dyet
               or
               strict
               order
               :
               that
               being
               done
               ,
               
               give
               him
               three
               mornings
               together
               ,
               halfe
               an
               ounce
               of
               our
               Quintessence
               solutive
               ,
               with
               Broath
               :
               but
               if
               it
               bee
               a
               Fluxe
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Patient
               is
               not
               cured
               ,
               let
               him
               stand
               in
               a
               cold
               Bath
               of
               Salt-water
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               three
               or
               foure
               houres
               or
               more
               ,
               and
               he
               shall
               be
               perfectly
               ho●pe
               .
            
             
               Then
               as
               concerning
               Wounds
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               Cuts
               as
               thrusts
               ,
               and
               as
               well
               Galling
               with
               Arrowes
               ,
               as
               Harquebush
               shot
               ,
               and
               other
               sorts
               ,
               thou
               shalt
               cure
               them
               thus
               .
               The
               first
               thing
               that
               thou
               shalt
               doe
               to
               them
               is
               to
               wash
               them
               very
               cleane
               with
               Wine
               ,
               and
               then
               dry
               them
               well
               ,
               then
               put
               thereinto
               Quintessence
               of
               Wine
               ,
               and
               presently
               joyne
               the
               parts
               together
               ,
               and
               sowe
               or
               stitch
               them
               close
               ,
               then
               put
               thereupon
               five
               or
               sixe
               drops
               of
               our
               Balsamo
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               wound
               lay
               a
               cloth
               wet
               in
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               as
               hote
               as
               yee
               may
               suffer
               it
               ,
               and
               this
               yee
               shall
               do
               the
               first
               day
               :
               then
               the
               next
               day
               follow
               this
               order
               .
               First
               ,
               put
               thereon
               our
               Quintessence
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               of
               our
               Balsamo
               ,
               and
               then
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               very
               hote
               ,
               and
               never
               change
               that
               medicine
               .
               And
               this
               done
               ,
               the
               wound
               shall
               be
               whole
               with
               great
               speed
               and
               in
               a
               quarter
               of
               the
               time
               that
               the
               common
               Chirurgions
               is
               able
               to
               doe
               it
               ,
               by
               the
               grace
               of
               God.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               A
               rare
               secret
               ,
               the
               which
               this
               Author
               did
               send
               to
               a
               very
               friend
               of
               his
               being
               in
               the
               Warres
               :
               the
               which
               helpeth
               all
               wounds
               eyther
               by
               Cut
               ,
               Thrust
               ,
               galling
               with
               Arrowes
               ,
               or
               Hargubush-shot
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               .
            
             
               THe
               first
               thing
               that
               yee
               shall
               doe
               ,
               is
               to
               wash
               the
               Wounds
               very
               cleane
               with
               Urine
               ,
               and
               then
               dry
               it
               very
               well
               :
               then
               put
               therein
               Quintessence
               of
               Wine
               ,
               and
               presently
               joyne
               the
               parts
               close
               together
               ,
               and
               stitch
               or
               sow
               them
               well
               ;
               but
               in
               any
               wise
               sowe
               nothing
               but
               the
               Skinne
               :
               for
               otherwise
               it
               will
               cause
               great
               paine
               :
               Then
               put
               thereon
               five
               or
               sixe
               drops
               of
               our
               Balsamo
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               Wound
               ▪
               lay
               a
               cloth
               wet
               in
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
                 ▪
              
               as
               hote
               as
               they
               can
               suffer
               it
               ,
               and
               this
               doe
               the
               first
               day
               .
            
             
               Then
               the
               next
               day
               follow
               this
               order
               .
            
             
               First
               ,
               put
               thereon
               our
               Quintessence
               ,
               and
               then
               a
               little
               of
               our
               Balsamo
               :
               and
               then
               annoint
               it
               very
               well
               with
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licor●
              
               ,
               as
               hot
               as
               it
               may
               be
               suffered
               :
               Never
               changing
               this
               Medicine
               untill
               it
               be
               whole
               .
               This
               is
               very
               certaine
               and
               approved
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               wounds
               in
               the
               Head
               ,
               with
               fracture
               of
               the
               Bone.
               
            
             
               VVOunds
               of
               the
               Head
               with
               fracture
               of
               the
               Bone
               ,
               of
               the
               common
               Physitians
               and
               Chirurgions
               ,
               are
               counted
               difficile
               to
               be
               healed
               ,
               because
               thereunto
               belongeth
               great
               Art
               or
               Cunning
               :
               For
               they
               open
               the
               Flesh
               ,
               and
               raise
               the
               Bone
               ,
               with
               many
               other
               things
               ,
               of
               which
               J
               count
               it
               superfluous
               to
               intreat
               of
               ,
               because
               that
               many
               be
               holpen
               without
               them
               .
               For
               alwayes
               when
               the
               Physitians
               or
               Chirurgions
               doe
               offend
               the
               Wound
               for
               alteration
               or
               corruption
               ▪
               Nature
               it selfe
               will
               worke
               very
               well
               ,
               and
               heale
               it
               without
               any
               ayde
               .
               But
               with
               our
               Medicines
               they
               may
               be
               holpen
               with
               much
               more
               speed
               ,
               because
               they
               let
               the
               alteration
               ,
               and
               defendeth
               them
               from
               Putrifaction
               ,
               and
               mittigateth
               the
               paine
               .
               And
               the
               order
               to
               Cure
               those
               kind
               of
               wounds
               are
               thus
               .
               The
               first
               thing
               that
               is
               to
               be
               done
               in
               those
               Wounds
               ,
               is
               to
               joyne
               the
               parts
               close
               together
               ,
               and
               dresse
               them
               upon
               the
               wound
               with
               our
               
                 Oleum
                 Benedictum
              
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               Oyle
               lay
               cloathes
               wet
               in
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               ,
               as
               hot
               as
               you
               can
               suffer
               it
               :
               And
               so
               with
               the
               Remedies
               thou
               shalt
               helpe
               them
               quickly
               :
               because
               our
               
                 Oleo
                 Benedicto
              
               
               taketh
               away
               the
               paine
               ,
               and
               keepeth
               it
               from
               putrifaction
               and
               resolveth
               .
               Our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               digesteth
               ,
               mundifieth
               ,
               and
               incarnateth
               and
               healeth
               .
               And
               therefore
               this
               is
               the
               best
               Medicine
               that
               can
               be
               used
               in
               these
               wounds
               .
               For
               hereof
               J
               have
               had
               an
               infinite
               of
               Experiences
               ,
               the
               which
               hath
               beene
               counted
               miracles
               :
               and
               therefore
               J
               have
               let
               the
               world
               to
               understand
               thereof
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               helpe
               themselves
               if
               need
               shall
               serve
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               Wounds
               in
               the
               Head
               ,
               where
               the
               Bone
               is
               not
               offended
               .
            
             
               VVOunds
               in
               the
               Head
               ,
               where
               the
               Bone
               is
               not
               hurt
               ,
               are
               not
               of
               such
               importance
               ,
               but
               are
               easily
               to
               be
               holpen
               :
               for
               you
               shall
               doe
               nothing
               ,
               but
               keepe
               it
               from
               putrifaction
               ,
               and
               defend
               it
               from
               inflamation
               ,
               which
               are
               easie
               to
               be
               done
               ,
               and
               so
               Nature
               will
               worke
               well
               with
               great
               speed
               .
               To
               keepe
               the
               wound
               from
               putrifaction
               ,
               you
               must
               annoynt
               it
               round
               about
               with
               our
               
                 Oleum
                 Philosophorum
                 ,
                 Deterebinthina
              
               ,
               and
               Sera
               .
               And
               to
               keepe
               it
               from
               inflamation
               ,
               you
               shall
               wash
               it
               with
               our
               Quintessence
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               wound
               dresse
               it
               with
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               ;
               thus
               doing
               ,
               thy
               cure
               shall
               prosper
               happily
               ,
               and
               shall
               not
               need
               to
               
               take
               away
               any
               blood
               ,
               nor
               yet
               to
               keepe
               any
               dyet
               ,
               no●
               yet
               to
               keepe
               the
               house
               ,
               but
               to
               goe
               where
               you
               thinke
               good
               ,
               without
               any
               perill
               or
               danger
               :
               and
               this
               order
               have
               J
               used
               a
               long
               time
               ,
               as
               divers
               of
               my
               friends
               can
               testifie
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               Concussions
               or
               Bruises
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               Head
               as
               any
               other
               place
               .
            
             
               COncussions
               or
               Bruises
               in
               the
               head
               or
               any
               other
               place
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               of
               the
               antient
               Physitians
               hath
               beene
               counted
               dangerous
               to
               heale
               ,
               for
               they
               say
               ,
               that
               Concussions
               must
               be
               brought
               to
               putrifaction
               ,
               and
               turned
               into
               matter
               ,
               which
               opinions
               J
               doe
               allow
               ,
               for
               by
               me
               those
               Concussions
               or
               bruises
               is
               very
               easie
               to
               bee
               dissolved
               without
               maturation
               :
               And
               that
               J
               doe
               with
               our
               
                 Oleo
                 Benedicto
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               ,
               as
               much
               of
               the
               one
               as
               of
               the
               other
               mixt
               together
               ,
               and
               made
               very
               hote
               as
               you
               can
               suffer
               it
               ,
               and
               then
               wet
               cloathes
               twice
               a
               day
               ,
               and
               in
               three
               or
               foure
               dayes
               at
               the
               most
               they
               shall
               be
               dissolved
               :
               and
               this
               it
               doth
               ,
               because
               this
               Remedy
               assubtiliateth
               the
               humours
               ,
               and
               openeth
               the
               Pores
               ,
               and
               draweth
               forth
               the
               matter
               that
               is
               runne
               into
               the
               place
               offended
               ,
               and
               so
               by
               those
               meanes
               they
               shall
               be
               holpen
               with
               this
               remedy
               :
               J
               have
               cured
               hundreds
               ,
               
               when
               J
               was
               in
               the
               warres
               of
               Africa
               ,
               in
               Anno.
               1551.
               when
               a
               whole
               City
               was
               taken
               and
               destroyed
               by
               the
               Campe
               of
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               Emperour
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               Wounds
               in
               the
               Necke
               and
               the
               order
               to
               be
               used
               in
               curing
               them
               .
            
             
               VVOunds
               in
               the
               necke
               are
               very
               hard
               to
               be
               cured
               ,
               and
               long
               before
               they
               heale
               ,
               and
               this
               commeth
               ,
               because
               next
               are
               all
               the
               ligaments
               of
               the
               head
               ,
               as
               bones
               ,
               sinewes
               ,
               veynes
               ,
               flesh
               ,
               and
               skinne
               ,
               all
               instruments
               that
               hold
               the
               head
               and
               the
               body
               together
               ,
               without
               the
               which
               a
               man
               cannot
               live
               ;
               and
               therefore
               those
               wounds
               are
               so
               perillous
               to
               be
               healed
               ,
               seeing
               thereunto
               runneth
               so
               great
               a
               quantity
               of
               humours
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               not
               suffer
               the
               wound
               to
               be
               healed
               .
            
             
               The
               true
               way
               therefore
               to
               helpe
               those
               wounds
               ,
               is
               to
               stitch
               them
               well
               in
               his
               place
               ,
               and
               dresse
               it
               upon
               the
               wound
               ,
               with
               cloathes
               wet
               in
               
                 Oleum
                 Benedictum
              
               one
               part
               ,
               and
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               three
               parts
               ,
               mixt
               together
               ,
               as
               hote
               as
               you
               can
               suffer
               it
               .
               And
               upon
               the
               cloath
               lay
               the
               powder
               of
               Mille-foyle
               ,
               and
               this
               thou
               shalt
               doe
               once
               in
               24
               houres
               ,
               and
               so
               that
               shall
               helpe
               them
               quickly
               :
               giving
               you
               great
               charge
               
               that
               you
               change
               not
               your
               Medicine
               ;
               For
               it
               mundifieth
               ,
               incarnateth
               ,
               and
               healeth
               the
               wound
               without
               any
               further
               helpe
               ,
               for
               J
               have
               proved
               it
               an
               infinite
               and
               many
               times
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               Wounds
               in
               the
               Armes
               ,
               and
               their
               importances
               and
               Medicines
               .
            
             
               VVOunds
               in
               the
               Armes
               are
               dangerous
               ,
               for
               that
               there
               also
               are
               a
               great
               number
               of
               Sinewes
               ,
               Cartylagines
               ,
               Veynes
               ,
               Muscles
               ,
               and
               other
               dangerous
               things
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               well
               seene
               in
               wounds
               in
               that
               place
               ,
               how
               that
               thereunto
               runneth
               abundance
               of
               Humours
               ,
               and
               there
               commeth
               alteration
               ,
               Inflamation
               ,
               and
               Impostumation
               which
               hurteth
               the
               Patient
               much
               .
               Therefore
               in
               this
               case
               ,
               J
               will
               shew
               thee
               a
               rare
               secret
               ,
               where-with
               thou
               shalt
               helpe
               any
               sort
               of
               wound
               in
               the
               Arme
               ,
               without
               any
               alteration
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               little
               paine
               ,
               and
               the
               secret
               is
               this
               ,
               Dresse
               the
               Wound
               upon
               the
               upper
               parts
               with
               our
               
                 Magno
                 Licore
              
               ,
               very
               warme
               ,
               without
               any
               tenting
               at
               all
               ,
               and
               this
               doe
               once
               a
               day
               ,
               and
               no
               more
               ,
               and
               in
               no
               wise
               change
               your
               Medicine
               ;
               for
               with
               this
               thou
               mayest
               helpe
               all
               Wounds
               in
               the
               Armes
               with
               great
               speed
               ▪
               and
               it
               is
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               secrets
               that
               can
               be
               used
               for
               the
               wounds
               in
               the
               armes
               :
               and
               proved
               by
               me
               infinite
               times
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               Wounds
               in
               the
               Legs
               ,
               and
               their
               parts
               .
            
             
               VVOunds
               in
               the
               Legs
               are
               in
               a
               manner
               of
               the
               same
               quality
               as
               those
               in
               the
               armes
               ,
               because
               the
               Legs
               are
               of
               their
               proper
               quality
               and
               nature
               ,
               compounded
               of
               the
               like
               substance
               that
               the
               Armes
               are
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               in
               Skinne
               ,
               flesh
               ,
               Muscles
               ,
               Veynes
               ,
               Sinewes
               ,
               and
               Bones
               :
               And
               these
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               offended
               or
               wounded
               ,
               are
               very
               perillous
               ,
               because
               unto
               them
               runneth
               great
               quantity
               of
               humours
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Legges
               are
               certaine
               places
               deadly
               (
               as
               men
               say
               )
               as
               the
               hinder
               part
               of
               the
               calfe
               of
               the
               Leg
               ,
               nnd
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               inner
               part
               of
               the
               thigh
               ,
               the
               ankle
               ,
               and
               the
               foote
               ,
               are
               all
               places
               troublesome
               and
               curious
               to
               heale
               when
               they
               are
               wounded
               ,
               and
               therefore
               to
               heale
               them
               according
               to
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Antients
               ,
               it
               were
               great
               trouble
               to
               the
               Chirurgion
               :
               and
               pity
               to
               see
               the
               paine
               of
               the
               Patient
               .
               Wherefore
               in
               any
               wise
               use
               not
               the
               Medicines
               of
               the
               Antients
               .
               But
               when
               thou
               hast
               occasion
               ,
               joyne
               unto
               the
               skill
               of
               thy
               Art
               the
               use
               of
               these
               Medicines
               ,
               our
               
                 Quintessentia
                 ,
                 Balsamo
                 ,
                 Magno
                 Licore
                 ,
                 Oleo
                 di
                 Rasa
                 ,
                 Olea
                 Benedicto
                 ,
                 Ole●
                 Philosophorum
                 .
              
               Any
               of
               these
               ,
               or
               such
               like
               ,
               which
               are
               incorruptible
               ,
               which
               by
               their
               proper
               quality
               
               assubtiliateth
               concussions
               ,
               pierceth
               to
               the
               bottome
               of
               the
               Wounds
               ,
               keepeth
               the
               flesh
               in
               his
               naturall
               Caliditie
               and
               humidity
               ,
               perserveth
               from
               Putrifaction
               ,
               and
               naturally
               maketh
               the
               Flesh
               to
               joyne
               and
               grow
               together
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               a
               short
               space
               .
               Therefore
               consider
               well
               ,
               which
               worketh
               better
               Effect
               ,
               ours
               ,
               or
               the
               Antients
               ,
               and
               use
               them
               at
               thy
               discretion
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             A
             Discourse
             upon
             old
             Wounds
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             thorowly
             healed
             ;
             with
             their
             Remedies
             .
          
           
             VVHen
             that
             Wounds
             are
             ill
             healed
             ,
             and
             that
             therein
             commeth
             Impostumations
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             part
             of
             the
             wounds
             be
             indurated
             and
             full
             of
             paine
             ,
             then
             use
             this
             secret
             of
             our
             Invention
             ,
             which
             was
             never
             yet
             seene
             nor
             heard
             of
             the
             Antients
             ,
             nor
             yet
             of
             our
             time
             ,
             but
             of
             us
             .
             When
             thou
             findest
             such
             a
             cause
             ,
             wash
             the
             Wound
             well
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             cleane
             round
             about
             ,
             and
             then
             wash
             it
             with
             our
             
               Quintessentia
               Vegetabile
            
             ,
             and
             Bathe
             it
             well
             thorow
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             said
             Quintessentia
             doth
             open
             the
             Pores
             ,
             and
             assubtiliateth
             the
             matter
             ,
             and
             causeth
             the
             humour
             to
             come
             forth
             .
          
           
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             annoynt
             it
             all
             over
             with
             our
             
               Magno
               Licore
               ▪
            
             and
             this
             done
             ,
             within
             three
             dayes
             the
             Patient
             shall
             feele
             great
             ease
             ,
             and
             in
             
             short
             time
             after
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             .
             This
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             noblest
             Medicines
             that
             can
             bee
             made
             :
             For
             it
             takes
             away
             the
             hardnesse
             healeth
             the
             Wound
             ,
             and
             comforteth
             the
             place
             offended
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             rare
             secret
             to
             heale
             Wounds
             of
             Gunshot
             ,
             Arrowes
             ,
             or
             such
             like
             ,
             in
             the
             Wars
             ,
             when
             hast
             is
             required
             .
          
           
             IF
             thou
             wilt
             cure
             these
             Wounds
             presently
             ,
             joyn
             the
             parts
             together
             with
             speed
             ,
             washing
             it
             with
             
               Aqua
               Coelestis
            
             ,
             and
             
               Oleum
               Balsam●
            
             ,
             of
             our
             invention
             ,
             and
             lay
             a
             cloath
             wet
             to
             the
             same
             very
             close
             thereon
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             a
             Wound
             quickly
             .
          
           
             VVAsh
             the
             Wound
             well
             with
             our
             
               Aqua
               Balsamo
            
             ,
             and
             close
             it
             up
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             lay
             a
             cloth
             of
             the
             Oyle
             of
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             this
             meanes
             thou
             shalt
             heale
             any
             great
             Wound
             quickly
             :
             For
             J
             have
             proved
             it
             infinite
             times
             to
             my
             great
             credit
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             a
             Wound
             quickly
             ,
             that
             is
             in
             danger
             of
             any
             Accidents
             .
          
           
             WOunds
             in
             some
             parts
             of
             the
             Body
             are
             very
             dangerous
             of
             Life
             ,
             and
             especially
             
             where
             the
             Sinewes
             or
             Veynes
             bee
             (
             cut
             or
             pierced
             )
             or
             Veynes
             or
             Muscles
             be
             hurt
             ,
             or
             Bones
             broken
             ,
             and
             by
             an
             infinite
             of
             other
             particulars
             ,
             which
             being
             open
             or
             ill
             healed
             ,
             the
             Patient
             may
             be
             in
             danger
             of
             life
             ,
             because
             the
             winde
             entreth
             in
             ,
             and
             causeth
             paines
             and
             inflamation
             ;
             and
             therefore
             to
             avoyd
             all
             these
             aforesaid
             matters
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             wound
             shall
             have
             no
             detriment
             use
             this
             remedy
             .
             First
             joyne
             the
             parts
             close
             together
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             our
             Quintessence
             ,
             and
             lay
             a
             cloth
             wet
             in
             our
             Baulme
             ,
             and
             binde
             it
             fast
             that
             the
             ayre
             come
             not
             in
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             very
             hurtfull
             .
             You
             shall
             understand
             that
             these
             be
             two
             of
             the
             best
             experienced
             Medicines
             that
             may
             be
             found
             :
             because
             our
             Quintessence
             doth
             assubtiliate
             the
             Blood
             ,
             and
             taketh
             it
             forth
             ,
             and
             taketh
             away
             the
             paine
             .
             And
             the
             Baulme
             doth
             warme
             and
             comfort
             the
             place
             offended
             .
             And
             will
             not
             suffer
             any
             Matter
             to
             runne
             thereinto
             by
             any
             meanes
             :
             for
             this
             is
             most
             true
             ,
             as
             J
             have
             proved
             it
             divers
             and
             sundry
             times
             ,
             and
             alwayes
             have
             had
             very
             good
             successe
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             stay
             the
             fluxe
             of
             Bloud
             in
             Wounds
             .
          
           
             VVHen
             there
             is
             a
             fluxe
             of
             Blood
             in
             any
             wound
             by
             reason
             of
             some
             veyne
             
             that
             is
             cut
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Chirurgion
             would
             stop
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             necessary
             ,
             that
             he
             put
             into
             it
             our
             Quintessence
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             stitch
             it
             up
             very
             close
             and
             hard
             ,
             and
             upon
             the
             wound
             strow
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             Man
             dryed
             ,
             made
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             lay
             upon
             the
             wound
             a
             cloath
             wet
             in
             our
             Baulme
             artificially
             ,
             very
             warme
             ,
             and
             upon
             that
             binde
             the
             wound
             very
             straight
             with
             Ligaments
             ,
             and
             twice
             a
             day
             wash
             it
             with
             our
             Quintessentia
             ,
             and
             round
             about
             it
             annoynt
             it
             with
             our
             Baulme
             ,
             and
             also
             cast
             thereon
             our
             secret
             powder
             for
             wounds
             ,
             and
             that
             doe
             ,
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             every
             day
             without
             opening
             the
             wound
             ,
             and
             in
             short
             time
             it
             will
             remaine
             well
             ,
             giving
             you
             charge
             that
             the
             wounded
             person
             doe
             keepe
             no
             straight
             Dyet
             ,
             because
             Nature
             being
             weake
             relaxeth
             the
             Veynes
             ,
             and
             that
             causeth
             the
             fluxe
             of
             blood
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             FIrst
             ,
             stitch
             the
             wound
             close
             ,
             then
             cast
             thereon
             Mans
             blood
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             somewhat
             hard
             ,
             so
             let
             it
             remaine
             24.
             houres
             :
             And
             when
             you
             unbind
             it
             ,
             take
             heed
             you
             remove
             nothing
             ,
             and
             cast
             thereon
             more
             dried
             blood
             ,
             and
             annoint
             it
             round
             about
             with
             
               Oleum
               Philosophorum
               ,
               Deteribinthina
            
             and
             Cera
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             againe
             
             other
             24.
             houres
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             gently
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             wound
             with
             Oyle
             of
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             in
             short
             time
             it
             will
             be
             perfectly
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             defence
             to
             be
             layd
             upon
             VVounds
             .
          
           
             TAke
             perfect
             Aqua-vitae
             of
             good
             Wine
             ,
             what
             quantity
             you
             will
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             Hipericon
             ,
             Mill-foyle
             ,
             Viticella
             ,
             and
             Bitony
             ,
             and
             then
             let
             it
             stand
             certaine
             dayes
             close
             stopped
             ,
             and
             when
             ye
             will
             use
             it
             ,
             wet
             a
             cloth
             therein
             and
             lay
             it
             round
             about
             the
             Wound
             ,
             and
             thou
             shalt
             have
             thy
             intent
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             satisfaction
             of
             the
             Patient
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             secret
             Powder
             for
             wounds
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hipericon
             flowers
             and
             leaves
             ,
             Millfoyle
             ,
             and
             Viticella
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             strew
             it
             upon
             the
             Wound
             ,
             and
             round
             about
             the
             wound
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             dressed
             ,
             and
             that
             doth
             defend
             it
             from
             accidents
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Composition
             of
             great
             vertue
             against
             all
             Vlcers
             and
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Oyle
             of
             Vitrioll
             that
             is
             perfect
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             you
             will
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Glasse
             ,
             with
             as
             much
             Oyle
             of
             Tartar
             made
             by
             
             dissolution
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             stand
             ten
             dayes
             :
             Then
             take
             one
             scruple
             of
             that
             ,
             and
             one
             ounce
             of
             pure
             
               Aqua
               vitae
            
             ,
             and
             mixe
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             therewith
             wash
             the
             hollow
             Ulcers
             and
             they
             will
             heale
             in
             short
             time
             .
             It
             helpeth
             any
             crude
             kind
             of
             Scab
             or
             sore
             that
             is
             caused
             of
             the
             evill
             quality
             or
             nature
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Note
             of
             a
             certaine
             Spanyard
             ,
             wounded
             in
             the
             head
             at
             Naples
             .
          
           
             There
             was
             a
             certaine
             Spanyard
             called
             Samora
             ,
             of
             the
             age
             of
             34.
             yeares
             ,
             of
             complexion
             Cholericke
             and
             Sanguine
             ,
             the
             which
             was
             wounded
             in
             the
             left
             side
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             with
             incision
             of
             the
             Bone.
             Now
             yee
             must
             understand
             ,
             that
             in
             Naples
             the
             ayre
             is
             most
             ill
             for
             wounds
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             by
             reason
             that
             it
             is
             so
             subtill
             ,
             and
             for
             that
             cause
             the
             Doctors
             did
             feare
             the
             Cure
             :
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             J
             dressed
             him
             with
             our
             
               Magno
               Licore
            
             ,
             and
             
               Balsamo
               Artificio
            
             ,
             keeping
             the
             wound
             as
             close
             as
             was
             possible
             ,
             annoynting
             it
             onely
             upon
             the
             wound
             ,
             and
             so
             in
             14.
             dayes
             he
             was
             perfectly
             whole
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             wonder
             of
             2
             number
             of
             Chyrurgions
             in
             that
             City
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             heale
             Hurts
             and
             VVounds
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mallowes
             and
             seeth
             them
             well
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             be
             boyled
             ,
             take
             and
             stampe
             
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             old
             Barrowes
             grease
             and
             clean
             Barley
             meale
             ,
             and
             mingle
             the
             Juyce
             ,
             the
             Meale
             and
             the
             Grease
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             salve
             thereof
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             ready
             healer
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             stanch
             the
             Blood
             of
             a
             Cut.
             
          
           
             TAke
             a
             good
             handful
             of
             Nettles
             and
             bruise
             them
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             them
             upon
             the
             wound
             hard
             bound
             with
             a
             cloth
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             stanch
             it
             presently
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hogs-dung
             hot
             from
             the
             Hog
             ,
             mingle
             it
             with
             Suger
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             wound
             will
             stay
             the
             bleeding
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             staunch
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             VVound
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             Linnen-cloth
             ,
             and
             burne
             it
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             to
             the
             Wound
             or
             Veyne
             that
             is
             hurt
             ,
             and
             it
             helpeth
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             healing
             Salve
             for
             any
             greene
             VVound
             .
          
           
             TAke
             two
             yolkes
             of
             Egges
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             half
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Mastick
             ,
             half
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Nitre
             and
             halfe
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Wearick
             ,
             
             two
             ounces
             of
             Bucks-tallow
             ,
             halfe
             a
             gille
             of
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             half
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Saffron
             ,
             mixe
             all
             these
             together
             and
             make
             of
             them
             a
             Salve
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Lord
             Capels
             salve
             for
             Cuts
             or
             Rancklings
             comming
             of
             Rubbings
             :
             It
             is
             also
             a
             very
             good
             Lip-salve
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pound
             of
             May-butter
             and
             clarifie
             it
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             purest
             thereof
             :
             also
             take
             three
             ounces
             of
             English
             wax
             ,
             and
             two
             ounces
             of
             Rozine
             ,
             and
             clarifie
             them
             by
             themselves
             ,
             then
             boyle
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             well
             boyled
             ,
             coole
             it
             ,
             and
             after
             keepe
             it
             in
             the
             Cake
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             as
             your
             Salve
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             draw
             and
             heale
             a
             Cut.
             
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Smalledge
             ,
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Bugle
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ;
             take
             also
             Waxe
             ,
             Rozen
             unwrought
             ,
             Sheepes
             Suet
             ,
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             of
             Sallet
             oyle
             ▪
             and
             Turpentine
             but
             a
             little
             ;
             Fry
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             scrape
             a
             little
             Lint
             ,
             and
             lay
             a
             little
             salve
             upon
             the
             Lint
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             in
             the
             Cut
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             a
             Plaister
             over
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Salve
             for
             fresh
             Wounds
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Harts-grease
             and
             Turpentine
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             Ounces
             :
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             Frankensence
             and
             Masticke
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Salve
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             sore
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Salve
             that
             cleanseth
             a
             Wound
             and
             heal●th
             it
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Turpentine
             unwashed
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             the
             yolke
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Barley
             meale
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Salve
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             kill
             dead
             Flesh
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Smalledge
             ,
             and
             the
             yolke
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             Wheaten
             flower
             ,
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             Honey
             :
             and
             mingle
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             drop
             it
             into
             the
             Sore
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             make
             a
             Plaister
             :
             Fine
             Suger
             scraped
             into
             powder
             will
             doe
             the
             same
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Playster
             for
             old
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             one
             pound
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             two
             pound
             ,
             white
             Wine
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Urine
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Vineger
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Waxe
             ,
             
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             Drams
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             according
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             ,
             Fistula
             ,
             Warts
             ,
             or
             Wounds
             ,
             new
             or
             old
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             Gallon
             and
             a
             halfe
             of
             running
             Water
             ,
             and
             a
             pecke
             of
             Ashen
             ashes
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             a
             Gallon
             of
             Lie
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             gallon
             of
             Tanners
             woose
             ▪
             and
             powder
             of
             roch
             Allome
             ,
             and
             Madder
             a
             pound
             :
             and
             seeth
             all
             these
             ,
             and
             let
             your
             panne
             be
             so
             great
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             little
             more
             then
             halfe
             full
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             riseth
             in
             the
             seething
             ,
             stirre
             it
             downe
             with
             a
             ladle
             ,
             that
             it
             runne
             not
             over
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             three
             or
             foure
             houres
             till
             it
             be
             cleere
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             is
             cleere
             straine
             it
             through
             a
             good
             thicke
             Canvasse
             ,
             and
             then
             wet
             therein
             a
             ragged
             cloth
             ,
             and
             long
             Lint
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             the
             sore
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             good
             for
             all
             the
             Diseases
             aforesaid
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Salv●
             for
             any
             Wound
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Housleeke
             ,
             Marigold
             leaves
             ,
             Sage
             ▪
             Betonie
             ,
             and
             garden
             Mallowes
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             handfull
             ,
             stampe
             them
             ,
             and
             straine
             them
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             juyce
             ,
             and
             half
             a
             pound
             of
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             one
             penny
             worth
             of
             fine
             Turpentine
             ,
             ●ery
             well
             washed
             ,
             one
             penny
             worth
             of
             Aqua
             
             Composita
             ,
             and
             an
             Oxe-gall
             ,
             mixe
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             moderately
             upon
             the
             Imbers
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             h●lp●
             the
             Ach
             of
             a
             Wound
             .
          
           
             FOr
             Ache
             of
             a
             Wound
             ,
             stampe
             Fennell
             ,
             with
             old
             Swines
             Greace
             ,
             and
             heate
             it
             and
             binde
             it
             thereto
             ,
             R●cip
             .
             the
             juyce
             of
             Smallage
             ,
             Honey
             ,
             old
             Swines
             greace
             ,
             and
             Rye
             meale
             ,
             and
             apply
             it
             Plasterwise
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             Wounds
             without
             Plaister
             ,
             Tent
             or
             Oyntment
             ,
             except
             it
             ●e
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             STampe
             Fennell
             ,
             Yarrow
             ,
             Buglosse
             ,
             
               an●
               ▪
            
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             2.
             or
             3.
             times
             a
             day
             till
             you
             be
             well
             .
             Mixe
             Swines
             greace
             with
             Honey
             ,
             Rye
             meale
             ,
             and
             Wine
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             and
             use
             it
             ,
             but
             if
             it
             heale
             too
             fast
             ,
             put
             in
             the
             juyce
             of
             Bryonie
             a
             little
             ,
             or
             bruise
             Jsop
             and
             put
             in
             while
             the
             wound
             is
             raw
             is
             very
             good
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             a
             Wound
             that
             no
             scarre
             or
             print
             thereof
             shall
             be
             seene
             .
          
           
             ROst
             Lilly
             roots
             ,
             and
             grinde
             them
             with
             Swines
             greace
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             wound
             is
             healed
             ,
             anoynt
             it
             therewith
             often
             .
          
        
         
           Thus
           much
           for
           VVounds
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Of
           Plaisters
           ▪
           PART
           .
           V.
           
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             resolutive
             Plaister
             of
             great
             vertue
             .
             This
             Plaister
             is
             to
             resolve
             Tumours
             and
             hardnesse
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             laid
             thereon
             very
             hot
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             cold
             ,
             to
             lay
             on
             another
             ,
             and
             this
             you
             shall
             doe
             till
             the
             hardnesse
             be
             resolved
             :
             and
             it
             is
             made
             in
             this
             order
             .
          
           
             TAke
             common
             wood
             Ashes
             that
             are
             well
             burnt
             and
             white
             ,
             and
             finely
             searced
             one
             pound
             ,
             Clay
             beaten
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Carab
             one
             ounce
             :
             mixe
             all
             these
             in
             an
             Earthen
             dish
             ,
             on
             the
             fire
             ,
             with
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             in
             forme
             of
             a
             Liquid
             Unguent
             ,
             and
             that
             yee
             shall
             lay
             upon
             the
             place
             grieved
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             yee
             may
             suffer
             it
             ,
             and
             change
             it
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             ▪
             and
             yee
             shall
             see
             ▪
             it
             worke
             a
             marvailous
             effect
             .
             Moreover
             ,
             when
             
             the
             Pelichie
             commeth
             forth
             a
             diseased
             ,
             let
             him
             bee
             folded
             in
             the
             same
             remedy
             very
             hot
             ,
             and
             in
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             yee
             shall
             be
             holpe
             ,
             if
             yee
             be
             first
             well
             purged
             :
             for
             this
             is
             a
             great
             secret
             which
             J
             have
             revealed
             .
             This
             word
             Pelichy
             ,
             is
             (
             as
             it
             were
             certaine
             spots
             )
             like
             those
             which
             we
             call
             Gods
             tokens
             ,
             the
             which
             commonly
             come
             to
             those
             that
             have
             the
             Pestilent
             Feaver
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             maturative
             Plaister
             of
             great
             vertue
             .
             This
             maturative
             doth
             open
             an
             Impostume
             without
             Instrument
             and
             paine
             :
             And
             the
             order
             to
             make
             it
             ,
             is
             this
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             yolkes
             of
             Egges
             ,
             two
             ounces
             ,
             white
             Salt
             finely
             ground
             ,
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Hens
             dung
             that
             is
             liquid
             and
             red
             like
             Honey
             ,
             one
             ounce
             :
             Mixe
             all
             these
             well
             together
             without
             fire
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             will
             bring
             an
             Impostume
             to
             seperation
             ,
             and
             breake
             it
             ,
             lay
             on
             this
             Plaister
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             ,
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             in
             short
             time
             it
             will
             draw
             forth
             the
             Impostume
             ,
             and
             breake
             it
             ,
             and
             heale
             it
             without
             any
             other
             helpe
             .
             Keepe
             this
             as
             a
             great
             secret
             ,
             for
             J
             have
             oftentimes
             made
             proofe
             thereof
             ,
             and
             it
             never
             failed
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Plaister
             called
             Bessilicon
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Waxe
             ,
             Rozen
             ,
             Pine
             ,
             Cowes
             suet
             ,
             Stone-pitch
             ,
             Turpentine
             ,
             Olibany
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             these
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             of
             good
             Oyle
             as
             much
             as
             will
             serve
             the
             turne
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             into
             a
             Plaister
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Plaister
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Balme
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             a
             handfull
             ,
             lay
             them
             in
             a
             Fuse
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             white-wine
             Vinegar
             two
             dayes
             ,
             then
             let
             them
             be
             boyled
             strongly
             ,
             till
             the
             third
             part
             be
             consumed
             ,
             put
             thereto
             Rozen
             one
             pound
             ,
             white
             Waxe
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Masticke
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Turpentine
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Mellilote
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mellilote
             tenne
             handfuls
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             small
             stamped
             ,
             and
             laid
             in
             Fuse
             foure
             dayes
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             then
             boyl
             it
             strongly
             ,
             till
             the
             third
             part
             bee
             consumed
             ,
             then
             let
             it
             coole
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             Rozen
             two
             pound
             ,
             Perosine
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             one
             
             pound
             ,
             Deere
             suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             Masticke
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Frankensence
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             Musilage
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             March
             Mallow
             rootes
             ,
             Fenecricke
             ,
             and
             Linseed
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             lay
             them
             in
             fuse
             in
             three
             quarts
             of
             water
             three
             dayes
             ,
             then
             boyle
             it
             over
             the
             fire
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             so
             straine
             it
             to
             a
             Musilage
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             thereof
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             of
             Lytarge
             of
             Lead
             foure
             pound
             ▪
             of
             good
             Oyle
             sixe
             pound
             ,
             put
             all
             over
             the
             fire
             in
             a
             great
             vessell
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             boyle
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             ever
             stirring
             it
             till
             it
             come
             to
             the
             forme
             of
             a
             Plaister
             accordingly
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Plaister
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Bittony
             .
             Planten
             ,
             and
             Smalledge
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             ,
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             Turpentine
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             Pitch
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             worke
             and
             dissolve
             it
             to
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             of
             Camphere
             .
          
           
             TAke
             common
             Oyle
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Seruse
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Camphere
             
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             it
             into
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             very
             soveraigne
             thing
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Spiced
             Plaster
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             Perosine
             one
             pound
             ,
             Colophony
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Rozen
             one
             pound
             ▪
             Deere
             suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             Cloves
             and
             Mace
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Saffron
             one
             ounce
             ,
             red
             Wine
             and
             water
             of
             each
             a
             quart
             boyle
             these
             altogether
             till
             they
             come
             to
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             called
             Apostolicum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Lead
             and
             red
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             foure
             pound
             ,
             stirre
             them
             altogether
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             to
             the
             forme
             of
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             A
             Drying
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             
               Terra
               Sigillata
               ,
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             Seruse
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             
               Sanguis
               Draconis
            
             ,
             three
             ounces
             ,
             and
             Incense
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Turpentine
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Camphere
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             Art
             make
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Gowt
             Arteticke
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oxium
             ,
             and
             Saffron
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             dram
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             tempered
             in
             the
             yolkes
             of
             three
             Egges
             hard
             boyled
             ,
             and
             oyle
             of
             Violets
             ,
             or
             Roses
             ,
             Plaister-wise
             ,
             applyed
             to
             the
             painfull
             place
             upon
             a
             little
             sheeps
             leather
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             lye
             on
             till
             it
             come
             off
             of
             it selfe
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             stake
             paine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             crummes
             of
             white
             Bread
             foure
             ounces
             temper
             them
             with
             sweet
             Milke
             ,
             and
             the
             yolkes
             of
             foure
             Egges
             hard
             boyled
             :
             and
             take
             of
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             three
             drams
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             making
             put
             thereto
             a
             little
             Turpentine
             and
             Saffron
             two
             drams
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             against
             the
             coldnesse
             of
             the
             Nerves
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Euforbium
             ,
             Castoris
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Sheepes
             suet
             ,
             and
             Pitch
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Turpentine
             a
             dram
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             worke
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             cold
             drying
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             ten
             ounces
             ,
             Seruse
             and
             Lytarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             boyled
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             in
             a
             Furnace
             ,
             will
             turne
             to
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             red
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             ,
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             Bole-armony
             of
             each
             one
             ▪
             dram
             ,
             Turpentine
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Camphere
             a
             dram
             :
             mixe
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             blacke
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Waxe
             and
             Oyle
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             pound
             ,
             Ceruse
             and
             Litarge
             ,
             of
             each
             five
             ounces
             ;
             
               Terra
               Sigillata
            
             ,
             one
             ounce
             :
             boyle
             altogether
             till
             it
             be
             blacke
             ,
             and
             like
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             blacke
             Plaister
             for
             old
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             Ceruse
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             the
             Cinders
             of
             Jron
             ,
             Quilled
             story
             Fererie
             ,
             fixe
             drams
             ,
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             new
             Waxe
             one
             ounce
             ,
             strong
             Vineger
             
             two
             drams
             :
             mixe
             them
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             it
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             dissolve
             hard
             things
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Gum
             Armoniack
             ,
             Serapine
             ,
             Bdelium
             ,
             Oppoponacie
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Spike
             five
             drams
             ,
             Turpentine
             two
             drams
             ,
             the
             mell
             of
             Fennicrick
             ,
             and
             Linseed
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             the
             mell
             of
             Lupianes
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             needs
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             blacke
             Plaister
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             and
             Ceruse
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             against
             old
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             twelve
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Vineger
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             Colophonie
             ,
             Perosine
             ,
             Pitch
             ,
             Goates
             Suet
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Dragons
             bloud
             ,
             
               Terra
               sigillata
            
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Waxe
             two
             ounces
             and
             a
             halfe
             :
             and
             so
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             it
             is
             an
             approved
             Remedy
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             cooling
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Lead
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             foure
             pound
             ,
             wine
             Vineger
             two
             pound
             ,
             and
             so
             boyle
             them
             to
             a
             Plaister
             and
             apply
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             draw
             an
             Impostume
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Galbanum
             and
             Gum
             Armoniack
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             dissolved
             in
             Vineger
             and
             foure
             pound
             of
             Suger
             ,
             for
             foure
             dayes
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             boyled
             untill
             the
             Vineger
             bee
             consumed
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             made
             for
             the
             Lord
             Marke
             de
             Wise
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Virgin-wax
             two
             pound
             ,
             of
             Perosine
             so
             much
             ,
             Galbanum
             and
             Gum-armoniack
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Pitch
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Deeres
             suet
             and
             Ceruse
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ▪
             Cloves
             and
             Mace
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Saffron
             to
             the
             weight
             of
             twelve
             pence
             ,
             red
             Wine
             and
             water
             of
             each
             two
             pintes
             ;
             boyle
             all
             these
             things
             together
             till
             the
             liquor
             be
             wasted
             away
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             it
             is
             very
             good
             for
             to
             breake
             an
             Impostume
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             The
             white
             Musilage
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             pure
             good
             Oyle
             eight
             pound
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Lead
             five
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             Musilage
             of
             March
             mallow
             rootes
             ,
             of
             Fennicrick
             and
             Linseed
             two
             pound
             ;
             boyle
             all
             these
             together
             to
             the
             forme
             of
             a
             Plaister
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             ever
             stirring
             it
             well
             ,
             then
             take
             and
             wash
             it
             in
             three
             or
             foure
             waters
             and
             it
             will
             be
             very
             white
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             to
             ripen
             and
             draw
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Spiced
             Plaister
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Wax
             and
             Perosine
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             Cressine
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Colophonie
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Frankinsence
             and
             Goats
             suet
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Cloves
             and
             Mace
             ,
             Oyle
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             Oyle
             of
             Spike
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Saffron
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             red
             Wine
             two
             pound
             ;
             dissolve
             them
             over
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             excellent
             Plaister
             for
             old
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             two
             pound
             ,
             white
             Wine
             a
             pint
             ,
             Urine
             a
             pint
             ,
             Vineger
             half
             a
             pint
             ,
             Waxe
             ,
             Frankensence
             
             and
             Myrrhe
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             ,
             set
             them
             on
             the
             fire
             to
             boyle
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             according
             to
             art
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Sparadrope
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             a
             pound
             ,
             white
             Waxe
             three
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             in
             forme
             of
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             very
             good
             drying
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Jacobs
             Plaister
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             of
             
               Vnguentum
               Lapis
               Caluminaris
            
             one
             pound
             ,
             mixe
             them
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             Oliver
             Wilsons
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pottle
             of
             Oyle
             ,
             Wax
             two
             pound
             and
             a
             quarter
             ,
             white
             Lead
             in
             powder
             2.
             pound
             ,
             of
             Storax
             callamitick
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Bengawin
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Labdanum
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Mastick
             one
             ounce
             ,
             of
             Camphere
             foure
             drams
             ,
             dissolve
             them
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             another
             Sparadrope
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             a
             quart
             ,
             white
             Lead
             one
             pound
             ,
             the
             grounds
             of
             Urine
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             of
             white
             
             Copperas
             two
             ounces
             ,
             white
             Wax
             three
             ounces
             ,
             Vineger
             a
             pint
             ,
             Camphere
             three
             penny-worth
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Mellilote
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rozin
             eight
             pound
             ,
             Wax
             two
             pound
             ,
             Sheepes
             suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             the
             juyce
             of
             Mellilote
             a
             gallon
             cleane
             strained
             ,
             let
             your
             Rozen
             and
             Sheepes
             suet
             be
             molten
             ,
             and
             cleane
             strained
             into
             a
             faire
             panne
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             to
             your
             juyce
             of
             Mellilote
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             over
             the
             fire
             and
             stirre
             it
             well
             together
             till
             it
             be
             like
             a
             plaister
             ,
             then
             take
             it
             off
             the
             fire
             and
             put
             unto
             it
             a
             pottle
             of
             red
             Wine
             ,
             by
             a
             little
             and
             a
             little
             ,
             ever
             stirring
             it
             till
             it
             bee
             almost
             cold
             ,
             and
             then
             labour
             it
             well
             in
             your
             ●ands
             for
             feare
             of
             heaving
             out
             the
             Wine
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             it
             up
             in
             rolles
             and
             keepe
             it
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             Seare-cloath
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             a
             dram
             of
             Euforbium
             ,
             and
             temper
             it
             with
             oyle
             Olive
             at
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             a
             Seare-cloath
             to
             comfort
             the
             Sinewes
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             a
             Plaister
             called
             Flowesse
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             Perosine
             of
             each
             halfe
             ●
             pound
             ,
             Virgin-wax
             ,
             and
             Frankensence
             of
             each
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             ,
             Mastick
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Harts-tallow
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             ,
             Camphere
             two
             drams
             ,
             beat
             all
             these
             to
             a
             powder
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             straine
             it
             thorow
             a
             faire
             cloth
             into
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             all
             againe
             together
             ,
             and
             letting
             it
             coole
             a
             little
             ,
             then
             put
             to
             it
             foure
             ounces
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             stirre
             them
             all
             together
             till
             it
             be
             cold
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             it
             in
             rowles
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Plaister
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             two
             pound
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             two
             pound
             of
             Rozen
             ,
             foure
             pound
             of
             Perosine
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             two
             ounces
             of
             Cloves
             ,
             two
             ounces
             of
             Mace
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Saffron
             ,
             one
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             of
             Olibanon
             ,
             and
             a
             Gallon
             of
             red
             Wine
             ,
             and
             put
             all
             these
             into
             a
             faire
             Panne
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             over
             the
             fire
             foure
             or
             five
             houres
             ,
             till
             yee
             suppose
             that
             the
             Wine
             be
             sodden
             away
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             it
             off
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             till
             it
             be
             cold
             ,
             and
             rowle
             it
             in
             balls
             and
             keepe
             itto
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             the
             Playster
             Occinicione
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Comin
             ,
             as
             much
             Waxe
             as
             much
             Pitch
             ,
             as
             much
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             of
             Saffron
             one
             ounce
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             of
             Masticke
             one
             quarterne
             ,
             Galbanum
             halfe
             a
             quarterne
             ,
             Turpentine
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Incense
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Myrrhe
             but
             a
             quarter
             ,
             Sal-armoniac
             a
             little
             ;
             first
             take
             the
             Salt
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             lye
             in
             good
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             stamped
             in
             a
             Morter
             till
             it
             be
             well
             moystned
             all
             Night
             and
             more
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             the
             Gums
             therein
             and
             set
             it
             on
             the
             fire
             ,
             till
             the
             Gummes
             be
             well
             melted
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             and
             set
             it
             on
             the
             fire
             againe
             ▪
             and
             let
             it
             seeth
             untill
             the
             Vineger
             the
             second
             part
             thereof
             be
             wasted
             ,
             and
             so
             that
             there
             be
             but
             the
             third
             part
             left
             ,
             then
             melt
             the
             Pitch
             and
             scumme
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             the
             liquour
             that
             is
             left
             ,
             then
             melt
             the
             Waxe
             and
             put
             it
             to
             the
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             the
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             the
             Masticke
             Incense
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             :
             but
             looke
             that
             all
             the
             Gums
             be
             beaten
             into
             powder
             ,
             before
             that
             you
             cast
             it
             in
             ,
             and
             see
             that
             you
             stirre
             it
             apace
             ;
             when
             that
             they
             be
             well
             molten
             and
             medled
             ,
             looke
             that
             you
             have
             a
             faire
             Bason
             of
             hot
             water
             ,
             and
             sodainely
             cast
             it
             in
             ,
             then
             wring
             it
             out
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             then
             chafe
             it
             against
             the
             
             fire
             as
             if
             it
             were
             Waxe
             :
             and
             annoynt
             your
             hands
             with
             oyle
             of
             Bay
             ,
             and
             looke
             yee
             have
             the
             Saffron
             in
             fine
             powder
             :
             and
             the
             other
             that
             was
             not
             put
             in
             before
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             have
             put
             in
             all
             the
             eight
             Powders
             ,
             make
             it
             up
             in
             Rowles
             ,
             this
             is
             an
             excellent
             Plaister
             for
             divers
             occasions
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             Plaister
             Inplumhie
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             one
             pound
             ,
             Litarge
             halfe
             a
             pound
             :
             and
             looke
             that
             the
             Litarge
             bee
             fine
             ,
             then
             set
             it
             on
             the
             fire
             :
             and
             let
             it
             boyle
             untill
             it
             waxe
             browne
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             long
             that
             it
             waxe
             blacke
             :
             then
             take
             it
             from
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             in
             Balles
             and
             so
             keepe
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             of
             Camphere
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Camomill
             oyle
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             white
             Waxe
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Ceruse
             one
             pound
             ,
             Camphere
             ▪
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             noble
             Plaister
             ,
             that
             as
             soone
             as
             th●
             Plaister
             is
             warme
             and
             laid
             to
             the
             place
             th●
             paine
             will
             be
             gone
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             called
             a
             Spic●
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             two
             pound
             ,
             Deere
             Suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             Perosine
             foure
             pound
             ,
             Cloves
             and
             
             Mace
             two
             Ounces
             ,
             Saffron
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Rozen
             two
             pound
             ,
             Pitch
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             now
             melt
             that
             which
             is
             to
             be
             molten
             ,
             and
             powder
             and
             serse
             that
             which
             is
             to
             be
             powdered
             and
             sersed
             ,
             and
             melted
             altogether
             over
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             except
             your
             Cloves
             and
             Saffron
             ;
             and
             then
             take
             a
             quart
             of
             red
             Wine
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             little
             and
             a
             little
             poure
             it
             to
             the
             salve
             ,
             stirring
             it
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             cleane
             molton
             ,
             straine
             it
             into
             a
             cleane
             Pan
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             to
             it
             your
             powder
             ,
             of
             Cloves
             ,
             Mace
             ,
             and
             Saffron
             ,
             casting
             it
             abroad
             upon
             the
             said
             Ingredience
             ,
             and
             stirring
             it
             well
             till
             it
             be
             cold
             ,
             then
             make
             it
             into
             rolles
             .
             This
             is
             a
             very
             comfortable
             Plaister
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             speciall
             Plaister
             for
             all
             manner
             of
             cold
             Aches
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Perosine
             foure
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             of
             each
             two
             pound
             ,
             Galbanum
             as
             much
             ,
             Olibanon
             as
             much
             ,
             Masticke
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             red
             Wine
             foure
             pound
             ,
             put
             in
             your
             Masticke
             ,
             Myrrhe
             and
             Wine
             ,
             in
             the
             cooling
             ,
             it
             hath
             beene
             often
             times
             proved
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             need
             it
             ,
             spread
             it
             on
             a
             Leather
             and
             let
             it
             lye
             on
             a
             day
             or
             two
             before
             you
             change
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             a
             Plaister
             that
             Sir
             
               William
               Farrington
            
             let
             a
             Squire
             that
             was
             his
             Prisoner
             goe
             for
             ,
             quit
             without
             ransome
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             pound
             of
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             small
             powder
             ,
             and
             serse
             it
             well
             ,
             then
             take
             a
             quart
             of
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             and
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             old
             Urine
             ,
             very
             well
             clarified
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             boyle
             all
             these
             on
             the
             fire
             ,
             but
             put
             in
             the
             Urine
             last
             ,
             this
             Plaister
             will
             heale
             a
             Marmole
             ,
             or
             a
             Canker
             ,
             and
             a
             Fester
             ,
             as
             also
             Wounds
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             sores
             ,
             if
             thou
             put
             thereto
             one
             ounce
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             Ollibanon
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             dram
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Coulman
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             Olive
             foure
             pound
             ,
             red
             Lead
             ,
             and
             white
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             boyle
             them
             together
             till
             it
             waxe
             blacke
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             thereto
             Pitch
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             into
             rolles
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Mellitote
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Mellilot
             ,
             and
             Camomill
             ▪
             of
             each
             one
             pound
             ,
             of
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             
             Rozen
             three
             pound
             ,
             Sheepes
             suet
             a
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             white
             Wine
             two
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             them
             all
             in
             a
             Plaister
             according
             to
             Art
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             good
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Deaguloune
             Plaister
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             two
             pound
             ,
             strong
             Vineger
             one
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             one
             pound
             ,
             Verdigreace
             one
             ounce
             ,
             boyle
             them
             together
             till
             they
             be
             red
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             it
             into
             rolles
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             all
             manner
             of
             Sores
             ,
             and
             especially
             for
             all
             greene
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             fine
             Suger
             and
             Burnet
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             alike
             much
             ,
             and
             bruise
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             Wound
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             Hearbes
             finely
             beaten
             ,
             and
             mingle
             with
             them
             and
             the
             juyce
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             English
             Honey
             ,
             and
             unwrought
             Waxe
             ,
             so
             boyle
             them
             together
             till
             it
             be
             allof
             one
             colour
             ,
             then
             take
             them
             from
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             stand
             a
             while
             :
             then
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Bason
             of
             faire
             water
             ,
             and
             so
             worke
             it
             out
             into
             rowles
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             Plaisters
             once
             or
             twice
             a
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             approved
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Hearb
             Sellendine
             ,
             and
             Houseleeke
             ,
             of
             each
             equall
             quantity
             ,
             then
             bruise
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ▪
             and
             take
             the
             juyce
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             the
             wound
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             same
             therewith
             :
             that
             done
             ,
             fill
             the
             wound
             with
             part
             of
             the
             bruised
             hearbe
             ,
             and
             so
             bind
             it
             up
             ,
             and
             in
             short
             time
             it
             will
             heale
             the
             sore
             ,
             as
             by
             proofe
             hath
             beene
             seene
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Stitch.
             
          
           
             ANoynt
             your
             side
             with
             the
             oyle
             of
             Mellilote
             ,
             then
             make
             a
             Plaister
             of
             the
             same
             Mellilote
             upon
             a
             piece
             of
             Leather
             ,
             and
             change
             it
             but
             once
             a
             weeke
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Playster
             for
             the
             Plurisie
             .
          
           
             STampe
             well
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             foure
             ounces
             of
             the
             roots
             of
             wild
             Mallowes
             well
             sodden
             ,
             put
             to
             it
             an
             ounce
             of
             Butter
             ▪
             and
             an
             ounce
             and
             a
             halfe
             of
             Honey
             ,
             of
             Pigeons
             dung
             two
             drams
             ,
             mingle
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             very
             hot
             upon
             the
             paine
             ,
             and
             soone
             after
             the
             corruption
             will
             breake
             out
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Collick
             and
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Peritory
             ,
             Camomill
             ,
             ground-Ivie
             leaves
             ,
             Cummin
             :
             stampe
             them
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             about
             the
             Reines
             of
             the
             back
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             ,
             and
             see
             that
             it
             lye
             close
             round
             about
             behind
             and
             before
             and
             you
             will
             find
             great
             ease
             in
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             and
             for
             hot
             Agues
             .
          
           
             TAke
             red
             Mintes
             ,
             Leavened
             Bread
             of
             Wheate
             ,
             and
             white
             Vineger
             :
             make
             thereof
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             your
             Fore-head
             ,
             for
             it
             helpeth
             diseases
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             also
             hot
             Agues
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             hot
             drawing
             Plaister
             ,
             called
             Flowis
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rozen
             ,
             Perosine
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             white
             Wax
             four
             ounces
             ,
             and
             Frankensence
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             and
             Mastick
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Deere
             suet
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Turpentine
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Camphere
             two
             drams
             ,
             white
             Wine
             a
             Pottle
             :
             and
             so
             make
             a
             Plaister
             and
             give
             him
             time
             to
             draw
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Plaister
             called
             the
             vertue
             of
             our
             Lord.
             
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             Olive
             one
             pound
             ,
             white
             Waxe
             two
             drams
             ,
             Galbanum
             ,
             Ermony
             ,
             and
             Opponacke
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Almonds
             one
             dram
             ,
             Verdigreace
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Aristoligiam
             Longuam
             one
             dram
             ,
             Myrrhe
             ,
             and
             Mastcke
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Lawrell
             bayes
             two
             Drams
             ,
             Incense
             white
             one
             Dram
             :
             Make
             the
             Plaister
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             take
             and
             temper
             the
             Galbanum
             ,
             Opponack
             ,
             and
             Ermony
             ,
             in
             good
             Vineger
             ,
             two
             dayes
             naturall
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             things
             to
             bee
             provided
             each
             by
             himselfe
             :
             then
             take
             the
             Wax
             ,
             and
             melt
             is
             with
             the
             Oyle
             in
             a
             Kettle
             ,
             and
             the
             Gummes
             dissolved
             in
             Vineger
             ,
             in
             another
             vessell
             upon
             the
             fire
             ,
             till
             the
             Vineger
             be
             sodden
             away
             :
             then
             straine
             it
             upon
             the
             said
             Oyle
             ,
             as
             strongly
             as
             you
             can
             stirre
             it
             well
             :
             and
             then
             put
             in
             the
             Verdigreace
             ,
             the
             Astrologium
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Gummes
             that
             were
             not
             put
             in
             before
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             made
             .
             It
             healeth
             all
             wounds
             new
             or
             old
             ,
             and
             it
             doth
             heale
             more
             then
             all
             other
             Plaisters
             ,
             or
             Oyntments
             doth
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             weaknesse
             in
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             juyces
             of
             Comfrey
             ,
             Plantane
             ,
             and
             Knotgrasse
             ,
             mingled
             with
             Bole-armoniack
             ,
             
             and
             made
             in
             a
             plaister
             spread
             upon
             a
             piece
             of
             sheeps
             leather
             and
             layd
             to
             the
             backe
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             any
             Ache
             ,
             lamenesse
             ,
             or
             Sciatica
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pound
             of
             the
             leanest
             part
             of
             a
             Leg
             of
             Mutton
             ,
             put
             to
             it
             a
             quart
             of
             the
             grounds
             of
             Muskadine
             ,
             or
             sweet
             Sacke
             ,
             and
             one
             pound
             of
             Oyle
             de
             Bay
             ,
             mince
             your
             Mutton
             very
             fine
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             together
             into
             the
             forme
             of
             a
             plaister
             ,
             and
             so
             apply
             it
             to
             the
             place
             as
             hot
             as
             you
             can
             suffer
             it
             .
             
               D.
               R.
            
             
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             a
             sore
             Brest
             that
             must
             be
             broken
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             handfull
             of
             Groundsill
             ,
             a
             pinte
             of
             sweete
             Milke
             ,
             and
             a
             handfull
             of
             Oate-meale
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             together
             .
             Make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             brest
             as
             hot
             as
             the
             Patient
             may
             suffer
             it
             ,
             and
             at
             every
             Dressing
             put
             to
             more
             Milke
             :
             this
             use
             no
             longer
             then
             it
             breakes
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             heale
             it
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             pound
             of
             Bores-grease
             ,
             and
             three
             Garlick
             heads
             ,
             stampe
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             till
             
             they
             bee
             fine
             ,
             put
             them
             both
             into
             a
             box
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             of
             Beane
             flower
             ,
             the
             quantity
             of
             two
             Egges
             ,
             beat
             them
             well
             together
             and
             so
             lay
             them
             to
             the
             Brest
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             another
             Seare-cloath
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             Perosine
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Wax
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Ollibanum
             so
             much
             ▪
             Masticke
             half
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Turpentine
             two
             ounces
             ,
             dissolve
             them
             on
             the
             fire
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Seare-cloath
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           OF
           UNGUENTS
           .
           PART
           .
           VI.
           
        
         
           
             The
             making
             of
             Oyntments
             ,
             and
             first
             of
             
               Vnguentum
               Aegyptiacum
            
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Honey
             a
             pint
             ,
             Vineger
             a
             pint
             ,
             Allom
             half
             a
             pound
             ,
             Verdigreace
             foure
             ounces
             in
             fine
             powder
             ;
             boyle
             all
             these
             together
             till
             they
             
             bee
             red
             ;
             for
             if
             you
             boyle
             it
             too
             much
             it
             will
             be
             blacke
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             boyle
             it
             too
             little
             it
             will
             be
             greene
             ;
             therefore
             when
             it
             is
             boyled
             enough
             it
             will
             be
             perfectly
             red
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Apostolorum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Yellow
             Rozen
             two
             pound
             ,
             Verdigrease
             three
             ounces
             ,
             Wax
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             a
             pint
             ,
             you
             must
             set
             the
             Oyle
             ,
             Wax
             and
             Rozen
             over
             the
             fire
             ,
             then
             put
             to
             your
             Verdigreace
             made
             into
             fine
             powder
             ▪
             and
             stirre
             it
             till
             it
             be
             cold
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             finished
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vnguentum
             Basilicum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             ,
             Colophonie
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Turpentine
             ,
             Pitch
             ,
             Perosine
             ,
             and
             Cowes
             suet
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             pound
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             golden
             Vnguent
             ,
             called
             Vnguentum
             Aureum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             yellow
             Waxe
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Oyle
             one
             pound
             ,
             Turpentine
             ,
             Colophonie
             ▪
             and
             
             Rozen
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Frankensence
             and
             Masticke
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Saffron
             a
             dram
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             an
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             drying
             Vnguent
             ,
             called
             Vnguentum
             Calaminaris
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Stone
             called
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             Deeres
             Suet
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Camphere
             two
             drams
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             white
             Oyntment
             ,
             called
             Vnguentum
             Album
             Rasis
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Ceruse
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             the
             whites
             of
             three
             Egges
             ,
             and
             Camphere
             a
             dram
             :
             and
             after
             these
             things
             be
             melted
             and
             commixed
             together
             ,
             you
             must
             wash
             it
             with
             Rose-water
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Lytargerii
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             one
             pound
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Lead
             one
             pound
             ,
             Vineger
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Camphere
             two
             drams
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Lypeione
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             juyce
             of
             Honey-suckles
             a
             quart
             ,
             Honey
             a
             pinte
             ,
             white
             Copperas
             halfe
             a
             pound
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Incarnative
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             greene
             Balme
             two
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             ,
             and
             Perosine
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ▪
             Deeres
             suet
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Frankensence
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             of
             Turpentine
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             the
             yolkes
             of
             foure
             Egges
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Incarnative
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             Rozen
             ,
             Pitch
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             Frankensence
             and
             Myrrhe
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Viride
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Ossingie
             Porsine
             one
             pound
             ,
             Verdigreace
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Sall
             gemme
             ,
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Another
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             burnt
             Allom
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Ossingie
             Porsine
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             an
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             drying
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             Bdelium
             ,
             gum
             Armoniack
             ,
             red
             Corall
             ,
             Dragons
             bloud
             ,
             Deeres
             suet
             ,
             Masticke
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Camphere
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             against
             the
             Morphew
             .
          
           
             TAke
             quicke
             Brimstone
             sixe
             drams
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Tartary
             ,
             foure
             drams
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             Unguentum
             Cytrium
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             sixe
             drams
             ,
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             as
             much
             Vineger
             as
             needs
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             called
             Rosye
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rozen
             ,
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             Honey
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Linseed
             and
             Fenecrick
             ▪
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Myrrhe
             one
             ounce
             .
             Sercoll
             one
             ounce
             :
             let
             them
             all
             be
             made
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             an
             Unguent
             thereof
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             An
             Vnguent
             for
             Vlcers
             in
             the
             Arme.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             :
             Bole-armoniac
             half
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Lapis
             Calaminaris
             ,
             Dragons
             blood
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             Mastick
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Tartarie
             ,
             Sall-gemme
             and
             Camphere
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             :
             Turpentine
             washed
             in
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Elders
             ,
             half
             an
             ounce
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Bayes
             two
             drams
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Violets
             and
             of
             Poppie
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             drams
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             ,
             it
             is
             an
             excellent
             oyntment
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             against
             Cabes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Storax
             liquide
             ,
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Bay-salt
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             the
             juyce
             of
             Orenges
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             shall
             need
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             called
             the
             gift
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Orras
             powder
             ,
             Sall-gemme
             ,
             Sall-Nitrie
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             a
             Stone
             called
             Lapis
             Magnates
             ,
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Lapis
             Calaminaris
             ,
             
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             three
             pound
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             A
             precious
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Ceruse
             washed
             one
             ounce
             ,
             in
             an
             ounce
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             burnt
             Lead
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Myrrhe
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Honey
             ,
             of
             Roses
             two
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             the
             Yolkes
             of
             sixe
             Egges
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             as
             much
             as
             needs
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Vnguent
             against
             Cabes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             juyce
             of
             Sallendine
             ,
             Femitary
             ,
             Borage
             ,
             Scabious
             ,
             and
             Dockes
             ,
             of
             each
             three
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             of
             gold
             washed
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             burnt
             Brasse
             ,
             Brimstone
             ,
             Bay
             salt
             ,
             burnt
             Allom
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Storax
             liquide
             ,
             Turpentine
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Vineger
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Ossingie
             Perosine
             ,
             one
             pound
             and
             a
             halfe
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             oyntment
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             greene
             Oyntment
             called
             Vnguentum
             Viride
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             Perosine
             one
             pound
             ,
             Frankensence
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             gum
             
             Arabic
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Verdigrease
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Honey
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             Olive
             two
             pound
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             to
             increase
             Flesh
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             gum
             Dragagant
             ,
             and
             dissolve
             it
             in
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             make
             an
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             to
             heale
             the
             Serpigo
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Pepper
             ,
             Bay-salt
             ,
             Tartary
             ,
             Verdigreace
             ,
             Allumines
             ynke
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             Litarge
             ,
             and
             Quicksilver
             well
             killed
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             ,
             of
             Ossingie
             Perosine
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             needs
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             for
             Fistulaes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Myrrhe
             ,
             Masticke
             ,
             Alloes
             ,
             and
             Epatick
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ▪
             the
             juyce
             of
             Salendine
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             Honey
             ,
             of
             Roses
             ,
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             an
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             oyntment
             for
             a
             greene
             Wound
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Turpentine
             one
             ounce
             ,
             the
             oyle
             of
             Vulpinum
             one
             ounce
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Camomill
             two
             ounces
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             an
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             cold
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             and
             Waxe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             the
             juyce
             of
             red
             Gowrd
             leaves
             ,
             Night-shade
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Ceruse
             washed
             ,
             burnt
             Lead
             washed
             in
             Rose-water
             ,
             or
             Planten
             water
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Frankensence
             two
             drams
             ,
             melt
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             decoct
             it
             a
             little
             :
             and
             then
             take
             it
             from
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Leaden
             Morter
             ,
             wherein
             you
             must
             labour
             it
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             for
             a
             sawse-fleame
             Face
             .
          
           
             TAke
             May
             butter
             one
             pound
             ,
             Hony-suckle
             flowers
             three
             handfuls
             ,
             stampe
             the
             flowers
             ,
             and
             the
             Butter
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             in
             fuse
             for
             sixe
             dayes
             space
             ;
             then
             melt
             it
             and
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             quicke
             Brimstone
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             twelve
             pence
             ,
             finely
             powdered
             ,
             and
             so
             reserve
             it
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Vnguent
             for
             the
             Piles
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mollene
             ,
             Archangell
             ,
             red
             Fennell
             stamped
             small
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             
             as
             much
             Ossingie
             as
             of
             the
             Hearbes
             :
             Mixe
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             ●
             rotting
             a
             weeke
             space
             :
             then
             straine
             it
             and
             keepe
             it
             for
             that
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Vnguent
             for
             the
             Piles
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Yarrow
             ,
             and
             May
             butter
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             apply
             them
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Lipcium
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             Juyce
             of
             Honey
             suckles
             ,
             and
             a
             pinte
             of
             Hony
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             white
             Coperas
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             on
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             till
             it
             waxe
             blacke
             :
             then
             put
             in
             your
             Copperas
             in
             fine
             powder
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Fanscome
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             ,
             Colophonie
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             pound
             ,
             Pitch
             one
             pound
             ,
             Cowes
             suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             May-butter
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Honey
             two
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             two
             pound
             ,
             Turpentine
             foure
             Ounces
             ,
             Verdigrease
             and
             Ceruse
             foure
             Ounces
             :
             and
             so
             according
             to
             Art
             worke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Dunsinnitive
             .
          
           
             TAke
             two
             Ounces
             of
             Litarge
             of
             Gold
             ,
             two
             drams
             of
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             and
             foure
             ounces
             of
             
               Terra
               sigillata
            
             ,
             and
             powder
             them
             small
             :
             then
             take
             a
             pinte
             of
             Oyle
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             and
             melt
             it
             with
             your
             Oyle
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             it
             off
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             put
             in
             your
             powders
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             almost
             ,
             put
             in
             foure
             drams
             of
             Camphere
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             Vnguent
             for
             the
             Skerby
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             Gallon
             of
             red
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             one
             pound
             of
             the
             roote
             of
             Briony
             ,
             and
             seeth
             therein
             till
             it
             bee
             consumed
             :
             then
             take
             the
             roote
             thereof
             and
             beate
             it
             with
             Oxsingie
             ,
             and
             beat
             it
             very
             fine
             :
             then
             take
             one
             ounce
             of
             
               Arguentum
               vivum
            
             well
             killed
             ,
             and
             labour
             them
             altogether
             very
             fine
             ,
             and
             so
             annoint
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             Vnguent
             for
             Vlcers
             in
             Childrens
             faces
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             and
             Ceruse
             ,
             of
             each
             five
             ounces
             ,
             the
             leaves
             of
             Ashe
             ,
             and
             Vine
             leaves
             of
             
             each
             three
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Waxe
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             :
             relent
             your
             Oyle
             and
             Waxe
             together
             ,
             and
             beate
             your
             Litarge
             and
             Ceruse
             ,
             and
             mingle
             them
             with
             two
             yolkes
             of
             rosted
             Egges
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Sinnitive
             Oyntment
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Turpentine
             foure
             Ounces
             ,
             Hartsgreace
             ,
             or
             the
             Marrow
             of
             a
             Heart
             two
             ounces
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             one
             ounce
             ,
             white
             Frankensence
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             oyle
             of
             Spike
             two
             drams
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             dram
             of
             Mynium
             ,
             and
             so
             worke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             Vnguent
             for
             the
             Itch.
             
          
           
             TAke
             three
             handfuls
             of
             Allecompanerootes
             ,
             seethe
             them
             in
             three
             Gallons
             of
             water
             till
             they
             be
             soft
             :
             then
             take
             the
             Roots
             and
             scrape
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             white
             of
             them
             to
             the
             quantity
             of
             a
             pound
             ,
             and
             beate
             them
             with
             one
             pound
             of
             Barrow-hogges
             greace
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Salt
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Saffron
             ;
             and
             so
             bring
             them
             to
             an
             Oyntment
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             Oyntment
             for
             the
             Morbus
             .
          
           
             TAke
             two
             ounces
             of
             Vermillion
             ,
             two
             ounces
             of
             Quick-silver
             ,
             two
             ounces
             of
             Oyle
             of
             
             Bay
             ,
             two
             ounces
             of
             Bores-greace
             ,
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             foure
             yolkes
             of
             Egges
             :
             and
             let
             them
             all
             be
             wrought
             ,
             very
             well
             together
             before
             you
             use
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Dunsymitive
             Vuguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             Olive
             one
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             one
             pound
             ,
             Lapis
             Calaminaris
             one
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Turpentine
             and
             Sheepes
             suet
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Dulsum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sheepes
             suet
             five
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             in
             powder
             one
             pound
             ,
             roch
             Allom
             in
             powder
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             a
             quart
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             boyle
             them
             altogether
             :
             And
             if
             you
             will
             make
             it
             red
             ,
             you
             may
             put
             into
             it
             one
             ounce
             of
             Vermilion
             in
             powder
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vngnentum
             Basilicon
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Waxe
             one
             pound
             ,
             the
             best
             Pitch
             one
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Colophonie
             one
             pound
             ,
             Cowes
             suet
             one
             pound
             ,
             Oyle
             two
             pound
             ,
             May-butter
             halfe
             a
             pound
             Turpentine
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             the
             yolkes
             of
             foure
             Egges
             ,
             make
             all
             these
             in
             an
             Unguent
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             a
             Mundifigitive
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Smalledge
             a
             little
             bagge
             full
             ,
             one
             pouad
             of
             Oxingie
             ,
             three
             pound
             of
             Rozen
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Waxe
             :
             Stampe
             your
             Smalledge
             and
             Oxingie
             together
             in
             a
             stone
             Morter
             :
             then
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Panne
             ▪
             and
             set
             them
             upon
             the
             fire
             till
             it
             be
             hot
             :
             then
             straine
             them
             through
             a
             cloth
             into
             a
             faire
             panne
             ,
             till
             they
             begin
             to
             waxe
             cold
             ,
             then
             fleete
             it
             off
             with
             a
             slice
             ,
             till
             you
             come
             to
             the
             water
             :
             then
             put
             in
             the
             Rose-water
             and
             Waxe
             all
             together
             upon
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             altogether
             ,
             then
             straine
             them
             through
             a
             Linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Mundifigitive
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Rosine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Honey
             two
             pound
             ,
             Rozen
             one
             pound
             and
             a
             quarter
             ,
             Turpentine
             two
             pound
             ,
             Frankensence
             one
             ounce
             ,
             
               Fenecrike
               Semminis
               ben
            
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Myrrhe
             and
             Seacole
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             in
             fine
             powder
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Gibsons
             Incarnative
             .
          
           
             TAke
             greene
             Broome
             two
             pound
             ,
             Waxe
             and
             Rozen
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             Deere
             suet
             
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Turpentine
             and
             the
             yolkes
             of
             Egges
             as
             much
             as
             neecs
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             yellow
             Incarnative
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             pound
             of
             Rozen
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             Frankensence
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             sheepes
             suet
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             oyle
             Olive
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Unguent
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             another
             Inearnative
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             twelve
             drams
             ,
             Rosen
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Turpentine
             eight
             ounces
             ,
             Waxe
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             melt
             the
             Waxe
             ,
             Rosen
             ,
             and
             Oyle
             together
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             boyling
             put
             in
             your
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Valerian
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             bee
             cold
             ,
             and
             as
             you
             occupy
             it
             put
             in
             oyle
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             and
             so
             keepe
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             Vnguent
             for
             the
             Piles
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Barrowes
             grease
             halfe
             a
             pound
             ,
             burnt
             Allome
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             the
             yolke
             of
             an
             Egge
             hard
             rosted
             ,
             put
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             make
             an
             oyntment
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             your
             sore
             as
             hot
             as
             you
             can
             abide
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Another
             fumetive
             Vnguent
             .
          
           
             TAke
             halfe
             a
             poond
             of
             Deere
             suet
             ,
             a
             pound
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             one
             pound
             of
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             oyle
             Olive
             ,
             of
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             and
             Camphere
             two
             ounces
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Vnguent
             according
             to
             Art.
             
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vnguentum
             Foscovem
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             Olive
             one
             pound
             ,
             Saffron
             foure
             drams
             ,
             Colophonie
             ,
             Pitch
             ,
             Naviles
             ,
             Gum
             ,
             and
             Seropine
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Mastick
             ,
             Olibanon
             ,
             and
             Turpentine
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Wax
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             ,
             melt
             your
             Oyle
             and
             then
             your
             Wax
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             in
             the
             Colophonie
             ,
             and
             after
             stirre
             your
             Pitch
             ,
             Naviles
             ,
             and
             your
             Gum
             and
             Serapine
             together
             ,
             and
             last
             of
             all
             your
             Turpentine
             ,
             Masticke
             ,
             and
             Olibanon
             ,
             every
             thing
             being
             bruised
             ,
             except
             your
             Pitch
             and
             Turpentine
             ;
             when
             you
             put
             in
             your
             Powders
             bee
             ever
             stirring
             it
             with
             your
             spittle
             till
             it
             be
             full
             dissolved
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Oyntment
             for
             the
             Stone
             and
             Collick
             to
             bee
             made
             in
             May.
             
          
           
             TAke
             the
             buds
             of
             Broome-flowers
             ,
             neare
             the
             shutting
             ,
             half
             a
             pound
             of
             them
             picked
             from
             
             the
             stalkes
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             very
             small
             ;
             that
             done
             ,
             mingle
             them
             with
             clarified
             May-butter
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             you
             shall
             thinke
             fit
             ,
             and
             so
             keepe
             it
             close
             in
             a
             vessell
             eight
             dayes
             ,
             then
             seeth
             it
             and
             straine
             it
             ;
             and
             therewith
             annoynt
             the
             Patients
             griefe
             very
             warme
             ,
             Evening
             and
             morning
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           OF
           WATERS
           .
           PART
           .
           VII
           .
        
         
           Here
           followeth
           the
           making
           of
           divers
           precious
           Waters
           ,
           but
           more
           especially
           of
           tenne
           ,
           and
           their
           vertues
           .
        
         
           
             I.
             And
             first
             ,
             of
             the
             Philosophers
             water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hysop
             ,
             Penny-riall
             ,
             Avence
             ,
             and
             Centurie
             ,
             and
             breake
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             ,
             then
             put
             them
             under
             the
             cap
             of
             a
             Stillatory
             ,
             and
             distill
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             water
             hath
             many
             vertues
             as
             hath
             beene
             proved
             by
             experience
             .
             
             As
             first
             ,
             take
             Pimpernell
             ,
             Rew
             ,
             Valerian
             ,
             Sedwall
             ,
             Alloes
             ,
             and
             the
             Stone
             called
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             and
             breake
             them
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             the
             water
             of
             Philosophers
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             be
             boyled
             together
             ,
             untill
             the
             third
             part
             of
             the
             Water
             be
             wasted
             ,
             and
             after
             let
             the
             said
             water
             be
             strained
             thorow
             a
             linnen
             cloath
             ,
             then
             shutit
             up
             close
             in
             a
             Vyoll
             of
             glasse
             the
             space
             of
             nine
             dayes
             .
             This
             is
             a
             precious
             water
             to
             drinke
             foure
             dayes
             together
             with
             a
             fasting
             stomacke
             for
             him
             that
             hath
             the
             Falling
             sicknesse
             ,
             but
             let
             him
             bee
             fasting
             six
             houres
             after
             ;
             and
             this
             Medicine
             is
             in
             our
             judgement
             the
             truest
             medicine
             against
             all
             manner
             of
             Gouts
             ,
             and
             against
             Palsies
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             it
             is
             not
             dead
             in
             the
             limbes
             or
             members
             of
             a
             man.
             
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             is
             much
             helping
             to
             Wounds
             that
             is
             festered
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             be
             washed
             therewith
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             will
             destroy
             all
             manner
             of
             Feavers
             or
             Aches
             ,
             of
             what
             kind
             soever
             they
             come
             to
             a
             man.
             Therefore
             trust
             to
             this
             medicine
             verily
             ;
             for
             it
             hath
             been
             oftentimes
             approved
             of
             for
             a
             very
             good
             Water
             for
             these
             diseases
             aforesaid
             ,
             by
             many
             who
             have
             made
             experience
             of
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             2.
             
             The
             second
             Water
             is
             called
             
               Poetalis
               ,
               et
               aqua
               Dulcedimus
               Occulorum
               ,
            
             and
             is
             made
             in
             this
             manner
             following
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Egrimonie
             ,
             Saturion
             ,
             Selendine
             ,
             and
             Tuttie
             ,
             and
             the
             stone
             called
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             ,
             and
             beat
             it
             all
             to
             powder
             ;
             and
             then
             put
             them
             under
             the
             cap
             of
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             distill
             thereof
             water
             by
             an
             easie
             fire
             ,
             and
             this
             Water
             hath
             many
             vertues
             in
             it
             ;
             for
             be
             the
             Eyes
             never
             so
             sore
             ,
             this
             water
             will
             cure
             and
             heale
             them
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             with
             a
             fasting
             stomacke
             ,
             destroyeth
             all
             manner
             of
             Venome
             or
             poyson
             ,
             and
             casteth
             it
             out
             at
             the
             mouth
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             quencheth
             the
             holly
             Fire
             ,
             so
             that
             there
             bee
             linnen
             cloathes
             wet
             therein
             and
             layd
             on
             the
             sore
             ,
             but
             you
             must
             also
             note
             ,
             that
             this
             water
             in
             fire
             is
             of
             blacke
             disposition
             .
          
        
         
           
             3.
             
             The
             vertue
             of
             the
             third
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mustard-seed
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             Crow-foot
             and
             the
             clote
             of
             Masticke
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             these
             be
             well
             bruised
             and
             mingled
             together
             with
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             Goat
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             good
             Vineger
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             them
             stand
             three
             dayes
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             them
             under
             the
             cap
             of
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             
             and
             still
             it
             ,
             and
             this
             water
             will
             helpe
             a
             man
             of
             the
             Stone
             if
             he
             drinke
             thereof
             :
             and
             if
             he
             drinke
             thereof
             every
             day
             fasting
             ,
             the
             stone
             shall
             voyd
             from
             him
             as
             it
             were
             sand
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             fasting
             maketh
             good
             blood
             and
             good
             colour
             both
             in
             man
             and
             woman
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             Water
             drunke
             with
             Castorie
             ,
             destroyeth
             all
             manner
             of
             Palsies
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             not
             dead
             in
             the
             Sinewes
             or
             members
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             it
             will
             heale
             a
             Scald-head
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             haire
             to
             grow
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             washt
             therewith
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             be
             scalded
             wash
             him
             with
             this
             water
             ,
             and
             in
             nine
             dayes
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             other
             Medicines
             it
             comforteth
             best
             the
             Sinewes
             for
             the
             Palsie
             .
          
        
         
           
             4.
             
             The
             vertue
             of
             the
             fourth
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             young
             Pigeons
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             meddle
             them
             well
             with
             Castorie
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Aysell
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             under
             the
             Cap
             of
             the
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             distill
             water
             thereof
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             with
             a
             fasting
             stomack
             ,
             helpeth
             the
             Frensie
             and
             the
             Tysicke
             ,
             within
             nine
             dayes
             it
             will
             make
             them
             whole
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             is
             a
             very
             
             good
             medicine
             against
             the
             falling
             Evill
             ,
             if
             the
             Sicke
             have
             had
             it
             but
             few
             yeares
             ,
             it
             shall
             helpe
             it
             on
             warrantise
             :
             Give
             it
             him
             to
             drinke
             three
             dayes
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             as
             is
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             by
             Gods
             grace
             ,
             of
             what
             manner
             of
             kinde
             soever
             it
             come
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             maketh
             a
             good
             colour
             in
             the
             face
             of
             man
             or
             woman
             ,
             and
             it
             clenseth
             the
             wombe
             ,
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             the
             breast
             of
             all
             evils
             that
             is
             congealed
             within
             them
             ,
             and
             comforteth
             all
             the
             veynes
             ,
             and
             draweth
             the
             roote
             of
             the
             Palsie
             out
             of
             the
             sinewes
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             the
             joynts
             and
             nourisheth
             nature
             in
             him
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             or
             woman
             before
             failed
             in
             a
             sinew
             or
             joynt
             it
             healeth
             them
             againe
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             healeth
             any
             man
             or
             woman
             of
             the
             continuall
             Fever
             ,
             but
             take
             heed
             that
             no
             woman
             with
             child
             drinke
             of
             this
             Water
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             with
             Isope
             ,
             putteth
             away
             all
             sorrow
             from
             thy
             heart
             ,
             and
             causeth
             a
             man
             or
             woman
             well
             to
             sleepe
             ,
             well
             to
             digest
             his
             meate
             ,
             well
             to
             make
             water
             ,
             and
             well
             to
             doe
             his
             ●ege
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             will
             wash
             himselfe
             with
             this
             Water
             ,
             it
             will
             draw
             away
             the
             haire
             from
             any
             place
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             destroy
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             5.
             
             The
             vertue
             of
             the
             fift
             Water
             called
             Aqua
             Lasta
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Isope
             ,
             Gladion
             ,
             Avence
             ,
             Sothernwood
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             still
             them
             to
             water
             ,
             and
             this
             water
             drunke
             in
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             is
             good
             against
             all
             manner
             of
             Fevers
             hote
             or
             cold
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             is
             the
             best
             medicine
             against
             the
             Fluxe
             of
             the
             wombe
             ,
             and
             clenseth
             the
             belly
             of
             all
             ill
             humors
             ,
             and
             keepeth
             a
             man
             in
             health
             ,
             and
             helpeth
             the
             Palsie
             ,
             but
             it
             must
             be
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             and
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             .
          
        
         
           
             6.
             
             To
             make
             the
             sixt
             water
             called
             Dealbantium
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Molewarpes
             and
             make
             them
             in
             a
             powder
             with
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Selondine
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             them
             stand
             certaine
             dayes
             ,
             and
             after
             lay
             it
             in
             a
             Stillatory
             ,
             and
             still
             water
             of
             the
             water
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             this
             water
             will
             make
             any
             black
             Beast
             white
             ,
             that
             is
             washed
             therewith
             nine
             times
             in
             nine
             dayes
             ,
             or
             any
             place
             in
             him
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             will
             have
             white
             :
             Also
             this
             water
             medled
             with
             Waxe
             
             and
             Aloes
             ,
             it
             healeth
             all
             manner
             of
             Gouts
             ,
             if
             the
             Patient
             be
             annoynted
             therewith
             .
             Also
             this
             water
             helpeth
             the
             sicknesse
             called
             
               Noli
               me
               tangere
            
             ,
             but
             a
             plaister
             thereof
             must
             be
             laide
             to
             the
             sore
             .
             Also
             it
             helpeth
             a
             man
             of
             the
             Strangle
             ,
             if
             a
             plaister
             thereof
             be
             laid
             to
             the
             sore
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             it
             healeth
             scald
             Heads
             ,
             if
             they
             apply
             a
             plaister
             thereof
             to
             the
             sore
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             a
             plaister
             thereof
             healeth
             burning
             with
             fire
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             with
             
               Lapis
               Calamniaris
            
             ,
             helpeth
             perfectly
             a
             ●icknesse
             called
             the
             Wolfe
             ,
             but
             the
             plaister
             must
             be
             changed
             two
             times
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             but
             let
             no
             man
             nor
             woman
             drinke
             any
             of
             this
             Water
             .
          
        
         
           
             7.
             
             This
             Water
             is
             called
             Aqua
             Consuitivae
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Pimpernell
             ,
             and
             stampe
             it
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             in
             a
             Stillatory
             ,
             and
             still
             water
             thereof
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             Water
             washeth
             away
             all
             Wounds
             in
             a
             mans
             body
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             fasting
             with
             Ginger
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             Medicine
             against
             the
             Tysicke
             ,
             and
             will
             cleanse
             the
             Breast
             from
             all
             evill
             Humours
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             8.
             
             The
             eight
             Water
             called
             Aqua
             Huplaciam
             ,
             the
             double
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mustard-seed
             ,
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             Sinamon
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             and
             beat
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             put
             therto
             
               Aqua
               Consuetudo
            
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             under
             the
             Cap
             of
             the
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             distill
             Water
             thereof
             ,
             and
             these
             be
             the
             vertues
             therof
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             be
             drunke
             fasting
             it
             is
             the
             best
             Medicine
             against
             the
             Tysicke
             ,
             and
             all
             diseases
             of
             the
             brest
             ,
             and
             it
             must
             be
             drunke
             in
             the
             morning
             cold
             ,
             and
             at
             Evening
             hot
             as
             yee
             may
             suffer
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             make
             one
             to
             sleepe
             and
             take
             good
             rest
             that
             night
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             with
             Castorie
             is
             good
             against
             the
             Sicknesse
             called
             
               Epilenti●
               ,
               viz.
            
             the
             
               Morbus
               Galicus
            
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             comforteth
             all
             the
             Members
             that
             be
             strucken
             with
             the
             Palsie
             ,
             and
             comforteth
             the
             sinewes
             of
             the
             Head
             and
             the
             braine
             .
          
        
         
           
             9.
             
             Water
             of
             Pimpernell
             ,
             the
             ninth
             water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             seed
             of
             Pimpernell
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             in
             red
             wine
             ,
             and
             then
             after
             put
             it
             in
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             and
             then
             breake
             it
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             then
             
             presse
             out
             the
             Oyle
             through
             a
             cleane
             cloth
             ,
             this
             water
             or
             oyle
             being
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             healeth
             a
             man
             of
             the
             sand
             or
             gravell
             in
             the
             bladder
             ,
             for
             it
             will
             breake
             the
             Stone
             within
             him
             .
          
           
             Jtem
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             ,
             sustaineth
             and
             lightneth
             all
             the
             members
             of
             man
             of
             what
             Disease
             soever
             he
             be
             grieved
             with
             .
          
        
         
           
             10.
             
             To
             make
             water
             of
             Sage
             ,
             the
             tenth
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sage
             ,
             and
             Pollyon
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             breake
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             distill
             Water
             sthereof
             this
             waterdrunke
             fasting
             ,
             eateth
             away
             all
             manner
             of
             sicknesse
             .
          
           
             
               Item
               ▪
            
             this
             wate
             r
             sodden
             with
             Castory
             and
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             of
             all
             Medicines
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             it
             prolongeth
             most
             a
             mans
             life
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             be
             fore-spoken
             ,
             doe
             this
             nine
             dayes
             and
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             ,
             but
             it
             must
             be
             taken
             with
             warme
             water
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             draweth
             away
             all
             evill
             in
             the
             stomacke
             or
             wombe
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             against
             the
             Scabbes
             ,
             and
             causeth
             a
             man
             to
             have
             good
             blood
             ,
             and
             good
             colour
             in
             the
             face
             .
          
           
             Item
             ,
             this
             water
             being
             drunke
             hote
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             day
             ,
             healeth
             any
             manner
             
             o●
             evill
             in
             a
             man
             within
             three
             dayes
             ,
             if
             the
             Patient
             be
             in
             any
             wise
             curable
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Aqua
             Vitae
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Isope
             ,
             Rosemary
             ,
             Violet
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Bitony
             ,
             Hearbe-Iohn
             ,
             Mouseare
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             Avence
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             and
             Fetherfoy
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             and
             washing
             them
             ,
             put
             them
             in
             a
             gallon
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             stand
             all
             night
             cleane
             covered
             ,
             and
             then
             on
             the
             morrow
             distill
             it
             ,
             and
             keepe
             the
             water
             well
             .
             This
             water
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Megrim
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Impostume
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Dropsie
             in
             the
             Head
             ▪
             and
             for
             the
             Fever
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             manner
             of
             Aches
             and
             sicknesse
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Aqua
             Magistralis
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             Pyonie
             ,
             the
             rootes
             of
             Turpentine
             ,
             the
             crops
             of
             Fennell
             ,
             of
             Egrimonie
             ,
             Honysuccle
             ,
             Celondine
             ,
             Rewe
             ,
             Chickweed
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             Phillippendula
             ,
             the
             tender
             leaves
             of
             the
             Vine
             ,
             Eufra●e
             ,
             Sowthistle
             ,
             Red-roses
             ,
             Strawbery
             leaves
             ,
             and
             Verven
             ,
             of
             each
             alike
             quantity
             ,
             and
             bray
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             good
             white
             Wine
             nine
             dayes
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             thereto
             a
             pinte
             of
             womans
             
             milke
             that
             doth
             nurse
             a
             Man-child
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             Urine
             of
             a
             man-child
             of
             a
             yeare
             old
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             pured
             Hony
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             stand
             three
             dayes
             so
             ,
             and
             then
             distill
             them
             in
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             keepe
             well
             this
             water
             in
             a
             Glasse
             vessell
             ,
             that
             no
             Ayre
             come
             thereto
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             will
             occupie
             this
             water
             ,
             wash
             thine
             eyes
             therewith
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             ,
             and
             if
             ever
             man
             be
             holpen
             of
             the
             disease
             of
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             this
             will
             helpe
             him
             in
             short
             time
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             precious
             Water
             for
             Eyes
             that
             seeme
             faire
             ,
             and
             yet
             be
             blind
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Smalledge
             ,
             red
             Fennell
             ,
             Rew
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Byttony
             ,
             Egrimony
             ,
             Sinck-●oile
             Eufrase
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             and
             Selondine
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             quarterne
             ,
             and
             wash
             them
             cleane
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             small
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             brasse
             Pan
             and
             powder
             of
             Tuttie
             ,
             of
             Pepper
             ,
             of
             Ceruse
             ,
             and
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             wine
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             to
             the
             Hearbes
             ,
             and
             two
             or
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             Hony
             ,
             and
             seven
             spoonfuls
             of
             the
             water
             of
             a
             Man-child
             ,
             and
             temper
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             over
             the
             fire
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             straine
             it
             thorow
             a
             cloth
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Glasse
             ,
             and
             stop
             it
             well
             ,
             till
             you
             will
             occupy
             it
             ,
             and
             when
             
             you
             will
             use
             it
             ,
             put
             it
             into
             thine
             eyes
             with
             a
             Feather
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             waxe
             thicke
             ,
             temper
             it
             with
             white
             wine
             ,
             and
             then
             use
             it
             often
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Water
             that
             will
             helpe
             on●
             ,
             that
             is
             troubled
             with
             sore
             eyes
             being
             debarred
             of
             sight
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Rosemary
             ,
             Smalledge
             ,
             Rewe
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Mather
             ,
             Eufrase
             ,
             Endive
             ,
             Houseleeke
             ,
             Fulwort
             ,
             red
             Fennell
             ,
             and
             Selandine
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             half
             a
             quarterne
             ,
             and
             wash
             them
             cleane
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             white
             Wine
             a
             day
             and
             a
             Night
             ,
             and
             then
             distill
             them
             in
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             the
             first
             water
             will
             be
             like
             Gold
             ,
             the
             second
             like
             Silver
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             will
             be
             like
             Balme
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             good
             for
             all
             sores
             of
             the
             eyes
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             another
             Aqua
             Vitae
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Nutmegs
             ,
             Gallingale
             ,
             Spikenard
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             penny-worth
             ,
             and
             of
             Cloves
             ,
             Graines
             ,
             Ginger
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             penny-worth
             ,
             two
             penny
             worth
             of
             Annys
             take
             and
             bray
             them
             all
             in
             a
             brasse
             Morter
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             a
             handfull
             of
             wild
             Sage
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             other
             Sage
             ,
             Rosemary
             ,
             Isope
             ,
             Savery
             ,
             puliall
             royal
             ,
             puliall
             of
             the
             Mountaine
             ,
             Sothernwood
             ,
             Hore-hound
             ,
             Worme-wood
             ,
             and
             Egrimony
             ,
             
             Bettony
             ,
             Jvie
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             handfull
             ,
             and
             two
             pennyworth
             of
             Quibebes
             ,
             and
             bruise
             all
             these
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             then
             take
             three
             Gallons
             of
             good
             red
             Wine
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             a
             brazen
             pot
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             the
             Spices
             and
             Hearbes
             therein
             ,
             and
             set
             the
             Stillatory
             above
             ,
             and
             close
             it
             well
             ,
             and
             take
             faire
             Paste
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             about
             the
             brinkes
             hard
             with
             thy
             hand
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             cleave
             well
             and
             sadly
             thereto
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             doth
             begin
             to
             waxe
             hot
             ,
             put
             cold
             water
             above
             in
             the
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             doth
             waxe
             hot
             ,
             let
             the
             water
             runne
             out
             at
             the
             Conduite
             ,
             and
             put
             in
             new
             cold
             water
             ,
             and
             so
             doe
             as
             oft
             as
             yee
             shall
             thinke
             good
             ,
             but
             looke
             that
             the
             fire
             be
             not
             too
             great
             ,
             for
             if
             it
             be
             ,
             then
             will
             the
             water
             come
             up
             ,
             and
             if
             there
             come
             up
             smoake
             of
             the
             Stillatorie
             with
             the
             Water
             ,
             then
             is
             the
             fire
             too
             much
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             not
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             well
             tempered
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             making
             of
             Waters
             in
             colours
             ,
             and
             first
             of
             greene
             Waters
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Wine
             a
             pinte
             ,
             the
             water
             of
             Roses
             ,
             and
             Planten
             ,
             of
             each
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             Orpiment
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Verdigrease
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             Another
             greene
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             waters
             of
             Honey-suckles
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             and
             Roses
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Orpiment
             ,
             Allome
             ,
             Ceruse
             ,
             and
             Verdigrease
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             ,
             white
             Wine
             ,
             Juyce
             of
             Planten
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             done
             .
          
        
         
           
             Waters
             for
             old
             Vlcers
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             running
             Water
             of
             each
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             Allome
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Decocted
             in
             Balme
             for
             three
             houres
             space
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             done
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             good
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Gummorium
             Passio
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Bursa
             Pastoris
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             handfuls
             ,
             take
             the
             Juyce
             thereof
             in
             a
             pinte
             of
             good
             Ale
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             three
             times
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             for
             three
             dayes
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Water
             for
             old
             Vlcers
             in
             the
             Armes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Smiths
             water
             a
             quart
             ,
             burnt
             Allome
             one
             pound
             ,
             Salarmoniac
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Galls
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Tartary
             ,
             Copperas
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             
             ounce
             ,
             distill
             all
             these
             with
             shreds
             ,
             so
             keepe
             the
             water
             to
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Water
             for
             a
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Bugle
             ,
             Fennell
             ,
             and
             Rosa-Solis
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             ,
             and
             take
             as
             much
             in
             quantity
             of
             Honey
             suckle
             flowers
             ,
             as
             of
             all
             the
             other
             hearbes
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             be
             cleane
             picked
             and
             so
             distilled
             in
             a
             Stillatorie
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             close
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             a
             precious
             water
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Femitorie
             Water
             .
          
           
             IS
             to
             be
             drunke
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             at
             Noone
             ,
             and
             at
             night
             ,
             it
             is
             much
             worth
             against
             Dropsies
             ,
             and
             Sweating
             sicknesse
             ,
             it
             purgeth
             Fleame
             and
             Choller
             ,
             and
             Melancholy
             ,
             and
             it
             bringeth
             forth
             heate
             ,
             and
             dry
             Sicknesse
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             good
             for
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             to
             wash
             it
             and
             drinke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Water
             of
             Rosemari●
          
           
             IT
             hath
             more
             vertues
             in
             it
             then
             a
             man
             can
             tell
             ,
             one
             is
             if
             a
             man
             have
             an
             Arrow
             or
             Jron
             within
             him
             ,
             wet
             a
             tent
             and
             put
             into
             the
             wound
             ,
             and
             drinke
             the
             same
             water
             ,
             and
             it
             
             shall
             avoyd
             out
             ,
             and
             it
             helpeth
             all
             Wounds
             inward
             and
             outward
             ,
             the
             Canker
             ,
             the
             Fester
             ,
             and
             it
             killeth
             the
             Wormes
             in
             man
             or
             Child
             ,
             and
             all
             manner
             of
             Impostumes
             inward
             and
             outward
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             the
             Tysicke
             ,
             and
             Fluxe
             white
             or
             bloody
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             great
             helpe
             for
             a
             woman
             with
             Child
             to
             drinke
             thereof
             ,
             also
             it
             maketh
             cleane
             the
             Face
             ,
             or
             any
             where
             if
             yee
             wash
             it
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             Water
             of
             Verven
             .
          
           
             IF
             if
             it
             be
             distilled
             in
             the
             later
             end
             of
             May
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             spring
             Choller
             ,
             and
             to
             heale
             Wounds
             ,
             and
             to
             cleere
             the
             Eye-sight
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             principall
             thing
             to
             compound
             Medicines
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Locion
             for
             a
             sore
             Mouth
             .
          
           
             YOu
             must
             take
             of
             Honey-suckle-water
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Planten
             and
             Rose-water
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Honey
             of
             Roses
             two
             ounces
             .
             Alloes
             one
             ounce
             ,
             white
             Copperas
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Water
             for
             a
             sore
             mouth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             
               Lapis
               Calaminaris
            
             beaten
             into
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             put
             in
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             
             then
             take
             a
             pottle
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             Rosemary
             ,
             boyle
             it
             in
             the
             water
             till
             it
             be
             halfe
             sodden
             away
             ,
             then
             straine
             the
             water
             from
             the
             Rosemary
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             the
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             done
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             compound
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             first
             Pimpernell
             ,
             Rew
             ,
             Valerian
             or
             Sedwall
             ,
             Alocelipis
             cap
             ,
             and
             breake
             them
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             this
             said
             water
             following
             :
             Take
             Isop
             ,
             Pulyall
             Royall
             ,
             Anniseedes
             and
             Centorie
             ,
             and
             beate
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             ,
             and
             after
             put
             them
             in
             a
             Stillatory
             and
             distill
             water
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             vertuous
             :
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             together
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             straine
             them
             that
             the
             water
             may
             goe
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             close
             this
             water
             in
             Vials
             of
             glasse
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             nine
             dayes
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             to
             him
             that
             hath
             the
             Falling-evill
             ,
             foure
             dayes
             ,
             fasting
             after
             it
             six
             houres
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             truest
             medicine
             for
             this
             Disease
             that
             wee
             can
             sinde
             ,
             except
             the
             mercy
             of
             God
             ;
             and
             this
             Water
             drinking
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Palsie
             ▪
             if
             it
             be
             drunke
             fasting
             :
             also
             it
             is
             good
             for
             all
             Gowtes
             likewise
             ▪
             in
             the
             time
             that
             they
             be
             mortified
             in
             the
             members
             and
             limbes
             of
             a
             man
             :
             it
             is
             very
             helping
             to
             Wounds
             that
             are
             festered
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             washed
             therewith
             ,
             it
             destroyeth
             all
             manner
             of
             Fevers
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Behly
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Water
             a
             pottle
             ,
             Suger-Candy
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             let
             them
             seethe
             :
             then
             put
             in
             foure
             ounces
             of
             Verdigrease
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             seethe
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             good
             Barley
             water
             for
             all
             Diseases
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             or
             Lights
             .
          
           
             TAke
             half
             a
             pound
             of
             faire
             Barly
             ,
             a
             gallon
             of
             Water
             ,
             half
             an
             ounce
             of
             Licorice
             ,
             Fennell-seed
             ,
             Violets
             ,
             and
             Parsley-seed
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             ,
             red
             Roses
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             ,
             dry
             Hysop
             and
             Sage
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             penny-weight
             ,
             sixe
             leaves
             of
             Harts-tongue
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Figs
             and
             Raysins
             ;
             boyle
             all
             these
             in
             a
             new
             pot
             of
             cold
             Water
             ,
             and
             then
             straine
             them
             cleare
             from
             it
             and
             drinke
             it
             ;
             The
             same
             cooleth
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             members
             ,
             driveth
             away
             all
             evill
             heat
             ,
             slaketh
             thirst
             ,
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             much
             evacuation
             ,
             it
             purgeth
             the
             Lights
             and
             Spleene
             ,
             the
             Kidneyes
             and
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             it
             causeth
             to
             make
             water
             well
             ;
             and
             more
             especially
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             for
             all
             Agues
             that
             come
             of
             heat
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Pox.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Selendine
             and
             English
             Saffron
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             a
             halfe-penny
             ,
             and
             a
             farthing-worth
             of
             Graines
             ,
             a
             quarterne
             of
             long
             Pepper
             ,
             a
             penny-weight
             of
             Mace
             and
             a
             little
             stale
             Ale
             ,
             then
             stampe
             your
             Herbe
             and
             pound
             your
             Saffron
             ,
             and
             mingle
             them
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             drinke
             it
             next
             your
             heart
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             very
             good
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Cough
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             with
             Lycorice
             ,
             Anniseeds
             ,
             and
             Suger-candy
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             putting
             therein
             tenne
             Figs
             of
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             untill
             it
             be
             halfe
             consumed
             ,
             and
             so
             preserve
             thereof
             to
             drinke
             Evening
             and
             morning
             three
             or
             foure
             spoonefuls
             warmed
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             restorative
             made
             of
             the
             Herbe
             
               Rosa
               Solis
            
             ,
             with
             other
             things
             ,
             but
             they
             must
             bee
             gathered
             in
             June
             ,
             or
             July
             .
          
           
             THis
             herbe
             
               Rosa
               Solis
            
             ,
             groweth
             in
             Marish
             ground
             ,
             and
             in
             no
             other
             place
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             of
             a
             hoary
             colour
             ,
             and
             groweth
             very
             lowe
             ,
             and
             
             flat
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             it
             hath
             a
             meane
             long
             stalke
             growing
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             seaven
             branches
             springeth
             out
             of
             the
             roote
             round
             about
             the
             stalke
             with
             leaves
             coloured
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             meane
             length
             and
             breadth
             ,
             and
             in
             no
             wise
             when
             this
             Hearbe
             should
             be
             gathered
             ,
             touch
             not
             the
             Hearbe
             it selfe
             with
             your
             hands
             ,
             for
             then
             the
             vertue
             thereof
             is
             gone
             ,
             yee
             must
             gather
             and
             plucke
             it
             out
             of
             the
             ground
             by
             the
             stalke
             ,
             yee
             must
             lay
             it
             in
             a
             cleane
             basket
             ,
             the
             Leaves
             of
             it
             is
             full
             of
             strength
             and
             nature
             ,
             and
             gather
             so
             much
             of
             this
             hearbe
             as
             will
             fill
             a
             pottle
             pot
             or
             glasse
             ,
             but
             wash
             it
             not
             in
             any
             wise
             ,
             then
             take
             a
             pottle
             of
             
               Aqua
               Composita
            
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             both
             in
             a
             large
             pot
             or
             vessell
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             hard
             and
             fast
             stopped
             ,
             three
             dayes
             and
             three
             nights
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             fourth
             day
             open
             it
             ,
             and
             straine
             it
             through
             a
             faire
             linnen-cloath
             into
             a
             cleane
             glasse
             or
             pewter
             pot
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             pound
             of
             Sugar
             small
             beaten
             ,
             one
             pound
             of
             Licorice
             beaten
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             one
             pound
             of
             Dates
             ,
             the
             stones
             taken
             out
             ,
             and
             they
             cut
             in
             small
             pieces
             ,
             then
             mingle
             them
             altogether
             ,
             and
             stop
             the
             glasse
             or
             pewter
             pot
             well
             ,
             so
             that
             no
             ayre
             come
             into
             it
             in
             any
             wise
             .
             Thus
             done
             yee
             may
             drinke
             of
             it
             at
             night
             when
             yee
             goe
             to
             bed
             ,
             one
             spoonefull
             mixt
             with
             
               Aqua
               Vitae
            
             ,
             or
             stale
             Ale
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             ▪
             
             and
             there
             is
             not
             the
             weakest
             body
             in
             the
             worl●
             that
             is
             wasted
             by
             Consumption
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             but
             it
             will
             restore
             him
             againe
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             to
             be
             strong
             and
             lusty
             and
             to
             have
             a
             good
             stomacke
             ,
             and
             that
             shortly
             ,
             and
             hee
             or
             shee
             that
             useth
             this
             three
             times
             together
             ,
             shall
             finde
             great
             remedy
             or
             comfort
             thereby
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             patient
             doth
             feele
             himselfe
             ,
             so
             he
             may
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             How
             to
             make
             Doctor
             Stevens
             precious
             Water
             ,
             which
             Dr.
             Chambers
             and
             others
             ,
             made
             tryall
             of
             and
             did
             approve
             the
             vertue
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             gallon
             of
             Gascoigne
             wine
             ,
             then
             take
             Ginger
             ,
             Galingall
             ,
             Cinamon
             ,
             Nutmegs
             ,
             graines
             of
             Paradise
             ,
             Cloves
             ,
             Mace
             ,
             Anniseeds
             ,
             Fennell-seed
             ,
             and
             Carraway-seed
             ,
             of
             every
             of
             them
             a
             dram
             ,
             then
             take
             Sage
             ,
             red
             Mints
             Rose
             leaves
             ,
             Tyme
             ,
             Pellitory
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             Rosemary
             ,
             Peny-mountaine
             ,
             otherwise
             wild
             Tyme
             ,
             Camomill
             ,
             and
             Lavender
             ,
             of
             every
             of
             them
             a
             handfull
             ,
             then
             beat
             the
             Spices
             small
             ,
             and
             bruise
             the
             hearbes
             ,
             and
             put
             all
             into
             the
             Wine
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             the
             space
             of
             twelve
             dayes
             ,
             stirring
             it
             divers
             times
             ;
             then
             distill
             it
             in
             a
             Limbeck
             ,
             and
             keepe
             the
             first
             pinte
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             the
             
             best
             ,
             and
             then
             will
             come
             a
             second
             kind
             of
             water
             ,
             keepe
             that
             close
             in
             a
             violl
             of
             glasse
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             in
             the
             Sun
             a
             certaine
             space
             .
          
           
             The
             vertues
             of
             this
             Water
             be
             these
             ,
             It
             comforteth
             the
             spirits
             ,
             and
             preserveth
             the
             youth
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             helpeth
             the
             inward
             Diseases
             commeth
             of
             cold
             ,
             and
             against
             the
             shaking
             of
             the
             Palsie
             .
             It
             cureth
             the
             contraction
             of
             Sinewes
             ,
             and
             helpeth
             the
             Conception
             of
             women
             that
             be
             barren
             .
             It
             killeth
             the
             Wormes
             in
             the
             belly
             .
             It
             helpeth
             cold
             Gouts
             .
             It
             helpeth
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
             It
             comforteth
             the
             Stomack
             very
             much
             .
             It
             cureth
             the
             cold
             Dropsie
             .
             It
             helpeth
             the
             stone
             in
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             the
             Reynes
             in
             the
             back
             .
             It
             cureth
             the
             Canker
             .
             It
             helpeth
             speedily
             a
             stinking
             breath
             ,
             and
             whosoever
             useth
             this
             said
             Water
             ,
             it
             shall
             preserve
             him
             in
             health
             long
             Take
             but
             one
             spoonefull
             of
             it
             once
             in
             seaven
             dayes
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             very
             hot
             in
             operation
             :
             It
             preserved
             Doctor
             Stevens
             very
             long
             ,
             who
             lived
             a
             hundreth
             yeares
             lacking
             but
             two
             ,
             and
             tenne
             of
             them
             hee
             lived
             bed-rid
             .
          
           
             The
             doze
             is
             to
             bee
             taken
             in
             white
             Wine
             or
             Ale
             fasting
             ,
             and
             last
             to
             bedwards
             .
          
           
             This
             soveraigne
             Water
             Dr.
             Chambers
             long
             used
             and
             therewith
             effected
             many
             Cures
             ,
             and
             kept
             it
             secret
             till
             a
             little
             before
             his
             Death
             ,
             and
             then
             gave
             it
             to
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Canterbury
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           Vertue
           and
           Excellencie
           of
           the
           English
           Bath
           of
           BATHE
           in
           England
           .
           Written
           by
           
             WILLIAM
             TURNER
          
           ,
           Doctor
           of
           Physick
           .
           Collected
           and
           published
           for
           the
           Benefit
           and
           Cure
           of
           the
           Poorer
           sort
           of
           People
           ,
           who
           are
           not
           able
           to
           goe
           to
           the
           Physitians
           .
           By
           
             WILLIAM
             BREMER
          
           ,
           Practitioner
           in
           Physick
           and
           Chyrurgerie
           .
           PART
           .
           VIII
           .
        
         
           ALthough
           there
           be
           a
           very
           excellent
           and
           wholsome
           Bath
           within
           the
           Realme
           of
           England
           ,
           yet
           for
           all
           that
           ,
           J
           am
           certain
           that
           there
           are
           many
           in
           the
           North
           parts
           ,
           which
           being
           diseased
           with
           ●ore
           Diseases
           ,
           would
           very
           
           gladly
           goe
           to
           the
           Bath
           of
           Bathe
           ,
           if
           they
           knew
           the
           vertue
           and
           benefit
           thereof
           whereby
           they
           might
           receive
           ease
           and
           remedy
           .
        
         
           Wherefore
           ,
           seeing
           that
           J
           have
           writ
           of
           the
           Baths
           that
           are
           in
           foraigne
           Countries
           ,
           therefore
           J
           thought
           good
           to
           make
           knowne
           the
           vertues
           of
           our
           owne
           Bathes
           ;
           For
           if
           they
           bee
           able
           to
           help
           and
           cure
           mens
           Diseases
           ,
           to
           what
           purpose
           shall
           men
           need
           to
           goe
           into
           farre
           Countries
           to
           seeke
           for
           that
           remedy
           there
           which
           they
           might
           have
           at
           home
           .
        
         
           The
           Bath
           of
           England
           is
           in
           the
           West
           Countrey
           in
           
           Somerset-shire
           ,
           in
           a
           City
           called
           in
           Latine
           Bathonia
           ,
           and
           Bathe
           in
           English
           ,
           of
           the
           Bathes
           that
           are
           in
           it
           .
           This
           City
           of
           Bathe
           is
           15.
           miles
           from
           Welles
           ,
           and
           15.
           miles
           from
           the
           noble
           City
           of
           Bristow
           .
        
         
           The
           chiefe
           matter
           whereof
           these
           Bathes
           in
           this
           City
           have
           their
           chiefe
           vertue
           and
           strength
           ,
           after
           my
           judgement
           is
           Brimstone
           ,
           and
           of
           my
           judgement
           are
           divers
           other
           ,
           which
           have
           examined
           them
           as
           J
           have
           done
           ;
           when
           J
           was
           at
           the
           Bathes
           with
           a
           certaine
           man
           diseased
           of
           the
           Gout
           ,
           J
           went
           into
           them
           my selfe
           with
           my
           Patient
           ,
           and
           brought
           forth
           of
           the
           place
           next
           unto
           the
           Spring
           ,
           and
           out
           of
           the
           bottome
           ,
           slime
           ,
           mudde
           ▪
           bones
           ,
           and
           stones
           ,
           which
           altogether
           smelled
           evidently
           of
           Brimstone
           ,
           if
           that
           a
           man
           
           may
           judge
           the
           matter
           by
           the
           effect
           ;
           may
           gather
           that
           Brimstone
           is
           the
           onely
           matter
           in
           these
           Bathes
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           the
           chiefe
           that
           beareth
           rule
           in
           them
           ;
           for
           they
           dry
           up
           wonderfully
           ,
           and
           giveth
           great
           ease
           and
           cureth
           the
           Gout
           excellently
           and
           that
           in
           a
           short
           time
           ,
           as
           with
           divers
           others
           (
           and
           Gentlemen
           of
           quality
           )
           can
           beare
           witnesse
           thereof
           :
           Which
           things
           are
           no
           slight
           manifestations
           that
           Brimstone
           beareth
           the
           predominancy
           and
           chiefe
           rule
           ;
           seeing
           that
           neyther
           by
           smelling
           nor
           tasting
           ,
           a
           man
           can
           perceive
           any
           other
           matter
           or
           Minerall
           to
           raigne
           there
           .
        
         
           If
           there
           bee
           any
           thing
           else
           lightly
           mingled
           with
           the
           Brimstone
           (
           which
           J
           could
           not
           perfitly
           distinguish
           )
           it
           must
           be
           Copper
           ;
           for
           in
           my
           abode
           as
           J
           walked
           about
           the
           Mountaines
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           which
           the
           Bathes
           doe
           spring
           ▪
           J
           found
           here
           and
           there
           little
           pieces
           of
           Marquesieth
           and
           stones
           mingled
           with
           Copper
           ,
           but
           J
           could
           by
           no
           sence
           or
           wit
           perceive
           ,
           that
           the
           Bathes
           had
           any
           notable
           quality
           thereof
           .
           Then
           seeing
           that
           there
           cannot
           bee
           found
           any
           other
           Minerall
           or
           matter
           to
           be
           the
           chiefe
           ruler
           in
           these
           Bathes
           then
           Brimstone
           ,
           wee
           may
           gather
           ,
           that
           these
           Bathes
           are
           good
           for
           all
           those
           Diseases
           ,
           which
           all
           learned
           Physitians
           write
           ,
           that
           other
           Bathes
           ,
           whose
           chiefe
           ruler
           is
           Brimstone
           ,
           are
           good
           for
           .
        
         
         
           Aetius
           writing
           of
           naturall
           Bathes
           ,
           wherein
           Brimstone
           is
           eyther
           the
           only
           Minerall
           or
           matter
           of
           them
           ,
           or
           chiefe
           ruler
           thereof
           ,
           saith
           thus
           as
           followeth
           .
           The
           Bathes
           of
           Brimstone
           soften
           the
           Sinewes
           ,
           swage
           the
           Paine
           that
           a
           man
           hath
           in
           desiring
           to
           goe
           oft
           unto
           the
           stoole
           ,
           and
           when
           hee
           commeth
           ,
           he
           can
           either
           doe
           litle
           or
           nothing
           at
           all
           .
           They
           scowre
           and
           cleanse
           the
           Skinne
           ;
           wherefore
           they
           are
           good
           for
           the
           white
           Morphew
           and
           blacke
           ,
           for
           the
           Leprosie
           ,
           and
           for
           all
           Scabs
           and
           Scurffes
           ,
           for
           old
           Sores
           and
           Botches
           ,
           for
           the
           falling
           of
           humours
           into
           the
           Joynts
           ,
           for
           an
           hardened
           Mylt
           ,
           or
           the
           Cake
           in
           the
           left
           side
           ,
           for
           an
           hardened
           Mother
           ,
           for
           all
           kind
           of
           Palsies
           ,
           for
           the
           Sciatica
           ,
           and
           for
           all
           kind
           of
           Itch
           or
           Itching
           .
           But
           the
           Bathes
           of
           Brimstone
           hurteth
           and
           taketh
           away
           the
           stomack
           for
           the
           present
           .
           Thus
           much
           also
           writeth
           Avicen
           .
        
         
           Agricola
           in
           his
           Bookes
           of
           those
           things
           which
           flow
           out
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           writeth
           thus
           of
           Bathes
           of
           Brimstone
           .
        
         
           The
           Bathes
           of
           Brimstone
           doe
           soften
           the
           Sinewes
           and
           doe
           heat
           ,
           they
           are
           good
           therefore
           for
           Palsies
           ,
           for
           places
           shrunke
           or
           pulled
           in
           too
           much
           ,
           or
           stretched
           too
           farre
           forth
           ;
           for
           the
           shaking
           or
           trembling
           of
           any
           member
           ,
           and
           they
           swage
           Ache
           ,
           and
           drawes
           out
           the
           swelling
           of
           the
           Limbes
           ,
           and
           drive
           and
           dissolve
           them
           away
           ▪
           
           They
           are
           good
           therefore
           for
           the
           Gout
           in
           the
           hands
           ,
           for
           the
           Gout
           in
           the
           feet
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           Sciatica
           ,
           and
           all
           other
           diseases
           in
           the
           joynts
           :
           they
           swage
           also
           the
           paines
           in
           the
           Liver
           and
           Milt
           ,
           and
           drive
           away
           the
           swelling
           of
           them
           both
           :
           they
           scowre
           away
           Freckles
           ,
           and
           heale
           Morphewes
           ,
           and
           Scabbes
           .
           But
           they
           undoe
           and
           overthrow
           the
           Stomacke
           .
           Then
           seeing
           (
           as
           J
           said
           before
           )
           our
           Baths
           of
           Bathe
           ,
           have
           their
           vertue
           of
           Brimstone
           ,
           they
           that
           are
           diseased
           in
           any
           of
           the
           above-named
           diseases
           ,
           may
           goe
           thither
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           helpe
           of
           Almighty
           God
           be
           healed
           there
           .
        
         
           Though
           those
           Bathes
           have
           of
           long
           time
           beene
           knowne
           ,
           even
           about
           a
           thousand
           yeares
           ,
           either
           unlearnednesse
           ,
           or
           the
           enviousnesse
           of
           the
           Physitians
           ,
           which
           have
           been
           in
           times
           past
           ,
           is
           greatly
           to
           be
           rebuked
           ,
           because
           either
           for
           lack
           of
           Learning
           ,
           they
           knew
           not
           the
           vertue
           of
           those
           Bathes
           ,
           or
           else
           for
           enviousnesse
           ,
           would
           not
           send
           the
           sicke
           folkes
           ,
           whom
           they
           could
           not
           otherwise
           heale
           unto
           the
           Bathes
           ;
           for
           all
           men
           can
           tell
           ,
           very
           few
           in
           times
           past
           have
           beene
           by
           the
           advise
           of
           the
           Physitians
           sent
           unto
           the
           Bathes
           ,
           but
           now
           in
           this
           our
           light
           and
           learned
           time
           ,
           after
           that
           so
           many
           learned
           Physitians
           have
           so
           greatly
           commended
           these
           Bathes
           .
           J
           doubt
           whether
           the
           niggardly
           liberality
           ,
           or
           the
           
           unnaturall
           unkindnesse
           of
           the
           rich
           men
           of
           England
           is
           more
           to
           be
           dispraised
           ,
           which
           receiving
           so
           many
           good
           turnes
           of
           Almighty
           God
           ,
           now
           after
           that
           they
           know
           that
           the
           Bathes
           are
           so
           profitable
           ,
           will
           not
           bestowe
           one
           halfe-penny
           for
           Gods
           sake
           upon
           the
           bettering
           and
           amending
           of
           them
           ,
           that
           the
           poore
           ,
           sicke
           and
           diseased
           people
           that
           resort
           thither
           ,
           might
           be
           better
           and
           sooner
           holp●n
           when
           as
           they
           are
           there
           .
        
         
           He
           that
           hath
           beene
           in
           Jtalie
           and
           Germany
           ,
           and
           had
           seene
           how
           costly
           and
           wel-favoredly
           ,
           the
           Bathes
           are
           trimmed
           ,
           and
           appointed
           there
           in
           divers
           and
           sundry
           places
           ,
           would
           be
           ashamed
           that
           any
           stranger
           which
           had
           seene
           the
           Bathes
           in
           foraigne
           lands
           should
           looke
           upon
           our
           Bathes
           ,
           for
           hee
           would
           thinke
           that
           the
           stranger
           would
           accuse
           us
           Englishmen
           of
           three
           things
           .
           Of
           grossenesse
           and
           brutish
           Ignorance
           ;
           because
           we
           cannot
           trim
           our
           Bathes
           no
           better
           .
           Of
           unkindnesse
           ,
           because
           we
           doe
           so
           lightly
           regard
           so
           high
           and
           excellent
           gifts
           of
           Almighty
           God.
           Of
           beastly
           filthinesse
           ,
           because
           we
           make
           no
           partition
           between
           the
           Men
           and
           the
           Women
           ,
           whilest
           they
           are
           in
           Bathing
           ,
           but
           suffer
           them
           contrary
           both
           unto
           the
           law
           of
           God
           and
           man
           ,
           to
           goe
           together
           like
           unreasonable
           Beasts
           ,
           to
           the
           destruction
           both
           of
           body
           and
           soule
           of
           many
           .
        
         
         
           First
           ,
           and
           before
           all
           other
           things
           ,
           my
           counsell
           is
           ,
           that
           every
           Bath
           have
           an
           hole
           in
           the
           bottome
           ,
           by
           the
           which
           ,
           the
           stopple
           taken
           out
           ,
           the
           Bath
           should
           be
           cleansed
           and
           scowred
           every
           foure
           and
           twenty
           houres
           ,
           at
           the
           least
           once
           ,
           and
           that
           I
           would
           advise
           to
           be
           done
           at
           eight
           a
           clock
           in
           the
           afternoone
           ,
           that
           against
           the
           Morning
           it
           might
           be
           full
           of
           fresh
           and
           wholesome
           water
           against
           the
           time
           the
           sicke
           folke
           come
           to
           it
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           so
           should
           they
           be
           a
           great
           deale
           sooner
           healed
           of
           their
           old
           diseases
           ,
           and
           in
           lesse
           jeopardie
           in
           taking
           of
           new
           ,
           which
           may
           easily
           come
           unto
           a
           man
           ,
           if
           he
           goe
           into
           a
           Bath
           ,
           wherein
           a
           sicke
           man
           (
           namely
           if
           hee
           be
           sicke
           n
           a
           smiting
           or
           infective
           disease
           )
           hath
           continued
           .
        
         
           And
           for
           the
           Dyet
           that
           men
           should
           keepe
           at
           this
           Bath
           of
           Bathe
           ,
           hereafter
           ensueth
           ;
           with
           divers
           other
           necessary
           Rules
           needfull
           to
           bee
           observed
           of
           all
           those
           that
           enter
           into
           the
           said
           Bath
           ,
           or
           drinke
           the
           water
           of
           any
           Bath
           .
        
         
           
             Certaine
             Rules
             to
             bee
             obferved
             in
             Dyet
             for
             all
             them
             that
             will
             enter
             into
             any
             Bath
             ,
             or
             drinke
             the
             water
             thereof
             .
          
           
             THe
             counsell
             of
             Learned
             and
             wise
             Physitians
             is
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             should
             at
             any
             tim●
             goe
             into
             any
             Bath
             to
             seeke
             remedy
             for
             any
             
             Sickneffe
             ,
             except
             it
             bee
             such
             a
             one
             as
             that
             the
             learned
             Physitians
             almost
             dispaire
             of
             the
             healing
             of
             it
             .
             If
             God
             have
             smitten
             you
             with
             any
             Disease
             ,
             before
             you
             goe
             to
             any
             Bath
             for
             the
             healing
             of
             it
             ,
             call
             to
             your
             remembrance
             how
             often
             and
             wherein
             you
             have
             displeased
             GOD
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             of
             your
             sinnes
             come
             to
             your
             remembrance
             ,
             exercise
             the
             same
             no
             more
             but
             be
             heartily
             sorie
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             desire
             of
             God
             forgivenesse
             for
             it
             ,
             intending
             and
             promising
             by
             his
             mercy
             and
             grace
             never
             to
             fall
             into
             the
             same
             againe
             .
             This
             counsell
             is
             agreeing
             with
             that
             which
             is
             written
             in
             the
             38.
             
             Chapter
             of
             
               Ecclesiasticus
               ▪
            
             which
             saith
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             vers
             .
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             12.
             
             
               My
               Sonne
               in
               the
               time
               of
               thy
               Sicknesse
               ,
               faile
               not
               to
               pray
               unto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               hee
               will
               make
               thee
               whole
               .
               Leave
               off
               from
               sinne
               ,
               and
               order
               thy
               hands
               aright
               ,
               and
               clense
               thy
               heart
               from
               all
               wickednesse
               .
               Then
               give
               place
               to
               the
               Physitian
               ,
               and
               let
               him
               come
               unto
               thee
               ,
               as
               one
               that
               God
               hath
               sent
               unto
               thee
               .
            
             And
             a
             little
             after
             hee
             doth
             plainly
             declare
             ,
             that
             Sicknesse
             commeth
             from
             the
             punishment
             of
             sinne
             ,
             where
             hee
             saith
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             
             
               Hee
               that
               sinneth
               against
               his
               Maker
               ,
               let
               him
               fall
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               the
               Physitian
               .
            
             As
             Christ
             in
             the
             5.
             of
             John
             doth
             also
             manifest
             ▪
             when
             he
             said
             unto
             the
             blind
             man
             he
             had
             healed
             ;
             
               Goe
               and
               sinne
               no
               more
               ,
               lest
               worse
               things
               chance
               nnto
               thee
               .
            
          
           
           
             Howbeit
             ,
             wee
             may
             judge
             no
             man
             to
             bee
             a
             greater
             sinner
             then
             another
             ,
             because
             hee
             is
             oftner
             sicke
             then
             the
             common
             sort
             be
             ;
             for
             God
             sendeth
             unto
             good
             men
             oftentimes
             sickne●se
             ,
             not
             for
             the
             sinnes
             they
             have
             done
             more
             then
             other
             men
             ,
             but
             to
             keep
             them
             in
             good
             order
             ,
             that
             the
             flesh
             rebell
             not
             against
             the
             spirit
             .
             For
             if
             that
             many
             Infirmities
             had
             been
             a
             sure
             token
             that
             such
             a
             man
             were
             a
             greater
             ●inner
             ,
             then
             should
             Timothy
             ,
             which
             had
             many
             Infirmities
             and
             sicknesses
             (
             as
             Paul
             writeth
             )
             been
             a
             very
             great
             sinner
             ;
             but
             hee
             was
             not
             so
             ,
             therefore
             that
             argument
             is
             not
             true
             .
          
           
             But
             whether
             Sicknesse
             come
             for
             to
             punish
             sinne
             ,
             or
             to
             hold
             a
             man
             in
             good
             nature
             and
             obedience
             ,
             all
             Sicknesse
             commeth
             from
             GOD
             ;
             Therefore
             ,
             for
             whatsoever
             cause
             it
             commeth
             of
             ,
             before
             ye
             aske
             any
             helpe
             of
             any
             worldly
             Physitian
             ,
             yee
             must
             make
             your
             Prayers
             to
             Almighty
             GOD
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             good
             King
             Ezechias
             did
             ,
             )
             and
             if
             it
             be
             meet
             for
             you
             to
             be
             healed
             ,
             you
             shall
             be
             healed
             as
             he
             was
             .
          
           
             Then
             before
             yee
             goe
             into
             the
             Bathes
             ,
             in
             any
             wise
             ye
             must
             goe
             to
             some
             learned
             Physitian
             ,
             and
             learne
             of
             him
             ,
             by
             the
             helpe
             of
             shewing
             ,
             what
             Complexion
             you
             be
             of
             ▪
             and
             what
             Humour
             or
             other
             thing
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             your
             disease
             ;
             and
             there
             after
             his
             Counsell
             ,
             use
             such
             Dyet
             as
             
             shall
             be
             most
             fit
             for
             your
             Complexion
             and
             sicknesse
             .
             Let
             no
             man
             enter
             into
             any
             Bath
             before
             his
             body
             be
             purged
             or
             cleansed
             after
             the
             advice
             of
             some
             learned
             Physitian
             ,
             for
             if
             any
             man
             goe
             into
             the
             bath
             unpurged
             ,
             he
             may
             fortune
             never
             come
             home
             againe
             :
             or
             if
             he
             come
             home
             againe
             ,
             he
             commeth
             home
             most
             commonly
             with
             worse
             Diseases
             then
             he
             brought
             to
             the
             bath
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             Yee
             may
             not
             goe
             into
             the
             bath
             ,
             the
             first
             day
             that
             you
             are
             come
             to
             it
             ,
             but
             you
             must
             rest
             a
             day
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             then
             goe
             into
             the
             bathe
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             no
             time
             of
             the
             yeare
             that
             is
             more
             fit
             to
             goe
             into
             the
             most
             part
             of
             all
             the
             bathes
             ,
             then
             are
             the
             Moneths
             of
             May
             and
             September
             :
             but
             the
             Spring
             time
             is
             better
             then
             any
             other
             time
             is
             .
          
           
             The
             best
             time
             of
             the
             day
             is
             an
             houre
             after
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             or
             halfe
             an
             houre
             :
             but
             before
             yee
             goe
             into
             the
             bathe
             ,
             if
             your
             disease
             will
             suffer
             you
             ,
             yee
             must
             walke
             an
             houre
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             least
             halfe
             an
             houre
             before
             you
             goe
             into
             the
             bath
             .
          
           
             But
             you
             must
             at
             no
             time
             goe
             into
             the
             bath
             ,
             except
             yee
             have
             beene
             at
             the
             stoole
             ,
             either
             by
             nature
             or
             by
             art
             ;
             yee
             may
             take
             a
             Suppository
             ,
             or
             a
             Glister
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             great
             need
             Savanorolla
             suffereth
             Pils
             ,
             but
             hee
             will
             not
             suffer
             that
             he
             
             that
             is
             so
             purged
             ,
             enter
             into
             the
             bath
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             foureteene
             houres
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             Author
             also
             ,
             would
             at
             the
             least
             every
             Bather
             should
             have
             a
             stoole
             once
             in
             three
             dayes
             :
             wherefore
             if
             any
             man
             be
             hard
             of
             nature
             ,
             and
             cannot
             abide
             Suppositories
             and
             Glisters
             ,
             he
             pardoneth
             the
             Patient
             ,
             if
             he
             be
             once
             purged
             ,
             or
             goe
             to
             the
             stoole
             in
             three
             dayes
             ,
             which
             thing
             scarcely
             any
             other
             writer
             that
             J
             have
             read
             will
             doe
             ,
             neither
             would
             J
             counsell
             any
             Patient
             to
             deferre
             the
             going
             to
             stoole
             so
             long
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             any
             meanes
             possible
             to
             make
             a
             man
             goe
             to
             the
             stoole
             ,
             without
             his
             great
             paine
             .
          
           
             If
             that
             he
             be
             counselled
             to
             goe
             twice
             on
             a
             day
             into
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             he
             must
             see
             he
             goe
             not
             into
             it
             ,
             till
             seaven
             houres
             be
             past
             after
             your
             dinner
             ,
             and
             tarry
             not
             so
             long
             in
             it
             in
             the
             afternoone
             as
             you
             did
             before
             .
          
           
             The
             common
             time
             of
             tarrying
             in
             the
             bath
             ,
             is
             commonly
             allowed
             to
             be
             an
             houre
             or
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             nature
             both
             of
             the
             Bath
             ,
             as
             also
             of
             the
             Patient
             .
          
           
             Let
             no
             man
             tarry
             so
             long
             in
             the
             Bath
             that
             he
             be
             faint
             or
             weak
             ,
             but
             let
             him
             come
             out
             before
             that
             time
             .
          
           
             Yee
             must
             alwayes
             goe
             into
             the
             bath
             with
             an
             empty
             stomack
             ,
             and
             as
             long
             as
             you
             are
             in
             
             it
             ,
             you
             must
             neither
             eate
             nor
             drinke
             except
             that
             great
             need
             require
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             Some
             grant
             that
             a
             weake
             person
             may
             eate
             a
             little
             bread
             steeped
             in
             the
             juyce
             of
             Pomegranats
             ,
             Barberries
             ,
             or
             Rilts
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             Syrups
             made
             of
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             Some
             Physitians
             suffer
             a
             man
             that
             cannot
             abide
             hunger
             so
             long
             ,
             to
             take
             ere
             he
             goe
             in
             ,
             two
             spoonfuls
             of
             Raisons
             well
             washed
             oftentimes
             with
             two
             parts
             of
             water
             ,
             one
             of
             wine
             ,
             or
             so
             much
             of
             delaied
             or
             watred
             wine
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             can
             be
             holden
             in
             a
             spoone
             ,
             or
             a
             few
             Prunes
             sodden
             and
             steeped
             in
             water
             ,
             or
             two
             spoonfuls
             of
             crummes
             of
             bread
             ,
             washed
             oftentimes
             with
             water
             or
             wine
             ,
             tempered
             as
             J
             told
             before
             ,
             or
             a
             toste
             put
             into
             such
             water
             :
             but
             let
             no
             man
             drinke
             in
             the
             Bath
             ,
             except
             he
             swound
             in
             the
             bath
             ,
             or
             bee
             in
             danger
             of
             sounding
             ,
             or
             else
             ye
             must
             all
             the
             time
             that
             ye
             be
             in
             the
             bath
             ,
             abstaine
             from
             all
             meate
             and
             drinke
             .
          
           
             As
             long
             as
             you
             are
             in
             the
             bath
             ,
             you
             must
             cover
             your
             head
             well
             that
             you
             take
             no
             cold
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             very
             perilous
             to
             take
             cold
             in
             the
             head
             in
             the
             Bath
             ,
             as
             divers
             reasons
             may
             be
             laid
             to
             prove
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Bath
             ,
             see
             that
             yee
             cover
             your self
             well
             that
             ye
             take
             no
             cold
             ,
             and
             dry
             off
             the
             Water
             on
             your
             body
             with
             
             warme
             clothes
             ,
             and
             goe
             by
             and
             by
             into
             a
             warme
             bed
             ,
             and
             sweat
             there
             if
             you
             can
             ,
             and
             wipe
             off
             the
             sweat
             diligently
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             sleepe
             ,
             but
             yee
             must
             not
             drinke
             any
             thing
             untill
             dinner
             time
             ,
             except
             ye
             be
             very
             faint
             :
             then
             ye
             may
             take
             a
             little
             Suger-candy
             ,
             or
             a
             few
             Raisins
             ,
             or
             any
             such
             thing
             in
             a
             small
             quantity
             that
             will
             slake
             thirst
             :
             for
             Galen
             in
             the
             14
             
               De
               Methodo
               medendi
            
             ,
             commandeth
             that
             a
             man
             shall
             not
             eate
             nor
             drinke
             by
             and
             by
             after
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             untill
             he
             hath
             slept
             after
             his
             bathing
             .
          
           
             After
             that
             yee
             have
             sweat
             and
             slept
             enough
             ,
             and
             be
             clearely
             delivered
             from
             the
             heate
             that
             you
             had
             in
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             in
             the
             Bed
             ,
             then
             may
             you
             rest
             and
             walke
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             then
             goe
             to
             dinner
             ;
             for
             by
             measurable
             walking
             ,
             the
             vapours
             and
             windinesse
             that
             is
             come
             in
             the
             Bath
             is
             driven
             away
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             Patient
             cannot
             walke
             ,
             then
             let
             him
             be
             rubd
             quickly
             ,
             and
             if
             hee
             can
             suffer
             no
             rubing
             ,
             then
             at
             some
             time
             it
             were
             good
             to
             take
             a
             a
             Suppositorie
             ,
             either
             of
             Roote
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             Beete
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             Salt
             upon
             it
             ,
             or
             a
             Suppository
             of
             Honey
             ,
             or
             a
             Suppositorie
             of
             a
             Flower
             deluce
             ,
             or
             of
             salt
             Bacon
             ▪
             or
             white
             Sope.
             
          
           
             After
             all
             these
             things
             ,
             then
             shall
             you
             goe
             to
             dinner
             ,
             but
             you
             must
             neither
             eate
             very
             much
             good
             meate
             ,
             nor
             any
             evill
             meate
             at
             all
             .
             
             Wherefore
             you
             must
             rise
             from
             the
             Table
             with
             some
             good
             appetite
             ,
             so
             that
             you
             could
             eate
             more
             if
             you
             would
             .
          
           
             The
             meates
             that
             are
             commonly
             of
             all
             Physitians
             allowed
             that
             write
             of
             Dyet
             that
             belongeth
             to
             Bathes
             ,
             are
             ,
             Bread
             of
             a
             dayes
             baking
             ,
             or
             two
             at
             the
             most
             ,
             well
             leavened
             ,
             and
             throughly
             baked
             ,
             small
             Birds
             ,
             and
             other
             birds
             of
             the
             fields
             and
             mountaines
             that
             are
             of
             easie
             digestion
             ,
             (
             but
             Waterchanters
             yee
             must
             not
             touch
             )
             Kids-flesh
             ,
             Veale
             and
             Mutton
             ,
             or
             a
             Lambe
             of
             a
             yeare
             old
             ,
             new
             laid
             Egges
             ,
             Pheasants
             ,
             Partridges
             ,
             Capons
             ,
             Chickens
             and
             young
             Geese
             .
             The
             meates
             that
             are
             forbidden
             ,
             are
             salt
             Beefe
             and
             Bacon
             ,
             Pidgeons
             ,
             Quailes
             ,
             Pyes
             ,
             and
             Pasties
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             meates
             ▪
             Cherries
             ,
             and
             all
             such
             fruits
             ,
             Garlicke
             ,
             Onions
             ,
             and
             all
             hot
             spices
             ,
             and
             all
             cold
             meates
             ,
             as
             are
             the
             most
             part
             of
             Fishes
             :
             howbeit
             ,
             divers
             may
             be
             well
             allowed
             ,
             so
             they
             be
             well
             dressed
             .
          
           
             Milke
             is
             not
             to
             be
             allowed
             much
             :
             but
             if
             that
             the
             Patient
             be
             so
             greedy
             of
             it
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             manner
             he
             long
             for
             it
             ,
             then
             let
             him
             take
             it
             two
             houres
             or
             thereabout
             ,
             before
             he
             take
             any
             other
             meate
             ,
             and
             he
             must
             drinke
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             White
             wine
             that
             is
             small
             is
             allowable
             ,
             or
             Wine
             delayed
             with
             the
             third
             or
             fourth
             part
             of
             sodden
             water
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Complexion
             
             of
             the
             Patient
             :
             Some
             use
             to
             steepe
             bread
             in
             strong
             Wine
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             can
             get
             no
             other
             Wine
             .
          
           
             Beware
             that
             in
             no
             wise
             ye
             drinke
             any
             water
             ,
             and
             especially
             cold
             water
             ,
             and
             so
             should
             yee
             forbeare
             from
             all
             things
             that
             are
             presently
             cold
             ▪
             namely
             ,
             when
             ye
             begin
             first
             to
             eate
             and
             drinke
             .
             Let
             therefore
             both
             your
             meate
             and
             drinke
             be
             in
             such
             temper
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             not
             cold
             but
             warme
             ,
             lest
             when
             as
             yee
             are
             hot
             within
             by
             your
             Bathing
             and
             sweating
             ,
             the
             cold
             strike
             suddenly
             into
             some
             principall
             member
             and
             hurt
             it
             .
          
           
             They
             that
             are
             of
             a
             hote
             Complexion
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             open
             nature
             ,
             and
             not
             well
             fastened
             together
             ,
             ought
             not
             to
             tarry
             so
             long
             in
             the
             bath
             ,
             as
             other
             ought
             that
             are
             of
             colder
             and
             faster
             complexions
             .
          
           
             If
             that
             any
             man
             betweene
             meale
             times
             be
             vexed
             with
             thirst
             ,
             he
             may
             not
             drinke
             any
             thing
             ,
             saving
             for
             a
             great
             need
             he
             take
             a
             little
             Barley
             water
             ▪
             or
             Water
             sodden
             with
             the
             fourth
             part
             of
             the
             juyce
             either
             of
             sowre
             or
             milde
             sweet
             Pomgranats
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             Suger
             :
             a
             man
             may
             use
             for
             a
             need
             ,
             a
             little
             Vineger
             ,
             with
             Water
             and
             Suger
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             no
             disease
             in
             the
             Sinewes
             ,
             nor
             in
             the
             Joynts
             .
          
           
             A
             man
             that
             is
             very
             weake
             ,
             or
             accustomed
             
             much
             to
             sleepe
             after
             dinner
             ,
             an
             houre
             and
             a
             halfe
             after
             that
             he
             is
             risen
             from
             the
             Table
             ,
             he
             may
             take
             a
             reasonable
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             time
             that
             a
             man
             is
             in
             them
             ,
             he
             must
             keepe
             himselfe
             chaste
             from
             all
             women
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             must
             doe
             a
             moneth
             after
             ,
             after
             the
             counsell
             of
             divers
             learned
             Physitians
             ,
             and
             some
             for
             the
             space
             of
             forty
             dayes
             ,
             as
             Pantheus
             and
             Aleardus
             would
             ,
             namely
             ,
             if
             they
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Cauldron
             .
          
           
             It
             were
             meete
             that
             in
             every
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             the
             Bath
             should
             be
             letten
             out
             ,
             and
             fresh
             water
             received
             into
             the
             pit
             againe
             ,
             for
             so
             shall
             you
             sooner
             be
             healed
             ,
             and
             better
             abide
             with
             lesse
             jeopardy
             ,
             abiding
             in
             the
             Bath
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             meete
             for
             them
             that
             have
             any
             disease
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             as
             a
             Catliaire
             or
             Rheume
             ,
             comming
             of
             a
             moyst
             cause
             and
             not
             very
             hot
             .
             For
             them
             that
             have
             Palsies
             ,
             or
             such
             like
             diseases
             ,
             that
             they
             cause
             a
             bucket
             to
             be
             holden
             over
             their
             heads
             ,
             with
             an
             hole
             in
             it
             ,
             of
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             mans
             little
             finger
             ,
             about
             foure
             foote
             above
             their
             heads
             ,
             so
             that
             by
             the
             Reed
             or
             Pipe
             made
             for
             the
             nonce
             ,
             the
             water
             may
             come
             downe
             with
             great
             might
             upon
             the
             mould
             of
             the
             Head
             ,
             if
             they
             have
             the
             Cathaire
             ;
             and
             upon
             the
             nape
             of
             the
             necke
             ,
             if
             the
             Patient
             be
             sicke
             of
             the
             Palsie
             ,
             or
             any
             such
             like
             disease
             .
          
           
           
             The
             clay
             or
             grounds
             of
             the
             Bath
             ,
             is
             better
             for
             the
             Dropsie
             then
             is
             the
             water
             alone
             :
             It
             is
             also
             good
             for
             shrunken
             ,
             swelled
             ,
             and
             hard
             places
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             old
             and
             diseased
             places
             ,
             which
             cannot
             well
             be
             healed
             with
             other
             medicines
             :
             The
             matter
             is
             ,
             to
             lay
             the
             grounds
             upon
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             to
             hold
             the
             same
             against
             the
             hote
             Sunne
             ,
             or
             a
             warme
             fire
             ,
             untill
             it
             be
             something
             hard
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             wash
             away
             the
             foulenesse
             of
             the
             Clay
             ,
             with
             the
             water
             of
             the
             Bath
             :
             this
             may
             a
             man
             doe
             as
             oft
             as
             he
             list
             .
             Some
             Physitians
             counsell
             ,
             that
             betweene
             the
             Bathings
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             is
             twice
             bathed
             upon
             one
             day
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             that
             the
             Patient
             is
             out
             of
             the
             bath
             ,
             to
             use
             his
             plaistering
             with
             the
             Clay
             :
             but
             if
             the
             person
             be
             any
             thing
             weake
             ,
             J
             counsell
             not
             to
             goe
             twice
             into
             the
             Bath
             ,
             but
             either
             once
             ,
             or
             else
             to
             be
             content
             with
             the
             plaistering
             of
             the
             mudde
             or
             grounds
             of
             the
             Bath
             .
          
           
             It
             were
             good
             wisedome
             for
             them
             that
             cannot
             tarry
             long
             at
             the
             Bathes
             ,
             either
             for
             heate
             or
             for
             cold
             ,
             to
             take
             home
             with
             them
             some
             of
             the
             grounds
             ,
             and
             there
             occupie
             it
             as
             is
             afore-told
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             certaine
             learned
             men
             ,
             which
             reckon
             that
             the
             hote
             breath
             or
             vapour
             that
             riseth
             up
             from
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             is
             much
             more
             mightier
             then
             the
             water
             of
             the
             bath
             is
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             true
             :
             therefore
             it
             were
             well
             that
             they
             which
             have
             any
             
             Dropsie
             ,
             and
             especially
             a
             Tympanie
             ,
             should
             sit
             over
             such
             a
             place
             of
             the
             Bath
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             receive
             into
             the
             moyst
             diseased
             place
             ,
             the
             vapour
             of
             the
             bathe
             ,
             either
             by
             an
             holed
             stoole
             ,
             or
             by
             some
             other
             such
             like
             manner
             of
             thing
             well
             devised
             for
             that
             purpose
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             poore
             man
             by
             the
             heate
             of
             the
             drynesse
             of
             the
             Bathe
             cannot
             sleepe
             enough
             ,
             let
             him
             eate
             Lettice
             ,
             or
             Purslaine
             ,
             or
             the
             seedes
             of
             Poppy
             ,
             called
             Chesbowle
             ,
             in
             some
             places
             of
             England
             ,
             or
             let
             him
             eate
             Suger
             and
             Poppy-seed
             together
             ,
             let
             this
             be
             done
             at
             night
             .
             Hee
             may
             also
             if
             he
             cannot
             get
             the
             aforesaid
             things
             ,
             seethe
             Violet
             leaves
             and
             Mallowes
             ,
             and
             bathe
             the
             uttermost
             parts
             with
             that
             they
             are
             sodden
             in
             .
             These
             are
             remedies
             for
             poore
             folke
             that
             are
             not
             able
             to
             have
             a
             Physitian
             with
             them
             to
             give
             them
             counsell
             :
             Let
             the
             rich
             use
             such
             remedies
             as
             their
             Physitians
             shall
             counsell
             them
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             poore
             man
             be
             vexed
             with
             any
             unsufferable
             thirst
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             a
             little
             Barley
             and
             seethe
             it
             long
             ,
             and
             put
             a
             little
             Suger
             unto
             it
             :
             or
             let
             him
             take
             the
             juyce
             of
             an
             Orange
             ,
             or
             take
             a
             little
             of
             it
             with
             a
             little
             Suger
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             poore
             man
             catch
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             a
             little
             Wormelade
             if
             he
             can
             get
             it
             ,
             or
             Coriander
             Comfits
             :
             or
             if
             he
             can
             get
             none
             of
             these
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             ▪
             and
             
             beate
             it
             with
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             Rosewater
             ,
             or
             with
             the
             broath
             of
             Violets
             ,
             or
             Nightshade
             ,
             or
             with
             any
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             a
             cloath
             unto
             the
             temples
             of
             his
             head
             ,
             and
             forehead
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             poore
             man
             be
             burned
             too
             much
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             a
             Glister
             made
             with
             Mallowes
             ,
             Beetes
             ,
             and
             Violet
             leaves
             ,
             or
             let
             him
             seethe
             Prunes
             with
             Barley
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             and
             Raisins
             ,
             putting
             a
             way
             the
             stones
             ,
             and
             eate
             of
             them
             ,
             or
             let
             him
             use
             Suppositories
             sometimes
             ,
             made
             of
             rootes
             ,
             either
             of
             Beetes
             ,
             of
             Flower-de-Luce
             ,
             or
             of
             white
             Sope
             ,
             or
             of
             salt
             Bacon
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             man
             sweat
             too
             much
             ,
             let
             him
             use
             colder
             meates
             than
             he
             used
             before
             ,
             with
             Vineger
             or
             Verjuyce
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             also
             eate
             Sheepes-feete
             ,
             and
             Calves-feete
             ,
             with
             Verjuyce
             or
             Vineger
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             man
             have
             the
             burning
             of
             his
             water
             when
             he
             maketh
             it
             ,
             let
             him
             an
             houre
             after
             he
             is
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             annoynt
             his
             Kidneyes
             with
             some
             cold
             Oyntment
             ,
             as
             is
             
               Infrigidus
               Galeni
            
             :
             or
             if
             you
             cannot
             come
             by
             that
             ,
             let
             him
             seethe
             Violet
             leaves
             ,
             Poppy-heads
             ,
             Raisins
             ,
             Licorice
             and
             Mallowes
             together
             ,
             straine
             them
             ,
             and
             put
             some
             Suger
             in
             the
             broath
             ,
             and
             drinke
             of
             it
             a
             draught
             before
             Supper
             .
          
           
           
             If
             any
             be
             troubled
             with
             the
             Rheume
             which
             he
             hath
             caught
             in
             the
             Bath
             ,
             let
             him
             parch
             or
             bristle
             at
             the
             fire
             
               Nigella
               Romana
            
             ,
             and
             hold
             it
             in
             a
             cloath
             to
             his
             Nose
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             set
             cups
             or
             boxing
             glasses
             to
             his
             shoulders
             ,
             without
             any
             scorching
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             drinke
             sodden
             water
             with
             Barley
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             little
             Suger
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             man
             have
             any
             appetite
             to
             eate
             ,
             let
             him
             use
             the
             sirrups
             of
             Ribles
             or
             Barberies
             ,
             or
             the
             sirrup
             of
             unripe
             Grapes
             ,
             or
             use
             Verjuyce
             or
             Vineger
             to
             provoke
             appetite
             in
             due
             measure
             ,
             and
             now
             and
             then
             if
             ye
             can
             get
             it
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             a
             little
             Marmalade
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             sirrup
             of
             Mynts
             ,
             or
             Worm-wood
             Raman
             .
             (
             These
             have
             I
             written
             for
             poore
             folke
             .
             )
             Those
             that
             are
             rich
             ,
             by
             the
             advice
             of
             the
             Physitians
             ,
             may
             have
             other
             Remedies
             enough
             against
             the
             fore-named
             accidents
             ,
             that
             chance
             in
             the
             time
             of
             their
             bathing
             .
          
           
             If
             thou
             be
             rid
             of
             thy
             disease
             by
             thy
             bathing
             ,
             offer
             unto
             Christ
             in
             thy
             pure
             members
             ,
             such
             offering
             of
             Thankesgiving
             ,
             as
             thou
             mayest
             spare
             and
             give
             him
             hearty
             thankes
             ,
             both
             in
             word
             ,
             minde
             and
             deed
             ,
             and
             sinne
             no
             more
             ,
             but
             walke
             in
             all
             kindnesse
             of
             life
             and
             honesty
             ,
             as
             farre
             as
             thou
             shalt
             be
             able
             to
             doe
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             thou
             shalt
             live
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             thou
             be
             not
             healed
             the
             first
             time
             ,
             be
             
             patient
             ,
             and
             live
             vertuously
             till
             the
             next
             bathing
             time
             ,
             and
             then
             if
             it
             be
             to
             the
             glory
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             most
             profitable
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             the
             next
             bathing
             time
             be
             healed
             by
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             of
             whom
             commeth
             all
             health
             both
             of
             body
             and
             soule
             .
          
           
             Some
             if
             they
             be
             not
             healed
             whilest
             they
             be
             in
             the
             bathing
             ,
             cry
             out
             both
             upon
             the
             Bath
             ,
             w●ich
             healeth
             many
             other
             of
             the
             same
             Diseases
             that
             they
             are
             sicke
             of
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Physitian
             also
             that
             counselled
             them
             to
             goe
             to
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             such
             men
             must
             learne
             ,
             that
             they
             must
             not
             appoint
             God
             a
             time
             to
             heale
             them
             by
             the
             Bathe
             ,
             and
             that
             when
             as
             the
             Bath
             hath
             dryed
             up
             ,
             and
             washed
             by
             Sweating
             ,
             and
             made
             subtill
             through
             blowing
             the
             evill
             matter
             of
             the
             disease
             ;
             that
             it
             is
             one
             dayes
             worke
             or
             two
             ,
             to
             make
             good
             humours
             to
             occupie
             the
             place
             of
             such
             evill
             humours
             as
             have
             beene
             in
             them
             before
             .
             Therefore
             let
             such
             be
             patient
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             space
             of
             a
             Moneth
             keepe
             the
             same
             dyet
             that
             they
             kept
             at
             the
             Bath
             ,
             and
             if
             God
             will
             they
             shall
             have
             their
             desire
             ,
             but
             not
             onely
             these
             ,
             but
             all
             others
             that
             are
             healed
             for
             a
             moneth
             at
             the
             least
             ,
             the
             longer
             the
             better
             ,
             must
             keepe
             the
             same
             dyet
             that
             they
             kept
             in
             the
             Bath
             ,
             as
             touching
             meate
             and
             drinke
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             also
             from
             the
             use
             of
             all
             Women
             .
          
           
           
             When
             as
             you
             goe
             homewards
             ,
             make
             but
             small
             Journeyes
             ,
             and
             beware
             of
             surfetting
             and
             of
             cold
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             are
             at
             home
             ,
             use
             measurable
             Exercise
             daily
             ,
             and
             honest
             mirth
             and
             pastime
             ,
             with
             honest
             company
             ,
             and
             beware
             of
             too
             much
             study
             or
             carefulnesse
             .
          
           
             And
             give
             God
             thankes
             for
             all
             his
             Guifts
             .
          
        
         
           Thus
           much
           for
           the
           Bath
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Of
           Herbes
           ,
           and
           Drugs
           .
           Hereafter
           followeth
           divers
           Medicines
           ,
           Remedies
           ,
           and
           Cures
           to
           heale
           divers
           Diseases
           curable
           ,
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           ;
           as
           also
           the
           Nature
           and
           property
           of
           certaine
           Herbes
           ,
           Plants
           ,
           and
           Drugs
           ,
           belonging
           thereunto
           .
           PART
           .
           IX
           .
        
         
           
             And
             first
             of
             
               Marte
               Mylletare
            
             ,
             to
             stop
             the
             Flux
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             DIvers
             times
             ,
             the
             Flux
             of
             the
             Body
             proceedeth
             of
             superfluous
             heat
             contained
             in
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             the
             which
             maketh
             a
             continuall
             solution
             inwardly
             ,
             as
             yee
             may
             see
             by
             Experience
             of
             those
             that
             are
             troubled
             therewith
             ;
             for
             so
             long
             as
             the
             cause
             is
             not
             taken
             away
             ,
             all
             their
             meat
             doth
             
             turne
             into
             the
             matter
             ,
             the
             which
             if
             it
             be
             so
             ,
             that
             is
             true
             which
             J
             doe
             say
             ;
             That
             the
             Fluxes
             are
             a
             distemperance
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             caused
             of
             hot
             and
             corrupt
             humours
             in
             the
             Stomacke
             ;
             and
             therefore
             if
             thou
             wilt
             cure
             it
             ,
             it
             were
             necessary
             to
             extinguish
             the
             heat
             ,
             and
             so
             take
             away
             the
             corruption
             ,
             the
             which
             thou
             shalt
             doe
             with
             the
             rednesse
             of
             
               Marte
               Mylletare
            
             ,
             as
             is
             hereafter
             following
             ,
             for
             that
             is
             the
             most
             soveraigne
             remedy
             that
             can
             be
             found
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             yee
             shall
             take
             twelve
             graines
             of
             
               Petra
               Philosophalla
            
             ,
             with
             half
             an
             ounce
             of
             
               Mel
               Rosarum
            
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             foure
             mornings
             together
             one
             scruple
             of
             
               Marte
               Mylletare
            
             ,
             with
             half
             an
             ounce
             of
             Suger
             Rosate
             ,
             and
             therewith
             thou
             shalt
             worke
             very
             strange
             effects
             .
          
           
             Also
             for
             Perbreaking
             and
             for
             Flux
             ,
             seethe
             Roses
             in
             Vineger
             ,
             or
             Tamarindes
             ,
             or
             Galls
             ,
             and
             while
             it
             is
             hot
             wet
             therein
             Wooll
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             the
             Stomacke
             for
             Vomit
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             Navill
             for
             Flux
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             Reynes
             for
             appetite
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             vertue
             of
             certaine
             Herbes
             ,
             and
             Drugs
             .
          
           
             MAllowes
             ,
             the
             Leaves
             boyled
             being
             eaten
             doth
             take
             away
             Hoarsnesse
             ,
             and
             being
             pounded
             with
             Sage
             ,
             they
             make
             a
             singular
             plaister
             for
             Wounds
             and
             other
             Inflamations
             .
          
           
           
             
               St.
               Johns-wort
            
             ,
             the
             Seed
             thereof
             being
             drunk
             with
             Wine
             voideth
             the
             Stone
             out
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             Wormwood
             ,
             is
             good
             against
             the
             Dropsie
             ,
             taking
             often
             the
             leaves
             thereof
             confected
             with
             Suger
             .
          
           
             Hysop
             ,
             being
             boyled
             with
             Figges
             ,
             Water
             ,
             Honey
             ,
             and
             Rew
             taken
             in
             drinke
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             inflamation
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             it
             avoydeth
             flegme
             ,
             and
             easeth
             an
             old
             Cough
             .
          
           
             Sage
             ,
             is
             good
             against
             all
             Cold
             and
             flegmatick
             diseases
             in
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             against
             all
             paines
             in
             the
             Joynts
             ,
             being
             taken
             in
             drinke
             ,
             or
             applyed
             in
             fomentation
             ;
             It
             is
             good
             for
             great
             bellied
             women
             to
             eate
             ,
             which
             are
             subject
             to
             travell
             before
             their
             time
             .
          
           
             Mynt
             ,
             beaten
             and
             made
             into
             a
             Plaister
             comforts
             a
             weake
             Stomack
             ,
             it
             is
             very
             good
             to
             restore
             the
             smell
             ,
             or
             the
             Feeling
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             often
             held
             to
             the
             nose
             ;
             the
             Leaves
             dryed
             and
             beaten
             to
             powder
             kill
             wormes
             in
             Children
             ;
             also
             it
             applied
             to
             the
             forehead
             ,
             helpeth
             the
             Head-ach
             .
          
           
             Time
             ,
             taken
             in
             drinke
             is
             good
             to
             purge
             the
             Intrailes
             ,
             or
             to
             make
             one
             spit
             out
             the
             evill
             humours
             of
             the
             Lungs
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Brest
             .
          
           
             Rosemary
             ,
             is
             very
             good
             against
             the
             Collick
             and
             casting
             up
             of
             Meat
             ,
             by
             eating
             it
             in
             bread
             ,
             or
             drinking
             it
             in
             powder
             in
             Wine
             .
          
           
             Camomill
             ,
             The
             leaves
             beaten
             and
             put
             into
             
             white
             Wine
             ,
             is
             good
             drinke
             against
             Quotidian
             and
             quartern
             Agues
             ,
             the
             decoction
             thereof
             drunk
             ,
             healeth
             paines
             in
             the
             side
             ,
             good
             against
             Feavers
             ,
             and
             also
             to
             avoyd
             Urine
             .
          
           
             Lillyes
             ,
             The
             leaves
             thereof
             being
             boyled
             ,
             heale
             burnings
             ,
             and
             confected
             in
             Vineger
             and
             mingled
             with
             Saffron
             ,
             and
             Cinamon
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             Women
             that
             are
             delivered
             of
             Child
             with
             great
             difficulty
             and
             voydeth
             the
             after
             burden
             .
          
           
             Baulme
             ,
             The
             property
             of
             it
             in
             Wine
             is
             to
             comfort
             the
             Heart
             ,
             to
             helpe
             digestion
             ,
             to
             heale
             the
             feeblenesse
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             especially
             if
             the
             weaknesse
             be
             such
             that
             it
             causeth
             to
             breake
             sleepe
             in
             the
             Night
             ,
             it
             stayeth
             the
             panting
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             drives
             away
             cares
             ;
             the
             leaves
             thereof
             taken
             in
             drinke
             is
             good
             against
             the
             biting
             of
             a
             Dog
             ,
             or
             outwardly
             applyed
             is
             good
             to
             heale
             the
             Wound
             with
             the
             decoction
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             
               Dogs
               tooth
            
             ,
             The
             decoction
             of
             the
             leaves
             taken
             in
             drinke
             ,
             helpeth
             the
             wringing
             of
             the
             belly
             ,
             hard
             making
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             breaketh
             the
             Stone
             or
             gravell
             in
             the
             Kidneyes
             ;
             the
             seed
             thereof
             doth
             greatly
             provoke
             Urine
             .
          
           
             Periatory
             ,
             or
             Pellatory
             .
             Gathered
             in
             winter
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             consume
             ,
             and
             draw
             ;
             and
             while
             it
             is
             greene
             it
             breaketh
             wind
             in
             the
             stomack
             .
             The
             juyce
             thereof
             held
             within
             the
             mouth
             allayeth
             the
             Tooth-ach
             ,
             the
             leaves
             
             thereof
             being
             applyed
             healeth
             Burnings
             ,
             swellings
             ,
             and
             Inflamations
             ,
             being
             fryed
             with
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             or
             Capons
             grease
             ,
             and
             layd
             unto
             the
             belly
             ,
             it
             cureth
             the
             Collick
             ,
             and
             being
             mixed
             with
             Goats
             or
             Kids
             grease
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             ease
             the
             Gout
             ;
             the
             Juyce
             also
             mixed
             with
             like
             quantity
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             oyle
             of
             sweet
             Almonds
             newly
             made
             ,
             is
             very
             good
             against
             the
             Stone
             ,
             and
             dropped
             into
             the
             Eares
             with
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             helpeth
             the
             paine
             .
          
           
             Aleanet
             ,
             is
             to
             sooder
             Wounds
             .
          
           
             Aspaltum
             ,
             is
             Tarre
             of
             India
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             draw
             and
             sooder
             ,
             for
             if
             the
             Powder
             thereof
             be
             strowed
             on
             a
             dry
             Wound
             it
             will
             presently
             close
             it
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             both
             broad
             and
             deepe
             .
          
           
             Oates
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             abate
             Swelling
             ,
             and
             to
             soften
             things
             ,
             being
             made
             hot
             in
             a
             pan
             .
          
           
             Asarum
             ,
             maketh
             Women
             to
             have
             their
             termes
             ,
             openeth
             the
             veynes
             of
             the
             Urine
             ,
             and
             maketh
             one
             to
             pisse
             freely
             .
             It
             mixed
             with
             honey
             killeth
             Wormes
             ▪
             dissolveth
             Winds
             ,
             and
             warmeth
             the
             stomacke
             ,
             clenseth
             the
             Liver
             and
             veynes
             of
             the
             Guts
             ,
             and
             reynes
             of
             the
             Mother
             ,
             it
             putteth
             away
             Feaver
             quotidian
             ,
             and
             cureth
             the
             stinking
             of
             venemous
             Wormes
             .
          
           
             Bole-Armoniacke
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             good
             ,
             is
             as
             it
             were
             white
             redded
             .
          
           
             Ballestianes
             ,
             is
             the
             flower
             of
             the
             Pomgranet
             
             and
             P●idia
             is
             the
             rinde
             ,
             and
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             restraine
             as
             Bolle
             hath
             .
          
           
             
               Brancha
               Vrona
            
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             make
             soft
             ,
             or
             to
             rypen
             Empostumes
             .
          
           
             Bistorta
             ,
             or
             Tormentill
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             straine
             together
             ,
             comfort
             ,
             and
             confound
             .
          
           
             Bedellion
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             constraine
             together
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             the
             Impostume
             ,
             both
             within
             and
             without
             ,
             it
             breaketh
             the
             stone
             ,
             and
             breaketh
             the
             Cough
             .
          
           
             Cadamen
             ,
             is
             the
             rootes
             of
             Parcely
             ,
             that
             hath
             ●ertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             to
             consume
             and
             to
             draw
             .
          
           
             Camfere
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             Marble
             ,
             or
             Alablaster
             ,
             Lynseed
             ,
             or
             Anniseed
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Gomora
             ,
             and
             to
             abate
             a
             mans
             courage
             .
          
           
             Coloquintida
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             purge
             Flegme
             and
             Melancholy
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Tooth-ache
             seethe
             it
             in
             Vineger
             .
          
           
             
               C●ssia
               fi●tula
            
             ,
             a
             Gargarisme
             made
             thereof
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Morell
             ,
             dissolveth
             the
             Empostume
             in
             the
             Wezend
             ,
             and
             also
             swelling
             in
             the
             Cheekes
             .
          
           
             Ceru●e
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             engender
             good
             flesh
             ,
             and
             to
             fret
             away
             evill
             flesh
             .
          
           
             Capers
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             defie
             cold
             Humours
             ,
             in
             the
             mouth
             and
             stomack
             .
          
           
             Con●ube
             and
             Quibebes
             ,
             the
             powder
             heereof
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             Borage
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             cold
             
             Rheume
             and
             to
             comfort
             the
             Braine
             .
          
           
             Dragagant
             ,
             is
             of
             three
             kinds
             ,
             and
             the
             white
             is
             the
             best
             in
             cold
             Medicines
             ,
             and
             the
             red
             in
             hot
             .
          
           
             Euphorbium
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             to
             draw
             ,
             to
             allay
             ,
             to
             consume
             ,
             to
             purge
             Fleame
             ,
             and
             Melancholly
             .
          
           
             Esul●
             ,
             is
             the
             rinde
             of
             
               Eleborus
               Albus
            
             ,
             or
             
               Peritory
               of
               Spaine
            
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             purge
             Fleame
             and
             Melancholly
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             the
             best
             that
             purgeth
             nekt
             to
             Scamonie
             .
             Take
             Esula
             ,
             five
             drams
             ,
             Canell
             ,
             Fennell-seeds
             ,
             Any
             seedes
             ,
             and
             use
             this
             with
             warme
             Wine
             ,
             or
             other
             broth
             ,
             is
             a
             very
             good
             purge
             .
          
           
             
               Gum
               Arabic
            
             ,
             the
             white
             is
             cold
             ,
             the
             red
             is
             hot
             in
             Medicines
             .
          
           
             Gariofiolate
             ,
             is
             Avence
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             open
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             consume
             ,
             whilest
             hee
             is
             greene
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             the
             
               Collicia
               passio
            
             .
          
           
             Hermadactilus
             ,
             the
             whitest
             is
             the
             best
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             consume
             ,
             and
             draw
             ,
             and
             principally
             to
             purge
             Fleame
             .
          
           
             
               Jarus
               ,
               Barba
               ,
               Aron
            
             ,
             Calves
             feet
             ,
             Cuckoopintell
             ,
             the
             leaves
             ,
             and
             the
             rootes
             ,
             and
             the
             gobbets
             about
             the
             rootes
             be
             of
             good
             vertue
             ,
             and
             the
             Rootes
             being
             cloven
             ,
             and
             dryed
             ,
             they
             have
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             and
             asswage
             .
          
           
             Ipaguistidos
             ,
             is
             Gobbets
             that
             are
             found
             by
             the
             roote
             of
             the
             Dog
             bryer
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             draw
             together
             .
          
           
           
             Jempus
             ,
             is
             the
             fruit
             thereof
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             consume
             ;
             for
             the
             Strangury
             and
             Illiaco
             ,
             drinke
             Wine
             wherein
             it
             was
             sodden
             .
          
           
             Licium
             ,
             is
             good
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             Fennell
             for
             sore
             Eyes
             .
          
           
             Litarge
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             close
             together
             and
             to
             clense
             .
          
           
             
             Lovag●-seed
             with
             Cinamon
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Liver
             ,
             and
             Spleen
             ,
             and
             wind
             in
             the
             Guts
             and
             stomacke
             .
          
           
             Mamia
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             make
             Bloud
             cleane
             .
          
           
             Mumia
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             straine
             together
             .
          
           
             Medeswete
             ,
             greene
             or
             dry
             bringeth
             Menstruum
             ,
             and
             clenseth
             the
             Mother
             .
          
           
             Mora
             ,
             is
             the
             fruit
             of
             the
             Cicomore
             Tree
             ▪
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             consume
             ,
             and
             make
             cleane
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Ovinsie
             ,
             and
             for
             costivenesse
             .
          
           
             Nitrum
             ,
             the
             whiter
             the
             better
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             drive
             away
             filth
             .
          
           
             Opponax
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             cleere
             ,
             and
             draw
             to
             Cytrin
             colour
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             and
             consume
             .
          
           
             Oppium
             ,
             that
             which
             is
             not
             hard
             nor
             soft
             ,
             is
             good
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             make
             one
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             Organum
             flowers
             ,
             is
             good
             powdered
             to
             make
             Laxe
             ,
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             to
             consume
             ,
             and
             the
             powder
             put
             within
             and
             without
             ,
             abateth
             swolne
             cheekes
             .
          
           
           
             
               Oxificicentia
               ,
               Phenicon
               ,
               Dactilis
               Indie
               ,
               Tamarindus
               ,
            
             They
             that
             bee
             good
             ,
             be
             neither
             too
             moyst
             nor
             too
             hard
             ,
             and
             be
             somewhat
             blacke
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             sower
             ,
             the
             Rind
             nor
             the
             Seed
             ,
             must
             not
             be
             used
             in
             Medicines
             ,
             It
             hath
             vertue
             to
             purge
             Choller
             ,
             to
             clense
             the
             Blood
             ,
             and
             to
             abate
             unkind
             heat
             .
          
           
             
               Os
               de
               cord●
               Cervi
            
             ,
             is
             the
             bone
             of
             the
             Harts
             heart
             ,
             on
             the
             left
             side
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             to
             purge
             Melancholy
             blood
             ,
             and
             Cardiacle
             ,
             and
             Sinicapos
             or
             Sincapos
             ,
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             Borage
             ,
             and
             
               Os
               Sexi
            
             ,
             will
             make
             the
             Teeth
             white
             .
          
           
             Dog-Fennell
             ,
             the
             root
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Strangury
             ,
             Oissury
             ,
             and
             stopping
             of
             the
             Liver
             and
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             
               Pine
               apples
            
             ,
             the
             Kernels
             doe
             moysten
             and
             open
             ,
             and
             is
             good
             for
             the
             disease
             in
             the
             Brest
             ,
             or
             Cough
             ,
             or
             Eticke
             ,
             or
             Consumption
             ,
             and
             to
             increase
             good
             blood
             .
          
           
             Damsons
             ,
             bee
             cold
             and
             moyst
             ,
             in
             the
             third
             degree
             ,
             gather
             them
             when
             they
             be
             ripe
             ,
             and
             cleave
             them
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             spring
             them
             with
             Vineger
             above
             ,
             and
             then
             yee
             may
             keepe
             them
             two
             yeare
             in
             a
             vessell
             ;
             Their
             vertue
             is
             to
             cool●
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             make
             his
             Guts
             light
             ,
             and
             therefore
             they
             be
             good
             in
             Fevers
             ,
             against
             the
             costivenesse
             that
             commeth
             of
             drynesse
             ,
             or
             of
             Cholerick
             humours
             in
             the
             Guts
             ,
             when
             they
             be
             ripe
             to
             cut
             ,
             
             and
             when
             they
             be
             dry
             ,
             soke
             them
             in
             water
             ;
             and
             eate
             the
             Prune
             ,
             and
             drinke
             the
             water
             .
          
           
             Psilium
             ,
             is
             cold
             and
             moyst
             in
             the
             third
             degree
             ;
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             make
             soft
             and
             light
             ,
             and
             to
             coole
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             and
             to
             draw
             together
             .
          
           
             Purslene
             ,
             is
             good
             both
             raw
             and
             sodden
             ,
             to
             abate
             unkind
             heat
             in
             Cholerick
             men
             .
          
           
             Pitch-liquid
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             and
             consume
             .
          
           
             Ponticum
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             stopping
             of
             the
             Liver
             and
             Spleene
             ,
             that
             commeth
             of
             cold
             .
          
           
             Storax
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             both
             to
             comfort
             and
             consume
             ,
             and
             to
             fasten
             Teeth
             ,
             and
             comfort
             the
             Gummes
             .
          
           
             Squilla
             ,
             is
             a
             Sea-Onion
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             found
             by
             himselfe
             is
             deadly
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             purge
             and
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             but
             the
             outer
             and
             inner
             parts
             must
             be
             cast
             away
             ,
             for
             they
             bee
             deadly
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             is
             in
             the
             middest
             ,
             may
             bee
             put
             in
             Medicines
             ,
             and
             it
             hath
             more
             vertue
             raw
             than
             sodden
             .
          
           
             Seeds
             within
             the
             berries
             of
             Elder
             ,
             is
             good
             to
             purge
             Flegme
             .
          
           
             Stavisacre
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             consume
             ,
             draw
             ,
             and
             purge
             Flegme
             ,
             and
             Litargie
             ▪
             and
             to
             put
             away
             heavinesse
             from
             the
             heart
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             taken
             and
             put
             in
             the
             nose
             .
          
           
             S●apium
             ,
             is
             good
             ,
             and
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             
             consume
             ,
             draw
             ,
             and
             laxe
             ,
             and
             heale
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             for
             fallings
             downe
             of
             the
             Mother
             ,
             with
             suffumigation
             ,
             or
             supositor
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             tearmes
             of
             the
             secondine
             or
             dead
             Child
             .
          
           
             Saracoll
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             right
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             ,
             it
             hath
             vertue
             to
             straine
             together
             and
             to
             sooder
             .
             Drinke
             Calamint
             sodden
             in
             Wine
             ,
             for
             coldnesse
             of
             the
             stomack
             ,
             and
             for
             stopping
             of
             the
             Liver
             and
             Spleen
             ,
             the
             Reynes
             and
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             
               Illiac●
               passio
            
             .
          
           
             Saterion
             ,
             his
             root
             is
             green
             ,
             and
             hath
             vertue
             to
             unloose
             mans
             nature
             .
          
           
             Saligem
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             consume
             .
          
           
             Scabius
             ,
             while
             hee
             is
             greene
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             consume
             ,
             and
             cleanse
             .
          
           
             Dragons
             ,
             take
             the
             roote
             ,
             and
             cleave
             it
             ,
             and
             dry
             it
             in
             the
             Sun
             ,
             yee
             may
             keepe
             it
             two
             yeares
             ,
             mingle
             the
             powder
             of
             Dragons
             with
             Sope
             ,
             and
             wet
             a
             Tent
             therein
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             deepe
             into
             a
             fester
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             clense
             and
             enlarge
             it
             ,
             and
             if
             there
             be
             a
             bone
             in
             it
             ,
             it
             will
             draw
             it
             out
             ,
             or
             else
             loose
             it
             that
             yee
             may
             take
             it
             out
             lightly
             .
          
           
             Sene
             ,
             is
             to
             purge
             Melancholy
             and
             Epilencie
             ,
             and
             Fever
             quartaine
             ,
             and
             Emerodes
             ;
             for
             the
             Spleene
             and
             Liver
             ,
             take
             Cardiacle
             sodden
             in
             water
             ▪
             and
             put
             to
             Sage
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Syrope
             ,
             or
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Borage
             and
             Suger
             ,
             is
             very
             good
             .
          
           
           
             
               Terra
               sigillata
               ,
               terra
               sarasincia
               ,
               terra
               argenta
               ,
            
             is
             all
             one
             manner
             of
             earth
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             constraine
             together
             .
          
           
             Turbith
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             hollow
             ,
             small
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             Ash-colour
             ,
             and
             gummie
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             ,
             It
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             draw
             humours
             from
             the
             uttermost
             part
             of
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             and
             namely
             Fleame
             ;
             for
             the
             Gout
             ,
             and
             Illiaca
             ,
             and
             Podegra
             ,
             and
             Chiragra
             ,
             give
             him
             foure
             scruples
             of
             Turbith
             mingled
             with
             some
             other
             Medicine
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             doe
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             Taplia
             ,
             or
             faiters
             Hearbe
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             purge
             above
             and
             beneath
             ,
             both
             greene
             and
             dry
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             never
             given
             by
             himselfe
             ,
             he
             that
             stampeth
             it
             let
             him
             hide
             his
             face
             and
             eyes
             that
             he
             see
             not
             ,
             also
             keepe
             close
             his
             Testacles
             ,
             or
             else
             they
             will
             swell
             .
             With
             this
             Hearbe
             beggers
             doe
             make
             themselves
             seeme
             to
             have
             the
             Dropsie
             upon
             them
             .
          
           
             Tartar
             is
             the
             Lees
             of
             Wine
             ,
             and
             hath
             vertue
             to
             dissolve
             ,
             and
             dryeth
             away
             filth
             ,
             and
             to
             abate
             a
             mans
             fatnesse
             .
          
           
             Terbentine
             ,
             a
             fugimation
             thereof
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             subfumigation
             of
             the
             Mother
             .
          
           
             
               Virga
               Pastoris
            
             ,
             or
             Shepheards
             rod
             ,
             hath
             vertue
             to
             straine
             together
             ,
             to
             coole
             ,
             and
             to
             fill
             that
             is
             empty
             ,
             and
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Fluxe
             .
          
           
             Bryona
             ,
             or
             wild
             Neppe
             ,
             is
             hot
             and
             dry
             ,
             the
             
             roote
             thereof
             maketh
             a
             woman
             to
             have
             her
             tearmes
             ,
             and
             delivereth
             a
             dead
             Child
             or
             secondine
             .
          
           
             Flower-de-Luce
             ,
             the
             Root
             of
             it
             washt
             and
             scraped
             cleane
             ,
             being
             dryed
             and
             finely
             beaten
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             a
             pint
             of
             new
             Milke
             ,
             made
             hote
             upon
             the
             fire
             and
             given
             the
             patient
             to
             drinke
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             the
             Greene
             sicknesse
             .
             
               D.
               B.
            
             
          
           
             Ginger
             ,
             comforteth
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             maketh
             good
             digestion
             .
          
           
             Sugar
             ,
             is
             temperate
             hot
             ,
             and
             moyst
             ,
             his
             vertue
             is
             to
             moysten
             and
             nourish
             ,
             and
             to
             loose
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             mingled
             with
             cold
             things
             to
             coole
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             excellent
             vertues
             of
             Cardus
             Benedictus
             .
          
           
             IT
             is
             very
             good
             for
             the
             Head-ache
             and
             the
             Megrim
             :
             For
             the
             use
             of
             the
             juyce
             and
             powder
             of
             the
             Leaves
             ,
             preserveth
             and
             keepeth
             a
             man
             from
             the
             Head-ach
             ,
             and
             healeth
             it
             being
             present
             ,
             it
             quickneth
             the
             sight
             if
             the
             Juyce
             of
             it
             be
             layd
             on
             the
             Eyes
             .
             The
             Powder
             stanches
             blood
             that
             flowes
             out
             of
             the
             Nose
             ,
             or
             commeth
             out
             of
             the
             Lungs
             :
             the
             broath
             of
             it
             taken
             with
             Wine
             ,
             maketh
             an
             appetite
             .
             It
             is
             good
             for
             any
             Ache
             in
             the
             body
             :
             it
             strengtheneth
             the
             members
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             fasteneth
             loose
             sinewes
             and
             weak
             .
             It
             is
             also
             good
             for
             the
             Dropsie
             :
             it
             
             breaketh
             also
             the
             Stone
             ,
             and
             breaketh
             an
             Impostume
             :
             it
             preserveth
             one
             from
             the
             Pestilence
             ,
             if
             the
             powder
             be
             taken
             in
             water
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             before
             a
             man
             come
             to
             the
             Infected
             place
             .
             It
             is
             good
             for
             the
             dizzinesse
             of
             the
             Head
             :
             It
             helpeth
             the
             memory
             :
             It
             helpeth
             thicke
             hearing
             :
             It
             is
             good
             for
             short
             winds
             ,
             and
             the
             diseases
             of
             the
             Lungs
             :
             Some
             write
             ,
             that
             it
             strengtheneth
             the
             Teeth
             :
             others
             write
             ,
             ●hat
             it
             bringeth
             down
             Flowers
             ,
             and
             provoketh
             sleepe
             ,
             and
             helpeth
             the
             Falling
             sicknesse
             .
             It
             is
             also
             good
             for
             falls
             and
             bruises
             :
             the
             Leaves
             provoke
             sleepe
             :
             the
             Powder
             is
             good
             against
             all
             poyson
             ,
             the
             same
             put
             into
             the
             Guts
             by
             a
             Glyster
             :
             It
             helpeth
             the
             Collicke
             ,
             and
             other
             diseases
             of
             the
             Guts
             ,
             and
             the
             wounds
             of
             t
             he
             same
             .
             They
             write
             also
             ,
             that
             the
             water
             of
             
               Cardus
               Benedictus
            
             helpeth
             rednesse
             ,
             and
             the
             itching
             of
             the
             Eyes
             ;
             and
             the
             Juyce
             doth
             the
             same
             ,
             for
             Burnings
             ,
             and
             for
             Carbunckles
             .
             There
             is
             nothing
             better
             for
             the
             Canker
             ,
             and
             old
             festering
             sores
             :
             the
             Leaves
             are
             good
             for
             Fomentations
             :
             and
             to
             be
             sitten
             over
             ,
             being
             sodden
             in
             water
             ,
             that
             the
             Vapour
             may
             come
             to
             the
             diseased
             places
             ,
             also
             it
             is
             good
             against
             the
             stone
             and
             stopping
             of
             the
             flowers
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             Drinke
             to
             strengthen
             the
             heart
             and
             all
             the
             members
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             drinke
             halfe
             an
             Egge
             shell
             full
             of
             it
             morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             with
             as
             much
             good
             wine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             best
             
               Aqua
               Vitae
            
             that
             you
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             piece
             of
             fine
             Gold
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             glowing
             hot
             ten
             times
             ,
             and
             squench
             it
             again
             ,
             the
             more
             you
             squench
             it
             ,
             the
             stronger
             waxeth
             the
             water
             and
             better
             .
             Then
             put
             it
             into
             the
             same
             
               Aqua
               Vitae
            
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Saffron
             ,
             and
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Cynamon
             ,
             both
             beaten
             :
             let
             them
             stand
             foure
             dayes
             well
             stopped
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             every
             day
             once
             :
             but
             when
             you
             will
             take
             it
             ,
             then
             let
             it
             stand
             still
             unstirred
             that
             it
             may
             be
             cleare
             .
             This
             water
             warmeth
             a
             cold
             stomacke
             ,
             giveth
             strength
             to
             all
             the
             members
             ,
             specially
             to
             aged
             folkes
             that
             have
             beene
             over
             long
             sicke
             ,
             whose
             strength
             is
             consumed
             :
             for
             it
             comforteth
             and
             strengthneth
             the
             heart
             out
             of
             measure
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             speciall
             Medicine
             to
             cause
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             red
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             temper
             them
             all
             together
             :
             then
             with
             a
             fine
             linnen
             cloth
             annoynt
             the
             Patients
             head
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             discourse
             as
             concerning
             Cornes
             in
             the
             feet
             ,
             or
             else-where
             with
             their
             remedies
             .
          
           
             THis
             Callowes
             matter
             is
             a
             certaine
             hot
             humour
             ,
             the
             which
             nature
             would
             discharge
             her selfe
             of
             ,
             and
             when
             that
             humour
             is
             driven
             forth
             of
             nature
             ,
             it
             goeth
             into
             the
             lower
             parts
             into
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Toes
             ,
             for
             in
             that
             part
             of
             the
             Toes
             ,
             that
             skin
             is
             called
             Epidarma
             ,
             is
             hard
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             suffer
             it
             to
             passe
             or
             exalate
             ,
             and
             there
             many
             times
             it
             engendreth
             a
             Tumor
             in
             the
             skin
             with
             great
             hardnesse
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             that
             Tumor
             doth
             increase
             and
             cause
             such
             paine
             that
             it
             doth
             not
             onely
             hinder
             their
             going
             ,
             but
             hinder
             them
             from
             their
             sleepe
             in
             the
             Night
             ,
             and
             this
             kind
             of
             Tumor
             is
             called
             commonly
             ,
             Callo
             ,
             or
             Cornes
             in
             English
             ;
             and
             J
             thought
             it
             good
             to
             call
             them
             Crest
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             alwayes
             growing
             and
             is
             of
             great
             importance
             among
             Chirurgions
             ▪
             for
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             persons
             are
             troubled
             therewith
             ;
             and
             therefore
             J
             will
             shew
             thee
             our
             secret
             to
             helpe
             them
             quickly
             and
             with
             great
             ease
             ,
             which
             secret
             was
             never
             knowne
             of
             any
             .
             First
             ye
             shall
             pare
             them
             with
             a
             sharpe
             Knife
             unto
             the
             bottome
             ,
             and
             there
             ye
             shall
             find
             a
             certaine
             thing
             like
             matter
             ,
             ye
             shall
             pare
             it
             untill
             bloud
             doth
             appeare
             ,
             then
             
             touch
             it
             with
             the
             Oyle
             of
             Sulphure
             ,
             and
             then
             dresse
             it
             with
             
               Balsamo
               Artificio
            
             ,
             once
             a
             day
             untill
             it
             be
             whole
             .
             Keepe
             this
             as
             a
             secret
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           Medicines
           ,
           Remedies
           ,
           and
           Cures
           of
           divers
           Diseases
           of
           severall
           kinds
           ;
           As
           also
           the
           making
           of
           Powders
           ,
           and
           Plaisters
           ,
           &c.
           PART
           .
           X.
           
        
         
           
             The
             cause
             of
             our
             Sciatica
             ,
             and
             how
             yee
             helpe
             it
             .
          
           
             SCiatica
             is
             a
             Disease
             so
             called
             ,
             because
             it
             commeth
             in
             that
             place
             of
             the
             Body
             called
             Scio
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             caused
             of
             an
             evill
             quality
             and
             grosse
             Humors
             that
             are
             strayed
             in
             that
             place
             ▪
             because
             they
             cannot
             passe
             downe
             .
             And
             this
             is
             seene
             by
             experience
             dayly
             ;
             for
             where
             that
             paine
             is
             ,
             there
             is
             alteration
             ,
             and
             the
             cure
             thereof
             is
             with
             Glysters
             ,
             Vomits
             ,
             Purgations
             ,
             and
             Unctions
             ,
             because
             the
             Glysters
             doth
             evacuate
             those
             places
             next
             unto
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             easeth
             the
             Humour
             :
             the
             Vomit
             cleanseth
             the
             
             stomacke
             ,
             the
             Purgation
             doth
             evacuate
             the
             body
             downwards
             ,
             the
             Unctions
             dissolve
             the
             winde
             ,
             and
             by
             these
             meanes
             thou
             mayest
             helpe
             the
             Sciatica
             ,
             as
             J
             have
             done
             many
             times
             to
             my
             great
             credit
             and
             satisfaction
             of
             my
             Patient
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Hoarsnesse
             .
          
           
             AGainst
             Hoarsnesse
             ,
             goe
             into
             the
             Hot-house
             ,
             and
             when
             thou
             hast
             halfe
             Bathed
             ,
             drinke
             a
             good
             draught
             of
             warme
             water
             :
             this
             is
             often
             proved
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Garlick
             sodden
             and
             eaten
             ,
             maketh
             a
             cleare
             voyce
             ,
             and
             driveth
             away
             Hoarsenesse
             and
             the
             old
             Cough
             .
          
        
         
           
             If
             a
             man
             stand
             in
             feare
             of
             the
             Palsie
             .
          
           
             LEt
             him
             eat
             every
             Morning
             two
             or
             three
             graines
             of
             Mustar-seedes
             ,
             and
             two
             Pepper
             cornes
             :
             the
             same
             is
             assured
             for
             the
             same
             dis●ase
             by
             many
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Goute
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             a
             quart
             of
             running
             water
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Barley
             flower
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             together
             :
             then
             put
             thereto
             halfe
             a
             pound
             of
             blacke
             Soape
             ,
             and
             
             let
             all
             seethe
             till
             it
             be
             thicke
             ,
             then
             put
             thereto
             the
             yolkes
             of
             foure
             Egges
             ,
             and
             when
             yee
             will
             use
             it
             ,
             spred
             it
             on
             a
             cloth
             Plaister-wise
             ,
             hot
             .
          
        
         
           
             Stubbes
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Goute
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             red
             Wine
             Lees
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Beane
             flower
             ,
             half
             aquarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Commine
             fine
             beaten
             ,
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Bole-Armoniacke
             ,
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             of
             Camphere
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             put
             in
             at
             twice
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             till
             they
             be
             somewhat
             thicke
             :
             then
             make
             it
             Plaister-wise
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             paine
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Goute
             .
          
           
             TAke
             
               Occy
               cronium
               Galbanum
            
             ,
             and
             Melitonum
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             a
             penny-worth
             and
             distill
             them
             :
             take
             a
             pound
             of
             stone
             Pitch
             ,
             and
             another
             pound
             of
             fine
             Rozen
             ,
             one
             halfe
             ounce
             of
             Camphere
             ,
             one
             quarterne
             of
             Deeres
             Suet
             ,
             halfe
             a
             quater
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Commin
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             on
             a
             soft
             fire
             together
             ,
             and
             thereof
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             upon
             a
             piece
             of
             Leather
             using
             it
             as
             the
             other
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Gall
             of
             an
             Oxe
             ,
             and
             
               Aqua
               Composita
            
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             as
             much
             of
             Oyle
             of
             Exeter
             ,
             as
             of
             both
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             
             labour
             them
             all
             together
             in
             a
             pot
             with
             a
             sticke
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             halfe
             an
             houre
             :
             When
             you
             have
             so
             done
             ,
             annoynt
             your
             palme
             therewith
             ,
             then
             wet
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             therein
             ,
             and
             as
             hot
             as
             you
             can
             suffer
             it
             ,
             bind
             it
             to
             the
             sore
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             pricke
             of
             a
             Thorne
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             thing
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Honey
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Chalke
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Gall
             of
             a
             Beast
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             as
             hot
             as
             you
             can
             suffer
             it
             ,
             lay
             it
             thereunto
             .
             Let
             the
             Chalke
             be
             scraped
             ,
             very
             small
             .
             Approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             burning
             and
             Scalding
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             white
             Wooll
             of
             the
             belly
             of
             an
             Hare
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             raw
             ,
             lay
             it
             thereto
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             never
             away
             till
             such
             time
             it
             be
             whole
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             Thistle
             called
             St.
             Mary
             Thistle
             ,
             stampe
             it
             and
             strain
             it
             ,
             and
             take
             thereof
             two
             spoonfuls
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             this
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             Creame
             ,
             mixe
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             Patient
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             kill
             a
             Tetter
             or
             Ring-worme
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             root
             of
             a
             red
             Dock
             ,
             the
             roote
             is
             very
             red
             ,
             and
             slice
             it
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             in
             Vineger
             a
             
             Night
             ,
             and
             after
             lay
             it
             upon
             the
             Tetter
             ,
             and
             tye
             it
             with
             a
             cloth
             hard
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             kill
             the
             Tetter
             .
             Approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             winde
             or
             a
             Collicke
             in
             the
             belly
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             Rose
             Cake
             and
             toast
             it
             at
             the
             fire
             ,
             with
             Vineger
             throwen
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             as
             hot
             to
             your
             belly
             as
             you
             may
             suffer
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Mustard
             ,
             Figges
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             stamped
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             belly
             of
             the
             diseased
             ,
             cold
             ,
             in
             manner
             of
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             Against
             the
             Shingles
             .
          
           
             ANnoynt
             the
             Shingles
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             Mynts
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             a
             wound
             in
             ten
             dayes
             ,
             as
             by
             proofe
             hath
             beene
             seene
             .
          
           
             STampe
             Camphere
             with
             Barrowes
             greace
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             the
             wound
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             it
             .
             Approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Egremont
             and
             Mugwort
             ,
             both
             leaves
             and
             Rootes
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             very
             small
             ,
             
             then
             mingle
             them
             well
             with
             old
             Decres
             Suet
             ,
             then
             besmeere
             or
             annoynt
             the
             grieved
             place
             therewith
             very
             warme
             ,
             and
             after
             rowle
             it
             up
             hard
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             in
             foure
             dayes
             the
             scalding
             with
             water
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             liquor
             ,
             without
             Plaister
             or
             Oyntment
             .
          
           
             TAke
             an
             Onyon
             and
             cut
             him
             overth-wart
             ,
             and
             wring
             out
             the
             juyce
             upon
             the
             scalded
             place
             doing
             so
             every
             day
             twise
             ,
             it
             will
             heale
             it
             quickly
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             the
             Itch.
             
          
           
             TAke
             of
             
               Lapacinum
               Acutum
            
             ,
             or
             of
             Sorell
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             in
             water
             ,
             and
             wash
             therewith
             the
             diseased
             person
             :
             or
             else
             take
             the
             rootes
             of
             Lawrell
             ,
             and
             being
             well
             brayed
             with
             Salt
             and
             bread
             ,
             annoynt
             therewith
             the
             body
             .
             The
             like
             effect
             is
             done
             with
             the
             decoction
             of
             Egrimony
             and
             Sage
             ,
             made
             with
             Raine
             water
             ,
             and
             washing
             therewith
             the
             sicke
             person
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             Sores
             or
             Tetters
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Waxe
             of
             Ganabrinum
             ,
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             of
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             shall
             be
             
             sufficient
             ?
             Make
             thereof
             an
             Oyntment
             .
             Or
             else
             bray
             Cockle
             and
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             mixe
             them
             with
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             make
             an
             Oyntment
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             hardnesse
             of
             Hearing
             .
          
           
             TAke
             an
             Onyon
             and
             coare
             it
             ,
             and
             fill
             it
             with
             the
             Oyles
             of
             Rew
             and
             bitter
             Almonds
             ,
             then
             rost
             it
             soft
             ,
             and
             drop
             thereof
             into
             the
             contrary
             Eare
             ,
             lying
             still
             after
             one
             houre
             keeping
             your selfe
             warme
             ,
             it
             will
             both
             purge
             the
             Head
             and
             quicken
             the
             Hearing
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             easie
             Remedy
             for
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             slice
             of
             the
             Root
             Acorus
             ,
             of
             some
             called
             in
             English
             Gladen
             ,
             of
             other
             Galanga
             ,
             which
             groweth
             in
             waters
             and
             marishes
             ,
             this
             must
             be
             laid
             green
             upon
             the
             Tooth
             .
             Or
             a
             piece
             of
             the
             greene
             roote
             of
             Tormentill
             doth
             it
             likewise
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             swelling
             in
             the
             Throat
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Frankensence
             ,
             and
             cast
             a
             piece
             of
             it
             upon
             hot
             coales
             ,
             then
             put
             a
             Funnell
             over
             it
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             smoake
             thereof
             goe
             into
             the
             Throate
             :
             that
             helpeth
             ,
             and
             is
             oft
             times
             experimented
             and
             proved
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             cause
             a
             Womans
             speedy
             deliverance
             .
          
           
             TAke
             whites
             of
             Egges
             and
             Castle
             sope
             ,
             and
             make
             Pills
             ,
             adding
             to
             every
             pill
             one
             drop
             of
             the
             oyle
             of
             Savin
             ;
             and
             in
             time
             of
             need
             give
             her
             five
             Pilles
             of
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             womans
             Milke
             increase
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Fennell-seed
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             Barly-water
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             woman
             of
             it
             to
             drinke
             ,
             and
             her
             milke
             will
             increase
             abundantly
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Rickets
             and
             weaknesse
             of
             the
             limbes
             in
             Children
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             little
             quantity
             of
             the
             best
             English
             Honey
             mix
             it
             with
             Beere
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             use
             no
             other
             drinke
             till
             they
             recover
             their
             strength
             .
             This
             hath
             bin
             tryed
             and
             approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             fasten
             the
             Gums
             or
             loose
             Teeth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             little
             Myrrhe
             ,
             temper
             it
             with
             Wine
             and
             Oyle
             ▪
             and
             wash
             your
             mouth
             therewith
             and
             you
             shall
             see
             a
             rare
             experience
             ;
             Myrrhe
             also
             killeth
             the
             Wormes
             in
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             and
             chew
             it
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             ma
             kes
             the
             breath
             sweet
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             one
             that
             cannot
             hold
             his
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             clawes
             of
             a
             Goates
             feet
             ,
             burne
             them
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             it
             in
             Pottage
             or
             broath
             ,
             wherein
             a
             little
             Knotgrasse
             and
             Hypoquistidos
             may
             bee
             put
             ,
             and
             take
             of
             it
             twice
             a
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Dropsie
             made
             for
             the
             Queen●
             ,
             by
             D.
             D.
             Adryan
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Polipodium
             ,
             Spikenard
             ,
             Calamus
             odoratus
             ,
             Marjerum
             ,
             Galingall
             ,
             Selwall
             ,
             ana
             .
             vj.
             d.
             weight
             ,
             Anniseeds
             ,
             Saxafrage
             ,
             Plantane
             ,
             vij
             .
             d.
             weight
             ,
             Cynamon
             ,
             xij
             .
             d.
             weight
             ,
             Seenie
             so
             much
             as
             of
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             put
             them
             into
             a
             bagge
             hanging
             in
             two
             gallons
             of
             Ale
             ,
             cover
             it
             with
             new
             Yest
             every
             fourth
             ▪
             day
             ,
             and
             drink
             no
             other
             drinke
             for
             a
             weeke
             ,
             and
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             stinging
             of
             Waspes
             and
             Bees
             ▪
          
           
             TAke
             Mallowes
             and
             rub
             them
             on
             the
             place
             where
             it
             is
             stung
             or
             else
             take
             Flyes
             stamped
             with
             a
             little
             durt
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             falling
             downe
             of
             the
             Tuell
             .
          
           
             SIt
             over
             the
             fumes
             of
             Ginger
             and
             Frankensence
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             swelling
             of
             the
             Legges
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Walwort
             ,
             of
             Waxe
             ,
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             of
             Barley
             Meale
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             :
             Boyle
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             upon
             the
             sore
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             mouth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             Ale
             ,
             and
             a
             sprig
             of
             Rosemary
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             skim
             your
             Ale.
             And
             then
             put
             in
             a
             piece
             of
             Allom
             as
             much
             as
             a
             Nut
             ,
             and
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Honey
             ,
             and
             two
             spoonefuls
             of
             Honey
             suckle
             water
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             mouth
             with
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Face
             faire
             and
             the
             Breath
             sweet
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Flowers
             of
             Rose-mary
             ▪
             and
             boyle
             them
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             then
             wash
             your
             face
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             for
             to
             drinke
             ,
             and
             so
             shall
             you
             make
             your
             Face
             faire
             ,
             and
             your
             breath
             sweet●
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             a
             red
             face
             or
             a
             red
             nose
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Silver
             ,
             and
             Brimstone
             ,
             of
             each
             like
             much
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             in
             Rose-water
             ,
             
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             a
             linnen
             cloath
             wet
             in
             the
             said
             Vineger
             ▪
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             sore
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             to
             qualifie
             the
             Coppered
             Face
             .
          
           
             MAke
             a
             Bath
             with
             the
             flowers
             of
             Cammomell
             ,
             Violets
             ,
             Roses
             ,
             and
             Flowers
             of
             water
             Lillies
             ,
             then
             annoynt
             the
             place
             with
             
               Vnguentum
               Album
               ,
               Champherarius
            
             ,
             and
             mixe
             that
             oyntment
             with
             a
             little
             yellow
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             Quicksilver
             killed
             with
             fasting
             spittle
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             Face
             withall
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             speciall
             good
             dyet
             for
             all
             fiery
             Faces
             .
          
           
             ABstaine
             from
             all
             salt
             things
             ,
             spiced
             ,
             fryed
             meates
             ,
             and
             rosted
             meates
             :
             also
             from
             drinking
             of
             Wine
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             very
             evill
             :
             also
             Onyons
             ,
             Mustard
             ,
             and
             Garlicke
             are
             very
             naught
             :
             in
             steed
             of
             which
             ▪
             you
             must
             take
             Purslaine
             ,
             Sorrell
             ,
             Lettice
             ,
             Hops
             of
             Borrage
             ,
             with
             Succory
             or
             endive
             in
             Pottage
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             :
             Also
             it
             is
             necessary
             to
             be
             laxative
             ,
             and
             in
             sleeping
             to
             lay
             your
             head
             high
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             easie
             Remedy
             to
             make
             the
             Teeth
             white
             ▪
          
           
             TAke
             Vinger
             of
             Squiles
             ,
             and
             dip
             a
             little
             piece
             of
             Cloth
             in
             it
             ▪
             and
             rub
             the
             Teeth
             or
             
             Gummes
             withall
             :
             the
             said
             Vineger
             fastneth
             the
             Gummes
             ,
             comforteth
             the
             rootes
             of
             the
             Teeth
             ,
             and
             maketh
             a
             sweet
             breathe
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             stinking
             of
             the
             mouth
             .
          
           
             YEe
             must
             wash
             your
             mouth
             with
             Water
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             chew
             Masticke
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             and
             then
             wash
             thy
             mouth
             with
             the
             decoction
             of
             Annis-seeds
             ,
             Mints
             ,
             and
             Cloves
             ,
             sodden
             in
             Wine
             .
             If
             the
             stincking
             of
             thy
             mouth
             commeth
             of
             a
             rotten
             tooth
             the
             best
             is
             to
             have
             it
             drawne
             out
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             sore
             Eyes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Fennell
             ,
             and
             drop
             thereof
             into
             the
             Eyes
             ,
             Evening
             and
             Morning
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             heale
             the
             griefe
             and
             paine
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             proved
             Medicine
             for
             the
             bleeding
             at
             the
             Nose
             ,
             called
             the
             Ladie
             Maries
             Medicine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             shell
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             the
             meate
             being
             very
             cleane
             out
             ▪
             and
             put
             it
             into
             the
             fire
             till
             it
             be
             burnt
             very
             blacke
             and
             ready
             to
             breake
             ,
             then
             take
             it
             out
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             fine
             Powder
             ,
             whereof
             yee
             shall
             blow
             through
             a
             Quill
             
             part
             thereof
             into
             the
             Nose
             that
             bleedeth
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             stanch
             .
          
        
         
           
             Against
             a
             stinking
             Breath
             .
          
           
             MElt
             Hony
             ,
             Salt
             ,
             and
             Rye
             flower
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             therewith
             rub
             the
             Gum●
             twice
             or
             thrice
             ,
             then
             wash
             it
             with
             faire
             water
             ▪
             and
             it
             will
             helpe
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             an
             evill
             breath
             .
          
           
             SEeth
             two
             ounces
             of
             Commin
             in
             fine
             Powder
             ,
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             unto
             a
             quart
             :
             Then
             keepe
             it
             ,
             using
             to
             drinke
             a
             little
             thereof
             warme
             at
             Night
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             fifteene
             dayes
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             helpe
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             and
             clensing
             of
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             CHew
             Pellitory
             of
             Spaine
             in
             thy
             mouth
             ,
             it
             will
             cleanse
             the
             Head
             ,
             and
             also
             take
             away
             the
             Ache
             or
             paine
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             heale
             a
             swolne
             Face
             ,
             that
             is
             hurt
             by
             reason
             of
             some
             strange
             Scorching
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             
               Barba
               Jovis
            
             ,
             (
             in
             English
             Singreene
             )
             and
             rub
             your
             face
             with
             it
             twice
             
             or
             thrice
             a
             day
             .
             You
             may
             doe
             the
             like
             with
             ●he
             Juyce
             of
             Purflaine
             :
             but
             if
             your
             Face
             〈…〉
             ●oo
             much
             marred
             or
             hurt
             ,
             take
             forty
             or
             〈◊〉
             yolks
             of
             Egges
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             frying
             〈…〉
             upon
             a
             great
             fire
             ,
             and
             get
             some
             Oyle
             out
             of
             them
             wherewith
             you
             shall
             annoynt
             your
             ●●●e
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             an
             aking
             Tooth
             fall
             out
             of
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             wheate
             flower
             ,
             and
             mixe
             it
             with
             the
             milke
             of
             the
             hearb
             called
             in
             Latine
             
               Herba
               Lactaria
               ▪
            
             in
             French
             Tintamaille
             ,
             or
             
               Herbe
               Alerte
            
             in
             English
             Spurge
             ,
             that
             hath
             milke
             in
             it
             :
             in
             Greeke
             ,
             Tithimales
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             Hearbe
             well
             enough
             knowne
             ,
             and
             thereof
             make
             as
             it
             were
             a
             paste
             or
             dow
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             you
             shall
             fill
             the
             hole
             of
             the
             Tooth
             ,
             and
             leave
             it
             in
             a
             certaine
             time
             ,
             and
             the
             tooth
             will
             fall
             out
             of
             it selfe
             .
             And
             if
             you
             wash
             your
             mouth
             every
             moneth
             once
             with
             Wine
             wherein
             the
             roote
             of
             the
             said
             hearbe
             hath
             beene
             sodden
             ,
             you
             shall
             never
             have
             paine
             in
             your
             Teeth
             .
             Also
             the
             decoction
             or
             powder
             of
             the
             flowers
             of
             a
             Pomegranate
             Tree
             ,
             being
             put
             in
             your
             mouth
             and
             betweene
             your
             Gums
             fasteneth
             Teeth
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             kill
             Lice
             and
             Nits
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             the
             powder
             or
             scraping
             of
             Harts
             horne
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             Patient
             to
             drinke
             it
             ,
             and
             there
             will
             no
             Lice
             nor
             Nits
             breed
             in
             his
             head
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             will
             straw
             the
             said
             powder
             upon
             his
             head
             all
             the
             Lice
             and
             Nits
             will
             dye
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             remedy
             or
             to
             helpe
             Blood-shotten
             eyes
             comming
             by
             any
             Rheume
             ,
             Fluxion
             ,
             or
             such
             other
             like
             cause
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             tops
             or
             ends
             of
             Worme-wood
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             hearb
             well
             enough
             knowne
             ,
             and
             stampe
             it
             ,
             mixing
             it
             with
             the
             w●ite
             of
             an
             Egge
             and
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             as
             it
             were
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             spred
             it
             upon
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             which
             you
             may
             lay
             upon
             the
             eye
             w●ere
             the
             blood
             is
             ,
             or
             else
             upon
             both
             ,
             and
             doe
             this
             at
             night
             when
             you
             goe
             to
             bed
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             morning
             take
             it
             off
             ,
             and
             you
             shall
             see
             that
             t●is
             Plaister
             shall
             have
             drawne
             ▪
             to
             it selfe
             all
             the
             bloud
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             rednesse
             that
             was
             in
             your
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             so
             you
             shall
             be
             quit
             of
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Rootes
             and
             Leaves
             of
             Chickweede
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             in
             water
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             you
             shall
             wash
             your
             mouth
             well
             ,
             and
             hold
             it
             in
             your
             mouth
             a
             certaine
             space
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             take
             away
             your
             paine
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hysope
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             a
             decoction
             with
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             it
             being
             hot
             ,
             wash
             your
             mouth
             withall
             ,
             and
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Teeth
             shall
             goe
             away
             .
             The
             Hysope
             also
             being
             stampt
             and
             incorporated
             with
             Honey
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Nitrina
             ,
             killeth
             the
             Wormes
             in
             a
             mans
             body
             .
          
        
         
           
             Against
             the
             Crampe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             and
             beat
             Brimstone
             and
             Vervine
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             binde
             it
             to
             your
             Arme
             ,
             or
             other
             place
             grieved
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             it
             ,
             for
             having
             the
             paine
             againe
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             to
             purge
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Masticke
             ,
             Peritory
             of
             Spaine
             ,
             tame
             Cressis
             Seede
             ,
             Cockle-seede
             ,
             Stavisacre
             ,
             both
             the
             kindes
             of
             neesing
             powder
             ,
             white
             and
             blacke
             ▪
             Ginger
             ,
             Sinamond
             ,
             of
             each
             halfe
             a
             dram
             in
             fine-powder
             ,
             and
             mixed
             together
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             in
             a
             little
             bagge
             of
             fine
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             hold
             one
             of
             these
             bagges
             in
             his
             mouth
             a
             good
             space
             ,
             but
             these
             bagges
             must
             first
             lye
             in
             Fuse
             a
             pretty
             while
             in
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             draw
             out
             Rheumes
             from
             the
             head
             
             wonderfully
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             hath
             done
             ,
             he
             must
             wash
             his
             mouth
             well
             with
             Wine
             or
             Ale
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             scald
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Daysie
             Rootes
             ,
             and
             Ale
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             with
             as
             much
             May-butter
             as
             needs
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             sore
             head
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-Ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             good
             handfull
             of
             Red-Rose
             leaves
             dryed
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Cummin
             grossely
             bruised
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             handfull
             of
             Camomill
             grossely
             shred
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             browne
             leavened
             Bread
             :
             then
             mixe
             them
             ▪
             and
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Linnen
             ▪
             cloth
             ,
             then
             quilt
             it
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             into
             a
             hot
             Dish
             ,
             upon
             a
             Chafingdish
             ,
             and
             sprinckle
             the
             bagge
             with
             Rose-water
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             turne
             it
             in
             the
             dish
             till
             it
             be
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             ,
             to
             be
             laid
             to
             the
             noddle
             of
             the
             Necke
             :
             and
             let
             it
             be
             cold
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             another
             ,
             and
             keepe
             his
             head
             so
             hot
             as
             he
             may
             sweate
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             paine
             of
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Marjorom
             and
             presse
             out
             the
             Juyce
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             ,
             take
             of
             it
             in
             his
             Nose
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             deafenesse
             in
             the
             Eares
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Coleworts
             ,
             and
             mixe
             it
             with
             warme
             water
             ,
             and
             droppe
             it
             into
             thine
             Eares
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             helpe
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Honey
             of
             Roses
             ,
             called
             Mel
             Rosarum
             .
          
           
             TAke
             foure
             pound
             foure
             ounces
             of
             Honey
             clarified
             ,
             and
             two
             pound
             of
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Red
             Roses
             :
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             together
             till
             it
             be
             like
             a
             Sirrope
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             making
             thereof
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pottle
             and
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             Honey
             well
             clarified
             ,
             with
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             or
             red
             Wine
             ,
             two
             pound
             of
             Red-Rose
             leaves
             :
             Boyle
             the
             Rose
             Leaves
             and
             Wine
             till
             halfe
             be
             wasted
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             in
             your
             Hony
             :
             and
             let
             it
             boyle
             till
             it
             bee
             somewhat
             thicke
             ,
             and
             in
             colour
             like
             a
             Syrrope
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Pockes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Peny-Roiall
             ,
             and
             young
             Tansie
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             sicke
             party
             to
             drinke
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             true
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Jaundies
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             handfull
             of
             Chery
             Leaves
             ,
             seeth
             them
             in
             a
             pinte
             of
             Milke
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             
             well
             :
             Then
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             drinke
             a
             good
             draught
             thereof
             to
             Bedwards
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             the
             Jandies
             shall
             avoyd
             from
             you
             by
             siege
             :
             or
             else
             drinke
             in
             the
             morning
             this
             following
             .
             Take
             the
             wood
             of
             Bayberries
             ,
             pill
             the
             upper
             shell
             with
             the
             leaves
             from
             it
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             second
             shell
             that
             is
             yellow
             ,
             put
             thereof
             as
             much
             as
             a
             Walnut
             into
             a
             cloth
             ,
             and
             seeth
             it
             with
             a
             pinte
             of
             water
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             well
             boyled
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             coole
             ,
             and
             then
             driuke
             it
             ,
             this
             hath
             beene
             experimented
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Liver
             that
             is
             corrupted
             and
             wasted
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Liverwort
             and
             bruise
             it
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             then
             seethe
             it
             in
             good
             strong
             Wort
             ▪
             with
             a
             quantity
             of
             Ruberb
             ,
             and
             use
             this
             medicine
             ,
             and
             thou
             shalt
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             heate
             in
             the
             Liver
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             sower
             Apples
             ,
             and
             sweet
             Apples
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             pound
             or
             more
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             you
             thinke
             best
             ,
             and
             two
             pounds
             of
             Sugar
             ,
             mingle
             these
             things
             together
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             on
             a
             simple
             fire
             till
             it
             be
             thicke
             as
             a
             Syrrope
             ,
             and
             vse
             this
             course
             every
             day
             fasting
             ,
             with
             luke-warme
             water
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Collicke
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Parcely
             ,
             Water-cresses
             ,
             Pellitory
             of
             the
             Wall
             ,
             unset
             Time
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             a
             dish
             of
             sweet
             Butter
             ,
             let
             the
             Herbes
             be
             cleane
             washed
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             a
             quart
             of
             running
             water
             ,
             let
             your
             water
             bee
             taken
             up
             against
             the
             streame
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             seethe
             till
             you
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ▪
             then
             temper
             them
             together
             with
             a
             handfull
             of
             Wheat
             branne
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             plaister
             bee
             layd
             to
             the
             Patients
             belly
             beneath
             the
             Navill
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             put
             in
             his
             pottage
             some
             Pellatory
             of
             the
             wall
             ;
             and
             when
             the
             Patient
             makes
             water
             straine
             it
             thorow
             a
             faire
             cloath
             ,
             and
             thereby
             ye
             shall
             know
             and
             perceive
             ,
             whether
             it
             doth
             him
             good
             or
             not
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             use
             this
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             together
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quantity
             of
             Broome-seed
             ,
             Grouncel-seed
             ,
             Parcely-seed
             ,
             Alexander-seed
             ,
             Ashenkey-seed
             ,
             Lepthorne-seed
             or
             Berries
             ,
             Phillipendula
             dryed
             ,
             Saxifrage
             dryed
             ,
             Mouseare
             dryed
             ,
             Growobicke
             dryed
             ,
             mixe
             all
             these
             together
             in
             your
             drinke
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             ,
             fasting
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Civet
             and
             rub
             your
             Navill
             therewith
             ,
             and
             champe
             Rosemary
             in
             your
             mouth
             ,
             and
             it
             easeth
             the
             Collick
             incontinently
             ▪
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             most
             excellent
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             ,
             with
             other
             vertues
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Pimpernell
             ,
             Mustard
             ,
             Crowfoot
             ,
             Gauriophe
             ,
             Mastick
             ,
             and
             bruise
             them
             all
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             mingle
             them
             with
             the
             blood
             of
             a
             Goat
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             good
             Vineger
             or
             a
             little
             Alligre
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             stand
             certaine
             dayes
             after
             your
             discretion
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             into
             a
             Stillatory
             and
             distill
             a
             water
             thereof
             ;
             this
             water
             is
             good
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             or
             gravell
             ,
             whether
             that
             it
             be
             red
             or
             white
             ,
             plaine
             or
             sharpe
             ,
             or
             if
             it
             be
             hardened
             ;
             If
             the
             Patient
             doe
             drinke
             thereof
             every
             day
             fasting
             ,
             the
             Stone
             will
             breake
             and
             goe
             away
             like
             sand
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             if
             Scald
             heads
             bee
             washed
             therewith
             ,
             it
             will
             heale
             them
             ▪
             and
             there
             shall
             grow
             new
             haire
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             Scabs
             be
             washt
             therewith
             ,
             of
             what
             nature
             soever
             it
             bee
             ,
             hee
             shall
             be
             whole
             with
             three
             dayes
             or
             nine
             at
             the
             furthest
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             this
             Water
             drunke
             fasting
             ,
             makes
             a
             man
             to
             have
             a
             good
             colour
             ,
             and
             good
             blood
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             this
             water
             drunke
             with
             Castorie
             twice
             in
             one
             day
             ▪
             destroyeth
             all
             Palsies
             ▪
             which
             is
             not
             dead
             in
             the
             sinewes
             and
             members
             before
             ,
             for
             it
             comforteth
             the
             sinewes
             principally
             .
             This
             water
             is
             very
             much
             approved
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             halfe
             a
             pint
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             white
             Sope
             ,
             scrape
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             the
             wine
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             luke
             warme
             ,
             and
             then
             drinke
             it
             once
             ,
             twice
             ,
             or
             thrice
             ,
             or
             as
             often
             as
             the
             Patient
             needs
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Powder
             for
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Parcely-seed
             ,
             Saxifrage
             ,
             Alisander
             ,
             and
             Coriander-seeds
             ,
             the
             kernels
             of
             Cherry-stones
             ,
             Smallage-seed
             ,
             Lovage
             ,
             the
             rootes
             of
             Phillipendula
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             dram
             ,
             Bay-berries
             ,
             and
             Ivie-berries
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             dram
             ;
             put
             to
             all
             these
             as
             much
             Ginger
             as
             they
             all
             weigh
             ,
             and
             adde
             thereto
             half
             an
             ounce
             of
             Commin
             ;
             this
             powder
             is
             to
             be
             taken
             in
             Ale
             ,
             halfe
             a
             dram
             at
             once
             ,
             thrice
             a
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             speciall
             Remedy
             for
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             stones
             of
             Medlers
             ,
             lay
             them
             upon
             a
             hot
             Tyle-stone
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             you
             have
             rubbed
             and
             dryed
             them
             in
             a
             faire
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             then
             being
             thorowly
             dryed
             ,
             beat
             them
             into
             a
             powder
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             it
             a
             quantity
             of
             Time
             and
             Parcely
             ,
             and
             place
             it
             upon
             the
             fire
             with
             Beere
             and
             Butter
             ,
             and
             throw
             in
             halfe
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             
             the
             said
             powder
             ;
             and
             hereof
             you
             must
             drinke
             a
             good
             draught
             fasting
             in
             the
             morning
             ▪
             and
             eate
             nor
             drinke
             nothing
             else
             for
             the
             space
             of
             three
             houres
             after
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             quantity
             of
             Anniseeds
             ,
             Lycorice
             ,
             Fennell-roots
             ,
             and
             Parcely-rootes
             ,
             Raysins
             ,
             and
             Currans
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             these
             be
             boyled
             in
             Whey
             ,
             from
             a
             pottle
             to
             a
             quart
             ,
             and
             so
             strained
             and
             drinke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Powder
             for
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Seed
             of
             Gromell
             ,
             Broome
             ,
             Saxifrage
             ,
             Alisander
             ,
             Parcely
             ,
             and
             Fennell
             ,
             of
             all
             these
             seeds
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             beat
             them
             very
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             drinke
             halfe
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             that
             Powder
             ,
             or
             a
             spoonfull
             at
             a
             time
             in
             a
             draught
             of
             good
             Ale
             ,
             making
             it
             luke
             warme
             in
             any
             wise
             ,
             before
             you
             drinke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             the
             Stone
             slip
             downe
             the
             narrow
             passages
             betweene
             the
             Kidney
             and
             the
             Bladder
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             great
             handfull
             of
             Pellitory
             of
             the
             wall
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             quantity
             of
             Mallowes
             ,
             boyle
             them
             in
             a
             frying-pan
             with
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             be
             not
             parched
             nor
             dry
             .
             And
             when
             you
             see
             by
             the
             frying
             that
             some
             good
             part
             of
             the
             vertue
             of
             the
             herbes
             
             is
             gone
             into
             the
             butter
             ,
             take
             the
             hearbes
             so
             fryed
             somewhat
             fat
             with
             the
             butter
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             the
             length
             of
             halfe
             a
             yard
             or
             more
             betweene
             the
             fold
             of
             a
             Napkin
             ,
             and
             in
             bredth
             about
             6
             ,
             or
             7.
             
             Inches
             ,
             then
             clap
             the
             fattie
             side
             of
             the
             napkin
             all
             along
             from
             the
             back-bone
             to
             your
             flanke
             above
             the
             hippe
             ,
             especially
             on
             that
             side
             where
             the
             paine
             is
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             apply
             a
             fresh
             one
             ,
             and
             in
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             doing
             ,
             the
             passage
             will
             bee
             inlarged
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Stone
             will
             slip
             downe
             ,
             and
             the
             paine
             cease
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Posset
             drinke
             against
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Pellitory
             of
             the
             wall
             ,
             three
             crops
             of
             Lavender
             Cotton
             ,
             three
             Parcely
             roots
             ,
             and
             one
             Fennell
             root
             ,
             the
             pithes
             taken
             out
             ,
             and
             they
             scraped
             and
             washed
             ,
             stampe
             the
             hearbes
             and
             rootes
             together
             ,
             then
             put
             thereto
             one
             pinte
             of
             Rhenish
             or
             white
             Wine
             ,
             straine
             the
             wine
             from
             the
             herbes
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             pint
             of
             new
             Milke
             make
             a
             posset
             thereof
             ,
             drinke
             freely
             of
             it
             Morning
             and
             evening
             first
             and
             last
             ,
             at
             the
             new
             and
             full
             of
             the
             Moone
             ,
             and
             walke
             well
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             Also
             ,
             take
             the
             hearbe
             Hartshorne
             boyled
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drunke
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             is
             good
             against
             the
             Stone
             and
             strangurie
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             haire
             grow
             .
          
           
             TAke
             and
             seeth
             Mallowes
             rootes
             and
             all
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             place
             where
             Haire
             lacketh
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             grow
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             take
             away
             Haire
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Horsleeches
             and
             burne
             them
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             mingle
             it
             with
             Eysell
             ,
             and
             touch
             the
             place
             where
             the
             Haire
             groweth
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             grow
             no
             more
             there
             .
             Approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             barren
             woman
             beare
             Children
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             these
             little
             Sea
             fishes
             called
             in
             Latine
             Pollipodes
             ,
             and
             roste
             them
             upon
             the
             coales
             with
             Oyle
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             woman
             eate
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             profit
             and
             helpe
             very
             much
             ,
             having
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             the
             company
             of
             a
             man.
             
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             woman
             have
             a
             quicke
             Birth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             leaves
             of
             Dictarij
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             ▪
             or
             else
             make
             powder
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             woman
             that
             laboureth
             drinke
             of
             it
             with
             a
             little
             water
             ,
             and
             she
             shall
             be
             delivered
             incontinent
             without
             any
             great
             paine
             or
             griefe
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             all
             manner
             of
             Lamenesse
             or
             swellings
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             handfull
             of
             Time
             ,
             a
             handfull
             of
             Lav
             ender
             cotten
             ,
             and
             a
             handfull
             of
             running
             Strawberies
             that
             be
             like
             to
             a
             string
             ,
             and
             so
             cut
             them
             small
             ,
             then
             beate
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             with
             foure
             or
             five
             young
             Swallowes
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             nest
             very
             fligge
             and
             quicke
             ,
             beat
             them
             together
             untill
             ye
             see
             never
             a
             feather
             of
             them
             whole
             :
             that
             done
             ▪
             take
             a
             penny-worth
             of
             May
             butter
             clarified
             ,
             and
             mingle
             it
             in
             the
             Morter
             with
             Hearbes
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             stand
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             before
             they
             sceth
             :
             when
             you
             ha
             ve
             sodden
             it
             ,
             use
             it
             as
             before
             you
             are
             taught
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             preserving
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             in
             using
             of
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             stay
             the
             Laxe
             or
             Fluxe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Plantane
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             Weybred-leaves
             and
             rootes
             ,
             and
             wash
             them
             in
             faire
             water
             ,
             and
             then
             stampe
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             the
             Juyce
             and
             put
             it
             to
             old
             Ale
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Posset
             therewith
             ,
             and
             after
             take
             the
             ale
             Posset
             ,
             and
             clarifie
             it
             upon
             the
             fire
             perfectly
             ,
             and
             then
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             it
             blood
             warme
             ,
             in
             the
             morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             without
             taking
             of
             othtr
             drinke
             the
             space
             of
             two
             houres
             either
             before
             or
             after
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             sweating
             Sicknesse
             .
          
           
             YEe
             must
             take
             a
             good
             spoonfull
             of
             Treacle
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             five
             spoonfuls
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             two
             spoonfuls
             of
             the
             juyce
             of
             Sinckfoyle
             ,
             swing
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             drinke
             them
             luke
             warme
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             him
             that
             pisseth
             Blood.
             
          
           
             TAke
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Rew
             ,
             otherwise
             called
             hearbe
             Grace
             ,
             and
             dry
             it
             so
             that
             you
             may
             beate
             it
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             the
             powder
             and
             and
             drinke
             it
             with
             Ale
             :
             and
             it
             will
             change
             the
             Urine
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             Mouth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             a
             penny-worth
             of
             Ginger
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             seeth
             a
             walme
             together
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             sore
             place
             with
             a
             feather
             ,
             and
             drinke
             not
             in
             one
             houre
             after
             ,
             and
             yee
             shall
             have
             helpe
             in
             seven
             dayes
             or
             warrantise
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             powder
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sage
             ,
             Pimpernell
             of
             each
             a
             like
             and
             quantity
             ▪
             and
             halfe
             so
             much
             Parcely
             ,
             as
             of
             them
             both
             ,
             shred
             them
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             small
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             little
             burnt
             Allome
             ▪
             and
             then
             take
             it
             up
             drie
             it
             ,
             and
             beate
             it
             to
             powder
             and
             keepe
             it
             ,
             for
             it
             never
             failed
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             know
             the
             Fester
             and
             Canker
             .
          
           
             HEere
             you
             may
             learne
             whereof
             ,
             and
             of
             what
             manner
             the
             Fester
             commeth
             ,
             and
             also
             the
             Canker
             ,
             it
             commeth
             of
             a
             sore
             that
             was
             ill
             healed
             ,
             and
             breaketh
             out
             againe
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             bee
             in
             the
             flesh
             ,
             there
             doth
             come
             out
             water
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             in
             the
             sinewes
             ,
             there
             commeth
             out
             browne
             lie
             :
             and
             if
             it
             be
             in
             the
             bone
             ,
             there
             commeth
             out
             as
             it
             were
             thicke
             blood
             .
             A
             Fester
             hath
             a
             narrow
             hole
             without
             and
             within
             ,
             and
             a
             Fester
             is
             seldome
             seene
             ,
             but
             it
             hath
             more
             holes
             then
             one
             ,
             and
             the
             Canker
             hath
             alwayes
             but
             one
             hole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             in
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             Dragons
             and
             cut
             them
             in
             small
             pieces
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             to
             dry
             ,
             and
             make
             powder
             thereof
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             penny
             weight
             of
             that
             powder
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             in
             water
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             powre
             out
             that
             water
             ▪
             and
             put
             thereto
             white-wine
             and
             then
             seeth
             it
             well
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             thereof
             warme
             ,
             and
             in
             three
             day
             es
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             in
             a
             womans
             Pappes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Dung
             of
             a
             white
             Goose
             ,
             and
             the
             juyce
             of
             Salendine
             ,
             and
             bray
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             to
             the
             sore
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             kill
             the
             Canker
             ,
             and
             heale
             the
             Pappe
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             powder
             for
             the
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Copperas
             ,
             and
             Roch
             Saunders
             ,
             and
             Verdigreace
             ,
             and
             Sal-armoniac
             ,
             and
             beate
             them
             to
             powder
             in
             a
             brasen
             Morter
             ,
             of
             each
             ●
             like
             quantity
             by
             weight
             ,
             and
             put
             the
             powder
             in
             a
             vessell
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             on
             a
             charcole
             fire
             till
             it
             glowe
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             it
             downe
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             coole
             and
             after
             make
             powder
             thereof
             ,
             and
             that
             powder
             shall
             destroy
             the
             Canker
             ,
             on
             warrantise
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Canker
             or
             Marmole
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pecke
             of
             the
             ashes
             made
             of
             Ashen-wood
             ,
             and
             ashes
             of
             Oate
             straw
             ,
             and
             put
             hot
             water
             on
             them
             and
             make
             a
             gallon
             of
             Lye
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             two
             handfuls
             of
             Barke-dust
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             a
             day
             and
             a
             night
             ,
             and
             then
             straine
             it
             thorow
             a
             canvasse
             ;
             then
             take
             the
             same
             dust
             and
             put
             it
             in
             againe
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             as
             much
             Allome
             ,
             and
             halfe
             as
             much
             of
             Madder
             crops
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             pot
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             almost
             to
             halfe
             ,
             and
             ever
             stirre
             it
             that
             it
             grow
             not
             to
             the
             bottome
             ,
             nor
             run
             over
             ,
             and
             after
             clense
             it
             through
             a
             cloth
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             coole
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             ,
             take
             a
             quantity
             thereof
             and
             wet
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             therein
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             sore
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             in
             the
             Mouth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             seaven
             spoonefuls
             of
             Honey
             ,
             and
             clarifie
             it
             in
             a
             pewter
             dish
             ,
             then
             put
             to
             it
             one
             pint
             of
             white
             Wine
             Vineger
             and
             roch
             Allome
             ,
             the
             quantity
             of
             a
             Hazell
             nut
             ,
             and
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Bay-salt
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             these
             boyle
             together
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             houre
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             of
             dryed
             Rose
             leaves
             and
             Sage
             a
             handfull
             ,
             letting
             them
             seethe
             together
             for
             the
             space
             of
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             houre
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             wash
             his
             mouth
             therewith
             ,
             and
             lay
             the
             leaves
             to
             the
             sore
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             liquor
             bee
             too
             thicke
             to
             wash
             your
             mouth
             with
             ,
             then
             take
             running
             water
             and
             white
             wine
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             Honey
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             well
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             then
             use
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Hearbe
             Grace
             ,
             Lavender-Cotton
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             Honey-suckle
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             wash
             them
             and
             stampe
             them
             with
             a
             little
             roch
             Allome
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             English
             Honey
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             into
             a
             faire
             Dish
             ,
             and
             when
             yee
             dresse
             a
             sore
             mouth
             therewith
             ,
             take
             as
             much
             as
             yee
             thinke
             will
             serve
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             few
             Sage
             leaves
             and
             wash
             thy
             mouth
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             thy
             Gums
             ,
             and
             if
             yee
             put
             thereto
             a
             little
             Pepper
             and
             Bay-salt
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             the
             better
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Plantane
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             Egrimony
             ,
             
             Violets
             ,
             and
             Woodbine
             ,
             boyling
             them
             in
             Wine
             or
             water
             ,
             with
             Hysop
             ,
             Piony
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             and
             greene
             Walnuts
             ,
             and
             therewith
             wash
             foure
             times
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             hold
             it
             in
             your
             mouth
             pritty
             hot
             ,
             and
             therewith
             wash
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             red
             Water
             to
             kill
             the
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             three
             handfuls
             of
             Rew
             ,
             bray
             it
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             quart
             of
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             Madder
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             take
             halfe
             a
             penny-worth
             of
             Allome
             ,
             and
             beate
             it
             to
             powder
             and
             put
             thereto
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             so
             rest
             nine
             dayes
             or
             more
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             them
             out
             ,
             and
             so
             straine
             them
             through
             a
             cloth
             into
             a
             cleane
             glasse
             ,
             and
             stop
             the
             vessell
             close
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Martlemasse
             Beefe
             that
             hangeth
             in
             the
             Roofe
             ,
             and
             burne
             it
             to
             powder
             and
             put
             the
             powder
             into
             the
             Sore
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             kill
             the
             Canker
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             powder
             for
             the
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Roch
             Allome
             ,
             and
             burne
             it
             in
             an
             earthen
             vessell
             that
             there
             come
             no
             ashes
             thereto
             :
             then
             take
             
             Arg●
             ,
             one
             halfe
             ounce
             ,
             and
             one
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Bolearmonracke
             ,
             and
             make
             all
             these
             in
             fine
             powder
             alone
             ,
             and
             then
             mixe
             them
             altogether
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             into
             a
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             close
             :
             and
             when
             yee
             will
             minister
             it
             ,
             wash
             well
             the
             sore
             with
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             on
             the
             Powder
             ,
             and
             so
             dresse
             it
             once
             in
             the
             day
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             good
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Canker
             and
             Sores
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pottle
             of
             cleane
             running
             water
             ,
             or
             white
             wine
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             Rosemary
             ,
             and
             Sinkfoyle
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             Allome
             one
             ounce
             ,
             boyle
             all
             together
             till
             halfe
             a
             quarter
             be
             consumed
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             for
             the
             Canker
             put
             in
             a
             little
             white
             Coperas
             and
             Camphere
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             old
             or
             new
             ,
             or
             Marmole
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Smalledge
             ,
             Wormewood
             ,
             greene
             Walnuts
             ,
             Lillies
             ,
             Broome
             Croppes
             ,
             white
             Hazell
             ,
             red
             Nettle
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             Selfe-heale
             ,
             Pimpernell
             ,
             the
             roote
             of
             Floure-de-Iuce
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             ground
             Ivie
             ,
             Wall-woort
             ,
             Mouse-eare
             ,
             Celondine
             ,
             Mintes
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             Egrimony
             Violets
             ,
             Charvell
             ,
             Colwortes
             ,
             and
             Avence
             ,
             stampe
             all
             these
             together
             and
             fry
             them
             in
             Barrowes
             grease
             ,
             Sheepes
             tallow
             ,
             and
             Honey
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             
             an
             oyntment
             with
             Turpentine
             ,
             Waxe
             ▪
             Rozen
             ,
             Pitch
             ,
             Gum
             Frankensence
             ,
             burnt
             Allome
             ,
             and
             powder
             of
             Tanners
             barke
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Canker
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             powder
             of
             Saven
             ,
             Honey
             ,
             and
             Creame
             ,
             and
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             mixe
             them
             altogether
             ,
             and
             melt
             them
             over
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             hot
             ,
             with
             a
             linnen
             cloath
             wash
             therewith
             thy
             mouth
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Sore
             is
             well
             washed
             ,
             put
             thereof
             into
             the
             griefe
             ,
             with
             Lint
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             two
             times
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             bee
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Canker
             in
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             and
             to
             save
             the
             man.
             
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             Dragons
             ,
             and
             cut
             them
             ,
             and
             dry
             them
             in
             gobbets
             ,
             and
             make
             powder
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             9.
             d.
             weight
             of
             that
             powder
             ,
             and
             seeth
             it
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             sicke
             drink
             thereof
             warme
             fasting
             ,
             and
             in
             three
             dayes
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hemlockes
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             ,
             till
             they
             be
             as
             thicke
             as
             Pappe
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             where
             
             the
             paine
             is
             :
             Let
             them
             lye
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             lay
             another
             of
             the
             same
             heat
             ,
             and
             doe
             so
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             done
             .
          
           
             
               Another
               ▪
            
             Also
             take
             and
             make
             Lye
             of
             Verven
             ,
             or
             Bytton
             ,
             or
             Wormewood
             ,
             and
             therewith
             wash
             thy
             Head
             thrice
             a
             weeke
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             doe
             the
             much
             good
             ,
             and
             take
             away
             the
             Ache.
             
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             and
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Hearbe
             called
             
               Bursa
               Pastoris
            
             ,
             and
             bruise
             it
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             hart
             of
             thy
             Foote
             ,
             and
             it
             helpeth
             both
             the
             Head-ache
             ,
             and
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Head-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Bitton
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Selondine
             ,
             Waybroad
             ,
             Rewe
             ,
             Wall-woort
             and
             Sage
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             Hony
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             all
             together
             in
             water
             ,
             and
             straine
             it
             through
             a
             cloath
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             Fasting
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Stampe
             Bittony
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             thy
             Head
             under
             thy
             Cap
             or
             bind
             it
             last
             to
             thy
             head
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sage
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             and
             Rewe
             ,
             with
             Worme
             wood
             ,
             seeth
             these
             in
             faire
             water
             ,
             then
             put
             
             out
             the
             same
             water
             into
             a
             vessell
             ,
             and
             beat
             the
             same
             Hearbs
             in
             a
             Morter
             very
             small
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             of
             them
             and
             of
             the
             liquor
             ,
             and
             temper
             them
             with
             Wheat
             Branne
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             liquor
             wash
             thy
             head
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             upon
             the
             Mould
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             lye
             there
             a
             day
             and
             a
             night
             ,
             and
             do
             so
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             .
             Also
             ,
             ye
             may
             take
             rootes
             and
             leaves
             of
             Primroses
             ,
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             and
             Tarre
             boyled
             together
             is
             very
             good
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Avence
             ,
             Pigeons
             dung
             ,
             and
             Wheate
             flower
             ,
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             temper
             them
             with
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             and
             bind
             to
             thy
             griefe
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Bittonie
             ,
             and
             Camomill
             ,
             a
             handfull
             ,
             and
             seeth
             it
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             Wine
             to
             a
             quart
             ,
             and
             wash
             thy
             head
             with
             the
             liquor
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             the
             Megrim
             ,
             it
             shall
             helpe
             the.
             
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Frankensence
             ,
             Doves
             dung
             and
             flower
             of
             Wheat
             ,
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             remper
             them
             together
             with
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             and
             lay
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             where
             the
             griefe
             is
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             and
             beate
             it
             well
             ,
             and
             take
             away
             the
             froth
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             the
             powder
             of
             Alablaster
             :
             then
             take
             Flaxe
             and
             wet
             therein
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             Temples
             ▪
             and
             when
             it
             is
             dry
             ,
             wet
             it
             againe
             :
             use
             it
             thus
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             ▪
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             Worme-wood
             ,
             seeth
             them
             well
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             Patients
             head
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             lay
             on
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             thy
             Head
             on
             this
             manner
             :
             take
             the
             same
             Hearbes
             beforesaid
             when
             they
             are
             sodden
             ,
             and
             wring
             out
             the
             Juyce
             of
             them
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             Hearbes
             and
             stampe
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             temper
             them
             with
             the
             water
             they
             were
             sodden
             in
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             Wheate
             branne
             to
             cover
             the
             Juyce
             of
             the
             hearbes
             that
             it
             goe
             not
             out
             ,
             then
             take
             a
             garland
             of
             Linnen
             cloth
             ,
             that
             will
             goe
             about
             thy
             head
             ,
             and
             bind
             the
             Plaister
             in
             it
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             the
             Patient
             may
             abide
             it
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             on
             a
             cap
             over
             that
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             If
             the
             paine
             come
             of
             hot
             humours
             ,
             take
             a
             quantity
             of
             Houseleeke
             ,
             and
             distill
             it
             as
             much
             as
             you
             please
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             same
             water
             wash
             thy
             Temples
             ,
             and
             thy
             Forehead
             and
             then
             dip
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             therein
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             thy
             Fore-head
             ,
             or
             thy
             temples
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Margerom
             ,
             and
             greene
             Juy
             leaves
             ,
             Bittony
             ▪
             and
             Verven
             ,
             of
             every
             one
             two
             handfuls
             ,
             cut
             them
             small
             ,
             and
             beate
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             and
             seeth
             it
             in
             two
             penny-worth
             of
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             till
             it
             waxe
             very
             
             greene
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             stand
             nine
             dayes
             in
             an
             earthen
             pot
             ;
             then
             seeth
             it
             againe
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             well
             and
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             in
             a
             faire
             vessell
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             need
             warme
             a
             little
             thereof
             in
             a
             Sawcer
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             your
             Temples
             therewith
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             quart
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             Horehound
             ,
             two
             handfuls
             ,
             and
             Camomill
             one
             handfull
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             therewith
             wash
             thy
             Head
             :
             then
             take
             Wheate-bran
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             the
             hearbes
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             thy
             head
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Selondine
             ,
             and
             good
             Vineger
             ,
             mingled
             and
             made
             hot
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             spunge
             or
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             lay
             it
             to
             thy
             fore-head
             ,
             it
             quencheth
             great
             heate
             ,
             and
             purgeth
             it
             that
             it
             will
             come
             no
             more
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Pimpernell
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             May-butter
             ,
             and
             frye
             them
             together
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             ,
             and
             therewith
             annoynt
             thy
             Head
             and
             Temples
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             cleanse
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Alloes
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Myrthe
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             ,
             Garlicke
             foure
             drams
             ,
             Saffron
             in
             powder
             ,
             halfe
             a
             penny
             worth
             ,
             and
             mingle
             them
             together
             in
             fine
             powder
             :
             then
             take
             the
             Juyce
             
             of
             Coleworts
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             to
             your
             powder
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             as
             thicke
             as
             pappe
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             more
             stiffer
             ,
             and
             make
             Pills
             thereof
             ,
             as
             bigge
             as
             small
             Pease
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             goe
             to
             Bed
             ,
             take
             foure
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             roll
             them
             in
             fine
             powder
             of
             Lycorice
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             into
             your
             mouth
             ,
             and
             swallow
             them
             downe
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Head-ache
             comming
             of
             the
             stomacke
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Fumitory
             ,
             Camomill
             ,
             and
             Roses
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             hot
             to
             the
             stomack
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             STampe
             Sage
             with
             the
             white
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             and
             temper
             it
             with
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             thereto
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             principall
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Commin
             a
             quantity
             ,
             and
             lay
             in
             Vineger
             one
             night
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             morrow
             put
             out
             all
             the
             Vineger
             ,
             saving
             a
             little
             to
             keepe
             it
             moyst
             ,
             and
             fry
             it
             in
             a
             pan
             ,
             and
             bind
             it
             in
             a
             linnen
             cloth
             about
             thy
             head
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             yee
             shall
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             a
             man
             that
             is
             diseased
             in
             the
             Liver
             and
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Barrowes
             greace
             ,
             and
             ashes
             made
             of
             Ashen
             wood
             one
             pound
             ,
             and
             running
             water
             a
             Gallon
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             till
             they
             bee
             halfe
             wasted
             ,
             then
             straine
             them
             thorow
             a
             cloth
             into
             a
             vessell
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             so
             all
             night
             ,
             and
             then
             on
             the
             morrow
             scum
             off
             the
             greace
             and
             cast
             away
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             melt
             the
             greace
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             oft
             and
             put
             it
             into
             Boxes
             ,
             and
             when
             ye
             have
             need
             annoint
             the
             Spleene
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Drinke
             to
             be
             used
             after
             this
             Oyntment
             ▪
          
           
             TAke
             the
             roots
             of
             young
             Ashen
             plants
             clean
             washed
             one
             handfull
             ,
             and
             Wormewood
             as
             much
             ,
             seeth
             them
             in
             Wine
             from
             a
             gallon
             to
             a
             pottle
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             thereof
             in
             the
             Morning
             cold
             ,
             and
             Evening
             hot
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             TAke
             dry
             Lillies
             ,
             March
             Mallow
             rootes
             ,
             and
             Alexander
             seed
             ,
             of
             each
             an
             ounce
             ,
             of
             the
             barke
             of
             an
             Elme
             tree
             ,
             the
             barke
             of
             an
             Ash
             ,
             and
             Broome
             seed
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ;
             all
             these
             being
             beaten
             to
             powder
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             sodden
             in
             strong
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             them
             seethe
             till
             they
             be
             sodden
             dry
             ;
             then
             put
             thereto
             the
             
             powder
             of
             Commin
             one
             dram
             ,
             powder
             of
             the
             barke
             of
             Capers
             one
             ounce
             ,
             powder
             of
             Rew
             three
             drams
             ,
             then
             afterward
             put
             thereto
             Gum
             Armoniacke
             one
             ounce
             or
             thre
             drams
             ,
             dissolved
             in
             Vineger
             ,
             then
             with
             Waxe
             ,
             and
             Turpentine
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             shall
             suffice
             ,
             make
             thereof
             a
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             tops
             of
             Acornes
             ,
             Rose
             leaves
             ,
             Coriander
             seed
             ,
             and
             Commin
             seed
             prepared
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             ,
             
               Strado
               Arabiae
               ,
               Galanga
            
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Salinter
             ,
             I.
             Saltpeeter
             one
             ounce
             terrified
             ,
             mixe
             them
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             bagge
             ,
             quilted
             ,
             or
             basted
             ,
             quadrantwise
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             place
             grieved
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Camomill
             flowers
             ,
             wheat
             bran
             ,
             and
             a
             pint
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             boyle
             them
             all
             together
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             bag
             ,
             then
             take
             oyles
             of
             Violets
             ,
             of
             Linseed
             ,
             and
             of
             Lillies
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             penniworth
             ,
             annoynt
             therewith
             ,
             and
             put
             your
             bagge
             hot
             thereto
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Drinke
             for
             the
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             juyce
             of
             Licorice
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Fennell-seed
             ,
             Anniseed
             ▪
             and
             Juniper
             of
             each
             an
             ounce
             ,
             pound
             them
             all
             in
             a
             Morter
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             drinke
             it
             in
             your
             drinke
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             the
             juyce
             
             of
             Ivie
             leaves
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             or
             else
             of
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Egrimony
             ,
             and
             drinke
             of
             it
             three
             or
             foure
             mornings
             fasting
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             helpe
             you
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             dissolve
             the
             hardnesse
             of
             the
             Spleene
             .
          
           
             AMoniacum
             dissolved
             in
             very
             sharpe
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             spred
             upon
             leather
             Plaister-wise
             ,
             and
             applyed
             to
             the
             Spleene
             will
             mollifie
             the
             hardnesse
             thereof
             ,
             and
             it
             may
             lye
             thereto
             seven
             weekes
             and
             never
             be
             removed
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             soveraigne
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Spleene
             ,
             and
             to
             clense
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Harts-tongue
             ,
             wilde
             Hoppes
             ,
             Lettice
             ,
             and
             Borage
             ,
             with
             the
             flowers
             of
             Fumitory
             ,
             and
             Parcely
             rootes
             ,
             seethe
             all
             these
             in
             Whay
             ,
             and
             clarifie
             it
             with
             whites
             of
             Egges
             ,
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             first
             in
             the
             morning
             and
             last
             at
             night
             during
             the
             space
             of
             a
             Moneth
             ,
             and
             by
             Gods
             helpe
             ,
             it
             will
             cure
             your
             Spleene
             ,
             and
             clense
             your
             blood
             ,
             and
             comfort
             you
             many
             wayes
             for
             your
             health
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             great
             Onyon
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             roast
             them
             in
             the
             embers
             ,
             then
             stampe
             them
             and
             
             straine
             them
             out
             of
             the
             Ju
             yce
             ,
             and
             mix
             it
             with
             as
             much
             Malmesie
             as
             Juyce
             ,
             and
             drinke
             thereof
             blood
             warme
             ,
             first
             and
             last
             .
             Probatum
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             stay
             the
             Backe
             ,
             and
             helpe
             him
             that
             consumeth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             Parcely
             ,
             Fennell
             ,
             Camphere
             ,
             and
             of
             Borage
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             
               Bursa
               Pastoris
            
             ,
             and
             Knotgrasse
             ,
             and
             make
             broth
             with
             them
             of
             young
             Hennes
             ,
             Capon
             ,
             Mutton
             ,
             Rabbets
             ,
             and
             Veale
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             Date
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             yee
             may
             seethe
             them
             in
             posset
             Ale
             made
             of
             white
             Wine
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             white
             Archangell
             ,
             Cumfrey
             flowers
             ,
             white
             Lillies
             ,
             white
             Roses
             ,
             white
             Holly
             hockes
             ,
             Knot-grasse
             ,
             and
             Clary
             ,
             stampe
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             pottle
             of
             Muskadine
             ,
             and
             a
             pint
             of
             Ale
             ,
             with
             the
             pith
             of
             an
             Oxe
             backe
             ,
             and
             three
             capped
             Dates
             ,
             the
             stones
             taken
             out
             and
             beating
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             small
             ,
             then
             put
             in
             some
             of
             your
             Muskadine
             and
             grind
             it
             with
             some
             of
             your
             Ale
             and
             stirre
             it
             ,
             and
             boyle
             the
             rest
             thereof
             ,
             take
             also
             the
             yolkes
             of
             three
             new
             layd
             Egges
             ,
             the
             strings
             taken
             out
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             of
             Sinamon
             two
             penniworth
             ,
             and
             of
             whole
             Mace
             one
             penniworth
             ,
             and
             seethe
             all
             these
             to
             a
             quart
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             it
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             pith
             of
             an
             Oxe
             backe
             and
             scald
             it
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             out
             of
             the
             skin
             and
             shred
             Nippe
             ,
             and
             beat
             it
             in
             a
             Morter
             very
             small
             ,
             putting
             thereto
             a
             quart
             of
             Milke
             and
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             then
             seethe
             it
             with
             five
             or
             sixe
             Dates
             ,
             and
             a
             graine
             of
             Amber-greece
             ,
             and
             the
             powder
             of
             Ginger
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             use
             it
             very
             often
             .
             It
             is
             proved
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             take
             away
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Reynes
             of
             one
             that
             is
             low
             brought
             .
          
           
             TAke
             three
             quarts
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             boyl
             therein
             a
             red
             Cocke
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             handfull
             ,
             of
             red
             Nip
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Clary
             ,
             and
             the
             rootes
             of
             red
             Fennell
             ,
             Harts-tongue
             ,
             a
             sticke
             of
             Synamon
             bruised
             ,
             Dates
             ,
             great
             and
             small
             Raisins
             ,
             with
             a
             few
             Prunes
             ,
             seeth
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             till
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             Cocke
             be
             in
             the
             broath
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             one
             ounce
             of
             
               Manus
               Christi
            
             ,
             and
             use
             this
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             luke
             warme
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Ache
             in
             the
             Backe
             and
             Legges
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             marrow
             of
             an
             Oxe
             ,
             and
             oyle
             Olive
             three
             spoonefuls
             ,
             and
             the
             yolkes
             of
             Egges
             ,
             and
             Butter
             ,
             Pepper
             one
             ounce
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             
             milke
             of
             a
             woman
             ,
             and
             mingle
             it
             together
             ,
             and
             anoynt
             the
             sicke
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Bladder
             and
             the
             Reynes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             seedes
             of
             Planten
             beaten
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             in
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             thereof
             alone
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             the
             Reynes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Callamint
             ,
             Camomill
             ,
             Wormewood
             ,
             Peritory
             ,
             Holyhockes
             ,
             and
             bray
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             with
             Oyle
             ,
             Butter
             ,
             or
             Deere
             and
             Sheeps
             suet
             ,
             and
             grease
             of
             a
             Boare
             ,
             or
             Barrow
             hogge
             ,
             with
             a
             quantity
             of
             Commin
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             a
             Plaister
             both
             behind
             and
             before
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             all
             Diseases
             in
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             Daisies
             ,
             of
             Planten
             ,
             of
             
               Bursa
               pastoris
            
             ,
             of
             Centimodum
             ,
             and
             the
             Cups
             of
             Acorns
             a
             handfull
             ,
             and
             of
             Bole-armoniack
             two
             ounces
             ,
             and
             of
             Harts-horne
             burnt
             ,
             and
             also
             a
             Bucke
             Conie
             that
             is
             fat
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             these
             be
             sodden
             together
             in
             white
             Wine
             and
             water
             ,
             as
             much
             Wine
             as
             water
             ,
             till
             the
             Cony
             be
             consumed
             ,
             from
             the
             bones
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             then
             take
             away
             the
             flesh
             and
             the
             bones
             from
             the
             broth
             ,
             
             and
             so
             let
             the
             broth
             stand
             till
             it
             come
             to
             a
             jelly
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             are
             in
             your
             bed
             ,
             cause
             your
             Backe
             to
             be
             therewith
             annoynted
             by
             a
             Chafingdish
             of
             coales
             ,
             three
             nights
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             thereon
             a
             warme
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             you
             by
             Gods
             grace
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             paine
             in
             the
             bladder
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             it
             whole
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             TAke
             three
             rootes
             of
             Smalledge
             ,
             and
             wash
             them
             faire
             and
             cleane
             ,
             and
             cut
             them
             small
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             a
             quart
             of
             faire
             water
             ,
             till
             three
             parts
             of
             the
             water
             be
             consumed
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             take
             foure
             drams
             of
             the
             powder
             of
             Bittony
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             ,
             and
             drinke
             the
             said
             water
             .
          
        
         
           
             Against
             running
             of
             the
             Reynes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             one
             pound
             of
             Jordaine
             Almonds
             ,
             and
             blanch
             them
             ,
             and
             parch
             them
             ,
             and
             grind
             them
             very
             small
             and
             make
             Almond
             milke
             thereof
             ,
             with
             a
             pinte
             of
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             a
             pinte
             of
             Planten
             water
             ,
             and
             then
             seethe
             it
             with
             Suger
             ,
             and
             Sina
             mon
             ▪
             and
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             put
             thereto
             a
             dramme
             of
             Masticke
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             use
             thereof
             to
             eate
             and
             be
             whole
             ,
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Syrope
             for
             the
             Backe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             rootes
             of
             
               Ennila
               Compana
            
             cleane
             scraped
             ,
             and
             slice
             them
             thin
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             in
             faire
             running
             water
             three
             dayes
             ,
             and
             shift
             them
             every
             day
             ,
             then
             at
             three
             dayes
             end
             take
             them
             out
             ▪
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             gallon
             of
             faire
             running
             water
             ,
             with
             a
             quart
             of
             Honey
             ,
             of
             Lycorice
             one
             ounce
             ,
             scraped
             cleane
             and
             sliced
             ,
             and
             of
             Anniseeds
             one
             ounce
             ,
             cleane
             rubbed
             from
             the
             dust
             ,
             let
             all
             these
             be
             boyled
             with
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             and
             take
             out
             the
             rootes
             out
             of
             the
             liquour
             ,
             washing
             them
             one
             by
             one
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             be
             cut
             lay
             them
             on
             a
             faire
             dish
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             them
             lye
             24.
             houres
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             the
             rootes
             and
             weigh
             them
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             pound
             of
             your
             rootes
             ,
             take
             a
             pottle
             of
             Muskadine
             ,
             or
             white
             Bastard
             ,
             and
             put
             your
             rootes
             therein
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             two
             pound
             of
             fine
             white
             Suger
             ,
             two
             or
             three
             whole
             Maces
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             to
             a
             Syrope
             ,
             with
             your
             rootes
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             it
             into
             a
             Pot
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             will
             use
             it
             ,
             let
             the
             Patient
             eate
             of
             the
             rootes
             ,
             and
             drinke
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             the
             Syrope
             with
             your
             rootes
             ,
             after
             it
             ,
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Remedies
             to
             provoke
             Menstruum
             Mulieris
             .
          
           
             TAke
             powder
             of
             Peeter
             ,
             Bittony
             ,
             Yarrowseed
             ,
             in
             white
             Wine
             and
             drinke
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Mugwort
             ,
             Selondine
             ,
             Marigold
             ,
             Verven
             ,
             Nippe
             ,
             of
             each
             nine
             crops
             three
             dayes
             before
             the
             change
             ,
             and
             three
             dayes
             before
             the
             full
             of
             the
             Moone
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Germander
             ,
             and
             the
             rootes
             of
             red
             Madder
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             Ale
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             her
             to
             drinke
             ,
             or
             else
             take
             Radishes
             ▪
             
               Et
               semen
               pionae
            
             ,
             red
             Sanders
             and
             Suger
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             as
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             
               Cotula
               Fetuda
            
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             like
             Camomill
             ,
             but
             it
             stinketh
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             fomentation
             thereof
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Mercury
             ,
             and
             Honey
             ,
             and
             flower
             of
             Cockle
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             will
             incorporate
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             little
             balls
             ,
             and
             give
             her
             one
             or
             two
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             she
             shall
             have
             Menstruum
             ,
             also
             it
             shall
             after
             dispose
             her
             to
             conceive
             ,
             for
             it
             hath
             seldome
             failed
             ,
             and
             is
             well
             proved
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             blacke
             seed
             of
             Pionie
             ,
             and
             bruise
             them
             one
             by
             one
             to
             the
             number
             of
             nine
             ,
             and
             picke
             of
             the
             blacke
             huskes
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             Morter
             breake
             them
             to
             powder
             ,
             eate
             and
             drink
             
             the
             said
             powder
             at
             times
             afore
             said
             ,
             in
             the
             second
             Medicine
             .
             
               Pro
               eadem
            
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             rootes
             of
             Gladion
             ,
             and
             Arsmart
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             good
             white
             Wine
             ,
             or
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             be
             well
             sodden
             ,
             take
             them
             from
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             woman
             sit
             over
             it
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             ayre
             may
             strike
             up
             ,
             and
             none
             goe
             away
             ,
             for
             this
             is
             proved
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Bittonie
             ,
             Puliall
             Royall
             ,
             Centory
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             seethe
             them
             with
             Wine
             or
             water
             ,
             till
             the
             two
             parts
             be
             wasted
             ,
             and
             then
             clense
             it
             thorow
             a
             cloth
             and
             drinke
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Balme
             ,
             Margerom
             ,
             Isope
             ,
             and
             Marigolds
             ,
             a
             handfull
             ,
             seethe
             them
             from
             a
             pottle
             to
             a
             quart
             upon
             a
             soft
             fire
             ,
             and
             so
             take
             it
             and
             drinke
             it
             every
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             bitter
             ,
             put
             thereto
             Suger
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             Remedies
             to
             stop
             Menstruum
             Mulieris
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             blackest
             holly-hocks
             that
             yee
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             flowers
             thereof
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             drinke
             them
             ,
             and
             wash
             the
             place
             with
             the
             water
             of
             Lovage
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             water
             of
             Oake
             leaves
             distilled
             ,
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             Rose-water
             ,
             and
             Syrrupe
             of
             Quinces
             sixe
             ounces
             ,
             and
             let
             her
             drinke
             thereof
             first
             and
             last
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Horse-dung
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             good
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             little
             bagges
             of
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             lay
             the
             one
             upon
             the
             Reines
             of
             the
             backe
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             betweene
             the
             Navill
             ,
             and
             the
             privie
             place
             ,
             as
             warme
             as
             shee
             may
             suffer
             it
             ,
             and
             let
             her
             drinke
             it
             every
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             with
             a
             little
             Synamon
             till
             shee
             be
             whole
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             rootes
             of
             Gladium
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             well
             in
             Wine
             ,
             or
             water
             ,
             and
             receive
             the
             fume
             thereof
             :
             It
             never
             failed
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             To
             stop
             white
             Menstruum
             and
             red
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Planten
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Bursa
               Pastoris
            
             ,
             and
             two
             whites
             of
             Egges
             well
             beaten
             among
             the
             Juyce
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             Bole-armoniack
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Terra
               sigillata
            
             ,
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             a
             portion
             of
             Beane
             flower
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             thicke
             upon
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             draw
             thereof
             a
             Plaister
             upon
             thin
             cloth
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             her
             Backe
             and
             Navill
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             for
             the
             white
          
           
             TAke
             the
             inner
             rinde
             of
             the
             Sloe
             ▪
             tree
             ,
             Sumatch
             ,
             Balestianes
             ,
             the
             rinde
             of
             the
             Pomegranate
             ,
             Planten
             ,
             Knot-grasse
             ,
             the
             inner
             rinde
             
             of
             the
             red
             Bryer
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             French-Bolearmoniack
             ,
             and
             boyle
             all
             these
             in
             red
             Wine
             ,
             till
             halfe
             be
             consumed
             ,
             and
             let
             her
             drinke
             it
             fasting
             ,
             
               Et
               restringet
               fluxum
               Menstruum
            
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             the
             foote
             and
             Legge
             of
             a
             Hare
             ,
             and
             bake
             it
             to
             powder
             haire
             and
             all
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             restraineth
             the
             same
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             vertue
             of
             Fearne
             .
          
           
             THe
             Root
             is
             good
             to
             be
             drunke
             ,
             and
             laid
             to
             Plaister-wise
             ,
             for
             the
             Wounds
             that
             are
             made
             with
             Reedes
             ;
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             the
             roote
             of
             the
             Reede
             drunke
             ,
             and
             laid
             Plaister-wise
             to
             the
             sore
             ,
             where
             Fearne
             sticketh
             .
             The
             Powder
             is
             good
             to
             be
             strowed
             upon
             moyst
             Sores
             ,
             which
             are
             hard
             to
             be
             covered
             with
             skin
             ,
             and
             ill
             to
             be
             healed
             :
             the
             Juyce
             pressed
             out
             of
             the
             Fearne
             roote
             ,
             laid
             to
             with
             Rose-water
             ,
             or
             other
             cold
             water
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             all
             manner
             of
             burning
             or
             scalding
             ,
             perfectly
             and
             sure
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             take
             away
             heate
             and
             inflamation
             of
             a
             Member
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             waters
             of
             Planten
             and
             Purslaine
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             and
             the
             water
             of
             a
             little
             hearbe
             called
             Vernicula●is
             ,
             two
             ounces
             ,
             Litarge
             
             and
             Ceruse
             ,
             in
             fine
             powder
             ,
             of
             each
             foure
             drams
             ,
             and
             Camphere
             three
             graines
             :
             mixe
             all
             these
             together
             and
             so
             use
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Locion
             for
             a
             sore
             Mouth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             running
             water
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Vineger
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             Honey
             foure
             ounces
             ,
             Bay
             leaves
             one
             ounce
             ,
             Galingale
             one
             dram
             :
             Let
             all
             these
             be
             decocted
             to
             the
             forme
             of
             a
             Syrope
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             preparative
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Syrope
             of
             Violets
             ,
             Endiffe
             ,
             and
             of
             Femitory
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             ounces
             ,
             and
             of
             common
             Decoction
             foure
             ounces
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             Vergent
             milke
             by
             D.
             Yaxley
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Litarge
             of
             Leade
             one
             pound
             ,
             with
             Vineger
             a
             pinte
             ,
             laid
             in
             fuse
             three
             dayes
             ,
             and
             then
             drawne
             with
             woollen
             shreds
             ,
             and
             so
             keepe
             it
             in
             a
             Viall
             by
             it selfe
             close
             :
             then
             take
             foure
             ounces
             of
             Conduit-water
             and
             one
             ounce
             of
             Allome
             ,
             and
             one
             dram
             of
             Camphere
             :
             and
             melt
             all
             over
             the
             Fire
             ,
             and
             keepe
             the
             water
             by
             it selfe
             in
             another
             Viall
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             will
             use
             it
             put
             both
             these
             waters
             together
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             be
             like
             milke
             .
             It
             
             taketh
             away
             the
             spottes
             and
             Freckles
             in
             the
             Face
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             often
             applyed
             thereto
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             comfortable
             Powder
             for
             the
             Heart
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Synamon
             ,
             Ginger
             ,
             of
             each
             three
             ounces
             ,
             graines
             of
             Paradice
             ,
             long
             Pepper
             ,
             of
             each
             two
             drams
             ,
             Saffron
             one
             dram
             ,
             Suger
             foure
             ounces
             :
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Powder
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             that
             breaketh
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pound
             of
             Gr●mmell
             ,
             a
             pound
             of
             Saxifrage
             seed
             ,
             and
             a
             pound
             of
             Coriander
             ,
             with
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             pound
             of
             Soras
             ,
             white
             and
             red
             ,
             and
             grinde
             all
             these
             in
             a
             Morter
             very
             small
             ,
             and
             so
             keepe
             it
             ,
             using
             to
             eate
             thereof
             in
             your
             Pottage
             every
             day
             a
             spoonefull
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Time
             ,
             Damsons
             ,
             Beane-Cods
             ,
             Pellitory
             of
             the
             wall
             ,
             Saxifrage
             ,
             a
             like
             quantities
             ,
             and
             sleepe
             them
             one
             night
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             then
             distill
             them
             ,
             and
             use
             to
             drinke
             thereof
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             remedy
             for
             the
             Stone
             ,
             and
             to
             cause
             the
             voydance
             of
             Vrine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Pellitorie
             of
             the
             Wall
             ,
             Sothernwood
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             in
             Water
             or
             white
             Wine
             ,
             
             with
             a
             quantity
             of
             Sheepes
             Suet
             ,
             till
             it
             bee
             tender
             ,
             then
             put
             the
             hearbes
             and
             tallow
             in
             a
             linnen
             bag
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             warme
             to
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             belly
             ,
             using
             this
             ,
             you
             shall
             finde
             remedy
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             proved
             Medicine
             to
             avoid
             the
             Vrine
             that
             hath
             beene
             long
             stopped
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Radish
             rootes
             ,
             one
             if
             it
             be
             of
             bignesse
             and
             strong
             ,
             is
             sufficient
             ,
             and
             scrape
             it
             very
             cleane
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             a
             night
             in
             steepe
             ,
             then
             straine
             the
             Wine
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             Patient
             to
             drinke
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             voyd
             water
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             very
             good
             water
             for
             the
             stone
             proved
             .
          
           
             THe
             water
             of
             Strawberries
             ▪
             with
             the
             leaves
             distilled
             ,
             and
             so
             used
             by
             draughts
             ,
             as
             other
             drinke
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             breake
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             DRy
             the
             stones
             of
             a
             Cock
             a
             yeare
             old
             ,
             and
             ●eate
             them
             into
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             diseased
             thereof
             to
             drinke
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             have
             the
             Charward
             ,
             then
             give
             it
             to
             drink
             with
             good
             water
             .
          
        
         
           
             Doctor
             Argentines
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             red
             barke
             of
             an
             Ivie
             tree
             dryed
             ,
             and
             beaten
             into
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             after
             
             s●arse
             it
             through
             a
             fine
             Searse
             ;
             also
             take
             a
             like
             quantity
             of
             blacke
             Jeat
             ,
             beaten
             and
             searsed
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             and
             being
             mingled
             together
             ,
             drinke
             thereof
             with
             Wine
             or
             Ale
             ,
             blood
             warme
             ,
             five
             or
             sixe
             times
             .
          
        
         
           
             Divers
             Medicines
             for
             the
             Stone
             and
             Strangulion
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             Milke
             ,
             and
             a
             handfull
             of
             Bay
             leaves
             ,
             another
             of
             Time
             ,
             of
             red
             Sage
             ,
             and
             of
             Parcely
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             and
             a
             quart
             of
             Malmesey
             ,
             a
             little
             Rosemary
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             all
             together
             from
             a
             quart
             to
             a
             pinte
             ;
             but
             yet
             let
             the
             Milke
             and
             the
             Herbes
             be
             boyled
             all
             whole
             together
             ,
             from
             a
             quart
             to
             a
             pint
             ,
             before
             the
             Malmsey
             come
             in
             ,
             and
             then
             use
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Reddish
             leaves
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             Ale
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             the
             Patient
             to
             drinke
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             cause
             him
             to
             make
             water
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             red
             Bramble-berries
             before
             they
             be
             blacke
             ,
             and
             Ivie-berries
             ,
             and
             Acornes
             ,
             put
             them
             in
             a
             Pot
             and
             dry
             them
             untill
             they
             be
             ready
             to
             be
             beaten
             to
             powder
             ;
             then
             take
             Alisander
             seed
             ▪
             Parcely
             seed
             ,
             Gromell
             seed
             ,
             Coriander
             seed
             ▪
             Broome
             seed
             ,
             and
             the
             seed
             of
             the
             Nut-tree
             ,
             the
             inner
             pithe
             of
             Ash-keyes
             ;
             take
             of
             all
             these
             a
             like
             quantity
             also
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             mingle
             them
             together
             with
             Liquor
             
             of
             a
             double
             quantity
             ;
             then
             use
             to
             drinke
             it
             Evening
             and
             Morning
             sodden
             in
             posset
             Ale
             ,
             made
             with
             white
             Wine
             ;
             and
             put
             of
             this
             powder
             often
             in
             your
             Pottage
             when
             you
             eat
             them
             ,
             and
             so
             use
             it
             continually
             till
             you
             find
             ease
             .
          
        
         
           
             Excellent
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Stone
             in
             the
             Bladder
             ,
             and
             to
             provoke
             Vrine
             .
          
           
             TAke
             life
             Hony
             and
             Rhenish
             wine
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             quart
             ,
             Saxifrage
             ,
             Phillipendula
             ,
             and
             Pellitorie
             of
             the
             wall
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             distill
             all
             these
             in
             
               Balma
               Maria
            
             ,
             with
             a
             very
             slow
             fire
             ,
             keepe
             it
             in
             a
             cold
             place
             in
             Pewter
             or
             earthen
             vessels
             ,
             and
             drinke
             thereof
             the
             quantity
             of
             halfe
             a
             pint
             every
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             eate
             the
             quantity
             of
             a
             Walnut
             of
             life
             Honey
             ,
             and
             use
             to
             fast
             and
             walke
             an
             houre
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             pint
             of
             Milke
             and
             put
             into
             it
             a
             pint
             of
             wilde
             Mallow
             leaves
             ,
             let
             them
             boyle
             together
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             houre
             ,
             then
             make
             a
             Posset
             drinke
             of
             Ale
             or
             Beere
             ,
             take
             off
             the
             Curds
             and
             Mallow
             leaves
             ,
             then
             set
             your
             Posset
             to
             boyle
             againe
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             it
             a
             good
             stick
             of
             Licorice
             well
             bruised
             ,
             one
             spoonfull
             of
             Anniseeds
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             Parcely
             seeds
             well
             bruised
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             Suger
             Candy
             the
             
             quantity
             of
             a
             small
             Walnut
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             to
             the
             quantity
             of
             half
             a
             pint
             or
             lesse
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             at
             your
             going
             to
             bed
             drinke
             it
             blood-warme
             ,
             putting
             into
             it
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             grated
             Nutmeg
             .
             It
             is
             approved
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             pottle
             of
             Ale
             and
             a
             Flint
             stone
             taken
             from
             the
             Chalke
             and
             beaten
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             a
             pennyworth
             of
             Reddish
             rootes
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             together
             to
             a
             quart
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             thrice
             and
             drinke
             thereof
             Evening
             and
             morning
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Saxifrage
             ,
             and
             Rosemary
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             white
             Wine
             till
             all
             the
             herbes
             bee
             throughly
             sodden
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             and
             drinke
             it
             cold
             Evening
             and
             morning
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Gromell
             ,
             Parcely
             ,
             Violets
             ,
             and
             red
             Nettles
             ,
             put
             them
             into
             a
             Morter
             and
             bray
             them
             ;
             then
             take
             the
             Kernels
             of
             Cherry-stones
             and
             bray
             them
             by
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             seethe
             all
             together
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             Morning
             and
             evening
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Perstone
             ,
             unset
             Leekes
             ,
             and
             Damsons
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             qu
             antity
             ;
             boyle
             them
             and
             clarifie
             them
             with
             the
             whites
             of
             Egges
             ,
             then
             take
             the
             juyce
             and
             drinke
             it
             with
             Wine
             or
             Ale
             ,
             in
             quantity
             double
             so
             much
             as
             the
             juyce
             is
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             handfull
             of
             Bay-berries
             ,
             and
             the
             shell
             of
             an
             Egge
             when
             the
             Chicken
             is
             new
             hatcht
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             together
             ;
             then
             take
             the
             powder
             and
             ▪
             put
             it
             into
             Ale
             or
             Wine
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             the
             Patient
             to
             drinke
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             it
             shall
             helpe
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Stone
             in
             the
             Reynes
             ,
             or
             Bladder
             .
          
           
             MAke
             a
             Bath
             with
             Parcely
             ,
             Alisanders
             ,
             Pellitory
             ,
             Fennell
             ,
             and
             Saxifrage
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             sit
             therein
             up
             to
             the
             Navill
             ,
             then
             let
             them
             drinke
             the
             Powder
             of
             these
             seeds
             ,
             and
             the
             Herbes
             ,
             with
             warme
             white
             Wine
             ;
             for
             this
             is
             a
             principall
             practice
             for
             this
             disease
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             Injection
             for
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             Barley
             water
             ,
             and
             boyle
             therein
             a
             handfull
             of
             Mallow
             leaves
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             of
             Violet
             leaves
             ,
             till
             halfe
             the
             water
             be
             consumed
             ,
             then
             put
             thereto
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             
               Mel
               Rosarum
            
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             party
             take
             it
             as
             an
             Injection
             with
             a
             Searinge
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             any
             evill
             in
             the
             Bladder
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Ashe
             ,
             Parcely
             and
             Fennell
             ,
             of
             all
             alike
             :
             put
             them
             and
             temper
             them
             with
             water
             and
             
             drinke
             it
             ;
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             thee
             well
             to
             Pisse
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             cast
             out
             the
             Stone
             ,
             and
             heate
             well
             thy
             stomacke
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Powder
             to
             breake
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             blood
             of
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             Kid
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             Foxe
             the
             blood
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             of
             both
             a
             like
             quantity
             :
             take
             the
             bladder
             of
             a
             Boare
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             is
             therein
             ,
             and
             put
             this
             blood
             thereto
             ,
             take
             the
             juyce
             of
             Saxifrage
             ,
             and
             juyce
             of
             Parcely
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             :
             and
             put
             these
             in
             the
             Bladder
             also
             ,
             and
             hang
             up
             the
             Bladder
             in
             the
             smoake
             over
             the
             fire
             ,
             untill
             such
             time
             it
             be
             congealed
             together
             as
             hard
             as
             a
             stone
             ,
             and
             make
             powder
             thereof
             :
             and
             drink
             it
             with
             hote
             Licour
             ,
             when
             thou
             wilt
             ,
             first
             and
             last
             ;
             and
             this
             shall
             breake
             the
             stone
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             voyd
             away
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             ease
             the
             paine
             of
             the
             Stone
             .
          
           
             BEate
             the
             stones
             of
             Medlers
             into
             powder
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             with
             stild
             Milke
             ,
             or
             with
             white
             Wine
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Turpentine
             of
             Jeane
             ,
             make
             it
             in
             little
             balls
             ,
             and
             rowle
             it
             in
             fine
             Suger
             ,
             and
             swallow
             it
             downe
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Against
             the
             new
             Ague
             ,
             by
             Doctor
             Langdon
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sorrell
             ,
             Sowthistill
             ,
             Endine
             ,
             Dandelion
             ,
             Succorie
             ,
             croppes
             of
             Fennell
             with
             Mallowes
             ,
             with
             Violet
             leaves
             of
             each
             one
             handfull
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             all
             in
             a
             gallon
             of
             stale
             Ale
             ,
             to
             a
             pottle
             ,
             with
             skimming
             ,
             that
             done
             ,
             straine
             out
             the
             liquor
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             an
             Ale
             posset
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             thereof
             as
             oft
             as
             he
             is
             a
             thirst
             ,
             putting
             into
             every
             dra
             ught
             as
             much
             Treacle
             as
             the
             bignesse
             of
             a
             Beane
             ▪
             and
             ye
             shall
             be
             healed
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             an
             Ague
             .
             By
             Doctor
             Turner
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Featherfew
             ,
             Worme-wood
             ▪
             and
             Sorrell
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             good
             great
             handfull
             ,
             stampe
             them
             and
             straine
             them
             ●ard
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             as
             much
             Suger
             in
             weight
             as
             the
             juyce
             weigheth
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             strong
             Glasse
             in
             a
             Skillet
             of
             warme
             water
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             before
             you
             give
             it
             to
             the
             Patient
             ,
             and
             then
             give
             it
             twice
             a
             day
             two
             spoonefuls
             at
             a
             time
             in
             Ale
             or
             Posset-ale
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             very
             good
             Drinke
             for
             an
             Ague
             .
             if
             one
             shake
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quart
             of
             strong
             Ale
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             nine
             Bay-leaves
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             till
             it
             come
             to
             a
             pinte
             and
             then
             take
             out
             the
             Bay-leaves
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             one
             penny-worth
             of
             Treacle
             ,
             a
             
             halfe-penny
             worth
             of
             Pepper
             ,
             stirring
             it
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             then
             seethe
             againe
             one
             walme
             ,
             and
             so
             take
             it
             off
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             it
             as
             hote
             as
             he
             can
             ,
             and
             be
             covered
             as
             warm
             as
             he
             may
             abide
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             sixe
             or
             seven
             houres
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             pinte
             of
             Ale
             and
             put
             therein
             one
             penny-worth
             of
             long
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             foure
             or
             five
             field
             Daysie
             rootes
             and
             then
             seeth
             the
             same
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             the
             same
             as
             hote
             as
             he
             may
             ●uffer
             it
             ,
             and
             walke
             till
             he
             sweat
             if
             he
             be
             able
             ,
             or
             else
             layd
             downe
             and
             covered
             very
             warme
             that
             he
             may
             sweat
             well
             .
             Also
             Burre-leaves
             ,
             and
             Baysalt
             beaten
             together
             and
             bound
             about
             the
             wrist
             of
             the
             Patient
             is
             good
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             quart
             of
             Red-wine
             ,
             and
             a
             quart
             of
             Milke
             ,
             and
             still
             them
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             to
             the
             Patient
             to
             drinke
             ,
             when
             the
             Axis
             come
             upon
             him
             ,
             but
             the
             milke
             must
             be
             taken
             as
             it
             commeth
             from
             the
             Cow.
             
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             cold
             Ague
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Vineger
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             
               Aqua
               Vitae
            
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Treacle
             with
             long
             Pepper
             and
             warme
             this
             blood-warme
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             the
             sick
             person
             drinke
             it
             ,
             when
             the
             fit
             commeth
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             walke
             if
             he
             be
             able
             ,
             if
             not
             ,
             laid
             downe
             and
             made
             to
             sweate
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Plaister
             to
             take
             the
             Ague
             or
             any
             other
             ache
             out
             of
             a
             Womans
             Brest
             in
             the
             time
             of
             her
             Child-bearing
             ,
             if
             it
             come
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             yolke
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             quantity
             of
             Wheate
             flower
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Honey
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             the
             yolke
             of
             the
             Egge
             ,
             and
             beat
             these
             together
             ,
             till
             it
             be
             like
             a
             Salve
             :
             then
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             Brest
             that
             is
             grieved
             ▪
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             it
             without
             doubt
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Paulsie
             .
          
           
             DRinke
             the
             roote
             of
             Valerian
             in
             powder
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             destroy
             the
             Palsey
             ,
             so
             that
             ye
             eate
             no
             Hogge
             flesh
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             remedy
             for
             the
             Dropsie
             .
          
           
             SCrape
             an
             Elder
             roote
             very
             cleane
             ,
             and
             breake
             it
             in
             many
             pieces
             ,
             or
             shred
             it
             into
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             steepe
             therein
             ,
             then
             drinke
             the
             Wine
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             your
             Disease
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             Against
             stopping
             of
             the
             Pipes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hisope
             ,
             Mintes
             ,
             Rose-mary
             ,
             Dai●ies
             ▪
             and
             Consond
             ,
             of
             each
             like
             quantity
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             with
             Ale
             in
             Lycorice
             ,
             and
             use
             it
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Against
             Hoarsenesse
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Verven
             ,
             and
             seeth
             it
             with
             Lycorice
             in
             faire
             water
             ,
             then
             straine
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             use
             no
             other
             drink
             with
             yonr
             meate
             untill
             you
             find
             remedy
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             yellow
             Jaundise
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             reddest
             Docke
             rootes
             that
             ye
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             being
             washed
             cleane
             ,
             put
             them
             into
             a
             vessell
             of
             good
             Ale
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             stale
             ,
             let
             the
             diseased
             drinke
             no
             other
             drink
             to
             his
             meate
             but
             Ale
             and
             it
             shall
             helpe
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Wormes
             in
             the
             Bellie
             .
          
           
             AGainst
             the
             Wormes
             in
             the
             Bellie
             ,
             take
             Onyons
             and
             pill
             them
             ,
             cut
             or
             slice
             them
             small
             ,
             powre
             Spring-water
             over
             them
             :
             Let
             it
             stand
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Morning
             drinke
             that
             water
             ,
             and
             it
             driveth
             away
             all
             wormes
             :
             powre
             the
             same
             water
             upon
             the
             Earth
             where
             the
             Wormes
             are
             ,
             and
             within
             halfe
             an
             houre
             ,
             they
             will
             all
             creepe
             out
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Likewise
             if
             one
             eate
             Garlicke
             Fasting
             ,
             it
             killeth
             and
             driveth
             out
             Wormes
             out
             of
             the
             Body
             .
             Or
             else
             drinke
             distilled
             water
             of
             Knot-grasse
             ,
             or
             Shanie-grasse
             ,
             the
             same
             killeth
             wormes
             also
             :
             how
             beit
             it
             worketh
             more
             in
             young
             then
             in
             old
             folkes
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Mares-milke
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             as
             hote
             as
             you
             can
             have
             it
             from
             the
             Mare
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             approved
             Remedy
             for
             a
             Woman
             that
             hath
             her
             Throwes
             before
             her
             time
             .
          
           
             SEeth
             a
             good
             handfull
             of
             whole
             Chervill
             in
             a
             quart
             of
             Claret
             Wine
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Hearbes
             bee
             well
             sodden
             ,
             wring
             them
             into
             the
             Wine
             ,
             and
             clense
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             thereof
             an
             Hypocras
             with
             Sugar
             ,
             Cynamon
             and
             Ginger
             ,
             and
             give
             her
             thereof
             to
             drinke
             warme
             at
             times
             needfull
             .
             And
             it
             shall
             expulse
             the
             paine
             ,
             Approved
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Powder
             for
             the
             Strangury
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Ivie
             Berries
             dryed
             over
             the
             Fire
             between
             two
             stones
             ,
             and
             Alisander
             seedes
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             :
             and
             make
             a
             Powder
             thereof
             to
             be
             used
             in
             a
             draught
             of
             good
             Ale.
             
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Collicke
             and
             Stone
             .
          
           
             TAke
             unset
             Leekes
             ,
             unset
             Time
             ,
             and
             Parcely
             ,
             and
             make
             pottage
             of
             it
             with
             Mutton
             :
             it
             is
             also
             good
             for
             the
             Mother
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Megrim
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             a
             cloath
             and
             warme
             it
             very
             hot
             ,
             and
             chase
             the
             nape
             of
             your
             necke
             ,
             and
             your
             temples
             ,
             a
             mornings
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             Tooth-ache
             .
          
           
             TAke
             nine
             Pepper-cornes
             ,
             and
             five
             Cornes
             of
             Bay-salt
             ,
             and
             some
             English
             honey
             ,
             and
             breake
             your
             Pepper-cornes
             ,
             and
             beate
             them
             all
             in
             an
             Oyster
             shell
             ,
             then
             make
             little
             balls
             of
             lint
             ,
             and
             dippe
             them
             in
             the
             Honey
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             unto
             your
             tooth
             ,
             or
             rub
             your
             teeth
             with
             Allome
             beaten
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Brest
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             Red-rose
             cake
             ,
             and
             white
             Wine
             in
             a
             dish
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             on
             a
             Chafingdish
             of
             coales
             and
             turne
             the
             cake
             up
             and
             downe
             in
             the
             dish
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             brest
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             bee
             suffered
             ,
             and
             use
             this
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             ,
             till
             it
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             sore
             eye
             that
             burneth
             and
             is
             watrie
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Hemlockes
             and
             distill
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             watet
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             your
             eyes
             ▪
             and
             take
             a
             little
             Lint
             ,
             and
             dippe
             it
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             so
             lay
             it
             unto
             your
             eyes
             as
             you
             lye
             upright
             in
             your
             bed
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             ground
             Ivie
             beaten
             ,
             c●reth
             the
             Web
             in
             the
             Eye
             ,
             putting
             it
             in
             once
             a
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             stoppe
             the
             Bloody
             Fluxe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             Milke
             ,
             and
             a
             pinte
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             together
             over
             the
             Fire
             ,
             untill
             it
             come
             all
             to
             a
             pinte
             :
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             it
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             a
             Fellon
             .
          
           
             THis
             infirmity
             doth
             come
             of
             a
             venemous
             matter
             ,
             and
             other
             while
             it
             commeth
             of
             an
             interiall
             cause
             ,
             or
             of
             an
             exteriall
             ,
             the
             interiall
             cause
             commeth
             of
             some
             evill
             humour
             ,
             the
             exteriall
             cause
             doth
             come
             of
             some
             venemous
             stinging
             of
             an
             evill
             humour
             eate
             Treacle
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             of
             Treacle
             and
             lay
             it
             upon
             the
             place
             :
             or
             take
             the
             white
             of
             a
             rawe
             Egge
             ,
             and
             put
             in
             salt
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             beate
             it
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Rew
             ,
             and
             Soape
             ,
             Soote
             ,
             and
             Boares
             greace
             :
             and
             stampe
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             Fellon
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             well
             proved
             for
             the
             Megrim
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Night-shade
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             Vineger
             ,
             with
             crummes
             of
             leavened
             Bread
             ,
             and
             the
             white
             of
             two
             Egges
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Bolearmoniac
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Sage
             ,
             and
             Dragons
             tayle
             :
             All
             these
             are
             to
             be
             made
             Plaister-wise
             upon
             Flaxe
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             upon
             your
             griefe
             ;
             also
             Village
             to
             be
             stilled
             is
             very
             good
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             heale
             a
             sors
             Eye
             ,
             hurt
             with
             the
             small
             Pockes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Marrow
             of
             the
             pinions
             of
             a
             Goose-wing
             cold
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Honey
             ,
             new
             taken
             
             out
             of
             the
             Combe
             ,
             in
             the
             hive
             ,
             and
             mingle
             it
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             on
             the
             Patients
             Eye-lidde
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Eye
             with
             a
             Pinne
             or
             a
             Web.
             
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Allom
             ,
             and
             Running-water
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             together
             in
             an
             Egge-shell
             ,
             till
             it
             be
             halfe
             consumed
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             sore
             Eye
             that
             ●tcheth
             and
             pricketh
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Running
             water
             a
             quart
             ,
             and
             put
             in
             white
             Copperas
             ,
             a
             Rose-mary
             sprigge
             and
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             Hony
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             boyle
             to
             a
             pinte
             ,
             and
             then
             drop
             a
             little
             into
             the
             Eye
             :
             and
             keepe
             it
             after
             from
             Rubbing
             or
             touching
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Sciatica
             or
             Ache
             in
             the
             Bones
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Rew
             ,
             and
             red
             Nettles
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             a
             handfull
             ,
             Commin
             ,
             blacke
             Sope
             ,
             and
             Frankensence
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             quantity
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             griefe
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             lapfull
             of
             Nettles
             ,
             another
             of
             Neppe
             ,
             seethe
             them
             in
             Chamber-lye
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             a
             handfull
             of
             Bay-salt
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             blacke
             Soape
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             boyle
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             griefe
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             Sore
             Eyes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Fennell
             rootes
             ,
             white
             Daisie
             rootes
             and
             leaves
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             wash
             your
             Eyes
             with
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             stoppe
             a
             great
             Laske
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pottle
             of
             faire
             water
             ,
             and
             put
             therein
             a
             Cony
             fleyed
             ,
             well
             washed
             ,
             and
             quartered
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             be
             well
             skimmed
             when
             it
             doth
             seethe
             :
             then
             take
             a
             good
             handfull
             of
             Almond●
             unblanched
             ,
             and
             the
             stones
             of
             great
             Raisins
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             with
             some
             of
             the
             broth
             in
             the
             Pot
             ,
             and
             un●trained
             put
             them
             in
             ▪
             then
             take
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             of
             whole
             Cinamon
             ,
             a
             handfull
             of
             Blackberry
             leaves
             ,
             a
             handfull
             of
             Planten
             with
             the
             rootes
             thereof
             ,
             the
             Pot
             being
             cleane
             skimmed
             :
             put
             the
             aforesaid
             gredience
             therein
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             boyle
             till
             it
             come
             to
             a
             quart
             ,
             then
             straine
             the
             broth
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             drinke
             thereof
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             ,
             or
             at
             other
             convenient
             times
             in
             the
             day
             .
          
           
             Analliter
             ,
             if
             the
             aforesaid
             Broth
             be
             warmed
             with
             a
             gad
             of
             Steele
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             ,
             it
             is
             so
             much
             the
             better
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             cause
             one
             to
             make
             Water
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Parceley
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Wind
             Collicke
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Commin-seede
             ,
             or
             fine
             Cod
             seede
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             to
             Powder
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             Ale
             ,
             Beere
             ,
             or
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             make
             one
             Laxative
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             to
             make
             a
             Water
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Broomeseed
             ,
             and
             beate
             it
             to
             Powder
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             with
             Muskadine
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             Wine
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             bind
             on
             from
             the
             Laske
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             penny-worth
             of
             Roch
             Allome
             ,
             and
             seeth
             it
             in
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             to
             skinne
             a
             sore
             Finger
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Nervall
             Oyle
             ,
             or
             Rose
             Oyle
             ,
             or
             Camomill
             Oyle
             ,
             or
             Pompilion
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             your
             Finger
             or
             shinne
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             vehement
             Cough
             in
             young
             Children
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             Juyce
             of
             Parcely
             ,
             powder
             of
             Commin
             ,
             Womens
             milke
             ,
             and
             mixe
             them
             together
             ;
             then
             give
             the
             Child
             to
             drinke
             thereof
             ,
             and
             afterward
             make
             this
             Oyntment
             following
             :
             Take
             the
             seed
             of
             Hempe
             or
             Flaxe
             ,
             and
             Fennycrick
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             common
             water
             ,
             then
             presse
             out
             with
             your
             hands
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Hearbs
             ,
             which
             you
             shall
             mingle
             with
             Butter
             ,
             and
             so
             annoynt
             the
             Childes
             brest
             with
             it
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             broken
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             unwrought
             Waxe
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Sugar
             ,
             and
             running
             Water
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             in
             a
             Sawcer
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             be
             w
             ho
             le
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             Chilblaines
             in
             the
             Feet
             or
             Hands
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sheeps
             Suet
             ,
             and
             unwrought
             Wax
             ,
             and
             Rozen
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             in
             a
             Sawcer
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             a
             Salve
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             kill
             the
             Tooth-ache
             ,
             or
             a
             Ring
             ▪
             worme
             ,
             or
             a
             Tetter
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Oyle
             of
             Broome
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             Gums
             at
             the
             roote
             of
             the
             Tooth
             where
             the
             paine
             is
             :
             It
             must
             bee
             used
             after
             this
             manner
             Take
             a
             piece
             of
             old
             Broomesticke
             ,
             the
             older
             the
             better
             ,
             and
             light
             it
             ,
             and
             hold
             it
             downeward
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             drop
             that
             which
             is
             yellow
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             your
             Gummes
             with
             it
             ,
             or
             put
             it
             in
             the
             hollow
             Tooth
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Stitch.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Groundsill
             and
             dry
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             sweet
             Butter
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             where
             the
             paine
             is
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             :
             Or
             take
             Oates
             (
             the
             blackest
             that
             you
             can
             get
             )
             and
             fry
             them
             with
             red
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             as
             hot
             as
             may
             be
             suffered
             where
             the
             paine
             is
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             an
             Ache
             or
             a
             Bruise
             .
          
           
             TAke
             oyle
             of
             Peeter
             ▪
             it
             must
             be
             used
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             Take
             a
             stoole
             ,
             and
             when
             that
             you
             are
             Rising
             or
             going
             to
             Bed
             ,
             sit
             with
             your
             Backe
             towards
             the
             fire
             ▪
             you
             must
             have
             a
             great
             fire
             ,
             and
             where
             the
             paine
             is
             ,
             you
             must
             rub
             it
             with
             some
             of
             the
             Oyle
             all
             downewards
             ,
             and
             
             they
             that
             doe
             dresse
             you
             ,
             must
             dry
             their
             hands
             well
             against
             the
             fire
             and
             chafe
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             white
             Teeth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Lemmons
             and
             make
             stild
             water
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             wash
             your
             Teeth
             with
             it
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             a
             soveraigne
             thing
             :
             Or
             if
             you
             will
             not
             make
             the
             water
             ,
             take
             the
             Liquor
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             is
             also
             good
             for
             the
             same
             purpose
             ,
             but
             the
             water
             is
             better
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             finer
             :
             so
             that
             in
             the
             Stilling
             it
             lose
             not
             his
             force
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             swelling
             in
             the
             Cheek●
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             halfe
             a
             handfull
             of
             Camomill
             flowers
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             in
             the
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             wash
             your
             cheeke
             ,
             both
             within
             and
             without
             ,
             as
             hote
             as
             you
             can
             suffer
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             a
             Perfume
             suddenly
             in
             a
             Chamber
             where
             a
             sicke
             man
             lyeth
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             little
             Earthen
             Pot
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             it
             a
             Nutmeg
             ,
             two
             scruples
             of
             the
             sticke
             of
             Cloves
             ,
             and
             two
             of
             the
             sticke
             of
             Cinamon
             ,
             and
             foure
             of
             storax
             Calamint
             ▪
             Rose-water
             ,
             or
             water
             of
             Spike
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             sweet
             water
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             :
             then
             put
             it
             into
             a
             pot-shard
             ,
             with
             a
             few
             hot
             Ashes
             ,
             and
             coales
             under
             it
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             in
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             the
             smoake
             thereof
             shall
             give
             a
             sweet
             ,
             amiable
             ,
             and
             hearty
             savour
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             a
             cleere
             voyce
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Elder-berries
             ,
             and
             dry
             them
             in
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             but
             take
             heed
             they
             take
             no
             moysture
             :
             then
             make
             powder
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             every
             Morning
             fasting
             with
             white
             Wine
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             the
             Mother
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             Malmsie
             ,
             a
             little
             quantity
             of
             Commin-seede
             and
             Coriander-seed
             ,
             and
             a
             Nutmegge
             ,
             beate
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             seethe
             them
             to
             halfe
             a
             pi●te
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             white
             Suger-candie
             ,
             you
             must
             take
             a
             spoonefull
             at
             a
             time
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             Stitch
             or
             Bruise
             .
          
           
             TAke
             three
             quarts
             of
             small
             Ale
             ,
             and
             one
             penny-worth
             of
             Figs
             ,
             and
             one
             pennyworth
             of
             great
             Reisons
             ,
             and
             cut
             the
             stones
             out
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             one
             penny-worth
             of
             Licorice
             ,
             of
             Isope
             ,
             of
             Violet
             leaves
             ,
             and
             of
             Lettice
             of
             each
             one
             handfull
             ,
             and
             seethe
             them
             from
             three
             ,
             quarts
             to
             three
             pints
             ,
             and
             straine
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             the
             person
             drinke
             it
             ,
             and
             after
             make
             this
             Plaister
             following
             ,
             Take
             a
             quantity
             of
             horse
             dung
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Tarre
             ,
             fry
             it
             ,
             and
             put
             a
             little
             Butter
             and
             Vineger
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             side
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             bloody
             Fluxe
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Suger
             rosset
             made
             of
             dry
             Roses
             ,
             of
             Trissendall
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             ounce
             and
             a
             half
             ,
             mixe
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             eate
             it
             with
             meat
             or
             drinke
             it
             with
             drinkes
             ;
             but
             the
             best
             remedy
             J
             could
             find
             ,
             is
             to
             take
             three
             handfuls
             of
             St.
             Johns
             woort
             ,
             as
             much
             Planten
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             Cressis
             ,
             and
             seethe
             these
             in
             a
             gallon
             of
             Raine
             water
             or
             red
             Wine
             to
             a
             pottle
             and
             straine
             it
             ,
             then
             put
             to
             it
             two
             ounces
             of
             Sinamon
             beaten
             ,
             and
             drinke
             thereof
             often
             .
             Also
             ,
             take
             a
             Spunge
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             a
             pint
             of
             Muskadine
             ,
             and
             wring
             it
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Patient
             sit
             over
             it
             close
             ,
             as
             hot
             as
             they
             can
             suffer
             it
             ,
             and
             cover
             them
             warme
             .
          
        
         
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Itch.
             
          
           
             TAke
             of
             Salt-water
             a
             gallon
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             with
             three
             handfuls
             of
             wheaten
             bread
             crums
             that
             is
             leavened
             ,
             and
             wash
             your
             body
             with
             the
             water
             :
             Or
             ,
             wash
             your
             body
             in
             the
             Sea
             two
             or
             three
             times
             .
             Or
             ,
             else
             take
             the
             bran
             made
             of
             Cockle-seeds
             three
             handfuls
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             powder
             of
             Brimstone
             two
             ounces
             ;
             boyle
             these
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             wine
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             wash
             your
             body
             therewith
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             .
             Or
             take
             a
             quantity
             of
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Allome
             ▪
             and
             burne
             them
             on
             a
             fire-shovell
             over
             the
             fire
             ,
             beat
             them
             very
             small
             and
             boyle
             them
             with
             Bores-greace
             ,
             and
             so
             annoint
             the
             Itch.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             kill
             Lice
             or
             Itch.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Quicksilver
             two
             penniworth
             ,
             and
             kill
             it
             with
             fasting-spittle
             in
             a
             dish
             ,
             beating
             it
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             foure
             penny-worth
             of
             Oyle
             of
             Bayes
             ,
             and
             so
             annoint
             the
             place
             ;
             this
             receipt
             will
             kill
             both
             Itch
             and
             Lice
             in
             the
             head
             or
             body
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             cure
             the
             Crampe
             .
          
           
             MAke
             a
             Ring
             of
             an
             Oxe
             or
             Cowes
             horn
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             Sea-horse
             tooth
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Pizle
             of
             a
             Sea-horse
             and
             weare
             it
             .
             It
             is
             proved
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             paine
             or
             swelling
             in
             the
             Privie
             parts
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             wine
             Vineger
             and
             Cow-dung
             ,
             boyle
             them
             to
             a
             Poultis
             ,
             and
             when
             it
             is
             ready
             put
             thereto
             oyle
             of
             Roses
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             griefe
             proceed
             of
             a
             cold
             cause
             ,
             put
             thereto
             some
             Camomill
             flowers
             applyed
             very
             hot
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             Commin-seeds
             beaten
             into
             to
             powder
             ,
             Barly-meale
             ,
             and
             Honey
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             then
             fry
             them
             together
             with
             a
             little
             Sheeps
             suet
             ,
             heat
             it
             and
             bind
             it
             as
             a
             plaister
             to
             the
             Cods
             .
          
        
         
           
             Remedies
             for
             Burning
             or
             Scalding
             .
          
           
             TAke
             five
             or
             sixe
             spoonefuls
             of
             Sallet
             oyle
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             of
             Running
             water
             ,
             beat
             them
             together
             till
             they
             bee
             well
             incorporated
             ,
             then
             anoynt
             the
             place
             therewith
             and
             lay
             thereon
             a
             Doek
             leafe
             ,
             it
             will
             both
             coole
             and
             heale
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             of
             the
             herbe
             Periwinckle
             ,
             fry
             it
             in
             a
             pan
             with
             fresh
             Butter
             ,
             fresh
             Greace
             ,
             and
             Sheepes
             dung
             newly
             made
             ;
             when
             it
             is
             well
             fryed
             straine
             it
             through
             a
             cloath
             and
             it
             will
             be
             like
             Salve
             ,
             then
             spred
             it
             on
             a
             Linnen
             cloth
             as
             broad
             as
             the
             sore
             is
             and
             apply
             it
             thereto
             .
             It
             will
             cure
             it
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             scalded
             and
             burnt
             to
             the
             bone
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             taken
             in
             time
             ,
             renewing
             the
             plaister
             Morning
             and
             evening
             .
          
        
         
           
             Remedies
             for
             the
             Piles
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Martlemasse
             beefe
             ,
             dry
             it
             and
             beat
             it
             to
             powder
             ,
             then
             put
             it
             into
             a
             chafingdish
             of
             coales
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             in
             a
             chaire
             ,
             and
             sit
             over
             it
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Burne
             two
             or
             three
             Brickes
             red
             hote
             ,
             put
             them
             into
             a
             Pan
             in
             a
             close
             Stove
             and
             sprinckle
             Vineger
             upon
             them
             ,
             letting
             the
             party
             sit
             close
             over
             it
             that
             hee
             may
             receive
             the
             fume
             thereof
             into
             his
             fundament
             ,
             doing
             this
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             if
             need
             require
             ,
             will
             helpe
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             the
             Cappes
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             oyle
             of
             sweet
             Almonds
             one
             ounce
             ,
             and
             anoynt
             the
             place
             therewith
             ;
             or
             any
             of
             these
             things
             following
             is
             good
             ,
             the
             powder
             of
             the
             rinde
             of
             Pomegranets
             ,
             the
             Marrow
             of
             a
             Calfe
             ,
             or
             a
             Hart
             ,
             the
             fat
             of
             a
             Capon
             ,
             Goose
             ,
             or
             Ducke
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             kill
             a
             Tett●r
             or
             Ringworme
             .
          
           
             
               TRose
               d●
               Arsmeg
            
             is
             good
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             come
             of
             Blood
             exhaust
             two
             or
             3.
             ounces
             of
             blood
             or
             more
             if
             need
             require
             ,
             and
             that
             Age
             ,
             time
             and
             strength
             will
             permit
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             bee
             Lupte
             ,
             cut
             off
             the
             heads
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             rub
             them
             with
             Salt
             and
             Garlick
             stampt
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             over
             them
             a
             plate
             of
             Lead
             .
          
        
         
           
             Approved
             remedies
             for
             the
             Shingles
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Rose-water
             ,
             Planten-water
             ,
             and
             white
             Wine
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             ,
             put
             all
             these
             together
             and
             wash
             the
             place
             often
             therewith
             .
             Or
             else
             take
             of
             red
             Wormes
             that
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             bray
             them
             in
             a
             morter
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             them
             a
             little
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             plaisters
             ,
             &c.
             
             Or
             else
             take
             flowers
             of
             Camomill
             ,
             Rose-leaves
             ,
             and
             Violets
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             each
             of
             them
             one
             ounce
             ;
             of
             Myrtles
             ,
             and
             Sumack
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             an
             ounce
             and
             a
             halfe
             ▪
             seethe
             all
             these
             in
             white
             Wine
             and
             make
             a
             plaister
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             place
             ,
             or
             else
             make
             a●
             oyntment
             of
             Ceruse
             .
             J
             have
             taken
             Hous-le●k
             and
             have
             stampt
             it
             with
             a
             little
             Camphere
             and
             put
             to
             it
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             have
             layd
             it
             to
             the
             place
             and
             have
             healed
             the
             Patient
             ;
             also
             ,
             the
             Oyle
             of
             Roses
             ,
             or
             the
             Oyle
             of
             Violets
             is
             good
             for
             this
             impediment
             ,
             mixt
             together
             with
             th●
             whites
             of
             Egges
             ,
             and
             the
             juyce
             of
             Planten
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             For
             the
             Colli●ke
             and
             gripings
             in
             the
             Belly
             .
          
           
             GIve
             the
             patient
             Jeane
             Treacle
             ,
             and
             pow●er
             of
             Cloves
             well
             sodden
             in
             good
             Wine
             an●●●t
             them
             drinke
             it
             very
             warne
             .
             Or
             ,
             take
             the
             root
             o●
             Lilly
             ,
             and
             Horehound
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             Wine
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             patient
             .
             
               Probatum
               est
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Plaister
             for
             t●e
             same
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Lynseed
             and
             st●mp
             it
             ▪
             and
             Dock
             leaves
             and
             seethe
             them
             well
             in
             water
             and
             make
             a
             plaister
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             griefe
             very
             warme
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Scurffe
             in
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             THis
             Infirmity
             doth
             come
             of
             a
             Cholericke
             and
             Melancholick
             humour
             .
             For
             this
             cure
             J
             take
             two
             ounces
             of
             Bores
             grease
             ,
             then
             J
             doe
             put
             in
             one
             ounce
             of
             the
             powder
             of
             Oyster
             shels
             burnt
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             powder
             of
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             three
             ounces
             of
             Mercury
             mortified
             with
             fasting
             spittle
             ;
             compound
             all
             these
             together
             ,
             and
             annoynt
             the
             body
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             ,
             and
             take
             an
             easie
             Purg●tion
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Remedy
             for
             a
             wild
             running
             Scab
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Mercury
             mortified
             with
             fasting
             spittle
             three
             ounces
             ,
             incorporate
             it
             with
             oyle
             of
             Bayes
             ,
             and
             anoynt
             the
             body
             ,
             or
             else
             take
             Mercury
             mortified
             three
             ounce●
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Powder
             of
             Brimstone
             two
             ounces
             ,
             the
             powder
             of
             Enula
             Campana
             two
             ounces
             ,
             &
             confect
             these
             
             together
             with
             Barrowes
             grease
             ,
             and
             anoyn●
             often
             therewith
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             a
             Timpany
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             Broome
             Ashes
             ,
             eyther
             of
             greene
             or
             dry
             ,
             and
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             ounce
             of
             Sinamon
             bruised
             ,
             sift
             the
             Ashes
             ,
             and
             let
             a
             pinte
             thereof
             and
             the
             bruised
             Sinamon
             lye
             in
             steepe
             all
             night
             in
             a
             pottle
             of
             White
             Wine
             ,
             then
             let
             it
             run
             through
             a
             gelly
             bag
             twice
             or
             thrice
             till
             it
             run
             cleere
             ,
             put
             in
             some
             Sugar
             ,
             and
             a
             tost
             unto
             it
             ,
             drinke
             thereof
             thrice
             a
             day
             ,
             in
             the
             Morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             an
             houre
             before
             Supper
             ,
             and
             an
             houre
             after
             Supper
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             one
             that
             is
             in
             a
             Consumption
             .
          
           
             TAke
             foure
             ounces
             of
             Shavings
             of
             Harts-horne
             ,
             one
             ounce
             of
             the
             Shavings
             of
             Ivory
             ,
             put
             it
             in
             a
             Pipkin
             with
             a
             Gallon
             of
             faire
             water
             ,
             let
             it
             stand
             on
             the
             fire
             twelve
             houres
             in
             fusing
             and
             boyling
             softly
             close
             covered
             ,
             then
             take
             twenty
             Egges
             in
             their
             Shells
             ,
             crack
             their
             Shells
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             in
             a
             dish
             with
             Salt
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             stand
             an
             houre
             ,
             and
             purge
             themselves
             then
             pull
             them
             from
             their
             shells
             ,
             washing
             them
             till
             they
             be
             cleane
             ▪
             then
             put
             them
             in
             the
             Pipkin
             to
             the
             Harts-horne
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             boyle
             two
             houres
             ,
             then
             put
             in
             a
             good
             handfull
             of
             Raisons
             of
             the
             Sun
             stoned
             ,
             halfe
             an
             ounce
             of
             ●iquorice
             scraped
             and
             sliced
             ,
             and
             a
             blade
             or
             
             two
             of
             Mace
             ,
             boyle
             all
             these
             till
             it
             come
             to
             a
             quart
             of
             Liquor
             ,
             then
             put
             in
             halfe
             a
             pinte
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             sixe
             spoonfuls
             of
             Rose-water
             ,
             two
             penny-worth
             of
             Saffron
             powdered
             ,
             boyle
             all
             a
             little
             while
             ,
             then
             straine
             it
             ,
             or
             run
             it
             through
             a
             gelly
             bag
             ,
             if
             you
             please
             you
             may
             sweeten
             it
             as
             you
             like
             it
             ,
             put
             a
             little
             Salt
             in
             it
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             cold
             it
             will
             be
             a
             Jelly
             ,
             you
             may
             take
             it
             cold
             or
             warme
             three
             or
             foure
             spoonfuls
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             in
             the
             Morning
             fasting
             ;
             at
             foure
             of
             the
             clock
             in
             the
             afternoone
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             go
             to
             bed
             .
             If
             you
             doe
             think
             this
             too
             troublesome
             you
             may
             boyle
             the
             Egges
             in
             Broth
             or
             Milke
             ,
             so
             you
             boyle
             them
             a
             good
             while
             and
             so
             drink
             the
             Broth
             or
             Milke
             as
             you
             like
             best
             ,
             they
             are
             exceeding
             strengthning
             and
             will
             do
             you
             great
             good
             if
             it
             please
             God
             to
             give
             blessing
             to
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicin●
             for
             one
             that
             is
             broken
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quantity
             of
             Comfrey
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Knee-home
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Knotted
             grasse
             ,
             a
             quantity
             of
             Ribervorum
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Polipody
             :
             stampe
             them
             altogether
             ,
             and
             straine
             them
             in
             Ale
             ,
             and
             then
             give
             the
             patient
             the
             same
             to
             drinke
             cold
             ,
             and
             trusse
             him
             up
             with
             some
             bolster
             and
             let
             his
             dyet
             be
             but
             competent
             ,
             eschewing
             all
             slippery
             meats
             ,
             as
             Butter
             and
             such
             like
             ;
             provided
             alwayes
             ,
             that
             the
             p●tient
             keepe
             his
             bed
             sixe
             or
             seven
             dayes
             ,
             lying
             
             upon
             his
             Backe
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             hold
             his
             belly
             with
             his
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             shrinking
             of
             the
             Sine●●s
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             marrowe
             of
             a
             Horse-bone
             and
             the
             crops
             of
             Elders
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             of
             Sage
             ,
             and
             chop
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             boyle
             them
             in
             the
             Marrow
             ,
             and
             then
             straine
             out
             the
             Hearbes
             ,
             and
             put
             to
             the
             liquor
             one
             spoonfull
             of
             Honey
             ,
             two
             spoonefuls
             of
             
               Aqu●
               Composit●
            
             ,
             and
             a
             quantity
             of
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             boyle
             it
             againe
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             for
             your
             use
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             staying
             of
             the
             flux●
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             new
             layd
             Egge
             ,
             and
             take
             off
             a
             little
             of
             the
             top
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             powre
             out
             a
             little
             of
             the
             white
             ,
             and
             fill
             up
             the
             Egge
             with
             Aqua-composita
             ,
             and
             stirre
             it
             together
             ,
             and
             rost
             it
             ,
             and
             sup
             up
             the
             Egge
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             :
             till
             you
             be
             well
             use
             this
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Medicine
             for
             a
             sore
             Thr●at
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             pinte
             of
             Milke
             ,
             halfe
             a
             handfull
             of
             Collumbine
             leaves
             ,
             halfe
             a
             handfull
             of
             Gasell
             ,
             a
             dozen
             leaves
             of
             Sinkefoyle
             ,
             and
             two
             Jewes-eares
             ;
             (
             and
             boyle
             them
             )
             and
             so
             the
             partie
             must
             use
             it
             Evening
             and
             morning
             ,
             and
             gargale
             it
             in
             his
             throate
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             weakenesse
             in
             the
             Back●
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Clary
             and
             Dates
             ,
             and
             the
             pith
             of
             an
             Oxe
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             put
             
             to
             them
             Creame
             ,
             and
             Egges
             ,
             and
             grated
             bread
             ,
             and
             fry
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             strew
             Suger
             on
             it
             ;
             and
             eate
             it
             in
             the
             Morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             you
             must
             put
             some
             white
             Sanders
             in
             it
             also
             ,
             when
             you
             temper
             it
             together
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             the
             Carbunckle
             or
             Impostume
             in
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             TAke
             Worme-wood
             ,
             Origanum
             ,
             Mayron
             ▪
             by
             even
             portions
             ,
             and
             seeth
             them
             in
             sweet
             Wine
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             wring
             out
             the
             juyce
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             Eares
             of
             the
             sicke
             ,
             with
             two
             spunges
             as
             hot
             as
             hee
             may
             suffer
             it
             ;
             use
             this
             two
             o●
             three
             times
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             be
             whole
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             take
             away
             Pock-holes
             ,
             or
             any
             spot
             in
             the
             face
             .
          
           
             TAke
             white
             Rose-water
             and
             wet
             a
             fine
             cloth
             therein
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             all
             night
             to
             freeze
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             it
             upon
             your
             face
             till
             it
             be
             dry
             :
             also
             take
             three
             Puppies
             ,
             the
             reddest
             you
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             quarter
             them
             ,
             take
             out
             the
             Garbage
             :
             then
             distill
             them
             in
             quart
             of
             new
             milke
             of
             a
             red
             Cow
             ,
             and
             with
             this
             water
             wash
             your
             face
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             faintnesse
             in
             the
             Stomacke
             ,
             or
             the
             Morphew
             .
          
           
             TAke
             a
             quantity
             of
             Amber
             beaten
             to
             powder
             ,
             and
             a
             quantitie
             of
             English
             Saffron
             in
             powder
             likewise
             ,
             and
             put
             it
             into
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             seaven
             or
             eight
             times
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             Fumigation
             for
             the
             French
             Poxe
             ▪
             confirmed
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Synaper
             two
             ounces
             ,
             of
             Frankensence
             ,
             of
             Liquid
             Storax
             ,
             a
             dram
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             and
             mingle
             them
             :
             the
             manner
             how
             to
             minister
             this
             suffumigation
             is
             this
             ;
             You
             must
             set
             your
             Patient
             naked
             under
             a
             straight
             Canopie
             ,
             and
             you
             must
             lay
             upon
             the
             Coales
             the
             first
             part
             of
             your
             aforesaid
             Receipt
             ,
             and
             the
             Patient
             must
             enforce
             himselfe
             to
             receiv●
             the
             smoake
             ,
             keeping
             the
             fire
             betweene
             hi●
             Legges
             till
             he
             begin
             to
             sweate
             :
             and
             so
             doing
             the
             space
             of
             foure
             dayes
             ,
             till
             his
             Teeth
             beg●n
             to
             ake
             .
          
        
         
           
             Pilles
             against
             Morbo
             .
          
           
             TAke
             of
             all
             the
             Mirabulines
             three
             drams
             ,
             of
             Troskes
             ,
             of
             Colloquintida
             ,
             of
             Masticke
             of
             Digredium
             two
             drams
             ,
             of
             Nigula
             ▪
             of
             Organy
             ▪
             of
             Cummin
             ,
             two
             drams
             ,
             of
             blacke
             Elibore
             one
             dram
             ,
             of
             Spike
             ,
             of
             Euphorium
             ,
             of
             H●rts-horne
             burnt
             ,
             of
             Sall-gemme
             halfe
             a
             dram
             ,
             of
             Mayden
             haire
             ,
             of
             the
             Coddes
             of
             S●ney
             ,
             of
             Pollytricon
             ,
             of
             Galitricon
             ,
             of
             the
             flowers
             of
             Rosemary
             ,
             of
             Harts-horne
             ,
             of
             Epithiam
             one
             dram
             ,
             of
             Coryanders
             ,
             of
             Anniseed
             of
             Polipodium
             ▪
             sixe
             drams
             ,
             of
             good
             Treacle
             sixe
             drams
             ,
             of
             Agaricke
             in
             Traskes
             ,
             and
             of
             washed
             Aloes
             ▪
             tenn●
             drams
             ,
             of
             the
             Spices
             of
             Hier●
             ▪
             
               De
               octo
            
             
             R●bijs
             of
             the
             spices
             of
             Diarodam
             Albatis
             ,
             eight
             drams
             :
             Make
             a
             paste
             of
             Pilles
             ,
             with
             the
             juyce
             of
             Femitory
             ,
             and
             honey
             of
             Roses
             ,
             one
             dr●m
             .
          
        
         
           
             To
             make
             your
             Drinke
             .
          
           
             TAk●
             twenty
             ounces
             of
             Pock-wood
             ,
             being
             turned
             of
             a
             Turner
             very
             small
             ,
             which
             put
             into
             an
             Earthen
             Pot
             of
             two
             Gallons
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             eight
             pound
             of
             Running
             water
             ,
             the
             best
             you
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             stand
             in
             soake
             foure
             and
             twenty
             houres
             ,
             the
             Pot
             being
             covered
             ,
             then
             take
             and
             stop
             the
             Pot
             with
             Paste
             ,
             so
             close
             that
             no
             ayre
             may
             goe
             out
             ,
             you
             must
             keepe
             the
             ●tre●gth
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             your
             chiefest
             helpe
             ,
             ●nd
             with
             the
             point
             of
             your
             Knife
             make
             a
             hole
             in
             the
             Paste
             ,
             and
             therein
             put
             a
             peg
             of
             wood
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             give
             it
             ayre
             ,
             at
             times
             in
             the
             boyling
             for
             breaking
             of
             the
             pot
             :
             and
             thus
             let
             it
             boyle
             on
             a
             soft
             fire
             of
             Coales
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             sixe
             houres
             ,
             in
             which
             time
             it
             will
             be
             consumed
             to
             a
             pottle
             ;
             and
             that
             will
             serve
             you
             for
             your
             Drinke
             ,
             to
             take
             Morning
             and
             Evening
             for
             foure
             dayes
             ,
             against
             which
             time
             you
             must
             make
             more
             .
             After
             the
             first
             seething
             ,
             seeth
             the
             same
             Wood
             againe
             ,
             with
             the
             like
             quantity
             of
             water
             and
             time
             likewise
             :
             and
             that
             is
             for
             your
             common
             Drinke
             ,
             to
             serve
             at
             all
             times
             till
             you
             make
             new
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             To
             make
             your
             Bisket
             .
          
           
             TAke
             foure
             and
             twenty
             pound
             of
             the
             purest
             Wheat-flower
             ,
             which
             you
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             one
             pound
             of
             fine
             Sugar
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             your
             Bisket
             ,
             which
             will
             serve
             for
             your
             turne
             all
             the
             time
             of
             your
             Dyet
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Receipt
             ,
             and
             a
             Soveraigne
             Dyet
             for
             the
             French
             Pox●
             ▪
             Proved
             .
          
           
             FIrst
             ,
             prepare
             a
             Chamber
             ,
             which
             make
             so
             close
             that
             no
             ayre
             ●●ter
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             defend
             all
             ill
             savours
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             therein
             to
             bee
             twelve
             dayes
             together
             ,
             before
             you
             doe
             begin
             your
             Dyet
             ,
             every
             day
             forbearing
             of
             eating
             ,
             of
             Flesh
             and
             drinking
             leese
             :
             On
             the
             thirteenth
             day
             you
             must
             begin
             your
             Dyet
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             take
             a
             Purgation
             of
             Gassia
             Fistula
             ,
             or
             of
             Scamonia
             ,
             to
             make
             your
             Body
             empty
             ,
             keeping
             your
             Bed
             ,
             sweating
             temperately
             ,
             without
             any
             provoking
             :
             which
             sweating
             is
             your
             greatest
             Remedy
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             your
             Sweate
             ,
             you
             shall
             drinke
             of
             your
             second
             drinke
             as
             often
             and
             as
             much
             as
             you
             list
             :
             and
             of
             your
             first
             drinke
             you
             must
             drinke
             every
             Morning
             at
             five
             a
             clocke
             ,
             and
             Evening
             at
             eight
             a
             clocke
             ,
             eight
             ounces
             at
             a
             gulpe
             warme
             ,
             saving
             on
             the
             daye
             ,
             you
             take
             your
             Pugation
             :
             On
             which
             dayes
             ,
             drinke
             all
             of
             your
             second
             Drinke
             ,
             desiring
             alwayes
             to
             be
             merry
             and
             light-harted
             ,
             
             in
             using
             often
             to
             smell
             to
             dryed
             Orenges
             ,
             hot
             Bread
             ,
             Vin●ger
             of
             Roses
             ,
             Mustard
             ,
             and
             Apples
             :
             and
             after
             this
             manner
             ,
             you
             must
             keepe
             your
             Chamber
             thirty
             dayes
             together
             ,
             and
             never
             to
             take
             Ayre
             ,
             and
             at
             fifteene
             dayes
             you
             must
             take
             another
             Purgation
             like
             to
             the
             first
             ,
             and
             that
             day
             to
             drinke
             all
             of
             your
             second
             Drinke
             :
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             another
             Purgation
             the
             thirtieth
             day
             :
             on
             which
             day
             ,
             you
             may
             take
             Broth
             of
             a
             Chicken
             ▪
             or
             of
             Mutton
             ,
             and
             by
             little
             and
             little
             take
             the
             Ayre
             ,
             and
             drinke
             good
             drinke
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             order
             of
             your
             Fare
             .
          
           
             EVery
             day
             take
             a
             quantity
             of
             a
             Chicken
             ,
             and
             seethe
             it
             in
             water
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             Borage
             leaves
             ,
             or
             Borage
             Flowers
             without
             other
             Spices
             or
             Salt
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             thing
             ▪
             which
             Chicken
             eate
             to
             thy
             Dinner
             ,
             and
             every
             day
             eate
             three
             ounces
             of
             Bisket
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             ;
             that
             which
             y●u
             leave
             of
             your
             Bisket
             ,
             eate
             at
             night
             ,
             with
             a
             few
             Raisins
             of
             the
             Sun
             ▪
             and
             your
             Dinner
             must
             be
             at
             tenne
             a
             clock
             before
             noone
             ,
             and
             your
             Supper
             at
             five
             a
             clock
             at
             afternoon
             :
             and
             at
             your
             Dinner
             you
             may
             dip
             your
             Bisket
             in
             your
             Broth
             (
             if
             you
             will
             )
             and
             so
             drinke
             your
             Drinke
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             your
             Fare
             and
             Dyet
             for
             the
             space
             of
             thirty
             dayes
             ,
             and
             no
             other
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             marvailous
             Secret
             to
             preserve
             a
             man
             from
             the
             Plague
             ,
             and
             hath
             bin
             proved
             in
             England
             ,
             of
             all
             the
             Physitians
             ,
             in
             that
             great
             and
             vehem●nt
             Plague
             in
             the
             yeare
             1●48
             .
             which
             ●rept
             through
             all
             the
             World
             :
             and
             the
             other
             in
             the
             yeere
             1625.
             and
             there
             was
             never
             any
             which
             used
             this
             secret
             ,
             but
             hee
             was
             perserved
             from
             the
             Plague
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Aloe
             Epaticum
             ,
             or
             Sicotrine
             ,
             fine
             Sinamon
             and
             Myrrhe
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             three
             drams
             ,
             Cloves
             ,
             Mace
             ,
             Lignum
             Aloes
             ,
             Masticke
             ,
             Bole-armoniack
             ,
             of
             each
             of
             them
             halfe
             a
             dram
             :
             let
             ▪
             all
             these
             things
             be
             well
             stamped
             in
             a
             cleane
             Morter
             ,
             then
             mingle
             them
             together
             ,
             and
             after
             keepe
             them
             in
             some
             close
             vessell
             ,
             and
             take
             of
             it
             every
             Morning
             two
             penny
             weight
             ,
             in
             halfe
             a
             glasse
             of
             white
             Wine
             with
             a
             little
             water
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             in
             the
             Morning
             at
             the
             dawning
             of
             the
             Day
             :
             and
             so
             may
             you
             (
             by
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             )
             goe
             boldly
             into
             all
             infection
             of
             the
             ayre
             and
             Plague
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             soveraigne
             Drinke
             to
             preserve
             one
             against
             the
             Plague
             or
             Pestilence
             .
          
           
             TAke
             the
             quantity
             of
             a
             Dram
             and
             an
             halfe
             of
             Powder
             Imperiall
             ,
             a
             dram
             of
             Triakle
             and
             of
             Dragon
             water
             ,
             and
             Sorrell
             water
             ,
             of
             each
             
             of
             them
             an
             ounce
             ,
             and
             drinke
             it
             with
             Ale
             in
             the
             Morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             if
             one
             have
             the
             Infection
             within
             24.
             houres
             before
             ,
             yet
             by
             Gods
             grace
             he
             shall
             escape
             it
             .
             This
             hath
             beene
             truely
             proved
             in
             the
             last
             great
             Visitation
             .
          
           
             Another
             .
             Take
             a
             dram
             of
             Methridatu●
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             the
             Patient
             with
             Dragon
             water
             ,
             white
             Wine
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             liquor
             to
             drinke
             ,
             when
             he
             supposeth
             himself
             to
             be
             first
             infected
             .
          
        
         
           
             Another
             Preservative
             against
             the
             Plague
             .
          
           
             TAke
             seven
             or
             eight
             leaves
             of
             Sorrell
             ,
             and
             wash
             them
             in
             faire
             Water
             and
             Vineger
             ,
             and
             steepe
             them
             in
             the
             said
             Water
             and
             Vineger
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             and
             eate
             them
             Fasting
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Lady
             Gath
             ,
             her
             Medicine
             against
             the
             Plague
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Abaunce
             ,
             Turmintell
             ,
             Sage
             ,
             Speremint
             ,
             and
             Violet
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             one
             handfull
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             in
             a
             Morter
             very
             small
             ,
             when
             you
             have
             so
             done
             ,
             straine
             them
             through
             a
             strainer
             with
             red
             Wine
             ,
             Claret
             or
             white
             ,
             whether
             you
             can
             most
             easily
             get
             ,
             and
             luke-warme
             ,
             and
             give
             of
             this
             water
             to
             the
             dito
             drinke
             seased
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             An
             excellent
             Antidote
             against
             the
             Plague
             or
             Poyson
             .
          
           
             TAke
             two
             Walnuts
             ,
             two
             Figs
             ,
             twenty
             leaves
             of
             Rew
             ,
             and
             one
             graine
             of
             Salt
             ,
             stampe
             them
             and
             mixe
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             eate
             it
             in
             the
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             and
             you
             shall
             be
             safe
             from
             the
             Plague
             or
             poyson
             that
             day
             .
          
        
         
           
             An
             excellent
             Preservative
             against
             the
             Plagu●
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Sage
             ,
             Hearbe
             grace
             ,
             Elder
             leaves
             ,
             and
             Bramble
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             handfull
             ,
             take
             also
             a
             quart
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             race
             of
             Ginger
             beaten
             small
             or
             grated
             ,
             stampe
             the
             Hearbs
             with
             the
             Wine
             and
             the
             Ginger
             ,
             then
             strain
             it
             through
             a
             cloth
             ,
             take
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             this
             Medicine
             every
             morning
             fasting
             ,
             for
             nine
             dayes
             together
             ;
             after
             the
             first
             spoonfull
             ,
             you
             shall
             be
             safe
             for
             twenty
             foure
             dayes
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             ninth
             spoonfull
             ,
             you
             shall
             be
             safe
             for
             two
             moneths
             .
             But
             if
             it
             shall
             happen
             that
             you
             be
             stricken
             ere
             you
             drinke
             of
             this
             ,
             then
             take
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             the
             water
             of
             Bittony
             ,
             with
             a
             spoonfull
             of
             it
             mingled
             altogether
             and
             drink
             it
             ▪
             it
             will
             expell
             the
             venome
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             sore
             dore
             appeare
             ,
             then
             take
             Bramble
             leaves
             and
             Elder
             leaves
             ,
             of
             each
             a
             like
             quantity
             ,
             stampe
             them
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             lay
             it
             to
             the
             sore
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             heale
             it
             with
             Gods
             helpe
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             good
             Drinke
             to
             be
             used
             to
             those
             that
             are
             infected
             with
             the
             Plague
             .
          
           
             TAke
             Berries
             of
             Ivie
             (
             that
             are
             ripe
             ,
             gathered
             on
             the
             North
             side
             of
             the
             Tree
             )
             and
             dry
             them
             in
             the
             shadow
             :
             then
             stampe
             them
             to
             powder
             ,
             then
             take
             a
             dram
             of
             the
             same
             Powder
             ,
             and
             temper
             it
             well
             with
             two
             ounces
             of
             Planten-water
             ,
             or
             white
             Wine
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             sicke
             person
             drinke
             a
             good
             draught
             thereof
             ,
             and
             remaine
             in
             his
             Bed
             ,
             and
             sweate
             as
             much
             and
             as
             often
             as
             he
             can
             ,
             after
             hee
             hath
             taken
             it
             ,
             then
             warme
             a
             cleane
             shirt
             for
             him
             to
             put
             on
             ▪
             (
             and
             if
             his
             shirts
             may
             be
             shifted
             often
             ,
             it
             will
             bee
             the
             better
             after
             his
             sweating
             )
             and
             likewise
             his
             sheets
             and
             Bed-cloathes
             ,
             if
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             if
             not
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             his
             sheets
             and
             shirt
             :
             and
             in
             using
             of
             this
             for
             the
             space
             of
             three
             dayes
             together
             ,
             he
             will
             dye
             or
             mend
             without
             all
             doubt
             ,
             (
             by
             Gods
             helpe
             .
             )
             
               This
               hath
               beene
               often
               and
               truely
               proved
               .
            
          
           
             To
             provoke
             sleepe
             to
             the
             sicke
             person
             :
             Take
             a
             good
             quantity
             of
             Womans
             brest
             Milke
             ,
             and
             put
             thereto
             a
             little
             quantity
             of
             Aqua-Vitae
             ,
             stirre
             them
             well
             together
             ,
             and
             moysten
             the
             Temples
             of
             the
             Head
             of
             the
             Patient
             ,
             and
             the
             Nostrils
             well
             therewith
             ,
             and
             let
             
             it
             be
             laid
             on
             with
             some
             Feather
             ,
             or
             some
             ●ine
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             this
             will
             doe
             much
             good
             .
             It
             hath
             bin
             often
             proved
             .
          
           
             And
             if
             it
             happen
             ,
             that
             the
             sicke
             person
             find
             himselfe
             greatly
             grieved
             ,
             and
             that
             any
             Swelling
             begin
             in
             any
             place
             to
             grow
             sore
             ,
             then
             take
             Elder
             leaves
             ,
             red
             Bramble
             leaves
             ,
             and
             Mustard
             seed
             ,
             and
             stampe
             them
             all
             together
             ▪
             and
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             ,
             and
             lay
             the
             same
             to
             the
             Sore
             ,
             and
             this
             will
             both
             draw
             and
             heale
             .
             Or
             take
             two
             hand●uls
             of
             Scabious
             ,
             and
             stampe
             it
             in
             a
             Morter
             ,
             then
             temper
             it
             well
             with
             two
             ounces
             of
             Swines
             greace
             ,
             that
             is
             salted
             ,
             and
             the
             yolke
             of
             an
             Egge
             ,
             then
             stampe
             them
             all
             together
             ,
             and
             laid
             thereto
             Plaister-wise
             ,
             will
             draw
             exceeding
             well
             .
          
        
         
           
             How
             to
             breake
             a
             Plague
             sore
             .
          
           
             TAke
             blacke
             Snayles
             and
             leavened
             Bread
             ,
             stampe
             them
             very
             well
             together
             ,
             make
             a
             Plaister
             thereof
             and
             apply
             it
             to
             the
             Sore
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             br●ake
             sodainly
             by
             Gods
             helpe
             .
          
        
         
           When
           Medicines
           effect
           ,
           give
           all
           the
           glory
           to
           GOD.
           
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           Prayer
           .
        
         
           O
           Eternall
           God
           ,
           and
           most
           sure
           comfort
           and
           consolation
           in
           all
           Afflictions
           ,
           which
           he●lest
           the
           sicke
           Soules
           oppressed
           with
           Sin
           ,
           which
           ministrest
           mercifull
           Medicines
           to
           the
           repentant
           Heart
           ,
           and
           doest
           refresh
           the
           sinfull
           sinn●rs
           ,
           that
           thirst
           after
           thy
           precious
           goodnesse
           ,
           most
           humbly
           we
           beseech
           thee
           have
           respect
           to
           our
           deadly
           Diseases
           ,
           and
           purge
           them
           with
           that
           spilling
           of
           thy
           most
           precious
           Blood
           ,
           that
           we
           may
           be
           made
           cleane
           and
           found
           in
           thy
           sight
           ,
           to
           receive
           the
           healthfull
           salvation
           of
           our
           Soules
           ,
           ●●d
           to
           rest
           with
           thy
           holy
           Congregation
           ,
           and
           heavenly
           Fellowship
           in
           thy
           glorious
           and
           everl●sting
           Kingdome
           ,
           already
           purchased
           for
           us
           ,
           by
           thy
           onely
           Sonne
           CHRIST
           JESUS
           ,
           our
           onely
           Lord
           and
           Saviour
           .
        
         
           Amen
           .